Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2012

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7320   61-1678417

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Telephone: (312) 985-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants’ principal executive offices)

 

 

John W. Blenke

Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Telephone: (312) 985-2000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copy to:

Michael Pucker

Roderick O. Branch

Cathy A. Birkeland

Latham & Watkins LLP

233 South Wacker Drive, Suite 5800

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Telephone: (312) 876-7700

Facsimile: (312) 993-9767

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)     ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)     ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
  Amount to be
registered
  Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit (1)
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
  Amount of
registration fee

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

  $600,000,000   100%   $600,000,000   $68,760.00

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not exchange these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to exchange these securities and is not soliciting an offer to exchange these securities in any state where the offer or exchange is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, July 31, 2012

Prospectus

 

LOGO

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Exchange Offer for

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the “Exchange Offer”), up to $600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our new 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B (the “Exchange Notes”). Each Exchange Note has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We are offering to exchange the Exchange Notes for any and all of our outstanding 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “Outstanding Notes”), which we previously issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act (the “Initial Offering”). We refer to the Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes collectively as the “Notes.”

We are conducting the Exchange Offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your Outstanding Notes for freely tradable notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

The principal features of the Exchange Offer are as follows:

 

   

The terms of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer are substantially identical to the Outstanding Notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Outstanding Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes.

 

   

You may withdraw your tender of Outstanding Notes at any time before the expiration of the Exchange Offer. We will exchange all of the Outstanding Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn.

 

   

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), we believe that, subject to some exceptions, the Exchange Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided you are not an affiliate of ours.

 

   

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless extended.

 

   

The exchange of Outstanding Notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer.

 

   

There is no existing public market for the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes. We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange.

Except in very limited circumstances, current and future holders of Outstanding Notes who do not participate in the Exchange Offer will not be entitled to any future registration rights, and will not be permitted to transfer their Outstanding Notes absent an available exemption from registration. Except in very limited circumstances, upon completion of the Exchange Offer, we will have no further obligation to register, and currently do not anticipate that we will register, Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act.

 

 

For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before participating in the Exchange Offer, see “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved the Exchange Notes to be distributed in the Exchange Offer, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

            , 2012


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. The prospectus may be used only for the purposes for which it has been published. We have not authorized any other person to provide any information not contained herein. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to exchange these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Industry and Market Data

     ii   

Presentation of Financial Information

     ii   

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

     ii   

Summary

     4   

Risk Factors

     23   

Forward-Looking Statements

     42   

Exchange Offer

     44   

Use of Proceeds

     52   

Capitalization

     53   

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

     55   

Selected Historical Financial Data

     61   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     63   

Business

     90   

Management

     109   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

     112   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

     132   

Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

     135   

Description of Other Indebtedness

     141   

Description of the Notes

     145   

Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance

     208   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

     211   

Certain ERISA Considerations

     219   

Plan of Distribution

     220   

Validity of the Securities

     221   

Experts

     221   

Where You Can Find More Information

     221   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 with respect to the securities being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules. You should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement because those statements are qualified in all respects by reference to those exhibits. You can inspect and copy these materials at the Public Reference Room of the SEC or on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. Please see “Where You Can Find More Information.” We will also provide you without charge, upon written or oral request, a copy of any and all of these documents. We must receive your request no later than five days before the expiration date of the Exchange Offer so you can obtain timely delivery. Requests for copies should be directed to: TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., 555 West Adams Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661; Attention: Investor Relations (telephone (312) 985-2860).

Until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in the Exchange Notes, whether or not participating in the Exchange Offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to any obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources.

Presentation of Financial Information

The historical financial information included in this prospectus for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, is the financial information of TransUnion Corp. and is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TransUnion Corp. for such periods appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial information included in this prospectus for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is either (i) the historical financial information of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. from the date of inception (February 15, 2012) through March 31, 2012, and is derived from the audited financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on a stand-alone basis for such period appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, or (ii) the historical financial information of TransUnion Corp. for such period and is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of TransUnion Corp. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, in each case as indicated in this prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated:

 

   

references in this prospectus to “TransUnion,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Company” refer to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including TransUnion Corp.; and

 

   

references to the “Issuer” or “TransUnion Holding” refer solely to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., the issuer of the Notes.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

This prospectus contains a “non-GAAP financial measure,” that is, a financial measure that either excludes or includes amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measure “Adjusted EBITDA.”

Adjusted EBITDA represents:

 

   

Net income attributable to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. or TransUnion Corp., as applicable, plus :

 

   

discontinued operations;

 

   

net interest expense;

 

   

income taxes;

 

   

depreciation and amortization;

 

   

stock-based compensation;

 

   

other income and expense, excluding earnings from equity method investments and dividends received from cost method investments; and

 

   

certain adjustments described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—TransUnion Corp.—Results of

 

ii


Table of Contents
 

Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—TransUnion Corp.—Results of Operations for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.”

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is a useful tool for investors and other users of our financial statements to help assess our ability to incur and service indebtedness, maintain current operating levels of capital assets and acquire additional operations and businesses. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our operating performance because it eliminates the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. In addition to its use as a measure of our operating performance, our board of directors and executive management team focus on Adjusted EBITDA as a compensation measure. The annual variable compensation for members of senior management is based in part on Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial condition or profitability under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity, or as an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures, interest expense, income tax, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation or certain other income and expense. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. For the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income attributable to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. or TransUnion Corp., as applicable, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—TransUnion Corp.—Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—TransUnion Corp.—Results of Operati o ns for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009” sections of this prospectus.

Rounding

Items in tables or other presentations may not total, due to rounding.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Summary

This summary contains selected information about us and the Exchange Offer. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before deciding whether to participate in the Exchange Offer. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and TransUnion Corp. and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before deciding whether to participate in the Exchange Offer.

The historical financial information included in this prospectus for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 is the financial information of TransUnion Corp. and is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of TransUnion Corp. for such periods appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial information included in this prospectus for the three months ended March 31, 2012 is either (i) the historical financial information of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. from the date of inception (February 15, 2012) through March 31, 2012 and is derived from the audited financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on a stand-alone basis for such period appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, or (ii) the historical financial information of TransUnion Corp. for such period and is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of TransUnion Corp. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, in each case as indicated in this prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to “TransUnion,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “the Company” refer to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including TransUnion Corp., and references to the “Issuer” or “TransUnion Holding” refer solely to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., the issuer of the Notes. References in this prospectus to years are to our fiscal years, which end on December 31.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of information and risk management solutions. We provide these solutions to businesses across multiple industries and to individual consumers. Our technology and services enable businesses to make more timely and informed credit granting, risk management, underwriting, fraud protection and customer acquisition decisions by delivering high quality data, integrated with analytics and decision-making capabilities. Our interactive website provides consumers with real-time access to their personal credit information and analytical tools that help them understand and proactively manage their personal finances. We have operations in the United States, Africa, Canada, Latin America, Asia Pacific and India and provide services in 32 countries. Since our founding in 1968, we have built a diversified and stable customer base in multiple industries, including financial services, insurance, healthcare, automotive, retail and communications.

Businesses use our data for their daily risk-management processes. Consumers use our data to help them understand their credit profile and protect themselves against identity theft. We refine and enhance the financial, credit, identity, insurance claims, bankruptcy and other data we obtain from thousands of sources to create proprietary databases. We combine our data with analytics and decisioning technology to deliver additional value to our customers. Our analytics, such as predictive modeling and scoring, customer segmentation, benchmarking and forecasting, enable businesses and consumers to efficiently monitor and manage risk. Our decisioning technology, which is delivered on a software-as-a-service platform, enables businesses to interpret data and scores and apply their specific qualifying criteria to make real-time decisions at the point of interaction with their customers.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

We have a global customer base that includes many of the largest companies in each of the primary industries we serve. For example, in the United States, we contract with eight of the ten largest banks, all of the major credit card issuers, nine of the ten largest property and casualty insurance carriers and we provide services to thousands of healthcare providers. In addition, we provide subscription-based interactive services to a growing base of over one million consumers.

We manage our business through three operating segments: U.S. Information Services (“USIS”), International and Interactive.

 

   

USIS, which represented approximately 65% of TransUnion Corp.’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 64% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, provides consumer reports, credit scores, verification services, analytical services and decisioning technology to businesses in the United States. USIS offers these services to customers in the financial services, insurance, healthcare and other industries, and delivers them through both direct and indirect channels.

 

   

International, which represented approximately 21% of TransUnion Corp.’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 20% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, provides services similar to our USIS and Interactive segments, and provides services in 31 countries outside the United States.

 

   

Interactive, which represented approximately 14% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 16% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, provides services to consumers that help them understand and proactively manage their personal finances and protect them from identity theft.

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction (as defined below), for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. would have had:

 

   

revenues of $1,024.0 million and $280.6 million, respectively; and

 

   

net loss attributable to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. of $39.1 million and $17.9 million, respectively.

Our Industry

 

   

Evolution to mission critical role Credit bureaus were formed in the nineteenth century to help provide better credit information to local and regional lenders so they could make more informed credit decisions. As consumer lending expanded, credit bureaus became an integral part of the lending process and now play a critical role in the intermediation between lenders and borrowers. Credit bureaus developed a variety of methods to collect, maintain and analyze information concerning the ability of consumers and businesses to meet their obligations. Consumers and commercial lenders have increasingly used these services to make more informed credit decisions. As a result, credit bureaus have positioned themselves as mission critical partners to financial services institutions around the world.

 

   

Three major providers with sustainable competitive advantage .   As financial services institutions grew in scale and geographic scope, credit bureaus extended their reach by coordinating and forming strategic alliances with other credit reporting providers to share data across large territories through a “hub and spoke” system. Three credit bureaus have since consolidated into large, international organizations that can provide a wide range of data services and analytical applications to their larger and increasingly demanding financial services customers. As a result of this consolidation, TransUnion, Equifax and Experian have emerged as the global leaders in the industry. The largest U.S. customers of these global credit bureaus typically use the services of all three providers to validate consistency and ensure reliability.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Development of the business information service providers Over the past decade, credit bureaus have devoted significant resources to enhance the quality of their data sets by developing a variety of proprietary information databases. Credit bureaus have evolved from being collectors and sellers of credit information to providers of more advanced information services. Given the increased consumer demand for monitoring their own credit, the credit bureaus have also begun to market and sell these services directly to consumers. The development of these more advanced services has enabled credit bureaus to diversify their revenue base, accelerate growth and evolve into business information service providers.

Market Opportunity

We believe several important trends in the global macroeconomic environment, as well as within the key industries we serve, are driving development of the market for information and risk management solutions.

 

   

Large and Growing Market for Data and Analytics .  We believe that the business information services market is large and growing. We believe that the demand for targeted data and sophisticated analytical tools will continue to grow meaningfully as businesses seek real-time access to more granular data in order to better understand their customers.

 

   

Focus on Risk Management .  As a result of the economic downturn, new regulatory requirements and a heightened focus on reducing fraud and losses, we believe there is a growing demand for risk-based pricing and underwriting strategies, as well as ongoing reviews of existing customers’ risk profiles. For example, since 2008, online insurance carriers have seen double-digit percentage increases in the number of quotes requested, leading to increased underwriting and administrative costs. In addition, financial institutions are utilizing more robust account and portfolio management strategies in order to manage losses within their existing customer base, and credit card issuers are using more advanced customer segmentation and scoring tools to provide customers with appropriate products.

 

   

Growth Driven by Non-traditional Users of Consumer Data .  Non-traditional users of consumer data are recognizing the value of credit information and analytical tools. Healthcare companies use these tools to manage their revenue cycle, capital markets participants use them to develop better valuations of securitized loan portfolios, and residential property managers use them to assess tenant qualifications and assist in leasing decisions. In the healthcare industry, for example, increases in high-deductible health plans and the number of uninsured and under-insured consumers have increased collection risks for healthcare providers. To manage costs associated with increasing numbers of patient visits, healthcare providers are seeking information about their patients at the time of registration through modernized healthcare technology and electronic records. We believe companies that can offer real-time, reliable data and technology will be best positioned to benefit from the increasing demand for, and use of, consumer data by non-traditional users.

 

   

Growth in Emerging International Markets .  Economic growth in emerging markets continues to outpace the global average. As economies in emerging markets continue to develop and mature, we believe there will continue to be a rise in favorable socio-economic trends, such as an increase in the size of middle and affluent classes, and a significant increase in the use of financial services. In addition, credit penetration is relatively low in emerging markets when compared to developed markets. For example, using our database of information compiled from financial institutions as a benchmark of credit activity, we estimate that less than 20% of the adult population in India is currently credit active. We expect the populations in emerging markets to become more credit active, resulting in increased demand for our services.

 

   

Increased Consumer Focus on Managing Personal Finances and Protecting Against Identity Theft .  Consumers are increasingly focused on proactively managing their finances and protecting their identities. According to a press release by the Federal Trade Commission in March 2011, identity theft

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

was the top consumer complaint received by the agency in 2010. Tighter availability of credit and stricter lending practices are prompting individual consumers to seek a better understanding of their credit profile. As a result of these factors, an increasing number of consumers are accessing their credit reports and purchasing credit monitoring services.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Global Leader in Information Management Solutions .  We are one of only three leading global participants in the consumer credit and information management industry. Over the past 40 years, we have established comprehensive proprietary databases and information management solutions and developed the ability to reliably deliver high-quality consumer information, creating what we believe is a sustainable competitive advantage. We have a diverse and stable global customer base, which includes many of the largest companies in each of our primary industries. We believe that our scale, global footprint, reputation and strong market positions will allow us to capitalize on business opportunities in countries and regions around the world and contribute to our long-term growth.

 

   

Innovative and Differentiated Information Solutions .  We have developed innovative and differentiated service offerings to meet the evolving needs of our customers. Our industry-leading triggers platform notifies our business customers of changes to consumer profiles on a daily basis. Our decisioning technology helps businesses interpret both data and predictive model results, and applies customer-specific criteria to facilitate real-time, automated decisions at the point of consumer interaction. We develop industry studies and provide a source of market intelligence that we believe provide a more holistic perspective on macroeconomic and market trends than comparable offerings of our competitors. We believe our specialized data, analytics and decisioning services differentiate us from our competitors.

 

   

Deep and Specialized Industry Expertise .  We have developed an expertise in a number of industries, including financial services, insurance and healthcare, and have placed industry experts in key leadership positions throughout our organization. In addition, we have been able to apply our industry knowledge and high-quality data assets to form strategic partnerships with other leading companies in key industries to develop new solutions and revenue opportunities. We believe that our industry knowledge base, coupled with our collaborative customer approach, has made it possible for us to anticipate and address our customers’ needs and enables us to offer additional proprietary value-added services.

 

   

Strong Presence in Attractive International Markets .  We currently provide services in 31 countries outside the United States in both developed and emerging markets with significant growth potential. We have a strong presence in our developed markets, where we hold a leading market position. We are also well-positioned as a first mover in several fast-growing emerging markets, such as India, a market we entered in 2003, and the Philippines, a market we entered in 2011. Since 1993, we have hosted the most extensive credit database in South Africa, which positions us well for further expansion in Africa. In addition, we have become a significant credit information and analytics provider in Latin America through partnerships and acquisitions, such as our recent acquisitions in Chile and Brazil. We believe that our flexible approach to forming local partnerships has allowed us to establish a foothold in certain markets ahead of our major competitors.

 

   

Attractive Business Model .  We believe we have an attractive business model that has strong and stable cash flows from operations, diversified revenue streams, and low capital requirements and operating leverage. We own 100% of our U.S. consumer credit database and we typically obtain updated information at little or no cost, which provides us with an efficient cost structure and allows us to benefit from economies of scale. The integral role that our analytics play in our customers’ decision-making processes and the proprietary and embedded nature of our solutions have historically translated into high customer retention and revenue visibility. We have enjoyed long-standing relationships with

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

our customers, including relationships of over ten years with each of our top ten USIS financial services customers. Our significant investments to upgrade and improve our technology provide us with the ability to address our customers’ needs with minimal and predictable capital investment. Additionally, our ongoing operational excellence program, which is aimed at creating a long-term competitive and efficient cost structure, has institutionalized our cost-management practices. We believe that as a result of operating efficiencies and low capital intensity, we will continue to generate strong and consistent cash flows from operations.

 

   

Disciplined Focus on Cost Control and Operational Efficiencies .  Through our operational excellence Program, we have implemented and continue to focus on several key cost-savings initiatives:

 

   

A strategic sourcing program, which drives increased control over spending on third-party vendors;

 

   

Our labor management strategy, which includes the expanded use of lower-cost resources and allows us to continue to improve, align and integrate our enterprise workforce;

 

   

Our enterprise process improvement, which consolidates data centers and streamlines back office functions; and

 

   

Our product cost management focus, which enables us to deliver services more effectively and profitably.

 

   

Proven and Experienced Management Team . We have a seasoned senior management team with an average of 15 years of experience in a variety of industries, including credit and information management, financial services and information technology. Our senior management team has a track record of strong performance and depth of expertise in the markets we serve. This team has overseen our expansion into new industries and geographies while managing ongoing cost-saving initiatives. As a result of the sustained focus of our management team, we maintained stable operating performance throughout the economic downturn and have grown the business as conditions have improved. See “Management” for additional information.

Business Strategy

 

   

Develop Innovative Solutions to Meet Market Challenges . We have a culture of innovation. Our industry expertise and collaborative approach allow us to prioritize investments in new data sources and the development of additional services to provide integrated solutions to meet our customers’ needs. In addition, we plan to take advantage of strategic partnerships to develop innovative services that differentiate us from our competitors. As the needs of our customers evolve, we plan to continue to provide creative solutions to meet their challenges and further expand our relationships with them.

 

   

Expand Internationally . We believe international markets present a significant opportunity for growth, as these economies continue to develop and their populations become more credit active. Given our incumbent position in many fast-growing emerging markets, we are well-positioned to benefit from the ongoing expansion of consumer credit in these regions. We will continue to focus on expanding into new industries in developed international markets with the introduction of new solutions and lines of business. We will continue to expand globally by forming alliances with local partners, pursuing strategic acquisitions and developing operations in new markets.

 

   

Focus on Underpenetrated and Growth Industries . We continue to focus on underpenetrated and growth industries in the United States, such as insurance and healthcare, where we believe information-based analytics and decisioning technologies are currently underutilized. Insurers have seen an increase in claims dollars paid, reinforcing their need to price risk appropriately. We offer a range of solutions, including new fraud detection tools and predictive scores, that help insurers price risk appropriately in the quoting and underwriting process. Similarly, we expect providers and payers in the growing healthcare market to utilize more of our data and analytics as they manage collection risks and respond

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

to new regulations that require them to measure the quality of their care in order to be eligible for full reimbursement by the government. We expect that these industries will continue to be a source of growing revenue and profitability for us.

 

   

Expand Interactive Business . Consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the need to proactively manage their personal finances and protect their identities. We will continue to invest in consumer-driven product enhancements and utilize our data-driven customer acquisition strategy through advertising in mobile and social media. In addition to our direct-to-consumer offerings, we will continue our low capital intensive strategy of test marketing new product enhancements and configurations through strategic partners who combine our services with their own offerings. We also plan to leverage the success of our U.S.-based Interactive business to offer similar services in our international markets.

 

   

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions . We will evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions in order to accelerate growth within our existing businesses and diversify into new businesses. We are focused on opportunities to expand our geographic footprint and the breadth and depth of our services, including acquiring proprietary datasets and industry expertise, in our key industries. We may also increase our investments in foreign entities where we hold a minority interest, as we recently did in India with the purchase of an additional interest in Credit Information Bureau (India) Limited. We plan to maintain our disciplined fiscal approach to any acquisition.

The 2012 Change in Control Transaction

On February 17, 2012, the Issuer and Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc. (“Merger Sub”), entities formed by affiliates of Advent International Corporation (“Advent”) and GS Capital Partners (“GSCP” and together with Advent, the “Sponsors”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) with TransUnion Corp. On April 30, 2012, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into TransUnion Corp., with TransUnion Corp. continuing as surviving corporation (the “Merger”). As a result of the Merger, TransUnion Corp. became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer. In connection with the closing of the Merger, certain members of management purchased shares of common stock of the Issuer. Following such purchase, the Issuer is owned 49.5% by affiliates of Advent, 49.5% by affiliates of GSCP and 1% by members of management.

We financed the Merger and paid related fees and expenses with (i) $600.0 million of debt financing from the issuance of the Outstanding Notes, (ii) $1,104.6 million of equity capital from the Sponsors and certain members of management and (iii) $49.2 million of available cash from operations. In connection with the Merger, we also (i) increased the revolving commitment amount under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility by $10.0 million, from $200.0 million to $210.0 million, and (ii) extended the maturity date of $155.0 million of revolving commitments under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility to February 10, 2017. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.” We refer to the Merger and related transactions collectively as the “2012 Change in Control Transaction.”

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure and the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness outstanding as of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

 

LOGO

 

(1) Represents the equity contribution made by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors and certain members of management.
(2) TransUnion Corp., along with certain wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, guarantee Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facilities and Trans Union LLC’s senior notes. TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries are not guarantors of the Notes exchanged hereby and as a result have no contractual obligations with respect thereto.
(3) In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction (as defined herein), Trans Union LLC entered into its senior secured credit facility. Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility consists of (i) a $210.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, $25.0 million of which matures in June 2015, $30.0 million of which matures in February 2016 and $155.0 million of which matures in February 2017, and (ii) a $950.0 million senior secured term loan facility that matures in February 2018. As of March 31, 2012, there was $940.5 million aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Trans Union LLC senior secured term loan facility. See “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
(4) In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation issued $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2018. As of March 31, 2012 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, the Trans Union LLC senior notes are recorded at $769.2 million due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
(5) Represents a $1.8 million note payable in connection with our acquisition of the remaining 20% of an existing subsidiary in 2011, excluding imputed interest calculated at 10.0%.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Our History

Our business was founded in 1968 as a Delaware corporation. In 1969, we acquired the Credit Bureau of Cook County, located in Chicago, Illinois, to provide regional credit reporting services. In the early 1970s, we expanded our coverage by acquiring and partnering with other regional credit bureaus, and by 1988, we were able to offer consumer credit information covering the entire United States. More recently, our business has expanded internationally, and now has operations in Africa, Canada, Latin America, East Asia and India.

We were acquired by Marmon Holdings, Inc. (“Marmon”) in 1981 and continued to operate within Marmon’s corporate structure until 2005, when we were spun off to the Pritzker family business interests (the stockholders of Marmon at that time). Since the spin-off, TransUnion Corp. has operated as a stand-alone corporate group. In June 2010, investment funds affiliated with Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (“Madison Dearborn”), acquired 51.0% of TransUnion Corp.’s outstanding common stock from Pritzker family business interests and certain employee and director stockholders of TransUnion (the “2010 Change in Control Transaction”). On April 30, 2012, affiliates of Advent and GSCP acquired 100% of TransUnion Corp.’s outstanding common stock from Madison Dearborn, Pritzker family business interests and certain management and director stockholders of TransUnion Corp. pursuant to the Merger. In connection with the closing of the Merger, certain members of management purchased shares of common stock of the Issuer. Following such purchase, the Issuer is owned 49.5% by affiliates of Advent, 49.5% by affiliates of GSCP and 1% by members of management. See “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction.”

Our Sponsors

GS Capital Partners

Founded in 1869, Goldman Sachs is one of the oldest and largest investment banking firms. Goldman Sachs is also a global leader in private corporate equity, mezzanine and senior loan investing. The GS Capital Partners family of funds is Goldman Sachs’ primary vehicle to make private direct investments in corporate equity. GS Capital Partners VI fund, the sixth in a series of global diversified funds formed since 1992, was formed in 2007 with $20.3 billion in commitments. GS Capital Partners seeks long-term capital appreciation by committing equity to high-quality companies with strong management to fund acquisition or expansion across a range of industries and geographies. Goldman Sachs offers unique benefits to its investment and investing partners, beginning with more than 20 years of private corporate equity investing experience, approximately $38 billion of equity invested in over 325 companies and a global network which provides access to well-regarded management teams, private equity groups and leading corporations.

Advent International Corp.

Founded in 1984, Advent International Corp. is a global private equity firm that has been at the forefront of international investing for over 25 years and has raised over $26 billion in cumulative equity. In 2008, Advent raised its largest fund, a $10.4 billion fund (Global Private Equity VI) for investments in North America and Western Europe. Advent has invested in over 600 companies in 41 countries. Advent focuses on building long-term value in partnership with management teams through revenue growth, acquisitions and profit improvement. Advent has invested more than $3.5 billion in Business & Financial Services transactions, including investments in Oberthur, WorldPay (formerly RBS WorldPay), CETIP (Bovespa: CTIP3), Vantiv (formerly Fifth Third Transaction Processing), BondDesk Group, GFI Group (Nasdaq: GFIG), CAMS, Datek Online, The Island ECN, Sophis, Equiniti (formerly Lloyds TSB Registrars), Domestic & General, Euronet and Dolex.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 555 West Adams Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Our telephone number is (312) 985-2000. Our website address is www.transunion.com. The information on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.

This prospectus includes our trademarks such as “TransUnion,” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of TransUnion or its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offer

 

The Initial Offering

On March 21, 2012, the Issuer issued $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “Outstanding Notes”) under an indenture among the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. The Outstanding Notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act (the “Initial Offering”).

 

Registration rights agreement

In connection with the Initial Offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement (the “registration rights agreement”) with respect to the Outstanding Notes. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed, among other things, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC, and cause to become effective, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the Outstanding Notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes with terms identical to the Outstanding Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy your rights under the registration rights agreement. Except in limited circumstances, after the Exchange Offer is complete, holders of Outstanding Notes will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to their Outstanding Notes.

 

The Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B, which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”), for any and all of our Outstanding Notes.

 

  In order to be exchanged, an Outstanding Note must be properly tendered and accepted. All Outstanding Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. We will issue Exchange Notes promptly after the expiration of the Exchange Offer.

 

  Interest on the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the date of issuance, and such interest will be payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange, on the first interest payment date following the closing of the Exchange Offer. Interest will continue to accrue on any Outstanding Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

Resales

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the Exchange Notes issued to you in the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, provided that:

 

   

the Exchange Notes are being acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 

13


Table of Contents
   

you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes issued to you in the Exchange Offer; and

 

   

you are not an affiliate of ours.

 

  If any of these conditions is not satisfied and you transfer any Exchange Notes issued to you in the Exchange Offer without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your Exchange Notes from these requirements, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we indemnify you against, any such liability.

 

  Each broker-dealer that is issued Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of the Exchange Notes issued to it in the Exchange Offer.

 

Expiration date

The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on              , 2012, unless we decide to extend the expiration date.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The Exchange Offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See “Exchange Offer—Conditions.”

 

Procedures for tendering Outstanding Notes

If you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes for exchange in the Exchange Offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date either:

 

   

an original or a facsimile of a properly completed and duly executed copy of the letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, together with your Outstanding Notes and any other documentation required by the letter of transmittal, at the address provided on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

if the Outstanding Notes you own are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in book-entry form and you are making delivery by book-entry transfer, a computer-generated message transmitted by means of the Automated Tender Offer Program System of DTC (“ATOP”), in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and which, when received by the exchange agent, forms a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer. As part of the book-entry transfer, DTC will facilitate the exchange of your Outstanding Notes and update your account to reflect the issuance of the Exchange Notes to you. ATOP allows you to

 

 

14


Table of Contents
 

electronically transmit your acceptance of the Exchange Offer to DTC instead of physically completing and delivering a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent.

 

  In addition, you must deliver to the exchange agent on or before the expiration date:

 

   

a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your Outstanding Notes into the account of the exchange agent at DTC if you are effecting delivery of book-entry transfer; or

 

   

if necessary, the documents required for compliance with the guaranteed delivery procedures.

 

Special procedures for beneficial owners

If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC as the holder of the book-entry interests or if you are a beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender the book-entry interest or Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, you should contact the person in whose name your book-entry interests or Outstanding Notes are registered promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.

 

Withdrawal rights

You may withdraw the tender of your Outstanding Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012.

 

Effect of not tendering in the Exchange Offer

Any Outstanding Notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Outstanding Notes and the indenture. Since the Outstanding Notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they may bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, we will have no further obligation to register, and currently we do not anticipate that we will register, the Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act except in limited circumstances with respect to specific types of holders of Outstanding Notes.

 

Federal income tax considerations

The exchange of Outstanding Notes will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. We will pay all of our expenses incident to the Exchange Offer.

 

Exchange agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes

 

Issuer

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Securities

$600,000,000 principal amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B.

 

Maturity

June 15, 2018.

 

Interest

Other than the interest payment due on September 15, 2012 and the final interest payment ending at stated maturity, which will be made in cash, the Issuer will make interest payments on the Exchange Notes entirely in cash unless the conditions described in this prospectus are satisfied, in which case the Issuer will be entitled to pay, to the extent described herein, interest for such interest period by increasing the principal amount of the Exchange Notes or issuing new notes (such increase or issuance being referred to herein as “PIK Interest”). For additional information on the requirement to pay cash interest or a combination of cash interest and PIK Interest, see “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

 

  Cash interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.625% per annum. PIK Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue at the rate of 10.375% per annum.

 

  If the Issuer pays any PIK Interest, it will increase the principal amount of the Exchange Notes or issue new notes in an amount equal to the interest payment for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1) to holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date.

 

Interest Payment Dates

March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2012.

 

Guarantees

The Exchange Notes will not be guaranteed on the issue date, and will only be guaranteed in the future under certain limited circumstances. See “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants—Future Guarantees.”

 

Ranking

The Exchange Notes will constitute senior unsecured debt of the Issuer and will rank:

 

   

pari passu in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s future senior debt;

 

   

senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s future subordinated debt;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all of the Issuer’s future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such obligations; and

 

 

16


Table of Contents
   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness (including Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and Trans Union LLC’s senior notes) of, and other obligations and preferred stock of, the Issuer’s subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Issuer).

 

  As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction:

 

   

the Issuer would have had no indebtedness other than the Notes; and

 

   

the Issuer’s subsidiaries would have had $1,711.8 million of indebtedness (excluding $210.0 million of borrowing capacity under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility), all which would have been structurally senior to the Exchange Notes.

 

Optional Redemption

Except as described below, the Issuer cannot redeem the Exchange Notes before June 15, 2014. Thereafter, the Issuer may redeem some or all of the Exchange Notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

  Prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the make-whole premium described under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

  At any time (which may be more than once) before June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes at a redemption price of 109.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings. See “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Mandatory Principal Redemption

If the Exchange Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Exchange Notes’ issuance (each, an “AHYDO redemption date”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Exchange Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (each such redemption, a “Mandatory Principal Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Exchange Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means, as of each AHYDO redemption date, the portion of an Exchange Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Exchange

 

 

17


Table of Contents
 

Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Exchange Notes prior to any AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the indenture governing the Exchange Notes will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make any Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Exchange Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO redemption date.

 

Change of Control

If a change of control occurs, the Issuer must give holders of the Exchange Notes the opportunity to sell to the Issuer their Exchange Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. See “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes limits the ability of the Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity, prepay junior debt and make certain investments;

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock;

 

   

incur liens on assets;

 

   

merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

allow to exist certain restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to the Issuer.

 

  These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. During any period in which the Exchange Notes have an investment grade rating from both Rating Agencies (as defined in this prospectus) and no default has occurred and is continuing under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, the Issuer will not be subject to certain of these covenants. See “Description of the Notes.”

 

No prior market

The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that an active public or other market will develop for the Exchange Notes or as to the liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange Notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the Exchange Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the Exchange Notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the Exchange Notes develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time. Accordingly, you may have to bear the financial risks of investing in the Exchange Notes for an indefinite period of time. The Issuer does not intend to apply for a listing of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or automated dealer quotation system. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. We will pay all of our expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” for risks involved with participating in the Exchange Offer.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth the summary historical consolidated financial data of TransUnion Corp., the summary historical unconsolidated financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated below.

We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial data of TransUnion Corp. as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, from TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial data of TransUnion Corp. as of March 31, 2012, and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical unconsolidated financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. as of March 31, 2012 and for the period from the date of inception through March 31, 2012, from TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. TransUnion Corp.’s and TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

We have derived the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. as of March 31, 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and the three months ended March 31, 2012, from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The income statement data gives effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as if it occurred on January 1, 2011, and the balance sheet data gives effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as if it occurred on March 31, 2012. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. is for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if the 2012 Change in Control Transaction had occurred as of those dates or what our results will be for future periods. We cannot assure you that the assumptions used by management, which we believe are reasonable, for the preparation of the summary pro forma consolidated financial data will prove to be correct.

The summary historical financial data set forth below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and TransUnion Corp. and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     TransUnion Corp. Historical    

 

   TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.  
     Year Ended December 31,      Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
   

 

   Historical      Pro Forma  

(in millions)

   2009      2010      2011           From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 

Income Statement Data:

                        

Revenue

   $ 924.8       $ 956.5       $ 1,024.0       $ 280.6           $ —         $ 1,024.0       $ 280.6   

Operating expenses:

                        

Cost of services

     404.2         395.8         421.5         115.0             —           421.5         115.0   

Selling, general and administrative

     234.6         263.0         264.5         78.1             —           264.5         78.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     81.6         81.6         85.3         21.9             —           176.1         43.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents
     TransUnion Corp. Historical            TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.  
     Year Ended December 31,     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
           Historical     Pro Forma  

(in millions)

   2009     2010     2011          From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
 

Total operating expenses (1)

     720.4        740.4        771.3        215.0             —          862.1        236.8   

Operating income

     204.4        216.1        252.7        65.6             —          161.9        43.8   

Non-operating income and expense (2)

     1.3        (133.1     (185.6     (33.2          (8.5     (233.0     (53.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax

     205.7        83.0        67.1        32.4             (8.5     (71.1     (9.7

(Provision) benefit for income tax

     (73.4     (46.3     (17.8     (20.3          —          32.0        (8.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     132.3        36.7        49.3        12.1             (8.5   $ (39.1   $ (17.9
                 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     1.2        8.2        (0.5     —               —         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

     

Net income (loss)

     133.5        44.9        48.8        12.1             (8.5    

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (8.1     (8.3     (8.0     (1.9          —         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

     

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp. or TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

   $ 125.4      $ 36.6      $ 40.8      $ 10.2           $     (8.5    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

     

 

     TransUnion Corp. Historical            TransUnion Holding Company,
Inc.
 
     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2012
           Historical     Pro Forma  

(in millions)

   2009      2010     2011          As of March 31,
2012
    As of March 31,
2012
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 137.5       $ 131.2      $ 107.8      $ 108.1           $ —        $ 58.9   

Total assets

     1,010.0         954.2        1,005.8        1,007.0             616.1        4,240.5   

Total debt ( 3 )

     591.3         1,606.0        1,601.2        1,597.7             600.0        2,311.8   

Total stockholders’ equity ( 4 )

     249.4         (862.0     (824.4     (805.8          (8.5     1,114.8   

 

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2010, total operating expenses included $21.4 million of accelerated stock-based compensation and related expenses resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction and a gain of $3.9 million on the trade-in of mainframe computers. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2011, total operating expenses included a $3.6 million outsourcing vendor contract early termination fee and a $2.7 million software impairment and related restructuring charge.
(2)

For the year ended December 31, 2010, non-operating income and expense included $90.1 million of interest expense, $28.7 million of acquisition fees and $20.5 million of loan fees, primarily related to the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2011, non-operating income and expense included $126.4 million of interest expense and, as a result of refinancing Trans Union LLC’s

 

 

21


Table of Contents
  senior secured credit facility in February 2011, a $9.5 million prepayment premium and $49.8 million write-off of unamortized loan costs incurred in connection with financing the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about interest expense and the refinancing. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, TransUnion Corp.’s non-operating income and expense included $30.7 million of interest expense and $6.0 million of acquisition expenses, primarily related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction and the abandoned initial public offering process. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding’s non-operating income and expense included $1.5 million of interest expense and $7.0 million of acquisition expenses related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2011, on a pro forma basis, TransUnion Holding’s non-operating income and expense included $173.6 million of interest expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis, TransUnion Holding’s non-operating income and expense included $43.9 million of interest expense. See Note 14, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and Note 2, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.,” of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements for the period from the date of inception through March 31, 2012, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about impact of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.
(3) Pro forma total debt as of March 31, 2012 reflects $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Trans Union LLC senior notes at $769.2 million due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment of $124.2 million to the basis of Trans Union LLC’s senior notes in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. This purchase accounting adjustment is due to the requirement to record all assets and liabilities at fair value and will have no impact on cash contractual obligations under Trans Union LLC’s senior notes.
(4) The balance of total stockholders’ equity decreased from December 31, 2009, to December 31, 2010, primarily due to the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.      TransUnion Corp. Historical  
     Historical     Pro Forma                                            
     From the
Date of Inception
Through
March 31, 2012
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
                                    
                Year Ended December 31,  
                2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)

     (4.7 ):1      0.7:1         0.5:1         1.9:1         1.4:1         1.8:1         46.7:1         221.6:1         236.3:1   

 

 

(1) We have derived the ratio of earnings to fixed charges of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. for the period from the date of inception through March 31, 2012, from TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. for the three months ended March 31, 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma data gives effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as if it occurred on January 1, 2011. The pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. is for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been if the 2012 Change in Control Transaction had occurred as of those dates or what our ratio of earnings to fixed charges will be for future periods. We have derived the ratio of earnings to fixed charges of TransUnion Corp. for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the ratio of earnings to fixed charges of TransUnion Corp. for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, from TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the ratio of earnings to fixed charges of TransUnion Corp. for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, from TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements for such periods, which are not included in this prospectus. TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s and TransUnion Corp.’s historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before deciding to participate in the Exchange Offer. Although these are the risks and uncertainties we believe are most important for you to consider, you should know that they are not the only risks or uncertainties facing us or which may adversely affect our business. The following risks and uncertainties could materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known or currently believed to be significant may also adversely affect our business and your investment.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and Our Indebtedness

Because there is no public market for the Exchange Notes, you may not be able to resell your Exchange Notes.

The offering of the Exchange Notes has been registered under the Securities Act, but the Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market, and we cannot assure you:

 

   

whether any trading market that may develop will be liquid;

 

   

whether you will be able to sell your Exchange Notes; or

 

   

of the price at which you would be able to sell your Exchange Notes.

If a trading market were to develop, the Exchange Notes might trade at higher or lower prices than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and our financial performance.

If you tender your Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Your Outstanding Notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the Exchange Offer procedures and, as a result, your Outstanding Notes will continue to be subject to existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell them.

We will not accept your Outstanding Notes for exchange if you do not follow the proper Exchange Offer procedures. We will issue Exchange Notes as part of the Exchange Offer only after a timely receipt of your Outstanding Notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your Outstanding Notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your Outstanding Notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the expiration date of the Exchange Offer, we will not accept your Outstanding Notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of Outstanding Notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of Outstanding Notes, we may not accept your Outstanding Notes for exchange. For more information, see “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.”

If you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes, your Outstanding Notes will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your Outstanding Notes.

We did not register the Outstanding Notes, nor do we intend to do so following the Exchange Offer. Outstanding Notes that are not tendered will therefore continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions and may be transferred only in limited circumstances under the securities laws. If you do not exchange your Outstanding Notes, you will lose your right to have your Outstanding Notes exchanged for Exchange Notes registered under the federal securities laws. As a result, if you hold Outstanding Notes after the Exchange Offer, you may not be able to sell your Outstanding Notes.

 

23


Table of Contents

Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries.

The Exchange Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of our subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or our creditors, including the holders of the Exchange Notes.

As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, our subsidiaries would have had total indebtedness of approximately $1,711.8 million. This total includes $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of Trans Union LLC’s senior notes which we recorded as of March 31, 2012 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, at $769.2 million due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. Our subsidiaries would also have had an additional $210.0 million available for borrowing as of March 31, 2012 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility. Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility may also be increased by up to an additional aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million.

We are the sole obligor of the Exchange Notes and our direct and indirect subsidiaries do not guarantee our obligations under the Exchange Notes and do not have any obligation with respect to the Exchange Notes.

We are a holding company with no business operations or assets other than the capital stock of TransUnion Corp. Operations are conducted through TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries. Consequently, we will be dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from TransUnion Corp. and, indirectly, its subsidiaries, to make payments of principal and interest in cash on the Exchange Notes. However, our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities, and they will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay the amounts due under the Exchange Notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. You will not have any direct claim on the cash flows or assets of our direct and indirect subsidiaries.

The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us will depend on their cash flows and earnings, which, in turn, will be affected by all of the factors discussed in “—Risks Related to Our Business” below. The ability of our direct and indirect subsidiaries to pay dividends and make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, applicable laws and regulations and by the terms of the agreements into which they enter. If we are unable to obtain funds from our direct and indirect subsidiaries as a result of restrictions under their debt or other agreements, applicable laws and regulations or otherwise, we may not be able to pay cash interest or principal on the Exchange Notes when due. The terms of the credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes significantly restrict it from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us, except for administrative, legal and accounting services. As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, TransUnion Corp. would have been permitted to pay approximately $130 million of dividends under those agreements. We cannot assure you that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of our direct and indirect subsidiaries will permit such subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to pay cash interest or principal on the Exchange Notes when due.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness which could adversely affect our financial position and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we would have had total debt of approximately $2,311.8 million consisting of $600.0 million of Outstanding Notes, $940.5 million of borrowings under Trans Union

 

24


Table of Contents

LLC’s senior secured credit facility, $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes issued by Trans Union LLC recorded on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction at $769.2 million due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction and $2.1 million of other debt. We may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Our substantial indebtedness may:

 

   

make it difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including with respect to the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness;

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general business purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to use our cash flow or obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general business purposes;

 

   

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments;

 

   

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less-leveraged competitors; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.

In addition, the credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes contain restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interest. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of substantially all of our debt.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur additional indebtedness. This could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture governing the Exchange Notes limit, but do not prohibit, us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the Exchange Notes, the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the Exchange Notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of our business, subject to collateral arrangements. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. These restrictions will also not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, the capacity under the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility may be increased by an additional $300.0 million, plus an additional amount of indebtedness under the senior secured credit facility or separate facilities permitted by the senior secured credit facility so long as certain financial conditions are met, subject, in each case, to certain conditions and receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions or institutional lenders, which would be secured indebtedness and therefore effectively senior to the Exchange Notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of the Notes.”

The Exchange Notes will be unsecured and effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured indebtedness.

The Exchange Notes will be general unsecured obligations ranking effectively junior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s future secured indebtedness. While the Issuer does not currently have any existing secured

 

25


Table of Contents

indebtedness, the indenture governing the Exchange Notes permits the Issuer to incur additional secured indebtedness in the future. In the event that the Issuer is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent or is liquidated or reorganized, any indebtedness that is effectively senior to the Exchange Notes will be entitled to be paid in full from the Issuer’s assets securing such indebtedness before any payment may be made with respect to the Exchange Notes. Holders of the Exchange Notes will participate ratably with all holders of the Issuer’s unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the Exchange Notes, and potentially with all of the Issuer’s other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor, in the Issuer’s remaining assets.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations, including the Exchange Notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control (as well as and including those factors discussed under “—Risks Related to Our Business” below). We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes.

If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. We may not be able to implement any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from those dispositions and may also restrict our ability to raise debt or equity capital to be used to repay other indebtedness when it becomes due. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and holders of the Exchange Notes could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility could terminate their commitments to loan money, Trans Union LLC’s secured lenders (including the lenders under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility) could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we or TransUnion Corp. could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. All of these events could result in your losing some or all of your investment in the Exchange Notes.

If we do not have sufficient funds to pay cash interest on the Exchange Notes, interest on the Exchange Notes may be paid in PIK Interest.

We will be required to pay interest on the Exchange Notes entirely in cash unless the conditions described in this prospectus are satisfied, in which case we will be entitled to pay, to the extent described herein, PIK Interest. See “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.” The terms of the Exchange Notes will not restrict our ability to use our dividend payment capacity for such alternative uses. In addition, the credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes allow our subsidiaries to utilize amounts

 

26


Table of Contents

that would otherwise be available to pay cash dividends to us for purposes such as making restricted investments, capital expenditures and prepaying subordinated indebtedness and, subject to certain limitations, making cash dividends to and other payments in respect of equityholders, and such uses would reduce the amounts available to pay dividends to us in order to pay cash interest on the Exchange Notes. The indenture governing the Exchange Notes does not restrict the Issuer’s ability to use its dividends payment capacity for such alternative uses. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.” As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be required (or able) to make cash interest payments on the Exchange Notes. The payment of interest through PIK Interest will increase the amount of our indebtedness and would exacerbate the risks associated with our high level of indebtedness.

Your ability to transfer the Exchange Notes will be restricted and may be further limited by the absence of an active trading market.

The offering of the Exchange Notes has been registered under the Securities Act but the Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. An active market for the Exchange Notes may not develop or, if developed, such a market may not continue. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the Exchange Notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance and other factors. We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or stock market. The liquidity of any market for the Exchange Notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the number of holders of Exchange Notes;

 

   

our operating performance and financial condition;

 

   

the market for similar securities;

 

   

the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Exchange Notes; and

 

   

prevailing interest rates.

Even if an active trading market for the Exchange Notes does develop, there is no guarantee that it will continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to severe disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Exchange Notes. The market, if any, for the Exchange Notes may experience similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the liquidity in that market or the prices at which you may sell your Exchange Notes. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the Exchange Notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance and other factors.

Because Goldman, Sachs & Co., one of the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes, may be construed to be our affiliate, Goldman, Sachs & Co. may be required to deliver a current “market making” prospectus, and otherwise comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, in connection with certain secondary market sales of the Exchange Notes. Accordingly, the ability of Goldman, Sachs & Co. to make a market in the Exchange Notes may, in part, depend on our ability to maintain a current “market making” prospectus. We will agree to make a “market making” prospectus generally available to Goldman, Sachs & Co. to permit it to engage in market-making transactions. However, the registration rights agreement also provides that we may, for valid business reasons, allow the “market making” prospectus to cease to be effective and usable for a period of time set forth in the registration rights agreement or as otherwise acceptable to the market-maker. As a result, the liquidity of the secondary market for the Exchange Notes may be materially adversely affected by the unavailability of a current “market making” prospectus.

Changes in interest rates or credit ratings issued by statistical rating organizations could adversely affect our cost of financing and the market price of the Exchange Notes.

Credit rating agencies rate the Exchange Notes and our other indebtedness on factors that include our operating results, actions that we take, their view of the general outlook for our industry and their view of the

 

27


Table of Contents

general outlook for the economy. Actions taken by the rating agencies can include maintaining, upgrading or downgrading the current rating or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading. Downgrading the credit rating of the Exchange Notes or our other indebtedness or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading could limit our ability to refinance maturing liabilities, access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs, increase our cost of financing and lower the market price of the Exchange Notes.

Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the Exchange Notes. Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the Exchange Notes. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing. If any credit rating initially assigned to the Exchange Notes is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your Exchange Notes at a favorable price or at all.

We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of the outstanding Exchange Notes at 101% of their outstanding principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date, if any, unless the Exchange Notes have been previously called for redemption. We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources. The source of funds for any purchase of the Exchange Notes and repayment of borrowings under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility would be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. The terms of Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and Trans Union LLC’s senior notes may prohibit our subsidiaries from funding a repurchase of the Exchange Notes upon a change of control. In the event we need to rely on additional financing from third parties to fund any such purchases, we may be unable to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Additionally, under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, a change of control (as defined therein) constitutes an event of default that permits the lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under the respective agreements and terminate their commitments to lend and upon a change of control, we will also be required to offer to purchase Trans Union LLC’s senior notes at 101% of their outstanding principal amount, which factors may negatively impact our ability to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Further, our ability to repurchase the Exchange Notes may be limited by law. In order to avoid the obligations to repurchase the Exchange Notes and the Trans Union LLC senior notes and events of default and potential breaches under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, we may have to avoid certain change of control transactions that would otherwise be beneficial to us.

In addition, some important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, constitute a “change of control” that would require us to repurchase the Exchange Notes, even though those corporate events could increase the level of our indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings, financial condition or the value of the Notes. See “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

Holders of the Exchange Notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the Exchange Notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets.

The definition of change of control in the indenture governing the Exchange Notes includes a phrase relating to the sale of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Exchange Notes to require us to repurchase its Exchange Notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain.

 

28


Table of Contents

Covenants in our and our subsidiaries’ debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes, the credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes contain various covenants that limit our ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur or assume liens or additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

   

issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

   

make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

   

enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our subsidiaries;

 

   

sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes and/or the indenture governing the Exchange Notes. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes and/or the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, Trans Union LLC’s lenders or the holders of Trans Union LLC’s senior notes, as the case may be, could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the applicable indebtedness to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against any collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility. If the lenders under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and our other indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.” Our borrowings under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility are, and are expected to continue to be, at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease.

The restrictions contained in the credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes could adversely affect our ability to:

 

   

finance our operations;

 

   

make needed capital expenditures;

 

   

make strategic acquisitions or investments or enter into joint ventures;

 

   

withstand a future downturn in our business, the industry or the economy in general;

 

   

engage in business activities, including future opportunities, that may be in our interest; and

 

   

plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies.

These restrictions may affect our ability to grow or even maintain current operating levels.

 

29


Table of Contents

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, you may receive a lesser amount for your claim than you would have been entitled to receive under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the Exchange Notes, your claim for the principal amount of your Exchange Notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:

 

   

the original issue price for the Exchange Notes; and

 

   

any amount of interest that does not constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Accordingly, under these circumstances, you may receive a lesser amount than you would be entitled to under the terms of the indenture governing the Exchange Notes, even if sufficient funds are available.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Exchange Notes and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the Exchange Notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the Exchange Notes. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the Exchange Notes could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if we (a) issued the Exchange Notes with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (b) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing the Exchange Notes and, in the case of (b) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

   

we were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the Exchange Notes;

 

   

the issuance of the Exchange Notes left us with an unreasonably small amount of capital or assets to carry on the business;

 

   

we intended to, or believed that we would, incur debts beyond our ability to pay as they mature; or

 

   

we were a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us if the judgment is unsatisfied after final judgment.

As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or a valid antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the Exchange Notes would be subordinated to our or other debt. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

 

   

the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

 

   

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they became due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the Exchange Notes was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Exchange Notes and could subordinate the Exchange Notes to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the Exchange Notes. Further, the avoidance of the Exchange Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of that debt.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, any payment by us pursuant to the Exchange Notes made at a time we were found to be insolvent could be voided and required to be returned to us or to a fund for the benefit of our creditors if such payment is made to an insider within a one-year period prior to a bankruptcy filing or within 90 days for any outside party and such payment would give such insider or outside party more than such creditors would have received in a distribution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the Exchange Notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (1) the holder of Exchange Notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (2) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of Exchange Notes and (3) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our revenues are concentrated in the U.S. consumer credit and financial services industries. When these industries or the broader financial markets experience a downturn, demand for our services, our revenues and the collectability of receivables may be adversely affected.

Our largest customers depend on favorable macroeconomic conditions and are impacted by the availability of credit, the level and volatility of interest rates, inflation, employment levels, consumer confidence and housing demand. Our customer base suffers when financial markets experience volatility, illiquidity and disruption, which has occurred during the past few years and which may be amplified or extended due to concerns regarding sovereign debt levels in Europe. Such market developments and the potential for increased and continuing disruptions going forward present considerable risks to our businesses and operations. Changes in the economy have resulted, and may continue to result, in fluctuations in demand, and the volumes, pricing and operating margins for our services. For example, the banking and financial market downturn that began to affect our business in 2008 caused a greater focus on expense reduction by our customers and led to a decline in their account acquisition mailings, which resulted in reduced revenues from our credit marketing programs. In addition, financial institutions tightened lending standards and granted fewer mortgage loans, student loans, automobile loans and other consumer loans. As a result, we experienced a reduction in our credit report volumes. If businesses in these industries experience economic hardship, we cannot assure you that we will be able to generate future revenue growth or collect our receivables. In addition, if consumer demand for financial services and products and the number of credit applications decrease, the demand for our services could also be materially reduced. These types of disruptions could lead to a decline in the volumes of services we provide our customers and could negatively impact our revenue and results of operations.

Data security and integrity are critically important to our business, and breaches of security, unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or the perception that confidential information is not secure, could result in a material loss of business, substantial legal liability or significant harm to our reputation.

We own and host a large amount of highly sensitive and confidential consumer information including financial information, personally identifiable information and protected health information. This data is often accessed through secure transmissions over public and private networks, including the internet. Despite our physical security, implementation of technical controls and contractual precautions to identify, detect and prevent the unauthorized access to and alteration and disclosure of our data, we cannot assure you that systems that access our services and databases will not be compromised, whether as a result of criminal conduct, advances in computer hacking or otherwise. Several recent, highly publicized data security breaches at other companies have heightened consumer awareness of this issue and may embolden individuals or groups to target our systems. Unauthorized disclosure, loss or corruption of our data could disrupt our operations, subject us to substantial legal liability, result in a material loss of business, and significantly harm our reputation.

Due to concerns about data security and integrity, a growing number of legislative and regulatory bodies have adopted consumer notification requirements in the event that consumer information is accessed by

 

31


Table of Contents

unauthorized persons. In the United States, federal and state laws provide for over 40 disparate notification regimes, all of which we are subject to. Complying with such numerous and complex regulations in the event of unauthorized access will be expensive and difficult, and failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to regulatory scrutiny and additional liability.

If we experience system failures, personnel disruptions or capacity constraints, or our customers do not modify their systems to accept new releases of our distribution programs, the delivery of our services to our customers could be delayed or interrupted, which could harm our business and reputation and result in the loss of revenues or customers.

Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on our ability to maintain the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer network, systems and data centers, some of which have been outsourced to third-party providers. In addition, we generate a significant amount of our revenues through channels that are dependent on links to telecommunications providers. Our systems, personnel and operations could be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural disasters, power loss, war, terrorist acts, civil disobedience, telecommunication failures, computer viruses, denial of service attacks or human error. For example, in 2007, a service interruption occurring during a routine maintenance visit by one of our hardware vendors resulted in a disruption in our ability to deliver data and services for almost 24 hours. We may not have sufficient redundant operations to cover a loss or failure of our systems in a timely manner. Any significant interruption could severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of revenue and customers.

We could lose our access to data sources which could prevent us from providing our services.

Our services and products depend extensively upon continued access to and receipt of data from external sources, including data received from customers, strategic partners and various government and public records depositories. In some cases, we compete with our data providers. Our data providers could stop providing data, provide untimely data, or increase the costs for their data for a variety of reasons, including a perception that our systems are insecure as a result of a data security breach, budgetary constraints, a desire to generate additional revenue or for competitive reasons. We could also become subject to legislative, regulatory or judicial restrictions or mandates on the collection, disclosure or use of such data, in particular if such data is not collected by our providers in a way that allows us to legally use the data. If we lost access to this external data or if our access or use were restricted or became less economical or desirable, our ability to provide services could be negatively impacted, which would adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot provide assurance that we will be successful in maintaining our relationships with these external data source providers or that we will be able to continue to obtain data from them on acceptable terms or at all. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to obtain data from alternative sources if our current sources become unavailable.

Our business is subject to various governmental regulations, laws and orders, compliance with which may cause us to incur significant expenses, and the failure to comply with which could subject us to civil or criminal penalties or other liabilities.

Our business is subject to significant international, federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, privacy and consumer data protection, financial, tax and labor regulations. See “Business—Regulatory Matters” for a description of select regulatory regimes to which we are subject. These laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. We currently incur significant expenses in our attempt to ensure compliance with these laws. In addition, in the future we may be subject to significant additional expense to investigate, defend, or remedy violations of these laws and regulations. Any failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could also result in significant liability to us, including liability to private plaintiffs as a result of individual or class-action litigation, or may result in the cessation of our operations or portions of our operations or impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations. In addition, because many of our services are sold into regulated industries, we

 

32


Table of Contents

must comply with additional regulations in marketing our services into these industries, including, but not limited to, state insurance laws and regulations and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.

Certain of the laws and regulations governing our business are subject to interpretation by judges, juries and administrative entities, creating substantial uncertainty for our business. We incurred liability in the past, for example, as a result of a determination by a federal consumer protection agency in the late 1990s that a particular marketing practice common to the industry was unlawful under the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”). On July 7, 2008, without admitting or denying liability, we agreed to settle this matter and ultimately paid $75.0 million to settle the resulting civil litigation. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Privacy Litigation.” We cannot predict what effect the interpretation of existing or new laws or regulations may have on our business.

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “CFPB”), which is authorized to adopt rules, supervise certain non-banking companies and initiate enforcement actions with regard to federal consumer financial laws.

We are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB. In 2010, the United States Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act establishes the CFPB, which has broad powers to regulate the offering and the provision of consumer financial products or services under the federal consumer financial laws. General powers of the CFPB include the authority to promulgate regulations and to enforce and administer federal consumer financial laws, including most aspects of the FCRA and other laws applicable to us and our financial customers. The CFPB is expressly charged with prohibiting unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices.

We are subject to supervision and examination by the CFPB. The Dodd-Frank Act gives the CFPB authority to conduct examinations and otherwise supervise certain nondepository institutions that are larger participants of a market for other consumer financial products or services, as defined by rule. Noting that the consumer reporting market is of “fundamental importance to the market for consumer credit,” the CFPB has announced that credit reporting companies like us are subject to the CFPB’s supervision program under the larger participant rule.

We could be the subject of an examination, investigation or enforcement action by the CFPB, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) or by a state agency (e.g., state attorneys general) with powers to enforce CFPB regulations. In addition to its powers to promulgate regulations and supervise banks and non-banks, the CFPB has broad enforcement powers with regard to federal consumer financial laws. The CFPB may conduct examinations and investigations, issue subpoenas and bring civil actions in federal court for violations of the federal consumer financial laws. In these proceedings, the CFPB can seek relief that includes: rescission or reformation of contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, payment of damages, limits on activities and civil money penalties of up to $1.0 million per day for knowing violations. Also, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general (or the equivalent thereof) to bring civil actions in federal district court (or a state court that is located in that state and that has jurisdiction over the defendant), to enforce Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or regulations issued by the CFPB thereunder.

In sum, through its broad powers to regulate and enforce federal consumer financial laws, the CFPB could place restrictions on our business and the businesses of our financial customers, if the CFPB were to determine through rulemaking, supervisory or enforcement actions, for example, that particular acts or practices were unfair, deceptive or abusive to consumers.

Changes in legislation or regulations governing consumer privacy and identity theft may affect our ability to collect, manage and use personal information.

Public concern is high with regard to the collection, use and sharing of personal information, including Social Security numbers, dates of birth, financial information, medical information and department of motor

 

33


Table of Contents

vehicle data, as well as behavioral data. U.S. federal and state laws (as well as laws in many of the other countries where we do business) already regulate the collection and use of personal data; but additional legislative or regulatory efforts could further restrict the collection, use and sharing of this personal information.

Public concern regarding identity theft also has led to more transparency for consumers as to what is in their credit reports. We provide credit reports and scores to consumers for a fee, and this income stream could be reduced or restricted by legislation that requires us to provide this information to consumers free of charge. For example, under U.S. federal law today, we are required to provide consumers with one credit report per year free of charge. Recently, legislation was introduced that would require us to provide credit scores to consumers without charge. Changes in applicable legislation or regulations that restrict our ability to collect and disseminate information, or that require us to provide services to customers or a segment of customers without charge, could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

The outcome of litigation, inquiries, investigations, or other regulatory proceedings in which we are involved, or in which we may become involved, could subject us to significant monetary damages or restrictions on our ability to do business.

Legal proceedings arise frequently as part of the normal course of our business. These may include individual consumer cases, class action lawsuits and inquiries, investigations and other regulatory actions brought by federal (e.g., the CFPB and the FTC) or state (e.g., state attorneys general) regulators. The outcome of these proceedings is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these lawsuits may seek recovery of large amounts and the cost to defend this litigation may be significant. There may also be adverse publicity associated with investigations and litigation that could decrease customer acceptance of our services. In addition, a court-ordered injunction, an administrative cease-and-desist order or settlement may require us to modify our business practices or may prohibit conduct that would otherwise be legal and in which our competitors may engage. Many of the technical and complex statutes to which we are subject, including state and federal credit reporting, medical privacy, and financial privacy requirements, may provide for civil and criminal penalties and may permit consumers to maintain individual or class actions against us and obtain statutorily prescribed damages. While we do not believe that the outcome of any pending or threatened legal proceeding will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, such proceedings are inherently uncertain and adverse outcomes could result in significant monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us. For example, in 2008, pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with respect to certain class action proceedings, which we refer to as the Privacy Litigation (as defined herein), we paid $75.0 million into a fund for the benefit of class members and provided approximately 600,000 individuals with up to nine months of free credit monitoring services. Moreover, in 2009, pursuant to a settlement agreement we agreed with the other two defendants in a class action proceeding, which we refer to as the Bankruptcy Tradeline Litigation (as defined herein), to deposit $17.0 million, our share of the $51.0 million total settlement, into a settlement fund for the benefit of class members. Final approval of this monetary settlement by the Court occurred on July 15, 2011. Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover adverse judgments against us. See “Business—Legal Proceedings” for further information regarding the Privacy Litigation, the Bankruptcy Tradeline Litigation and other material pending litigation.

We depend, in part, on strategic alliances, joint ventures and acquisitions to grow our business. If we are unable to make strategic acquisitions and develop and maintain these strategic alliances and joint ventures, our growth may be adversely affected.

An important focus of our business is to identify business partners who can enhance our services and enable us to develop solutions that differentiate us from our competitors. We have entered into several alliance agreements or license agreements with respect to certain of our data sets and services and may enter into similar agreements in the future. These arrangements may require us to restrict our use of certain of our technologies among certain customer industries, or to grant licenses on terms that ultimately may prove to be unfavorable to us, either of which could reduce the value of our common stock. Relationships with our alliance agreement partners may include risks due to incomplete information regarding the marketplace and commercial strategies of

 

34


Table of Contents

our partners, and our alliance agreements or other licensing agreements may be the subject of contractual disputes. If we or our alliance agreements’ partners are not successful in commercializing the alliance agreements’ services, such commercial failure could adversely affect our business.

In addition, a significant strategy for our international expansion is to establish operations through strategic alliances or joint ventures with local financial institutions and other partners. We cannot provide assurance that these arrangements will be successful or that our relationships with our partners will continue to be mutually beneficial. If these relationships cannot be established or maintained it could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, our ownership in and control of our foreign investments may be limited by local law.

We also selectively evaluate and consider acquisitions as a means of expanding our business and entering into new markets. We may not be able to acquire businesses we target due to a variety of factors such as competition from companies that are better positioned to make the acquisition. Our inability to make such strategic acquisitions could restrict our ability to expand our business and enter into new markets which would limit our ability to generate future revenue growth.

When we engage in acquisitions, investments in new businesses or divestitures of existing businesses, we will face risks that may adversely affect our business.

We may acquire or make investments in businesses that offer complementary services and technologies. Future acquisitions may not be completed on favorable terms and acquired assets, data or businesses may not be successfully integrated into our operations. Any acquisitions or investments will include risks commonly encountered in acquisitions of businesses, including:

 

   

failing to achieve the financial and strategic goals for the acquired business;

 

   

paying more than fair market value for an acquired company or assets;

 

   

failing to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses in an efficient and timely manner;

 

   

disrupting our ongoing businesses;

 

   

distracting management focus from our ongoing businesses;

 

   

acquiring unanticipated liabilities;

 

   

failing to retain key personnel;

 

   

incurring the expense of an impairment of assets due to the failure to realize expected benefits;

 

   

damaging relationships with employees, customers or strategic partners; and

 

   

diluting the share value of existing stockholders.

Any divestitures will be accompanied by the risks commonly encountered in the sale of businesses, which may include:

 

   

disrupting our ongoing businesses;

 

   

reducing our revenues;

 

   

losing key personnel;

 

   

distracting management focus from our ongoing businesses;

 

   

indemnification claims for breaches of representations and warranties in sale agreements;

 

   

damaging relationships with employees and customers as a result of transferring a business to new owners; and

 

35


Table of Contents
   

failure to close a transaction due to conditions such as financing or regulatory approvals not being satisfied.

These risks could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, particularly if they occur in the context of a significant acquisition or a divestiture. Acquisitions of businesses having a significant presence outside the United States will increase our exposure to the risks of conducting operations in international markets.

If we are unable to develop successful new services in a timely manner, or if the market does not adopt our new services, our ability to maintain or increase our revenue could be adversely affected.

In order to keep pace with customer demands for increasingly sophisticated service offerings, to sustain expansion into growth industries and to maintain our profitability, we must continue to innovate and introduce new services to the market. The process of developing new services is complex and uncertain. Our industry solutions require intense experience and knowledge from within the relevant industry. We must commit significant resources to this effort before knowing whether the market will accept new service offerings. We may not successfully execute on our new services because of challenges in planning or timing, technical hurdles, difficulty in predicting market demand, changes in regulation, or a lack of appropriate resources. Failure to successfully introduce new services to the market could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain and improve our systems, our data matching technology, and our interfaces with data sources and customers, demand for our services could be adversely affected.

In our markets, there are continuous improvements in computer hardware, network operating systems, programming tools, programming languages, operating systems, data matching, data filtering and other database technologies and the use of the internet. These improvements, as well as changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements, may require changes in the technology used to gather and process our data and deliver our services. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to:

 

   

internally develop and implement new and competitive technologies;

 

   

use leading third-party technologies effectively;

 

   

respond to changing customer needs and regulatory requirements; and

 

   

transition customers and data sources successfully to new interfaces or other technologies.

We cannot provide assurance that we will successfully implement new technologies, cause customers or data furnishers to implement compatible technologies, or adapt our technology to evolving customer, regulatory and competitive requirements. If we fail to respond, or cause our customers or data furnishers to fail to respond, to changes in technology, regulatory requirements or customer preferences, the demand for our services, or the delivery of our services, could be adversely affected.

Our ability to expand our operations in, and the portion of our revenue derived from, markets outside the United States is subject to economic, political and other inherent risks, which could adversely impact our growth rate and financial performance.

Over the last several years, we have derived a growing portion of our revenues from customers outside the United States, and it is our intent to continue to expand our international operations. We have sales and technical support personnel in numerous countries worldwide. We expect to continue to add international personnel to expand our abilities to deliver differentiated services to our international customers. Expansion into international markets will require significant resources and management attention and will subject us to new regulatory, economic and political risks. Moreover, the services we offer in developed and emerging markets must match our

 

36


Table of Contents

customers’ demand for those services. Due to price, limited purchasing power and differences in the development of consumer credit markets, there can be no assurance that our services will be accepted in any particular developed or emerging market, and we cannot be sure that our international expansion efforts will be successful. The results of our operations and our growth rate could be adversely affected by a variety of factors arising out of international commerce, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash to the United States;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international offices;

 

   

increased travel, infrastructure, legal and compliance costs of multiple international locations;

 

   

foreign laws and regulatory requirements;

 

   

terrorist activity, natural disasters and other catastrophic events;

 

   

restrictions on the import and export of technologies;

 

   

difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

longer payment cycles;

 

   

failure to meet quality standards for outsourced work;

 

   

unfavorable tax rules;

 

   

political and economic conditions in foreign countries, particularly in emerging markets;

 

   

varying business practices in foreign countries; and

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights.

As we continue to expand our business, our success will partially depend on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks. Our failure to manage these risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to effectively maintain our cost management strategy, which may adversely affect our ability to sustain our operating margins.

Our cost management strategy includes strategic sourcing, labor management, streamlining back-office functions and improving overall processes. Although we have implemented such plans and continue to explore means by which we can control or reduce expenses, we cannot assure you that we will be able to realize all the projected benefits of our cost management strategies. In addition, if we cannot maintain control of our cost structure, it will have a negative impact on our operating margins. Moreover, our operations and performance may be disrupted by our cost-management and facilities-integration efforts.

We are subject to significant competition in many of the markets in which we operate.

We may not be able to compete successfully against our competitors, which could impair our ability to sell our services. We compete on the basis of system availability, differentiated solutions, personalized customer service, breadth of services and price. Our regional and global competitors vary in size, financial and technical capability, and in the scope of the products and services they offer. Some of our competitors may be better positioned to develop, promote and sell their products. Larger competitors may benefit from greater cost efficiencies and may be able to win business simply based on pricing. We consistently face downward pressure on the pricing of our products, which could result in a reduced price for certain products, or a loss of market share. Our competitors may also be able to respond to opportunities before we do, taking advantage of new technologies, changes in customer requirements, or market trends.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our Interactive segment experiences competition from emerging companies. For example, prior to January 2008, Equifax and Experian were our top competitors for direct-to-consumer credit services, such as credit reports and identity theft protection services. In the past few years there has been an influx of non-bureau companies offering similar services, some leveraging the free services that we must provide by law. These developments have resulted in increased competition.

Many of our competitors have extensive customer relationships, including relationships with our current and potential customers. New competitors, or alliances among competitors, may emerge and gain significant market share. Existing or new competitors may develop products and services that are superior to ours or that achieve greater market acceptance. If we are unable to respond to changes in customer requirements as quickly and effectively as our competition, our ability to expand our business and sell our services may be adversely affected.

Our competitors may be able to sell services at lower prices than us, individually or as part of integrated suites of several related services. This ability may cause our customers to purchase from our competitors rather than us. Price reductions by our competitors could also negatively impact our operating margins or harm our ability to obtain new long-term contracts or renewals of existing contracts on favorable terms.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against current and future competitors. If we fail to successfully compete, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We are subject to losses from risks for which we do not insure.

For certain risks, we do not maintain insurance coverage because of cost and/or availability. Because we retain some portion of insurable risks, and in some cases retain our risk of loss completely, unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of insured limits could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property adequately or cost-effectively, which may cause us to lose market share or force us to reduce our prices.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect and preserve the proprietary aspects of our technology and services. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could use our intellectual property to market similar services, decreasing the demand for our services. We rely on the patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws of the United States and other countries, as well as contractual restrictions, such as nondisclosure agreements, to protect and control access to our proprietary intellectual property. These measures afford limited protection, however, and may be inadequate. We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our proprietary assets without our authorization or breaching any contractual restrictions with us. Enforcing our rights could be costly, time-consuming, distracting and harmful to significant business relationships. Additionally, others may independently develop non-infringing technologies that are similar or superior to ours. Any significant failure or inability to adequately protect and control our proprietary assets may harm our business and reduce our ability to compete.

We may face claims for intellectual property infringement, which could subject us to monetary damages or limit us in using some of our technologies or providing certain services.

There has been substantial litigation in the United States regarding intellectual property rights in the information technology industry. There is a risk that we may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, including the intellectual property rights of third parties in other countries, which could result in a liability to us. Historically, patent applications in the United States and some foreign countries have not been publicly disclosed until eighteen months following submission of the patent application, and we may not be aware of currently filed patent applications that relate to our products or processes. If patents later issue on these

 

38


Table of Contents

applications, we may be liable for infringement. In the event that claims are asserted against us, we may be required to obtain licenses from third parties (if available on acceptable terms or at all). Intellectual property infringement claims against us could subject us to liability for damages and restrict us from providing services or require changes to certain products or services. Although our policy is to obtain licenses or other rights where necessary, we cannot provide assurance that we have obtained all required licenses or rights. If a successful claim of infringement is brought against us and we fail to develop non-infringing products or services, or to obtain licenses on a timely and cost-effective basis, our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If our outside service providers and key vendors are not able to or do not fulfill their service obligations, our operations could be disrupted and our operating results could be harmed.

We depend on a number of service providers and key vendors such as telecommunication companies, software engineers, data processors, software and hardware vendors and providers of credit score algorithms, who are critical to our operations. These service providers and vendors are involved with our service offerings, communications and networking equipment, computer hardware and software and related support and maintenance. Although we have implemented service-level agreements and have established monitoring controls, our operations could be disrupted if we do not successfully manage relationships with our service providers, if they do not perform or are unable to perform to agreed upon service levels, or if they are unwilling to make their services available to us at reasonable prices. If our service providers and vendors do not perform their service obligations, it could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our access to the capital and credit markets could be adversely affected by economic conditions.

Historically, we have relied on cash from operations to fund our working capital and business growth. We may require additional capital from equity or debt financing in the future, the availability of which is dependent on, among other things, market and general economic conditions. Our access to funds under short-term credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the participating banks to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity, or due to changing or increased regulations.

Our relationships with key long-term customers may be materially diminished or terminated.

We have long-standing relationships with a number of our customers, many of whom could unilaterally terminate their relationship with us or materially reduce the amount of business they conduct with us at any time. Market competition, customer requirements, customer financial condition, and customer consolidation through mergers or acquisitions also could adversely affect our ability to continue or expand these relationships. There is no guarantee that we will be able to retain or renew existing agreements, maintain relationships with any of our customers on acceptable terms or at all or collect amounts owed to us from insolvent customers. Our customer agreements relating to our core credit reporting service offered through our USIS segment are terminable upon advance written notice (ranging from 30 days to six months) by either us or the customer, which provides our customers with the opportunity to renegotiate their contracts with us or to award more business to our competitors. The loss of one or more of our major customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There may be further consolidation in our end customer markets, which may adversely affect our revenues.

There has been, and we expect there will continue to be, merger, acquisition and consolidation activity in our customer markets. If our customers merge with, or are acquired by, other entities that are not our customers, or that use fewer of our services, our revenue may be adversely impacted. In addition, industry consolidation could affect the base of recurring transaction-based revenue if consolidated customers combine their operations under one contract, since most of our contracts provide for volume discounts.

 

39


Table of Contents

To the extent the availability of free or relatively inexpensive consumer information increases, the demand for some of our services may decrease.

Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive consumer information have become increasingly available, particularly through the internet, and this trend is expected to continue. Governmental agencies in particular have increased the amount of information to which they provide free public access. Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive consumer information may reduce demand for our services. To the extent that our customers choose not to obtain services from us and instead rely on information obtained at little or no cost from these public sources, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Recently enacted health care reform and supporting stimulus funding may be overturned in the future, adversely affecting our anticipated growth in demand for our services by healthcare providers.

While the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010 is estimated to result in approximately 32 million additional insured, this law and related health care reform may subsequently be overturned by future legislation or judicial ruling. Additionally, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, which is expected to generate $25.9 billion in stimulus dollars to support health care reform and the digitization of consumer medical files and other data, may also be overturned or curtailed by the United States Congress. To the extent that future growth in our business is dependent on providing additional services to customers in the healthcare industry, the modification, repeal or nullification of these laws could put constraints on our ability to grow and extend our business.

If we experience changes in tax laws or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns, it could adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to federal, state and local income taxes in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. Our future effective tax rates and the value of our deferred tax assets could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (as defined herein) and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Although we believe we have made appropriate provisions for taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate, changes in the tax laws or challenges from tax authorities under existing tax laws could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to attract and retain the skilled employees that we need to support our business.

Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain experienced management, sales, research and development, analytics, marketing and technical support personnel. If any of our key personnel were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it may be difficult to replace them and our business could be seriously harmed. Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta, our President and Chief Executive Officer, recently announced that, for personal reasons, he would be stepping down from his current position with the Company once his successor is in place. If we are unable to find a qualified successor to fill Mr. Mehta’s position, our business could be seriously harmed. The complexity of our services requires trained customer service and technical support personnel. We may not be able to hire and retain such successors or personnel at compensation levels consistent with our compensation structure. Some of our competitors may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our employees, we could incur significant expense replacing employees and our ability to provide quality services could diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business. See “Management” for additional information.

 

40


Table of Contents

Affiliates of the Sponsors and other investors own substantially all of the equity interests in us and may have conflicts of interest with us or the holders of the Exchange Notes in the future.

As a result of the Merger, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors control our company interests and the Sponsors’ designees hold substantially all of the seats on our board of directors. As a result, affiliates of the Sponsors have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of the board of directors regardless of whether holders of the Exchange Notes believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. For example, affiliates of the Sponsors and other investors could collectively cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or to sell assets, or could cause us to issue additional capital stock or declare dividends. So long as investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors continue to indirectly own a significant amount of our equity interests or otherwise control a majority of our board of directors, affiliates of the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. The indenture governing the Exchange Notes, the credit agreement governing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes will permit us to pay advisory and other fees, pay dividends and make other restricted payments to the Sponsors under certain circumstances and the Sponsors or its affiliates may have an interest in our doing so. In addition, the Sponsors have no obligation to provide us with any additional debt or equity financing.

The Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or that supply us with goods and services. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. The holders of the Exchange Notes should consider that the interests of the Sponsors may differ from their interests in material respects. See “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plans and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggest,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimate,” “target,” “project,” “forecast,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will” and other similar expressions. We base these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at the time such statements were made. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements include:

 

   

macroeconomic and industry trends and adverse developments in the debt, consumer credit and financial services markets;

 

   

our ability to maintain the security and integrity of our data;

 

   

our ability to deliver services timely without interruption;

 

   

our ability to maintain our access to data sources;

 

   

government regulation and changes in the regulatory environment;

 

   

litigation or regulatory proceedings;

 

   

our ability to effectively develop and maintain strategic alliances and joint ventures;

 

   

our ability to make acquisitions and integrate the operations of other businesses;

 

   

our ability to timely develop new services;

 

   

our ability to manage and expand our operations and keep up with rapidly changing technologies;

 

   

our ability to manage expansion of our business into international markets;

 

   

economic and political stability in international markets where we operate;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our costs;

 

   

our ability to provide competitive services and prices;

 

   

our ability to make timely payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to satisfy covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to maintain our liquidity;

 

   

fluctuations in exchange rates;

 

   

changes in federal, state, local and foreign tax laws;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to retain or renew existing agreements with long-term customers;

 

   

our ability to access the capital markets;

 

   

further consolidation in our end customer markets;

 

   

reliance on key management personnel; and

 

   

other factors described under “Risk Factors.”

 

42


Table of Contents

Many of these factors are beyond our control. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements, to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. For further information or other factors which could affect our financial results and such forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors.” This prospectus contains forward-looking statements based on our current expectations, estimates and assumptions about future events. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding future financial results, our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “will” and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

43


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed that we will:

 

   

use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC and cause to become effective a registration statement relating to offers to exchange the Outstanding Notes for an issue of SEC-registered notes with terms identical to the Outstanding Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate as described below);

 

   

use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be completed on or before the 360th day following the issuance of the Outstanding Notes;

 

   

keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 business days after the date we mail notice of such Exchange Offer to holders; and

 

   

file and use our commercially reasonable efforts (i) to cause to become effective a shelf registration statement for the resale of Outstanding Notes in certain circumstances within 360 days after the issuance of the Outstanding Notes; and (ii) to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement until the earlier of two years after the effectiveness of the registration statement and the date when all of the Outstanding Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, are registered under such shelf registration statement and resold pursuant to it.

We will pay additional interest on the Outstanding Notes for the periods described below if (i) the Exchange Offer with respect to the Outstanding Notes is not completed within 360 days of the issuance of the Outstanding Notes; (ii) if required, the shelf registration statement is not effective within 360 days after the issuance of the Outstanding Notes; or (iii) the Exchange Offer registration statement or the shelf registration statement is declared effective, but thereafter, subject to certain exceptions, ceases to be effective or usable in connection with the Exchange Offer or resales of any Notes registered under the shelf registration statement. If one of these registration defaults occurs, the interest rate on the Notes will increase by 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period after such date, and by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period until all registration defaults are cured, subject to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per year over the interest rate shown on the cover of this prospectus.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all Outstanding Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the Exchange Offer. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Outstanding Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer. You may tender some or all of your Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, the Outstanding Notes tendered must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Outstanding Notes except that:

 

   

the Exchange Notes bear a Series B designation and a different CUSIP number from the Outstanding Notes;

 

   

the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof; and

 

   

the holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreement, including the provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the Outstanding Notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer, all of which rights will terminate when the Exchange Offer to which this prospectus relates are terminated.

 

44


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Outstanding Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture relating to the Outstanding Notes.

As of the date of this prospectus, $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes are outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of Outstanding Notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer.

Holders of Outstanding Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer. We intend to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Outstanding Notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us.

If any tendered Outstanding Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of specified other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, the certificates for any unaccepted Outstanding Notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof promptly following the expiration date of the Exchange Offer.

Holders who tender Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the Exchange Offer, in which case the term “expiration date” will mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

In order to extend the Exchange Offer, we will make a press release or other public announcement and notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion, (1) to delay accepting any Outstanding Notes, to extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “—Conditions” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of any delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent or (2) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. Such decision will also be communicated in a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following such decision. Any announcement of delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

The Exchange Notes will bear interest from their date of issuance. Holders of Outstanding Notes that are accepted for exchange will receive accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes. Such interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the Exchange Notes on . Interest on the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Interest on the Exchange Notes is payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year as described in “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

 

45


Table of Contents

Procedures for Tendering

Only a holder of Outstanding Notes may tender Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer. To tender in the Exchange Offer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal or transmit an agent’s message in connection with a book-entry transfer, and mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile, together with the Outstanding Notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. To be tendered effectively, the Outstanding Notes, letter of transmittal or an agent’s message and other required documents must be completed and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Delivery of the Outstanding Notes may be made by book-entry transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of the book-entry transfer must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by a book-entry transfer facility to, and received by, the exchange agent forming a part of a confirmation of a book-entry, which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in the book-entry transfer facility tendering the Outstanding Notes that the participant has received and agrees: (1) to participate in ATOP; (2) to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; and (3) that we may enforce the agreement against the participant.

To participate in the Exchange Offer, you will be required to make the following representations to us:

 

   

Any Exchange Notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business.

 

   

At the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the Exchange Notes in violation of the Securities Act.

 

   

At the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the Exchange Notes in violation of the Securities Act.

 

   

You are not our affiliate as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

   

If you are a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. We refer to these broker-dealers as participating broker-dealers.

 

   

You are not a broker-dealer tendering Outstanding Notes directly acquired from us for your own account.

 

   

You are not acting on behalf of any person or entity that could not truthfully make these representations.

Your tender and our acceptance thereof will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal or agent’s message.

The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes and the letter of transmittal or agent’s message and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and sole risk. As an alternative to delivery by mail, you may wish to consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or Outstanding Notes should be sent to us. You may request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for you.

 

46


Table of Contents

Any beneficial owner whose Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner’s behalf. See “Letter to Beneficial Owners” included with the letter of transmittal.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (as defined in the letter of transmittal) unless the Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the letter of transmittal are tendered (1) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of an eligible guarantor institution. In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any Outstanding Notes listed in this prospectus, the Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the Outstanding Notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution.

If the letter of transmittal or any Outstanding Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the person signing should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to us of its authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Outstanding Notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of Outstanding Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Outstanding Notes into the exchange agent’s account with respect to the Outstanding Notes in accordance with DTC’s procedures for the transfer. Although delivery of the Outstanding Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, unless an agent’s message is received by the exchange agent in compliance with ATOP, an appropriate letter of transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period provided under the procedures. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance of tendered Outstanding Notes and withdrawal of tendered Outstanding Notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all Outstanding Notes not properly tendered or any Outstanding Notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right in our sole discretion to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes; provided , however , that, to the extent such waiver includes any condition to tender, we will waive such condition as to all tendering holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within the time we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give the notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until the defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.

 

47


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes and (1) your Outstanding Notes are not immediately available, (2) you cannot deliver your Outstanding Notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or (3) you cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, prior to the expiration date, you may effect a tender if:

 

  1. the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

 

  2. prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from an eligible guarantor institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery setting forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of the Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof together with the certificate(s) representing the Outstanding Notes or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by an eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

  3. the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form for transfer or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request to the exchange agent, a “Notice of Guaranteed Delivery” will be sent to you if you wish to tender your Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer, you must send either a notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus or you must comply with the appropriate withdrawal procedures of DTC’s ATOP. Any notice of withdrawal must be in writing and:

 

  1. specify the name of the person having deposited the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn;

 

  2. identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited;

 

  3. be signed by you in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the Outstanding Notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the Outstanding Notes register the transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and

 

  4. specify the name in which any Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person depositing the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of the notices will be determined by us, which determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Outstanding Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Outstanding Notes that have been tendered but that are not accepted for exchange will be

 

48


Table of Contents

returned to you without cost to you promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Conditions

Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or issue any Exchange Notes for, any Outstanding Notes, and may, prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided in this prospectus before the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes, if:

 

  1. any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer which, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or

 

  2. any material adverse development has occurred with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or

 

  3. any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the SEC is proposed, adopted or enacted that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the Exchange Offer or impair the contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer to us; or

 

  4. any governmental approval has not been obtained, which failure to obtain, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair consummation of the Exchange Offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

If we determine, in our reasonable discretion, that any of the conditions is not satisfied, we may (1) refuse to accept any Outstanding Notes and return all tendered Outstanding Notes to the tendering holders, (2) extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Outstanding Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw the Outstanding Notes (see “—Withdrawal of Tenders”) or (3) waive the unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Outstanding Notes that have not been withdrawn.

Exchange Agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By registered mail or certified mail:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

MAC – N9303-121

Corporate Trust Operations

P.O. Box 1517

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480-1517

By regular mail or overnight courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

MAC – N9303-121

Corporate Trust Operations

Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

 

49


Table of Contents

By hand:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Northstar East Building – 12th floor

Corporate Trust Services

608 Second Avenue South

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Facsimile transmission (eligible institutions only):

(612) 667-6282

For information or to confirm receipt of facsimile by telephone (call toll-free):

(800) 344-5128

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of the letter of transmittal via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Fees and Expenses

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telephone, in person or by other means by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with these services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred by us in connection with the Exchange Offer. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Outstanding Notes, which is face value, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as a result of the Exchange Offer.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

The Outstanding Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, the Outstanding Notes may be resold only:

 

  1. to us upon redemption thereof or otherwise;

 

  2. so long as the Outstanding Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, which other exemption is based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

 

50


Table of Contents
  3. outside the United States to a non-U.S. person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

 

  4. pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

After completion of the Exchange Offer, we will have no further obligation to provide for the registration under the Securities Act of any Outstanding Notes except in limited circumstances with respect to specific types of holders of Outstanding Notes and we do not intend to register any remaining Outstanding Notes under the Securities Act.

Resale of the Exchange Notes

With respect to resales of Exchange Notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that a holder or other person who receives Exchange Notes, other than a person that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, in exchange for Outstanding Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, will be allowed to resell the Exchange Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder of Outstanding Notes acquires Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, the holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC expressed in the no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes, where the Outstanding Notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

 

51


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive Outstanding Notes in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the Exchange Notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. We will retire or cancel all of the Outstanding Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer. The Outstanding Notes were issued on March 21, 2012 to fund a portion of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

 

52


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth the cash and cash equivalents and capitalization of TransUnion Corp. as of March 31, 2012 on a historical basis and the cash and cash equivalents and capitalization of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with the information under “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Other Indebtedness” and the historical financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and TransUnion Corp. and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     TransUnion Corp.
Historical
          TransUnion Holding
Company, Inc.
 
       As of March 31,
2012
          Historical     Pro Forma  

(in millions)

       As of March
31, 2012
    As of March
31, 2012
 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

   $ 108.1          $ —        $ 58.9   
 

Debt:

          

Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility (2)(3) :

          

TransUnion revolving credit facility

     —              —          —     

TransUnion term loan facility

     940.5            —          940.5   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility

     940.5            —          940.5   
 

Trans Union LLC senior notes (3)(4) :

          

Principal amount due

     645.0            —          645.0   

Fair value adjustment (4)

     —              —          124.2   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Trans Union LLC senior notes

     645.0            —          769.2   
 

RFC loan (5)

     10.1            —          —     

Notes payable (6)

     1.8            —          1.8   

Capital lease obligations

     0.3            —          0.3   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total subsidiary debt

     12.2            —          2.1   
 

Senior PIK toggle notes offered hereby (7)

     —              600.0        600.0   
 

Total debt

     1,597.7            600.0        2,311.8   

Total stockholders’ equity

     (805.8         (8.5     1,114.8   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 791.9          $ 591.5      $ 3,426.6   

 

(1) Pro forma cash and cash equivalents represents an estimate of the amount of cash we would have had on hand if the 2012 Change in Control Transaction had closed on March 31, 2012.
(2) In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, Trans Union LLC entered into its senior secured credit facility, the terms of which were amended in February 2011 and April 2012, consisting of (i) a $210 million senior secured revolving credit facility, $25.0 million of which matures on June 15, 2015, $30.0 million of which matures on February 10, 2016 and $155.0 million of which matures on February 10, 2017, and (ii) a $950.0 million senior secured term loan facility that matures in February 2018. As of March 31, 2012, there were no borrowings outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility. In connection with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, the borrowing capacity under the Trans Union LLC senior secured revolving credit facility increased by an additional $10.0 million.
(3) TransUnion Corp., along with certain wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Trans Union LLC, guarantee Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and senior notes. TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries are not guarantors of the Notes exchanged hereby and as a result have no contractual obligations with respect thereto.

 

53


Table of Contents
(4) In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation issued $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2018. As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, the Trans Union LLC senior notes are recorded at $769.2 million due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment of $124.2 million to the basis of Trans Union LLC’s senior notes in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. This purchase accounting adjustment is due to the requirement to record all assets and liabilities at fair value and will have no impact on cash contractual obligations under Trans Union LLC’s senior notes.
(5) Represents balance of the RFC loan excluding imputed interest. On June 15, 2010, Trans Union LLC borrowed $16.7 million under the RFC loan to finance a portion of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. The RFC loan was an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, of which $2.5 million of the $16.7 million borrowed was treated as imputed interest. The loan was set to mature December 15, 2018, with prepayments of principal due annually based on foreign excess cash flows. Interest expense was calculated under the effective interest method using an imputed interest rate of 11.625%. The RFC Loan was repaid in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.
(6) Represents a $1.8 million note payable in connection with our acquisition of the remaining 20% of an existing subsidiary in 2011, excluding imputed interested calculated at 10.0%.
(7) TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries are not guarantors of the Notes exchanged hereby and as a result have no contractual obligations with respect thereto.

 

54


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. has been prepared by applying pro forma adjustments to the TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and TransUnion Corp. historical financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income data gives effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2011, and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as if it had occurred on March 31, 2012. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the 2012 Change in Control Transaction actually occurred on the dates indicated, nor do they purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings “Summary—Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and TransUnion Corp. and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

The 2012 Change in Control Transaction will be accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . The pro forma information presented, including allocations of purchase price, is based on preliminary estimates, available information and certain assumptions. The unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement data does not reflect any non-recurring charges or gains that we may record in connection with the acquisition. However, these estimated non-recurring items will be reflected in our consolidated statement of income for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The final purchase price allocation is dependent on, among other things, the finalization of asset and liability valuations. As of the date of this registration statement, we have not completed the valuation studies necessary to finalize the estimates of the fair values of the assets we acquired and liabilities we assumed and the related allocation of purchase price. We have allocated the total estimated purchase price as described in footnote (m) of the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on preliminary estimates of their fair values. A final determination of these fair values will reflect our consideration of a final valuation prepared by third-party appraisers. This final valuation will be based on the actual net tangible and identifiable intangible assets that existed as of the closing date of the acquisition. Any final adjustment will change the allocations of purchase price, which could affect the fair value assigned to the assets and liabilities and could result in a change to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data, including a change to goodwill and a change to the amortization of tangible and identifiable intangible assets. Any such changes could be material.

 

55


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

As of March 31, 2012

 

(in millions)

   TransUnion
Holding
Company, Inc.
Historical (From
Date of Inception
Through March
31, 2012)
    TransUnion
Corp. Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
           TransUnion
Holding
Company,  Inc.

Pro Forma
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 108.1      $ (49.2 )(a)         $ 58.9   

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance

     —          159.7        —               159.7   

Other current assets

     602.6        51.8        (603.8 )(b)           50.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current assets

     602.6        319.6        (653.0          269.2   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     —          197.6        269.6 (c)           467.2   

Other marketable securities

     —          10.8        —               10.8   

Goodwill

     —          268.8        1,462.4 (d)           1,731.2   

Other intangibles, net

     —          129.1        1,514.9 (e)           1,644.0   

Other assets

     13.5        81.1        23.5 (f)           118.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 616.1      $ 1,007.0      $ 2,617.4           $ 4,240.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Trade accounts payable

   $ 22.9      $ 67.8      $ (24.7 )(g)         $ 66.0   

Current portion of long-term debt

     —          20.7        (10.1 )(h)           10.6   

Other current liabilities

     1.7        99.9        (3.1 )(i)           98.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     24.6        188.4        (37.9          175.1   

Long-term debt

     600.0        1,577.0        124.2 (j)           2,301.2   

Other liabilities

     —          47.4        602.0 (k)           649.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     624.6        1,812.8        688.3             3,125.7   

Stockholders’ equity:

             

Preferred stock

     —          —          —               —     

Common stock

     —          0.3        (0.3 )(l)           —     

Additional paid-in capital

     —          895.6        209.0 (l)           1,104.6   

Treasury stock at cost

     —          (0.3     0.3 (l)           —     

Accumulated deficit

     (8.5     (1,729.2     1,721.1 (l)           (16.6

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          1.0        (1.0 )(l)           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     (8.5     (832.6     1,929.1             1,088.0   

Noncontrolling interests

     —          26.8        —               26.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (8.5     (805.8     1,929.1             1,114.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 616.1      $ 1,007.0      $ 2,617.4           $ 4,240.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

(a) Reflects adjustments to cash and cash equivalents related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction for capital contributions, new debt proceeds, financing fees and transaction costs, the repayment of the RFC loan and related accrued interest, and the repurchase of outstanding stock and options of TransUnion Corp.

 

(b) Reflects use of $600.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of the Notes to fund the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, and a net $3.8 million decrease in deferred financing fees as a result of purchase accounting fair value adjustments and additional financing fees paid at closing.

 

(c) Reflects purchase accounting fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment of $269.6 million, including fair value adjustments to technology and software of $248.5 million and to buildings of $21.1 million.

 

(d) Reflects purchase accounting fair value adjustments to goodwill of $1,462.4 million, including a $602.0 million net increase due to recording the deferred tax liability (see footnote (k) below) resulting from the fair value adjustments in basis of separately identifiable amortizable intangible assets for book purposes.

 

(e) Reflects purchase accounting fair value adjustments to intangible assets of $1,514.9 million, including fair value adjustments to databases of $717.8 million, customer lists of $249.9 million and trademarks, trade names and other of $547.2 million.

 

(f) Reflects a $26.2 million decrease in deferred financing fees, a $46.9 million increase in investments in affiliates as a result of purchase accounting fair adjustments, and $2.8 million of additional deferred financing and acquisition fees paid at closing.

 

(g) Reflects $24.7 million of financing fees and transaction costs accrued at March 31, 2012 and paid at closing.

 

(h) Reflects the repayment of $10.1 million of the RFC loan in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

 

(i) Reflects purchase accounting fair value adjustment to deferred revenue of $1.8 million and payment of $1.3 million of accrued interest related to the RFC loan in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

 

(j) Reflects $124.2 million increase in the basis of the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment.

 

(k) Reflects the $602.0 million net deferred tax liability resulting from the fair value adjustments in basis of assets for financial statement purposes, but not for tax purposes.

 

(l) Reflects the change in stockholders’ equity resulting from the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, including capital contributions, purchase accounting entries, the retirement of treasury stock and the elimination of TransUnion Corp. equity in consolidation. Adjustments to accumulated deficit also includes $8.1 million of additional transaction expenses that were paid and recognized at closing.

 

(m) The purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of TransUnion Corp. based on estimates of fair value as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

Databases (estimated useful life of 15 years)

   $ 780.0   

Internally developed software (estimated useful life of 7 years)

     342.9   

Tradenames and trademarks (estimated useful life of 40 years)

     545.0   

Customer relationships (estimated useful life of 20 years)

     302.1   

Goodwill (including deferred taxes related to step-up of intangible assets)

     1,731.2   

All other assets

     522.1   

Existing debt (including fair value adjustment)

     (1,711.8

All other liabilities (including deferred taxes related to step-up of intangible assets)

     (892.0

Noncontrolling interests

     (26.8
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 1,592.7   
  

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income Data

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011

 

(in millions)

   TransUnion
Holding
Company,
Inc.
Historical
     TransUnion
Corp. Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
           TransUnion
Holding
Company, Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Revenue

   $ —         $ 1,024.0      $ —             $ 1,024.0   

Operating expenses

              

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     —           421.5        —               421.5   

Selling, general and administrative

     —           264.5        —               264.5   

Depreciation and amortization

     —           85.3        90.8 (a)           176.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     —           771.3        90.8             862.1   

Operating income (loss)

     —           252.7        (90.8          161.9   

Non-operating income and expense

              

Interest expense

     —           (126.4     (47.2 )(b)           (173.6

Interest income

     —           0.7        —               0.7   

Other income and expense, net

     —           (59.9     (0.2 )(c)           (60.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     —           (185.6     (47.4          (233.0

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     —           67.1        (138.2          (71.1

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

     —           (17.8     49.8 (d)           32.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ —         $ 49.3      $ (88.4 )(e)         $ (39.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income Data for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011

 

(a) Reflects an adjustment to depreciation and amortization from the fair value adjustments in basis of assets as a result of allocating the purchase price of the acquisition.
(b) Reflects adjustments to interest expense as a result of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

Interest on TransUnion Holding Company, Inc senior PIK toggle notes (at 9.625%)

   $ (57.8

Amortization of financing fees on TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. senior PIK toggle notes

     (1.9

Adjustment to interest expense resulting from amendment to Trans Union LLC senior secured term loan facility

     (5.4

Elimination of the amortization of pre-acquisition deferred financing fees on Trans Union LLC senior secured term loan (1)

     2.1   

Amortization of the purchase accounting fair value adjustment to the basis of Trans Union LLC senior notes (2)

     12.8   

Elimination of the amortization of pre-acquisition deferred financing fees on Trans Union LLC senior notes (1)

     1.7   

Elimination of interest expense on RFC loan

     1.3   
  

 

 

 

Adjustment to interest expense as a result of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction

   $ (47.2
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)  

In connection with purchase accounting fair value adjustments, all actual amortization of deferred financing fees for 2011 has been reversed.

  (2)  

The fair value of the Trans Union LLC senior notes was greater than the carrying value, resulting in recording a note premium as part of the purchase accounting entries.

 

58


Table of Contents
(c) Reflects a $0.5 million increase in annual management fees to be paid to Sponsors for management services and the elimination of $0.3 million of amortization of pre-acquisition deferred loan costs on Trans Union LLC’s revolving line of credit.
(d) Reflects a reduction in tax expense using an estimated rate of 36% due to the reduction in income from the adjustments described above.
(e) Income from continuing operations excludes $90.3 million of nonrecurring accelerated stock-based compensation and related expense recognized in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, an additional $36.4 million of nonrecurring 2012 Change in Control Transaction-related fees that were expensed after December 31, 2011, and a $1.8 million nonrecurring reduction in revenue due to the purchase accounting fair value adjustment to deferred revenue.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income Data For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

(in millions)

   TransUnion
Holding
Company,
Inc.
Historical
    TransUnion
Corp.
Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
           TransUnion
Holding
Company,
Inc. Pro
Forma
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ 280.6      $ —             $ 280.6   

Operating expenses

             

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     —          115.0        —               115.0   

Selling, general and administrative

     —          78.1        —               78.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     —          21.9        21.8 (a)           43.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     —          215.0        21.8             236.8   

Operating income (loss)

     —          65.6        (21.8          43.8   

Non-operating income and expense

             

Interest expense

     (1.5     (30.7     (11.7 )(b)           (43.9

Interest income

     —          0.4        —               0.4   

Other income and expense, net

     (7.0     (2.9     (0.1 )(c)           (10.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     (8.5     (33.2     (11.8          (53.5

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (8.5     32.4        (33.6          (9.7

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

     —          (20.3     12.1 (d)           (8.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (8.5     12.1      $ (21.5 )(e)         $ (17.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income Data for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

 

(a) Reflects an adjustment to depreciation and amortization from the fair value adjustments in basis of assets as a result of allocating the purchase price of the acquisition.
(b) Reflects adjustments to interest expense as a result of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction as follows:

 

(in millions)

      

Interest on TransUnion Holding Company, Inc senior PIK toggle notes (at 9.625%)

   $ (14.4

Amortization of financing fees on TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. senior PIK toggle notes

     (0.5

Adjustment to interest expense resulting from amendment to Trans Union LLC senior secured term loan facility

     (1.2

Elimination of the amortization of pre-acquisition deferred financing fees on Trans Union LLC senior secured term loan (1)

     0.4   

Amortization of the purchase accounting fair value adjustment to the basis of Trans Union LLC senior notes (2)

     3.2   

Elimination of the amortization of pre-acquisition deferred financing fees on Trans Union LLC senior notes (1)

     0.5   

Elimination of interest expense on RFC loan

     0.3   
  

 

 

 

Adjustment to interest expense as a result of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction

   $ (11.7
  

 

 

 

 

  (1)  

In connection with purchase accounting fair value adjustments, all actual amortization of deferred financing fees for 2011 has been reversed.

  (2)  

The fair value of the Trans Union LLC senior notes was greater than the carrying value, resulting in recording a note premium as part of the purchase accounting entries.

 

(c) Reflects a $0.1 million increase in annual management fees to be paid to Sponsors for management services and the elimination of less than $0.1 million of amortization of pre-acquisition deferred loan costs on Trans Union LLC’s revolving line of credit.
(d) Reflects a reduction in tax expense using an estimated rate of 36% due to the reduction in income from the adjustments described above.
(e) Income from continuing operations excludes $90.3 million of nonrecurring accelerated stock-based compensation and related expense recognized in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, an additional $26.8 million of nonrecurring 2012 Change in Control Transaction-related fees that were expensed after March 31, 2012, and a nonrecurring $0.5 million reduction in revenue due to the purchase accounting fair value adjustment to deferred revenue.

 

60


Table of Contents

Selected Historical Financial Data

The following tables set forth the selected historical consolidated financial data of TransUnion Corp. and the selected historical financial data TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on a stand-alone basis for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated below.

We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data of TransUnion Corp. as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, from TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data of TransUnion Corp. as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, from TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements as of such dates, which are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated income statement data of TransUnion Corp. for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, from TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements for such periods, which are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical financial data of TransUnion Corp. as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical financial data of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. as of March 31, 2012 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2012, from TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. TransUnion Corp.’s and TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

You should read the following financial data together with “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and TransUnion Corp.’s audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes and TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    TransUnion Corp.           TransUnion
Holding
Company,
Inc.
 
    Twelve Months Ended or at December 31,     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2012
          From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
 

(in millions)

  2007     2008     2009     2010     2011        

Income Statement Data:

                 

Revenue

  $ 1,060.0      $ 1,015.9      $ 924.8      $ 956.5      $ 1,024.0      $ 280.6          $ —     

Operating expense:

                 

Cost of services

    453.8        432.2        404.2        395.8        421.5        115.0            —     

Selling, general and administrative

    270.7        305.5        234.6        263.0        264.5        78.1            —     

Depreciation and amortization

    84.4        85.7        81.6        81.6        85.3        21.9            —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total operating expense (1)

    808.9        823.4        720.4        740.4        771.3        215.0            —     

Operating income

    251.1        192.5        204.4        216.1        252.7        65.6            —     

Non-operating income and expense (2)

    38.0        17.4        1.3        (133.1     (185.6     (33.2         (8.5

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax

    289.1        209.9        205.7        83.0        67.1        32.4            (8.5

Provision for income tax

    (98.9     (75.5     (73.4     (46.3     (17.8     (20.3         —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    190.2        134.4        132.3        36.7        49.3        12.1            (8.5

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    (34.7     (15.9     1.2        8.2        (0.5     —              —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    155.5        118.5        133.5        44.9        48.8        12.1            (8.5

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (7.5     (9.2     (8.1     (8.3     (8.0     (1.9         —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp. or TransUnion Holding.

  $ 148.0      $ 109.3      $ 125.4      $ 36.6      $ 40.8      $ 10.2          $ (8.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents
     TransUnion Corp.            TransUnion
Holding
Company,
Inc.
 
     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2012
           From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
 

(in millions)

   2007      2008      2009      2010     2011         

Balance sheet data

                      

Total assets (3)

   $ 1,535.6       $ 1,169.3       $ 1,010.0       $ 954.2      $ 1,005.8      $ 1,007.0           $ 616.1   

Total debt

     5.6         6.2         591.3         1,606.0        1,601.2        1,597.7             600.0   

Total stockholders’ equity (3)

     1,306.6         996.1         249.4         (862.0     (824.4     (805.8          (8.5

 

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2008, total operating expense included $47.3 million of litigation expense related to the Privacy Litigation class action settlement. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Privacy Litigation.” For the year ended December 31, 2010, total operating expenses included $21.4 million of accelerated stock-based compensation and related expenses resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction and a gain of $3.9 million on the trade-in of mainframe computers. For the year ended December 31, 2011, total operating expenses included a $3.6 million outsourcing vendor contract early termination fee and a $2.7 million software impairment and related restructuring charge. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2010, non-operating income and expense included $90.1 million of interest expense, $28.7 million of acquisition fees and $20.5 million of loan fees, primarily related to the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. For the year ended December 31, 2011, non-operating income and expense included $126.4 million of interest expense and, as a result of refinancing Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility in February 2011, a $9.5 million prepayment premium and $49.8 million write-off of unamortized loan costs incurred in connection with financing the 2010 Change in Control Transaction in June 2010. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, TransUnion Corp.’s non-operating income and expense included $2.6 million of acquisition fees related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding Company Inc.’s non-operating income and expense included $7.0 million of acquisition fees related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about interest expense and the refinancing.
(3) The decrease in total assets and stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2008, reflects the stock repurchase of approximately $400 million in November 2008. The decrease in total assets and stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2009, reflects the stock repurchase of approximately $900 million in December 2009. For total assets, this decrease was partially offset by loan proceeds of approximately $600 million received throughout 2009. The decrease in total assets and stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2010, reflects the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” Note 13, “Debt,” and Note 14, “Earnings Per Share,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

62


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes of TransUnion Corp. and the audited financial statements and the related notes of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical data, this discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. was formed on February 15, 2012 (the “date of inception”) and had no operations prior to this time. As described in “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction” and “—Recent Developments,” TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. acquired the outstanding common stock of TransUnion Corp. on April 30, 2012 in connection with the Merger. The financial results in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section discuss the financial results for periods prior to the completion of the acquisition. From the date of inception through March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding had no revenue or operating expenses and incurred only interest expense and acquisition-related costs recorded in non-operating income and expense. All references in this section to “TransUnion Holding” or the “Issuer” are to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on a stand-alone basis. Except where we explicitly reference TransUnion Holding or the Issuer, the discussions in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section relate solely to TransUnion Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries and all references in this section to “TransUnion,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “its” are to TransUnion Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of information and risk management solutions. We provide these solutions to businesses across multiple industries and to individual consumers. Our technology and services enable businesses to make more timely and informed credit granting, risk management, underwriting, fraud protection and customer acquisition decisions by delivering high quality data, integrated with analytics and decision-making capabilities. Our interactive website provides consumers with real-time access to their personal credit information and analytical tools that help them understand and proactively manage their personal finances. Over a million unique consumers visit our website each month. We have operations in the United States, Africa, Canada, Latin America, Asia Pacific and India and provide services in 32 countries. Since our founding in 1968, we have built a diversified and stable customer base of approximately 45,000 businesses in multiple industries, including financial services, insurance, healthcare, automotive, retail and communications.

We generate revenues primarily from the sale of credit reports, credit marketing services, portfolio reviews and other credit-related services to qualified businesses both in the U.S. and internationally through direct and indirect channels. We maintain long-standing relationships with many of our largest customers, including relationships of over ten years with each of our top ten global financial services customers. We attribute the length of our customer relationships to the critical nature of the services we provide, our consistency and reliability, and our innovative and collaborative approach to developing integrated solutions that meet our customers’ continually changing needs. We also generate revenues by providing subscription-based interactive services to consumers that help them understand and manage their personal finances and that protect them from identity theft.

Recent Developments

On February 17, 2012, TransUnion Corp. entered into a Merger Agreement with TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., an entity formed by affiliates of Advent and GSCP, pursuant to which TransUnion Holding

 

63


Table of Contents

agreed to acquire 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. On April 30, 2012, the acquisition was completed. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the aggregate purchase price for the outstanding common stock and options of the Company was approximately $1.685 billion, plus the assumption of existing debt. In connection with the Merger Agreement, all existing stockholders of the Company received cash consideration for their shares, and all existing option holders received cash consideration based on the value of their options. Certain management stockholders continue to hold equity interests in the form of common stock of the Issuer. The purchase price allocation is expected to be finalized prior to year end December 31, 2012. To partially fund the acquisition, TransUnion Holding raised $600 million of new debt from the issuance of the Outstanding Notes. See, “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction” and Note 14 “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Segments

We manage our business and report our financial results in three operating segments: U.S. Information Services (“USIS”), International and Interactive.

 

   

USIS provides consumer reports, credit scores, verification services, analytical services and decisioning technology to businesses in the United States through both direct and indirect channels. In this segment, we intend to continue to focus on expansion into underpenetrated and growth industries, such as insurance and healthcare, and the introduction of innovative and differentiated solutions in the financial services and other industries.

 

   

International provides services similar to our USIS and Interactive segments in several countries outside the United States. We believe our International segment represents a significant opportunity for growth as many of the countries in which we operate, such as India, Mexico and Brazil, continue to develop their economies and credit markets. We also seek to enter into and develop our business in new geographies.

 

   

Interactive provides primarily subscription-based services to consumers, including credit reports, credit scores and credit and identity monitoring. As the U.S. economy continues to stabilize and improve, and consumer borrowing activity and concerns over identity theft continue to increase, we expect our Interactive segment to grow and represent an increasing portion of our overall revenue.

In addition, Corporate provides shared services for the Company and conducts enterprise functions. Certain costs incurred in Corporate that are not directly attributable to one or more of the operating segments remain in Corporate. These costs are typically for enterprise-level functions and are primarily administrative in nature.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

The following are certain key factors that affect, or have recently affected, our results of operations:

Macroeconomic and Industry Trends

Our revenues are significantly influenced by general macroeconomic conditions, including the availability of affordable credit and capital, interest rates, inflation, employment levels, consumer confidence and housing demand. The economic downturn that began impacting our business in 2008 resulted in reduced revenues across all of our segments due to lower credit activity and to lower demand for our services. During 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, in the United States and other markets, we continued to see signs of improved economic conditions and increased market stabilization. In the United States, we also saw improvement in the consumer lending market, including mortgage refinancings resulting from low long-term mortgage rates, and an increase in demand for our credit marketing services. These factors helped drive improved financial results in all of our segments in the first quarter of 2012. The economic and market improvements, however, were tempered by continuing consumer uncertainty as concerns over high unemployment and a stagnant housing market have pressured growth in our businesses.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our revenues are also significantly influenced by industry trends, including the demand for information services in the financial services, insurance, healthcare and other industries we serve. Companies increasingly rely on data and analytics to make more informed decisions, operate their businesses more effectively and manage risk. Similarly, consumers seek information to help them understand and proactively manage their personal finances and to better protect themselves against identity theft. We expect that increased demand for targeted data and sophisticated analytical tools will drive revenue growth in all of our segments.

Acquisitions and Partnerships

We selectively evaluate acquisitions and partnerships as a means of expanding our business and international footprint and entering into new markets.

 

   

On December 28, 2011, we acquired an 80% ownership interest in Crivo Sistemas em Informática S.A. (“Crivo”), a Brazilian company. Crivo provides software and services to companies in Brazil to help them make credit, risk and fraud-related decisions. The results of operations of Crivo, which are not material, have been included as part of our International segment in our consolidated statements of income since the date of the acquisition.

 

   

On December 20, 2011, we acquired an additional 7.51% ownership interest in Credit Information Bureau (India) Limited (“CIBIL”), bringing our total ownership to 27.5%.

 

   

On October 13, 2011, we acquired a 100% ownership interest in Financial Healthcare Systems, LLC (“FHS”), a Colorado limited liability company. FHS provides software-as-a-service solutions to the healthcare industry that helps healthcare providers inform patients about their out-of-pocket costs prior to providing healthcare services. The results of operations of FHS, which are not material, have been included as part of our USIS segment in our consolidated statements of income since the date of the acquisition.

2011 Debt Refinancing

In the first quarter of 2011, we refinanced our senior secured credit facility, which resulted in a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt, including a write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees of $49.8 million and a prepayment premium of $9.5 million. See Note 8, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s consolidated unaudited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive our USIS segment revenue from three operating platforms: Online Data Services, Credit Marketing Services and Decision Services. Revenue in Online Data Services is driven primarily by the volume of credit reports that our customers purchase. Revenue in Credit Marketing Services is driven primarily by demand for customer acquisition and portfolio review services. Revenue in Decision Services is driven primarily by demand for services that provide our customers with online, real-time, automated decisions at the point of consumer interaction.

We report our International segment revenue in two categories: developed markets and emerging markets. Our developed markets are Canada, Hong Kong and Puerto Rico. Our emerging markets include Africa, Latin America, Asia Pacific and India.

We derive revenue in our Interactive segment from both direct and indirect channels. Our Interactive revenue is primarily subscription based.

 

65


Table of Contents

Cost of Services

Costs of services include data acquisition and royalty fees, costs related to our databases and software applications, consumer and call center support costs, hardware and software maintenance costs, telecommunication expenses and occupancy costs associated with the facilities where these functions are performed.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel-related costs for sales, administrative and management employees, costs for professional and consulting services, advertising and occupancy and facilities expense of these functions.

Non-Operating Income and Expense

Non-operating income and expense includes interest expense, interest income, earnings from equity-method investments, dividends from cost-method investments and other non-operating income and expenses.

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Results of Operations

TransUnion Holding was formed on February 15, 2012, the date of inception. To finance a portion of the purchase price and pay related fees and expenses, TransUnion Holding issued the Outstanding Notes. TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries do not guarantee the Notes and have no contractual obligations with respect thereto. TransUnion Corp. does, however, expect to pay cash dividends to TransUnion Holding to enable funding the cash interest payments due on the Notes. TransUnion Corp.’s ability to pay dividends and make other payments to TransUnion Holding will depend on its cash flows and earnings and may be restricted by, among other things, applicable laws and regulations and by the terms of the agreements into which it enters. The terms of the credit agreement governing the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes significantly restrict TransUnion Corp. from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to TransUnion Holding.

From the date of inception through March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding had no revenue or operating expenses. On March 21, 2012, TransUnion Holding issued the Outstanding Notes in a private placement transaction in anticipation of the acquisition of TransUnion Corp, pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Total interest expense for the Outstanding Notes through March 31, 2012, was $1.5 million, which included $0.1 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense.

From the date of inception through March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding incurred acquisition costs of $7.0 million which were included in non-operating income and expense.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, TransUnion Holding had no revenue, cash provided by operating activities, capital expenditures or Adjusted EBITDA. The net loss attributable to TransUnion Holding of $8.5 million, plus interest expense of $1.5 million, plus other income and expense of $7.0 million, resulted in Adjusted EBITDA of zero.

TransUnion Corp.

Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

Management, including our chief operating decision maker, evaluates the financial performance of our businesses based on a variety of key indicators. These indicators include the non-GAAP measure Adjusted

 

66


Table of Contents

EBITDA, and the GAAP measures of revenue, cash provided by operating activities and capital expenditures. For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 these indicators for TransUnion Corp. were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31     $ Change     % Change  

(dollars in millions)

       2012              2011          

Revenue

   $ 280.6       $ 245.9      $ 34.7        14.1

Reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp. to Adjusted EBITDA:

         

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

     10.2         (25.5     35.7        nm   

Discontinued operations

     —           0.1        (0.1     (100.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp.

     10.2         (25.4     35.6        nm   

Net interest expense

     30.3         33.4        (3.1     (9.3 )% 

Income tax (benefit) provision

     20.3         (13.9     34.2        nm   

Depreciation and amortization

     21.9         21.7        0.2        0.9

Stock-based compensation

     1.6         1.2        0.4        33.3

Other (income) and expense (1)

     6.0         62.3        (56.3     (90.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

   $ 90.3       $ 79.3      $ 11.0        13.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other metrics:

         

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 21.6       $ 25.9      $ (4.3     (16.6 )% 

Capital expenditures

   $ 17.3       $ 26.7      $ (9.4     (35.2 )% 

 

nm: not meaningful
(1) Other income and expense above includes all amounts included on our consolidated statement of income in other income and expense, net, except for earnings from equity method investments and dividends received from cost method investments. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, other income and expense included $6.0 million of acquisition-related expenses, primarily related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction and the abandoned initial public offering process. See Note 14, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about the 2012 Change in Control Transaction. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, other income and expense included a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt as a result of refinancing our senior secured credit facility in February 2011, and $3.0 million of other income and expense. See Note 8, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the refinancing.
(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our operating performance because it eliminates the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures, interest, income tax, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation or certain other income and expense. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. In addition to its use as a measure of our operating performance, our board of directors and executive management team focus on Adjusted EBITDA as a compensation measure. The annual variable compensation for members of senior management is based in part on Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial condition or profitability under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity or as an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. is included in the table above.

 

67


Table of Contents

Revenue

Total revenue increased $34.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the same period in the prior year, due to increases in revenue in all operating segments as a result of improving economic conditions and revenue from our recent acquisitions of Crivo and FHS, partially offset by the impact of weakening foreign currencies in our International segment. Revenue by segment for the three-month periods was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31      $ Change      % Change  

(dollars in millions)

       2012              2011            

U.S. Information Services:

           

Online Data Services

   $ 121.5       $ 109.0       $ 12.5         11.5

Credit Marketing Services

     36.0         31.3         4.7         15.0

Decision Services

     23.2         19.3         3.9         20.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total U.S. Information Services

   $ 180.7       $ 159.6       $ 21.1         13.2

International:

           

Developed Markets

   $ 22.4       $ 20.8       $ 1.6         7.7

Emerging Markets

     34.2         29.6         4.6         15.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total International

   $ 56.6       $ 50.4       $ 6.2         12.3

Interactive

   $ 43.3       $ 35.9       $ 7.4         20.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 280.6       $ 245.9       $ 34.7         14.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

U.S. Information Services Segment

USIS revenue increased $21.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the prior year, with growth in all platforms due to improved market conditions and the inclusion of revenue from our acquisition of FHS in October 2011.

Online Data Services . Online Data Services revenue increased $12.5 million compared to the prior year, due to a 12.8% increase in online credit report unit volume, primarily in the financial services market as conditions in the consumer credit market continued to improve.

Credit Marketing Services . Credit Marketing Services revenue increased $4.7 million compared to the prior year, due to an increase in demand for custom data sets and archive information as our customers’ continued to increase their credit marketing programs.

Decision Services . Decision Services revenue increased $3.9 million compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in insurance eligibility verification revenue in our healthcare market and $1.6 million of revenue from our FHS acquisition.

International Segment

International revenue increased $6.2 million, or 12.3%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the prior year, with higher revenue from increased volumes in all regions. Of this increase, 9.3% was due to our acquisition of Crivo in Brazil. This increase includes a reduction of 5.2% due to the impact of weakening foreign currencies.

Developed Markets . Developed Markets revenue increased $1.6 million, or 7.7%, compared to the prior year. An increase in revenue due to increased volumes in all countries was partially offset by 1.0% decrease due to the impact of a weakening Canadian dollar.

 

68


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets . Emerging Markets revenue increased $4.6 million, or 15.5%, compared to the prior year with higher revenue from increased volumes in all regions. Of this increase, 15.9% was due to our acquisition of Crivo in Brazil. This increase includes a reduction of 8.2% due to the impact of weakening foreign currencies, primarily the South African rand.

Interactive Segment

Interactive revenue increased $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the average number of subscribers in both our direct and indirect channels.

Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses increased $24.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to an increase in labor and product costs and the inclusion of costs from our Crivo and FHS operations, partially offset by cost reductions from our operational excellence program which is aimed at creating a long-term competitive and efficient cost structure. Operating expenses for the three-month periods were as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31      $ Change      % Change  

(dollars in millions)

       2012              2011            

Cost of services

   $ 115.0       $ 101.7       $ 13.3         13.1

Selling, general and administrative

     78.1         67.4         10.7         15.9

Depreciation and amortization

     21.9         21.7         0.2         0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 215.0       $ 190.8       $ 24.2         12.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Cost of Services

Cost of services increased $13.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily due to increased variable service costs associated with the increased volumes, primarily in our USIS and Interactive segments, and increased labor costs in our USIS and International segments resulting from the increase in revenue and expansion costs as we entered new markets, partially offset by a decrease in data center operating costs in our USIS segment due to the decision to insource these operations.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $10.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily due to increased labor costs in our USIS and International segments and Corporate resulting from the increase in revenue and expansion costs as we entered new markets. The increase also includes an increase in our bad debt reserve.

 

69


Table of Contents

Operating Income and Operating Margins

 

     Three Months Ended March 31     $ Change     % Change  

(dollars in millions)

       2012             2011          

Operating Income

        

U.S. Information Services

   $ 55.6      $ 44.2      $ 11.4        25.8

International

     14.8        14.4        0.4        2.8

Interactive

     9.9        8.9        1.0        11.2

Corporate

     (14.7     (12.4     (2.3     (18.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

   $ 65.6      $ 55.1      $ 10.5        19.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Margin

        

U.S. Information Services

     30.8     27.7       3.1

International

     26.1     28.6       (2.5 )% 

Interactive

     22.9     24.8       (1.9 )% 

Total operating margin

     23.4     22.4       1.0

Total operating income and operating margin for the three months ended March 31, 2012, increased $10.5 million and 100 basis points, respectively, compared to the same period in the prior year. These increases were due to the increase in revenue that was partially offset by an increase in expense as discussed above. Operating margin for the USIS segment increased primarily due to the increase in revenue. Operating margin for the International segment decreased as an increase in labor and product costs, including integration costs for our acquisition of Crivo and investments in start-up operations, more than offset the increase in revenue. Operating margin for the Interactive segment decreased as the increase in bad debt reserve was only partially offset by the increase in revenue.

Non-Operating Income and Expense

 

     Three Months Ended March 31     $ Change     % Change  

(dollars in millions)

       2012             2011          

Interest expense

   $ (30.7   $ (33.6   $ 2.9        8.6

Interest income

     0.4        0.2        0.2        100.0

Other income and expense, net:

        

Loan fees

     (0.1     (59.5     59.4        99.8

Acquisition fees

     (6.0     (1.9     (4.1     nm   

Earnings from equity method investments

     3.1        3.4        (0.3     (8.8 )% 

Dividends from cost method investments

     —          —          —          —     

Other

     0.1        (0.9     1.0        111.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income and expense, net

     (2.9     (58.9     56.0        nm   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total non-operating income and expense

   $ (33.2   $ (92.3   $ 59.1        nm   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

nm: not meaningful

Other income and expense, net, was significantly impacted by the transaction in February 2011 to refinance Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility to take advantage of lower interest rates and more flexible terms. See Note 8, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Interest expense decreased $2.9 million compared to the prior year, primarily due to the lower interest rate resulting from the February 2011 refinance and a lower outstanding principal balance.

For 2011, loan fees include a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt, consisting of a write-off of $49.8 million of previously unamortized deferred financing fees and a prepayment premium of $9.5 million as a result of refinancing the senior secured credit facility.

 

70


Table of Contents

Acquisition fees represent costs we have incurred for various acquisition-related and similar efforts. For 2012, acquisition fees include costs related to the acquisition of TransUnion Corp., and $2.8 million of initial public offering related expenses that were previously capitalized but written off in the first quarter of 2012 as we formally withdrew our registration statement on Form S-1 after TransUnion Corp. entered into the Merger Agreement with TransUnion Holding.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  

(dollars in millions)

       2012             2011      

(Provision) benefit for income tax

   $ (20.3   $ 13.9   

Effective income tax rate

     62.7     37.4

The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were 62.7% and 37.4%, respectively. The increase in tax rate for the first quarter of 2012 was primarily due to a change in the Company’s cash repatriation plans, the expiration of the “look-through rule” under subpart F of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and the application of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-30 to the unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.

The provisions of subpart F require U.S. corporate shareholders to recognize current U.S. taxable income from passive income, such as dividend income earned at certain non U.S. subsidiaries, regardless of whether that income is distributed to the U.S. corporate shareholders. The look-through rule provided an exception to this recognition for subsidiary passive income attributable to an active business. The look-through rule expired after December 31, 2011. Under ASC 740-30, we recorded the full tax on substantially all foreign unremitted earnings in the first quarter of 2012.

Significant Changes in Assets and Liabilities

Our balance sheet at March 31, 2012, as compared to December 31, 2011, was impacted by the following:

 

   

Accrued payroll included in other current liabilities decreased $19.3 million from year end 2011 primarily due to the payment of accrued 2011 bonus during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

 

   

Accrued interest included in other current liabilities increased $18.9 million from year end 2011 due to additional interest accrued on the senior notes, which is paid semi-annually in June and December, and additional accrued interest due on the senior secured term loan.

 

71


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Management, including our chief operating decision maker, evaluates the financial performance of our businesses based on a variety of key indicators. These indicators include the GAAP measures of revenue, cash provided by operating activities and capital expenditures and the non-GAAP measure Adjusted EBITDA. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, these key indicators, and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp., its most closely comparable GAAP measure, were as follows:

 

    Twelve months ended December 31,     Changes  
    2011      2010      2009     2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  

(dollars in millions)

          $     %     $     %  

Revenue

  $ 1,024.0       $ 956.5       $ 924.8      $ 67.5        7.1   $ 31.7        3.4

Reconciliation of net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. to Adjusted EBITDA:

               

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp.

    40.8         36.6         125.4        4.2        11.5     (88.8     (70.8 )% 

Discontinued operations

    0.5         (8.2      (1.2     8.7        nm        (7.0     nm   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp.

    41.3         28.4         124.2        12.9        45.4     (95.8     (77.1 )% 

Net interest expense

    125.7         89.1         —          36.6        41.1     89.1        nm   

Income tax provision

    17.8         46.3         73.4        (28.5     (61.6 )%      (27.1     (36.9 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

    85.3         81.6         81.6        3.7        4.5     —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    4.6         10.8         16.1        (6.2     (57.4 )%      (5.3     (32.9 )% 

Other (income) and expense (1)

    71.8         52.9         4.5        18.9        35.7     48.4        nm   

Adjustments (2)

    6.3         17.5         —          (11.2     (64.0 )%      17.5        nm   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 352.8       $ 326.6       $ 299.8      $ 26.2        8.0   $ 26.8        8.9
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Other metrics:

               

Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

  $ 204.5       $ 204.6       $ 251.8      $ (0.1     —        $ (47.2     (18.7 )% 

Cash paid for capital expenditures (4)

  $ 74.0       $ 46.8       $ 56.3      $ 27.2        58.1   $ (9.5     (16.9 )% 

 

(1) Other income and expense above includes all amounts included on our consolidated statement of income in other income and expense, net, except for earnings from equity method investments and dividends received from cost method investments. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, other income and expense included a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt consisting of a write-off of $49.8 million of previously unamortized deferred financing fees and a prepayment premium of $9.5 million as a result of refinancing our senior secured credit facility in February 2011, and $12.5 million of other income and expense. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the refinancing. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, other income and expense included $28.7 million of acquisition fees, an $11.0 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt and $10.0 million of loan fees, all primarily related to the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, and $3.2 million of other income and expense. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.
(2)

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, adjustments included a $3.6 million outsourcing vendor contract early termination fee and a $2.7 million software impairment and related restructuring charge due to a regulatory change requiring a software platform replacement. Both of these expenses were recorded in our USIS segment. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, adjustments included a $3.9 million nonrecurring gain on the trade in of mainframe computers recorded in our USIS segment and $21.4 million of accelerated stock-based compensation and related expenses resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction that were recorded in each segment and in Corporate as follows: USIS $12.2 million;

 

72


Table of Contents
  International $2.6 million; Interactive $1.2 million; and Corporate $5.4 million. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the impact of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our operating performance because it eliminates the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures, interest, income tax, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation or certain other income and expense. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. In addition to its use as a measure of our operating performance, our board of directors and executive management team focus on Adjusted EBITDA as a compensation measure. The annual variable compensation for certain members of our management is based in part on Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial condition or profitability under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity or as an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance. We believe that the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted EBITDA is net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. is included in the table above.
(4) Capital expenditures for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, included $18.8 million paid in the first quarter of 2011 for assets purchased and accrued for in the fourth quarter of 2010.

Revenue

For 2011, revenue increased $67.5 million compared to 2010, due to organic growth in all of our segments, recent acquisitions and strengthening foreign currencies in our International segment. For 2010, total revenue increased $31.7 million compared to 2009, due to an increase in our customers’ credit marketing programs, our acquisitions, volume and other organic growth, and strengthening foreign currencies in our International segment. Revenue by segment and a more detailed explanation of revenue within each segment follows:

 

     Twelve months ended
December 31,
     Changes  
     2011      2010      2009      2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  

(dollars in millions)

            $      %     $     %  

U.S. Information Services:

                  

Online Data Services

   $ 451.2       $ 438.2       $ 458.6       $ 13.0         3.0   $ (20.4     (4.4 )% 

Credit Marketing Services

     127.1         120.3         115.4         6.8         5.7     4.9        4.2

Decision Services

     81.8         77.5         53.5         4.3         5.5     24.0        44.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total U.S. Information Services

   $ 660.1       $ 636.0       $ 627.5       $ 24.1         3.8   $ 8.5        1.4

International:

                  

Developed Markets

   $ 88.9       $ 86.5       $ 79.4       $ 2.4         2.8   $ 7.1        8.9

Emerging Markets

     127.2         109.3         90.7         17.9         16.4     18.6        20.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total International

   $ 216.1       $ 195.8       $ 170.1       $ 20.3         10.4   $ 25.7        15.1

Interactive

   $ 147.8       $ 124.7       $ 127.2       $ 23.1         18.5   $ (2.5     (2.0 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 1,024.0       $ 956.5       $ 924.8       $ 67.5         7.1   $ 31.7        3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

USIS Segment

For 2011, USIS revenue increased $24.1 million compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in Online Data Services that began in the second half of 2010 and continued throughout 2011, growth of our customers’ credit marketing programs, especially during the first six months of 2011, and an increase in our healthcare

 

73


Table of Contents

business. For 2010, USIS revenue increased $8.5 million compared to 2009, due to an increase in our customers’ credit marketing programs and the inclusion of revenue from the MedData acquisition, partially offset by unfavorable conditions in the consumer credit markets.

Online Data Services . Online credit report unit volume increased 3.9% in 2011 and decreased 1.7% in 2010. For 2011, the increase was primarily driven by increases in online data volume in the financial services market, contributing to a revenue increase of $13.0 million. For 2010, decreases in volume in the financial services market, driven by unfavorable conditions in the consumer credit markets, were partially offset by increases in volume in the insurance market, resulting in a revenue decrease of $20.4 million.

Credit Marketing Services . For 2011 and 2010, Credit Marketing Services revenue increased $6.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively. Overall requests for Credit Marketing Services increased due to an increase in demand for custom data sets and archive information, for both customer acquisition and portfolio review services, as our customers’ increased their credit marketing programs beginning the third quarter of 2010.

Decision Services . For 2011, revenue increased $4.3 million, primarily due to an increase in insurance eligibility verification revenue in our healthcare market and $1.3 million of revenue from our FHS acquisition. For 2010, $19.8 million of revenue from our acquisition of MedData and an increase in demand for other Decision Services resulted in an increase in revenue of $24.0 million.

International Segment

For 2011, International revenue increased $20.3 million, or 10.4%, compared to 2010. Of this increase, 2.3% was due to the impact of strengthening foreign currencies and 2.6% was due to our acquisition in Chile, with the remainder due to higher revenue from increased volumes in most countries. For 2010, International revenue increased $25.7 million, or 15.1%, compared to 2009. Of this increase, 8.3% was due to the impact of strengthening foreign currencies and 1.7% was due to Chile, with the remainder due to higher revenue from increased volumes in most countries. For 2010, International revenue included only five months of revenue for our acquisition in Chile on August 1, 2010.

Developed Markets . For 2011, developed markets revenue increased $2.4 million, or 2.8%, compared to 2010. An increase due to the impact of strengthening foreign currencies of 3.4%, primarily the Canadian dollar, and higher revenue from increased volume in Hong Kong were partially offset by lower revenue from decreased volume in Canada. For 2010, developed markets revenue increased $7.1 million, or 8.9%, compared to 2009. Of this increase, 6.1% was due to the impact of strengthening foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, with the remainder due to higher revenue from increased volumes in all countries.

Emerging Markets . For 2011, emerging markets revenue increased $17.9 million, or 16.4%, compared to 2010. Of this increase, 1.2% was due to the impact of strengthening foreign currencies, primarily the South African rand, and 4.7% was due to our acquisition in Chile, with the remainder due to higher revenue from increased volumes in all regions. For 2010, emerging markets revenue included only five months of revenue for our acquisition in Chile on August 1, 2010. For 2010, emerging markets revenue increased $18.6 million, or 20.5%, compared to 2009. Of this increase, 10.3% was due to the impact of strengthening foreign currencies, primarily the South African rand, and 3.3% was due to our acquisition in Chile, with the remainder due to higher revenue from increased volumes in most regions. In 2011 and 2010, approximately 71% and 76%, respectively, of the emerging markets revenue was from South Africa.

Interactive Segment

For 2011, Interactive revenue increased $23.1 million compared to 2010, due to an increase in the average number of subscribers in both our direct and indirect channels. For 2010, Interactive revenue decreased $2.5 million compared to 2009, due to an FTC rule that limits the way our industry is permitted to market services to individuals, partially offset by an increase in the average number of subscribers.

 

74


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

For 2011, total operating expenses increased $30.9 million compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in labor and product costs, the inclusion of costs from our Chile and FHS operations, certain charges in our USIS segment as discussed below, and the impact of strengthening foreign currencies, partially offset by lower stock-based compensation expense. For 2010, total operating expenses increased $20.0 million compared to 2009, due to $20.7 million of stock-based compensation expense resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, $18.9 million of costs related to the MedData acquisition, and $9.8 million from the impact of strengthening foreign currencies in our International segment, partially offset by cost reductions from our operational excellence program.

 

     Twelve months ended
December 31,
     Changes  
     2011      2010      2009      2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  

(dollars in millions)

            $      %     $     %  

Cost of services

   $ 421.5       $ 395.8       $ 404.2       $ 25.7         6.5   $ (8.4     (2.1 )% 

Selling, general and administrative

     264.5         263.0         234.6         1.5         0.6     28.4        12.1

Depreciation and amortization

     85.3         81.6         81.6         3.7         4.5     —          —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 771.3       $ 740.4       $ 720.4       $ 30.9         4.2   $ 20.0        2.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

Cost of Services

For 2011, cost of services increased $25.7 million compared to 2010. Royalty, data and other product costs increased $13.5 million as a result of the increased volume across all segments. Labor-related costs, excluding stock-based compensation, increased $10.5 million, primarily in our USIS and International segments. These labor-related increases were primarily due to increases in variable compensation costs resulting from the increase in revenue and expansion costs as we entered new markets. The labor, royalty and data cost increases also included the impact of strengthening foreign currencies. Cost of services for 2011 also included a $3.6 million fee for the early termination of an outsourcing vendor contract and a $2.7 million software impairment and related restructuring charge. Cost of services for 2010 included a $3.9 million nonrecurring gain on the trade in of mainframe computers recorded in our USIS segment. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in our recurring stock-based compensation expense due to a change in our stock-based compensation program and a one-time $8.0 million charge for additional stock-based compensation and related expense incurred in 2010 as a result of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

For 2010, cost of services decreased $8.4 million compared to 2009, due to a reduction in data center maintenance costs in our USIS segment resulting from the renegotiation of our data center maintenance agreement, a reduction in royalty costs in our USIS and International segments due to the resolution of a contract dispute and a nonrecurring gain on the trade in of computer hardware in our USIS segment, partially offset by the inclusion of $6.4 million of costs related to our MedData acquisition in our USIS segment, $8.0 million of additional stock-based compensation and related expenses resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, and the impact of strengthening foreign currencies in our International segment.

Selling, General and Administrative

For 2011, selling, general and administrative costs increased $1.5 million compared to 2010. Labor-related costs, excluding stock-based compensation, increased $9.3 million, primarily in our USIS and International segments and Corporate. This increase was primarily due to increases in variable compensation as a result of the increase in revenue and additional costs due to expansion into new markets, as well as the impact of strengthening foreign currencies. The increase in labor-related costs was partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation due to a change in our recurring stock-based compensation program and a one-time $13.4 million charge for additional stock-based compensation and related expense incurred in 2010 as a result of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

 

75


Table of Contents

For 2010, selling, general and administrative costs increased $28.4 million compared to 2009, due to $13.4 million of additional stock-based compensation and related expense resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, the inclusion of $8.1 million of costs related to our MedData acquisition in our USIS segment, an increase in labor costs in our USIS and International segments as we continued to invest for future growth, the impact of strengthening foreign currencies in our International segment and an increase in advertising expense in our Interactive segment, partially offset by reductions from other cost management initiatives.

Operating Income and Operating Margins

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,     Changes  
         2011             2010             2009         2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  

(dollars in millions)

         $      %     $     %  

Operating income:

               

U.S. Information Services (1)(2)

   $ 185.8      $ 177.1      $ 164.2      $ 8.7         4.9   $ 12.9        7.9

International (1) (2)

     66.7        62.7        55.8        4.0         6.4     6.9        12.4

Interactive (1)

     56.5        37.7        46.4        18.8         49.9     (8.7     (18.8 )% 

Corporate (1) (2)

     (56.3     (61.4     (62.0     5.1         8.3     0.6        1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Total operating income (1) (2)

   $ 252.7      $ 216.1      $ 204.4      $ 36.6         16.9   $ 11.7        5.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Operating margin:

               

U.S. Information Services

     28.1     27.8     26.2        0.3       1.6

International

     30.9     32.0     32.8        (1.1 )%        (0.8 )% 

Interactive

     38.2     30.2     36.5        8.0       (6.3 )% 

Total operating margin

     24.7     22.6     22.1        2.1       0.5

 

(1) For 2011, operating income included a $3.6 million fee for the early termination of an outsourcing vendor contract and a $2.7 million software impairment and related restructuring charge due to a regulatory change requiring a software platform replacement. Both of these expenses were recorded in our USIS segment. For 2010, operating income included a $3.9 million nonrecurring gain on the trade in of mainframe computers recorded in our USIS segment and $21.4 million of accelerated stock-based compensation and related expenses resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction that were recorded in each segment and Corporate as follows: USIS $12.2 million; International $2.6 million; Interactive $1.2 million; and Corporate $5.4 million.

 

(2) For 2010, a $2.2 million legal settlement with a global vendor impacted segment and corporate operating income as follows: USIS a $1.9 million increase; International a $2.2 million increase; and Corporate a $1.9 million decrease.

 

(3) When comparing changes for margins, variance changes are based on a “basis point” change.

For 2011, consolidated operating income increased $36.6 million and operating margin increased by 210 basis points compared to 2010, due to the increase in revenue partially offset by the increase in operating expenses as discussed above. Margins for the USIS segment increased as the increase in revenue and decrease in stock-based compensation were partially offset by an increase in labor and litigation costs and the impact of the early termination fee and the impairment charge discussed above. Margins for the International segment decreased as increases in labor and product costs more than outweighed the increase in revenue. Margins for the Interactive segment increased due to the increase in revenue.

For 2010, consolidated operating income increased $11.7 million and operating margin increased by 50 basis points compared to 2009, due to the increase in revenue, partially offset by the increased stock-based compensation expense resulting from the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. Margins for the USIS segment increased due to the increase in revenue and decrease in royalty and data center maintenance costs and the nonrecurring gain on the trade in of computer hardware partially offset by an increase in stock-based compensation and other labor-related costs. Margins for the International segment decreased due to an increase in

 

76


Table of Contents

labor costs, including stock-based compensation, as we continued to invest for future growth, partially offset by the increase in revenue. Margins for the Interactive segment decreased due to the decrease in revenue and increase in advertising expense.

Non-Operating Income and Expense

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,     Changes  

(dollars in millions)

       2011             2010             2009         2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  

Interest expense

   $ (126.4   $ (90.1   $ (4.0   $ (36.3   $ (86.1

Interest income

     0.7        1.0        4.0        (0.3     (3.0

Other income and expense, net:

          

Loan fees

     (60.9     (21.6     (0.3     39.3        (21.3

Acquisition fees

     (8.5     (28.7     (3.4     20.2        (25.3

Earnings from equity method investments

     11.4        8.4        5.3        3.0        3.1   

Loss on sale of investments

     —          (2.1     —          2.1        (2.1

Dividends from cost method investments

     0.6        0.5        0.4        0.1        0.1   

Other

     (2.5     (0.5     (0.7     (2.0     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income and expense, net

     (59.9     (44.0     1.3        (15.9     (45.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income and expense

   $ (185.6   $ (133.1   $ 1.3      $ (52.5   $ (134.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and expense, net, was significantly impacted by the 2010 Change in Control Transaction in June 2010 and by the senior secured credit facility refinancing transaction in February 2011. We refinanced our senior secured credit facility to take advantage of lower interest rates and more flexible terms. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about these transactions.

For 2011, interest expense increased $36.3 million compared to 2010, due to a full year’s interest expense in 2011 compared to a partial year’s interest expense in 2010 on the debt incurred to finance with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. For 2010, interest expense increased $86.1 million compared to 2009, due to the new debt incurred to finance the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

For 2010, interest income decreased $3.0 million compared to 2009, due to falling interest rates and a lower balance of investable funds. The decrease in investable funds was due to cash used for the stock repurchases made during the fourth quarter of 2009 as discussed in Note 14, “Earnings Per Share,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and cash used to fund the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

For 2011, loan fees included a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt, consisting of a write-off of $49.8 million of previously unamortized deferred financing fees and a prepayment premium of $9.5 million as a result of refinancing our senior secured credit facility, $1.0 million of unused revolving line of credit fees, $0.3 million of amortization of deferred financing fees related to the revolving line of credit and $0.3 million of other loan fees. For 2010, loan fees included a $10.0 million fee for the lender’s commitment to provide a bridge loan for the 2010 Change in Control Transaction that we did not utilize, $8.9 million of previously unamortized deferred financing fees related to the senior unsecured credit facility that was repaid as part of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, and $2.7 million of commitment fees and amortization of deferred financing fees related to the undrawn portion of the lines of credit that were outstanding during 2010.

Acquisition fees represent costs we have incurred for various acquisition-related efforts. For 2011, acquisition fees of $8.5 million included fees related to our acquisition of FHS and Crivo as discussed in Note 19, “Business Acquisitions,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this

 

77


Table of Contents

prospectus, as well as fees related to unsuccessful acquisition activity. For 2010, acquisition fees of $28.7 million were primarily due to transaction fees for the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. For 2009, acquisition fees of $3.4 million were primarily due to the acquisition of MedData as discussed in Note 19, “Business Acquisitions,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

For 2011, earnings from equity method investments increased $3.0 million compared to 2010, primarily due to an increase in the net income of our Mexico affiliate. For 2010, earnings from equity method investments increased $3.1 million compared to 2009, primarily due to an increase in the net income of our Mexico affiliate and a switch from the cost method of accounting to the equity method of accounting for our India affiliate in due to our acquisition of additional shares in this affiliate in 2010.

For 2010, the $2.1 million loss on sale of investments was due to a loss realized on the settlement of the swap instruments we held as an interest rate hedge on our old senior unsecured credit facility that was repaid in connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

(dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Income taxes at 35% statutory rate

   $ 23.5        35.0   $ 29.0        35.0   $ 71.8        35.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

            

State taxes net of federal income tax benefit

     (0.4     (0.6 )%      (1.6     (2.0 )%      1.8        0.9

Foreign rate differential

     (3.9     (5.8 )%      (0.2     (0.2 )%      (2.1     (1.1 )% 

2010 Change in Control Transaction expenses

     (4.5     (6.7 )%      9.5        11.4     —          —     

Impact of foreign dividends and foreign tax credits

     2.0        3.0     7.8        9.4     2.1        1.0

Other

     1.1        1.6     1.8        2.2     (0.2     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

   $ 17.8        26.5   $ 46.3        55.8   $ 73.4        35.7
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, we incurred certain transaction costs which were expensed for GAAP accounting purposes, but considered non-deductible for tax purposes in 2010. During the second quarter of 2011, we completed our analysis of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction expenses and determined that a portion of the expenses previously considered non-deductible did qualify for a tax deduction.

For 2011, the effective tax rate of 26.5% was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the additional tax-deductible transaction costs resulting from our analysis of the fees incurred in the 2010 Change in Control Transaction and lower tax rates in foreign countries, primarily Canada and Puerto Rico, partially offset by the impact of foreign dividends and foreign tax credits.

For 2010, the effective tax rate of 55.8% was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to the nondeductible expenses related to the 2010 Change in Control Transaction and the limitation on our foreign tax credit.

Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,      Changes  
         2011             2010              2009          2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  

(dollars in millions)

           $     $  

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.5   $ 8.2       $ 1.2       $ (8.7   $ 7.0   

During the first quarter of 2010, we completed the sale of the remaining business comprising our real estate services business. During the second quarter of 2010, we completed the sale of our third-party collection business in South Africa to the existing minority shareholders. We will have no significant ongoing relationship with either of these businesses.

 

78


Table of Contents

Revenue for the discontinued real estate services operations was $3.7 million in 2010 and $18.8 million in 2009. The net loss from discontinued operations for 2011 of $0.5 million was a result of expenses incurred to wind down these operations. Net income from these discontinued operations for 2010 included an operating loss of $2.7 million and a gain on the final disposal of the business of $5.2 million. Net income from these discontinued operations included operating income of $1.5 million in 2009.

Revenue for the discontinued South Africa collection business was $1.3 million in 2010 and $4.2 million in 2009. Net income from these discontinued operations included income of $5.7 million in 2010 and losses of $0.3 million in 2009. The 2010 gain included an operating loss of less than $0.1 million and a gain of $3.7 million, $5.7 million after tax benefit, on the final disposal of this business.

See Note 20, “Discontinued Operations,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

Significant Changes in Assets and Liabilities

Our balance sheet at December 31, 2011, as compared to December 31, 2010, was impacted by the following:

 

   

Deferred financing fees included in other current assets decreased $6.6 million from year end 2010, primarily due to the refinancing of our senior secured credit facility as discussed in Note 3, “Other Current Assets,” and Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

Deferred financing fees included in other assets decreased $36.1 million from year end 2010, primarily due to the refinancing of our senior secured credit facility as discussed in Note 8, “Other Assets,” and Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

Goodwill increased $51.5 million from year end 2010, primarily due to our acquisitions of FHS and Crivo as discussed in Note 19, “Business Acquisitions” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

Other intangibles, net, increased $19.5 million from year end 2010, primarily due to our acquisitions of FHS and Crivo as discussed in Note 19, “Business Acquisitions” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   

Other liabilities increased $14.3 million from year end 2010, primarily due to an increase in deferred income taxes as a result of deferred taxes recorded in connection with an acquisition, 100% accelerated depreciation, goodwill amortization and the payout of deferred compensation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows provided by operating activities, cash and cash equivalents on hand, and Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility. Our principal uses of liquidity are working capital, capital expenditures, debt service and other general corporate purposes. We believe our cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and funds available under the senior secured revolving credit facility will be sufficient to finance our liquidity requirements for the foreseeable future. We may, however, elect to raise funds through debt or equity financing in the future to fund significant investments or acquisitions that are consistent with our growth strategy.

Cash and cash equivalents totaled $108.1 million and $107.8 million at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively, of which $61.4 million and $68.5 million was held outside the United States. The funds held

 

79


Table of Contents

outside the United States are intended to be permanently reinvested in operations outside the United States and are not needed to fund our current or expected domestic operations. Repatriation of these foreign amounts would result in the payment of additional tax. As of March 31, 2012, we had no outstanding borrowings under the senior secured revolving credit facility and could borrow up to the full amount. Beginning in 2013, under the senior secured term loan we will be required to make additional principal payments based on the previous year’s excess cash flows. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The balance retained in cash and cash equivalents is consistent with our short-term cash needs and investment objectives. We believe our cash on hand, cash generated from operations, and funds available under our senior secured revolving line of credit are sufficient to fund our planned capital expenditures, debt service obligations and operating needs for the foreseeable future.

Sources and Uses of Cash

 

     Three Months
Ended March 31,
   

 

    Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
    2011 vs.
2010
    2010 vs.
2009
 

(dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     $ Change     2011     2010     2009     $ Change     $ Change  
     (Unaudited)                                      

Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

   $ 21.6      $ 25.9      $ (4.3   $ 204.5      $ 204.6      $ 251.8      $ (0.1   $ (47.2

Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations

     —          —          —          (1.3     (4.2     (7.5     2.9        3.3   

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (16.7     (18.6     1.9        (181.6     70.4        (134.7     (252.0     205.1   

Cash used in financing activities

     (5.6     (21.4     15.8        (41.2     (290.5     (337.3     249.3        46.8   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     1.0        (0.4     1.4        (3.8     1.8        4.0        (5.6     (2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 0.3      $ (14.5   $ 14.8      $ (23.4   $ (17.9   $ (223.7   $ (5.5   $ 205.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities decreased $4.3 million, from $25.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $21.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in working capital. Cash provided by operating activities decreased $0.1 million in 2011, from $204.6 million in 2010 to $204.5 million in 2011. Cash flows for additional interest expense paid on our debt were offset by higher cash flows from operating income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased $47.2 million in 2010, from $251.8 million in 2009 to $204.6 million in 2010. The decrease was primarily due to additional interest expense paid on our debt and an increase in accounts receivable, partially offset by a decrease in cash taxes paid.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities decreased $1.9 million, from $18.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $16.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower cash expenditures on property and equipment. Cash used in investing activities increased $252.0 million, from a source of cash of $70.4 million in 2010 to a use of cash of $181.6 million in 2011. The increase in cash used was primarily due to an increase in cash paid for our acquisitions, lower net proceeds from the sale of our securities and increased capital expenditures. Cash provided by investing activities increased $205.1 million in 2010, from a use of cash of $134.7 million in 2009 to a source of cash of $70.4 million in 2010. The increase was

 

80


Table of Contents

due to an increase in the proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities, a decrease in acquisitions and purchases of noncontrolling interests, an increase in proceeds from the sale of the assets of discontinued operations and a decrease in capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities decreased $15.8 million, from $21.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to fees incurred in 2011 related to refinancing our debt. Cash used in financing activities decreased $249.3 million, from $290.5 million in 2010 to $41.2 million in 2011. The decrease in cash used was primarily due to the net cash used to finance the 2010 Change in Control Transaction in 2010. Cash used in financing activities decreased $46.8 million in 2010, from $337.3 million in 2009 to $290.5 million in 2010. The decrease was primarily because we used more cash on hand to fund the 2009 stock repurchase than we used to finance our recapitalization in connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

Capital Expenditures

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  

(dollars in millions)

       2012              2011              2011              2010              2009      
     (Unaudited)                       

Cash capital expenditures

   $ 17.3       $ 26.7       $ 74.0       $ 46.8       $ 56.3   

We make capital expenditures to grow our business by developing new and enhanced capabilities, to increase our effectiveness and efficiency and to reduce risks. Our capital expenditures include product development, disaster recovery, security enhancements, regulatory compliance, and the replacement and upgrade of existing equipment at the end of its useful life.

For the three month period, cash paid for capital expenditures decreased $9.4 million, from $26.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $17.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease included $18.8 million paid in the first quarter of 2011 for assets purchased and accrued for in the fourth quarter of 2010. On an accrual basis, we expect total capital expenditures for 2012 to be comparable to 2011 as a percent of revenue.

For 2011, cash paid for capital expenditures increased $27.2 million, from $46.8 million in 2010, to $74.0 million in 2011. The increase included $18.8 million paid in the first quarter of 2011 for assets purchased and accrued for in the fourth quarter of 2010. On an accrual basis, our capital expenditures were $66.9 million in 2011 compared to $65.2 million in 2010.

For 2010, cash paid for capital expenditures decreased $9.5 million, from $56.3 million in 2009 to $46.8 million in 2010. On an accrual basis, our capital expenditures were $65.2 million in 2010 compared to $59.2 million in 2009.

2012 Change in Control Transaction

On April 30, 2012 the 2012 Change in Control Transaction was consummated and TransUnion Holding acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. To partially fund the acquisition, TransUnion Holding raised $600 million of new debt from the issuance of the Outstanding Notes. In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit facility. The amendment, among other things, changed the applicable margin on LIBOR based borrowings from 3.25% to 4.00% and extended the term on a portion of the revolving line of credit. See “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction,” Note 2, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.” and Note 7, “Debt,” of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for further information about the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

 

81


Table of Contents

2010 Change in Control Transaction

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, 61.8% of the outstanding shares of TransUnion Corp. common stock converted into the right to receive cash. The Company distributed an aggregate amount of $1,175.2 million to convert these shares and repaid $487.5 million of existing bank debt. Also in connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, the Company incurred $1,626.7 million of debt as more fully described below. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Debt

Senior Unsecured PIK Toggle Notes

In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, TransUnion Holding issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A, to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes offered pursuant to this prospectus. The Outstanding Notes were issued to fund a portion of the purchase price to be paid by TransUnion Holding and to pay related fees and expenses incurred in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries do not guarantee the Notes and have no contractual obligations with respect thereto. We expect to fund cash interest payments with cash dividends to TransUnion Holding. The ability of TransUnion Corp. and its subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to TransUnion Holding will depend on their cash flows and earnings and may be restricted by, among other things, applicable laws and regulations and by the terms of the agreements into which they enter. The terms of the credit agreement governing the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes significantly restrict it from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, TransUnion Corp. would have been permitted to pay approximately $130 million of dividends under those agreements.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On June 15, 2010, in connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, Trans Union LLC entered into a senior secured credit facility with various lenders. On February 10, 2011, Trans Union LLC amended and restated its senior secured credit facility. On April 30, 2012, in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, the senior secured credit facility was further amended to, among other things, change the applicable margin on LIBOR based borrowings from 3.25% to 4.00%, increase the revolving line of credit by $10 million, and extend the term on a portion of the revolving line of credit.

The credit facility consists of a seven-year $950.0 million senior secured term loan and a five-year $210.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with $25.0 million expiring June 15, 2015, $30.0 million expiring February 10, 2016, and $155.0 million expiring February 10, 2017. Interest rates on the borrowings are based, at Trans Union LLC’s election, on LIBOR or an alternate base rate, subject to a floor, plus an applicable margin based on the senior secured net leverage ratio. There is a commitment fee payable quarterly, based on the undrawn portion of the revolving line of credit. With certain exceptions, the obligations are secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Trans Union LLC, which is our principal operating subsidiary, including its investment in subsidiaries. The credit facility contains various restrictive covenants. The restrictive covenants include restrictions on dividends, investments, indebtedness, liens, dispositions, future borrowings and other restricted payments. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As of March 31, 2012, Trans Union LLC was in compliance with all of the loan covenants.

The senior secured revolving line of credit includes a senior secured net leverage ratio covenant as a condition to borrowing and as of the end of any fiscal quarter for which we have line of credit borrowings outstanding. This covenant requires us to maintain a senior secured net leverage ratio on a pro forma basis equal

 

82


Table of Contents

to, or less than, 4.25 to 1 from January 1, 2012, through June 30, 2012, and 4.00 to 1 thereafter. Although we were not subject to the covenant at March 31, 2012, because we did not have borrowings outstanding on our senior secured revolving line of credit, our senior secured net leverage ratio as of March 31, 2012, was 2.16 to 1. The senior secured net leverage ratio is the ratio of consolidated senior secured net debt to consolidated EBITDA for the trailing twelve months as defined in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility (“Covenant EBITDA”). Covenant EBITDA for the trailing twelve-month period ended March 31, 2012, totaled $384.8 million. Covenant EBITDA was higher than Adjusted EBITDA by $21.0 million for the trailing twelve-month period ended March 31, 2012, and consisted of adjustments for noncontrolling interests, equity investments and other adjustments as defined in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility.

Under the term loan, Trans Union LLC is required to make principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal balance at the end of each quarter, with the remaining principal balance due February 10, 2018. Trans Union LLC will also be required to make additional principal payments beginning in 2013, of between zero and fifty percent of the prior year’s excess cash flows with such percentage determined based on the net leverage ratio as of the end of such prior year. Under the revolving line of credit, $25.0 million expires June 15, 2015, $30.0 million expires February 10, 2016, and $155.0 million commitment expires February 10, 2017. Trans Union LLC did not borrow or repay any funds under our revolving line of credit during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Senior Notes

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, Trans Union LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiary TransUnion Financing Corporation sold $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes. The Trans Union LLC senior notes mature on June 15, 2018, and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 11.375% per annum, payable semi-annually. The indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes contains restrictive covenants, including restrictions on dividends, investments, indebtedness, liens, dispositions, future borrowings and other restricted payments. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As of March 31, 2012, Trans Union LLC was in compliance with all covenants under the indenture.

RFC Loan

On June 15, 2010, TransUnion Corp. borrowed $16.7 million under the RFC loan to finance a portion of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The loan was an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, of which $2.5 million of the $16.7 million borrowed was treated as imputed interest. The loan was due December 15, 2018, with prepayments of principal due annually based on foreign excess cash flows. Interest expense was calculated under the effective interest method using an imputed interest rate of 11.625%. In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, the RFC loan was repaid in full.

Secured Line of Credit

In the first quarter of 2009, TransUnion Corp. entered into a line of credit agreement with UBS and borrowed $106.4 million, which was equal to the full par value of the auction rate securities held by TransUnion Corp. at UBS at that time. During 2009, payments totaling $17.3 million were made towards this loan. During 2010, the balance of this loan was repaid in full.

Senior Unsecured Credit Facility and Interest Rate Swap

On November 16, 2009, Trans Union LLC entered into a senior unsecured credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A and various lenders and borrowed $500.0 million to fund the purchase of our common stock. On November 19, 2009, we entered into swap agreements with financial institutions that effectively fixed the interest payments on a portion of this loan at 1.53%, plus the applicable margin on the loan. In connection with

 

83


Table of Contents

the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, we repaid the remaining balance of our senior unsecured credit facility and cash settled the swap instruments, realizing a $2.1 million loss that was included in other expense.

Effect of Certain Debt Covenants

A breach of any of the covenants under the agreements governing our indebtedness could limit our ability to borrow funds under the Trans Union LLC senior secured revolving credit facility and could result in a default under the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes or the indenture governing the notes offered hereby. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility, the indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes or the indenture governing the notes offered hereby, Trans Union LLC’s lenders or the holders of the Trans Union LLC senior notes, as the case may be, could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the applicable indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, and the lenders could terminate all commitments to extend further credit under our secured credit facility. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against any collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility. If the lenders under the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings or the holders of the Trans Union LLC senior notes accelerate repayment of the Trans Union LLC senior notes, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit facility and our other indebtedness, including the notes offered hereby. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Covenants in our and our subsidiaries’ debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.”

TransUnion Corp. is a holding company and conducts substantially all of its operations through subsidiaries that own substantially all of its consolidated assets. Consequently, its ability to meet its liquidity needs or to pay dividends on its common stock depends in large part upon the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to it, which in turn depends on our subsidiaries’ earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, business and tax considerations and legal and other contractual restrictions. Trans Union LLC, the borrower under the senior secured credit facility and the co-issuer of the Trans Union LLC senior notes, is not permitted to declare any dividend or make any payment or other distribution, subject to certain exceptions, including:

 

   

compliance with a fixed charge coverage ratio and a basket that depends on TransUnion Corp.’s consolidated net income; and

 

   

certain distributions and dividends for the payment of taxes, fees, compensation obligations and general corporate operating and overhead costs, among other things.

In addition, the covenants under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility and the Trans Union LLC senior notes place limits and restrictions on Trans Union LLC and certain subsidiaries including restrictions on dividends, investments, indebtedness, liens, dispositions, future borrowings and other restricted payments. Under the indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes, Trans Union LLC’s available capacity to make restricted payments was $59.8 million at December 31, 2010, and $117.2 million at December 31, 2011. The increase in the capacity was primarily due to $111.8 million of consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2011, 50% of which increases the limitation on restricted payments.

For additional information about our indebtedness, see Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements, Note 8, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements, and Note 7, “Debt,” of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements, all appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, our total debt as of March 31, 2012, would have included $645.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Trans Union LLC senior notes (which would be recorded at $769.2 million due to a purchase accounting fair value adjustment in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction).

 

84


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction:

 

   

our variable-rate debt would have had a weighted-average interest rate of 5.50% (after the change in the margin resulting from the credit agreement amendment) and a weighted-average life of 5.9 years;

 

   

40.7% of our outstanding debt would have been variable-rate debt;

 

   

all of our outstanding variable-rate debt would have been borrowed under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured credit facility, which has an interest rate floor; and

 

   

the average variable rate on the Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility was more than 1% below the floor. A 1% increase in the interest rate on that loan would not have increased our interest expense.

The indenture governing the Notes will, among other things, limits the ability of TransUnion Holding and its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity, prepay junior debt and make certain investments; incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock; incur liens on assets; merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; and allow to exist certain restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to TransUnion Holding. See “Description of the Notes—Certain Covenants.”

Contractual Obligations

Future minimum payments for noncancelable operating leases, purchase obligations and debt repayments as of December 31, 2011, are payable as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Operating
leases
     Purchase
obligations
     Debt
repayments
     Loan fees
and interest
payments
     Total  

2012

   $ 11.0       $ 134.3       $ 21.8       $ 120.0       $ 287.1   

2013

     9.0         32.5         10.4         119.4         171.3   

2014

     7.7         36.1         9.6         119.0         172.4   

2015

     4.9         22.9         9.5         118.5         155.8   

2016

     3.9         15.1         9.5         118.2         146.7   

Thereafter

     9.4         5.8         1,540.4         156.3         1,711.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 45.9       $ 246.7       $ 1,601.2       $ 751.4       $ 2,645.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase obligations to be repaid in 2012 include $75.1 million of trade accounts payable that were included on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. Loan fees and interest payments are estimates based on the interest rates in effect at December 31, 2011, and the contractual principal paydown schedule, excluding any excess cash flow prepayments that may be required. See Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Post 2012 Change in Control Transaction

As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, debt repayments would have increased by $600.0 million for the period after 2016. Loan fees and interest payments would have increased by: $62.6 million in 2012; $64.6 million in 2013; $64.2 million in 2014; $64.1 million in 2015; $64.0 million in 2016, and; $16.5 million thereafter.

Stock Repurchases

On November 3, 2009, TransUnion Corp.’s board of directors approved an offer to purchase up to $900.0 million of stock for cash from its stockholders of record as of November 17, 2009, including Pritzker family business interests. On December 17, 2009, TransUnion Corp. purchased $900.0 million of its common stock

 

85


Table of Contents

from its stockholders including $897.3 million that was purchased from Pritzker family business interests, at a purchase price of $26.24 per share, which was based on a valuation of TransUnion Corp. common stock as of November 16, 2009.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2012, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

Application of Critical Accounting Estimates

We prepare TransUnion Corp.’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The notes to the consolidated financial statements include disclosures about our significant accounting policies. These accounting policies require us to make certain judgments and estimates in reporting our operating results and our assets and liabilities. The following paragraphs describe the accounting policies that require significant judgment and estimates due to inherent uncertainty or complexity.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

As of December 31, 2011, the consolidated balance sheet included goodwill of $275.2 million. As of December 31, 2011, we had no other indefinite-lived intangible assets. We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, if any, for impairment on an annual basis, in the fourth quarter, or on an interim basis if an indicator of impairment is present. For goodwill, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount to determine if there is potential goodwill impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of its goodwill. For other indefinite-lived intangibles, if any, we compare the fair value of the asset to its carrying value to determine if there is an impairment. If the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded. We use discounted cash flow techniques to determine the fair value of our reporting units, goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles. The discounted cash flow calculation requires a number of significant assumptions, including projections of future cash flows and an estimate of our discount rate.

We believe our estimates of fair value are based on assumptions that are reasonable and consistent with assumptions that would be used by other marketplace participants. Such estimates are, however, inherently uncertain, and estimates using different assumptions could result in significantly different results. As of December 31, 2011, our estimates of fair value for each reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount of the corresponding reporting unit by at least 150% and a 10% increase in our discount rate and a 10% decrease in our terminal value would still not result in an impairment of goodwill. During 2011, 2010 and 2009 there was no impairment of goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Long-Lived Assets

As of December 31, 2011, the consolidated balance sheet included fixed assets of $693.1 million, $202.4 million net of accumulated depreciation, and long-lived intangible assets of $363.6 million, $137.4 million net of accumulated amortization. We review long-lived assets subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are separately presented in the consolidated balance sheet, and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. When a long-lived asset group is tested for recoverability, we also review depreciation

 

86


Table of Contents

estimates and methods. Any revision to the remaining useful life of a long-lived asset resulting from that review is also considered in developing estimates of future cash flows used to test the asset for recoverability. We typically use a discounted cash flow model when assessing the fair value of our asset groups. The discounted cash flow calculation requires a number of significant assumptions, including projections of future cash flows and an estimate of our discount rate.

We believe our estimates of future cash flows used to determine recoverability and our estimates of fair value are based on assumptions that are reasonable and consistent with assumptions that would be used by other marketplace participants. Such estimates, however, are inherently uncertain and estimates using different assumptions, or different valuation techniques, could result in significantly different results. During 2011, 2010 and 2009 there were no material impairment charges.

Legal Contingencies

As of December 31, 2011, the consolidated balance sheet included accrued litigation costs of $5.6 million. We are involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our normal business operations. Our in-house legal counsel works with outside counsel to manage these cases and seek resolution. We regularly review all claims to determine whether a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, an appropriate reserve is accrued and included in other current liabilities. We make a number of significant judgments and estimates related to these contingencies, including the likelihood that a liability has been incurred, and an estimate of that liability. See Note 23, “Contingencies,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We believe the judgments and estimates used are reasonable, but events may arise that were not anticipated and the outcome of a contingency may differ significantly from what is expected.

Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2011, the consolidated balance sheet included current deferred tax assets of $8.7 million, noncurrent deferred tax liabilities of $39.9 million and unrecognized tax benefits of $3.2 million. We are required to record current and deferred tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences, and unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. We make certain judgments and estimates to determine the amounts recorded, including future tax rates, future taxable income, whether it is more likely than not a tax position will be sustained, and the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit to record.

We believe the judgments and estimates used are reasonable, but events may arise that were not anticipated and the outcome of tax audits may differ significantly from what is expected.

Stock-Based Compensation

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded $4.6 million of stock-based compensation expense. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded $31.8 million of stock-based compensation expense, including $20.7 million in connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. The fair value of each award was determined by various methods including independent valuations of TransUnion Corp.’s common stock based on discounted cash flow and selected comparable public company analyses, a Black-Scholes valuation model, and a risk-neutral Monte Carlo valuation model. The various valuation models required management to make a number of significant assumptions, including the fair value of our stock, projections of future cash flows and an estimate of our cost of capital, volatility rates, expected life of awards and risk-free interest rates. We believe the determination of fair value was based on assumptions and estimates that are reasonable and consistent with what would be used by other marketplace participants to determine fair value. Valuations, however, are inherently uncertain and valuations using different assumptions and estimates, or different valuation techniques, could result in significantly different values. See Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

 

87


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information about recent accounting pronouncements and the potential impact on the consolidated financial statements, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In the normal course of business we are exposed to market risk, primarily from changes in variable interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which could impact our results of operations and financial position. We manage the exposure to this market risk through our regular operating and financing activities. We may use derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency and interest rate hedges, but only as a risk management tool and not for speculative or trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, we incurred a significant amount of new debt, including variable-rate debt, to fund a portion of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, and to pay off existing debt. As a result, our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates due to variable-rate debt increased. As of December 31, 2011, our variable-rate debt had a weighted-average interest rate of 4.75% and a weighted-average life of 6.1 years. As of December 31, 2011, 58.9% of our outstanding debt was variable-rate debt. On December 31, 2011, all of our outstanding variable-rate debt was borrowed under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured term loan, which has an interest rate floor. On December 31, 2011, the variable rate on Trans Union LLC’s senior secured term loan was below the floor, and a 1% change in the interest rate on that loan would not have changed our interest expense. On December 31, 2011, we had no outstanding balance on Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility and a change in the interest rate on that loan would not have changed our interest expense.

As part of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, we settled the swap instruments we used to hedge a portion of our old senior unsecured credit facility that was repaid at that time. The settlement resulted in a loss of $2.1 million that was included in other income and expense in 2010.

Based on the amount of outstanding variable-rate debt, we have a material exposure to interest rate risk. In the future our exposure to interest rate risk may change due to changes in the amount borrowed, changes in interest rates, or changes in the amount we have hedged. The amount of our outstanding debt, and the ratio of fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt, can be expected to vary as a result of future business requirements, market conditions or other factors.

For additional information about our indebtedness, see Note 13, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements, Note 8, “Debt,” of TransUnion Corp.’s unaudited consolidated financial statements, and Note 7, “Debt,” of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.’s audited financial statements, all appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

A substantial majority of our revenue, expense and capital expenditure activities are transacted in U.S. dollars. However, we do transact business in a number of foreign currencies, including the South African rand and Canadian dollar. We have minimal Euro-based transactions. In reporting the results of our foreign operations, we benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies.

We are required to translate the assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries that are measured in foreign currencies at the applicable period-end exchange rate on the consolidated balance sheets. We are required to translate revenue and expenses at the average exchange rates prevailing during the year in the consolidated

 

88


Table of Contents

statements of income. The resulting translation adjustment is included in other comprehensive income, as a component of stockholders’ equity. We include transactional foreign currency gains and losses in other income and expense on the consolidated statements of income.

In 2011, revenue from foreign operations was $216.1 million, and foreign pre-tax income was $66.9 million. A 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to a basket of the currencies for all foreign countries in which we had operations during 2011 would have changed our revenue by $21.6 million and our pre-tax income by $6.7 million.

A 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to a basket of currencies for all foreign countries in which we had operations would not have had a significant impact on our 2011 realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

 

89


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a leading global provider of information and risk management solutions. We provide these solutions to businesses across multiple industries and to individual consumers. Our technology and services enable businesses to make more timely and informed credit granting, risk management, underwriting, fraud protection and customer acquisition decisions by delivering high quality data, integrated with analytics and decision-making capabilities. Our interactive website provides consumers with real-time access to their personal credit information and analytical tools that help them understand and proactively manage their personal finances. We have operations in the United States, Africa, Canada, Latin America, Asia Pacific and India and provide services in 32 countries. Since our founding in 1968, we have built a diversified and stable customer base in multiple industries, including financial services, insurance, healthcare, automotive, retail and communications.

Businesses use our data for their daily risk-management processes. Consumers use our data to help them understand their credit profile and protect themselves against identity theft. We obtain financial, credit, identity, bankruptcy, lien, judgment, insurance claims, automotive and other relevant information from thousands of sources, including credit-granting institutions, private databases and public records depositories, much of which is provided to us at little or no cost. We refine and enhance this data to create proprietary databases, processing approximately two billion updates monthly in the United States. We combine our data with our analytics and decisioning technology to deliver additional value to our customers. Our analytics, such as predictive modeling and scoring, customer segmentation, benchmarking and forecasting, enable businesses and consumers to efficiently monitor and manage risk. Our decisioning technology, which is delivered on a software-as-a-service platform, enables businesses to interpret data and scores and apply their specific qualifying criteria to make real-time decisions at the point of interaction with their customers. Collectively, our data, analytics and decisioning technology allow businesses to more effectively identify and acquire new customers, manage risk associated with existing customers, generate cross-selling opportunities and reduce loss from fraud and identity theft.

We have a global customer base that includes many of the largest companies in each of the primary industries we serve. For example, in the United States, we contract with eight of the ten largest banks, all of the major credit card issuers, nine of the ten largest property and casualty insurance carriers and we provide services to thousands of healthcare providers. In addition, we provide subscription-based interactive services to a growing base of over one million consumers.

We manage our business through three operating segments: U.S. Information Services (“USIS”), International and Interactive.

 

   

USIS, which represented approximately 65% of our revenue in 2011 and 64% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, provides consumer reports, credit scores, verification services, analytical services and decisioning technology to businesses in the United States. USIS offers these services to customers in the financial services, insurance, healthcare and other industries, and delivers them through both direct and indirect channels.

 

   

International, which represented approximately 21% of our revenue in 2011 and 20% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, provides services similar to our USIS and Interactive segments, and provides services in 31 countries outside the United States. Our International segment also provides automotive information and commercial data to our customers in select geographies.

 

   

Interactive, which represented approximately 14% of our revenue in 2011 and 16% for the three months ended March 31, 2012, provides services to consumers that help them understand and proactively manage their personal finances and protect them from identity theft. We sell our subscription based interactive services primarily through our website, www.transunion.com.

 

90


Table of Contents

On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012, TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. would have had:

 

   

revenues of $1,024.0 million and $280.6 million, respectively; and

 

   

net loss attributable to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. of $39.1 million and $17.9 million, respectively.

The 2012 Change in Control Transaction

On February 17, 2012, the Issuer and Merger Sub, entities formed by affiliates of the Sponsors, entered into the Merger Agreement with TransUnion Corp. On April 30, 2012, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into TransUnion Corp., with TransUnion Corp. continuing as surviving corporation. As a result of the Merger, TransUnion Corp. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer. In connection with the closing of the Merger, certain members of management purchased shares of common stock of the Issuer. Following such purchase, the Issuer is owned 49.5% by affiliates of Advent, 49.5% by affiliates of GSCP and 1% by members of management.

We financed the Merger and paid related fees and expenses with (i) $600.0 million of debt financing from the issuance of the Outstanding Notes, (ii) $1,104.6 million of equity capital from the Sponsors and certain members of management and (iii) $49.2 million of available cash from operations. In connection with the Merger, we also (i) increased the revolving commitment amount under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility by $10.0 million, from $200.0 million to $210.0 million, and (ii) extended the maturity date of $155.0 million of revolving commitments under Trans Union LLC’s senior secured revolving credit facility to February 10, 2017. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

Our Industry

Evolution to Mission Critical Role

Credit bureaus were formed in the nineteenth century to help provide better credit information to local and regional lenders so they could make more informed credit decisions. As consumer lending expanded, credit bureaus became an integral part of the lending process and now play a critical role in the intermediation between lenders and borrowers. Credit bureaus developed a variety of methods to collect, maintain and analyze information concerning the ability of consumers and businesses to meet their obligations. Consumers and commercial lenders have increasingly used these services to make more informed credit decisions. As a result, credit bureaus have positioned themselves as mission critical partners to financial services institutions around the world.

Three Major Providers with Sustainable Competitive Advantage

As financial services institutions grew in scale and geographic scope, credit bureaus extended their reach by coordinating and forming strategic alliances with other credit reporting providers to share data across large territories through a “hub and spoke” system. Three credit bureaus have since consolidated into large, international organizations that can provide a wide range of data services and analytical applications to their larger and increasingly demanding financial services customers. As a result of this consolidation, TransUnion, Equifax and Experian have emerged as the global leaders in the industry. The largest U.S. customers of these global credit bureaus typically use the services of all three providers to validate consistency and ensure reliability.

 

91


Table of Contents

Development of the Business Information Service Providers

Over the past decade, credit bureaus have devoted significant resources to enhance the quality of their data sets by developing a variety of proprietary information databases. Credit bureaus have evolved from being collectors and sellers of credit information to providers of more advanced information services. Given the increased consumer demand for monitoring their own credit, the credit bureaus have also begun to market and sell these services directly to consumers. The development of these more advanced services has enabled credit bureaus to diversify their revenue base, accelerate growth and evolve into business information service providers.

Market Opportunity

We believe several important trends in the global macroeconomic environment, as well as within the key industries we serve, are driving development of the market for information and risk management solutions.

Large and Growing Market for Data and Analytics

We believe that the business information services market is large and growing. We believe that the demand for targeted data and sophisticated analytical tools will continue to grow meaningfully as businesses seek real time access to more granular data in order to better understand their customers.

Focus on Risk Management

As a result of the economic downturn, new regulatory requirements and a heightened focus on reducing fraud and losses, we believe there is a growing demand for risk-based pricing and underwriting strategies as well as ongoing reviews of existing customers’ risk profiles. For example, since 2008 online insurance carriers have seen double-digit percentage increases in the number of quotes requested, leading to increased underwriting and administrative costs. In addition, financial institutions are utilizing more robust account and portfolio management strategies in order to manage losses within their existing customer base and credit card issuers are using more advanced customer segmentation and scoring tools to provide customers with appropriate products.

Growth Driven by Non-traditional Users of Consumer Data

Non-traditional users of consumer data are recognizing the value of credit information and analytical tools. Healthcare companies use these tools to manage their revenue cycle, capital markets participants use them to develop better valuations of securitized loan portfolios, and residential property managers use them to assess tenant qualifications and assist in leasing decisions. In the healthcare industry, for example, increases in high-deductible health plans and the number of uninsured and under-insured consumers have increased collection risks for healthcare providers. To manage costs associated with increasing numbers of patient visits, healthcare providers are seeking information about their patients at the time of registration through modernized healthcare technology and electronic records. We believe companies that can offer real-time, reliable data and technology will be best positioned to benefit from the increasing demand for and use of consumer data by non-traditional users.

Growth in Emerging International Markets

Economic growth in emerging markets continues to outpace the global average. As economies in emerging markets continue to develop and mature, we believe there will continue to be a rise in favorable socio-economic trends, such as an increase in the size of middle and affluent classes, and a significant increase in the use of financial services. In addition, credit penetration is relatively low in emerging markets when compared to developed markets. For example, using our database of information compiled from financial institutions as a benchmark of credit activity, we estimate that less than 20% of the adult population in India is currently credit active. We expect the populations in emerging markets to become more credit active, resulting in increased demand for our services.

 

92


Table of Contents

Increased Consumer Focus on Managing Personal Finances and Protecting Against Identity Theft

Consumers are increasingly focused on proactively managing their finances and protecting their identities. According to a press release by the Federal Trade Commission in March 2011, identity theft was the top consumer complaint received by the agency in 2010. Tighter availability of credit and stricter lending practices are prompting individual consumers to seek a better understanding of their credit profile. As a result of these factors, an increasing number of consumers are accessing their credit reports and purchasing credit monitoring services.

Our Competitive Strengths

Global Leader in Information Management Solutions

We are one of only three leading global participants in the consumer credit and information management industry, and we provide services in 32 countries. Over the past 40 years, we have accumulated and built comprehensive proprietary databases and information management solutions. We believe that establishing an infrastructure to source, maintain and reliably deliver high quality consumer credit information in large volumes would be difficult, costly and take a new market entrant numerous years to complete. Together with our unconsolidated subsidiaries, we maintain credit files on over 500 million consumers and businesses worldwide. We have a diverse and stable global customer base, which includes many of the largest companies in each of the primary industries we serve, including financial services, insurance and healthcare. We believe that our scale, global footprint, credibility and strong position within these markets will allow us to capitalize on business opportunities in many countries and regions around the world and contribute to our long-term growth.

Innovative and Differentiated Information Solutions

We have consistently focused on innovation to develop new and enhanced service offerings that meet the evolving needs of our customers. We believe our specialized data, analytics and decisioning services and collaborative approach with our customers differentiate us from our competitors. Examples of our innovative and differentiated solutions include:

 

   

Triggers —Our industry-leading platform notifies businesses of changes to consumer profiles on a daily basis. These notifications allow our customers to take more timely action to offer new services, retain existing accounts, improve collection efficiency or monitor risk exposure in their portfolios. We believe that our investments in infrastructure and predictive capabilities distinguish us from our competitors.

 

   

Decisioning Technology —Our decisioning technology helps businesses interpret both data and predictive model results, and applies customer-specific criteria to facilitate real-time, automated decisions at the point of consumer interaction. We offer our decisioning applications across our key industries including financial services, retail, insurance and healthcare, helping these customers to more effectively acquire accounts and reduce fraud. For example, our financial services customers use decisioning to authenticate consumer identity and determine optimal product offerings, such as credit cards, based on customer supplied criteria. Our healthcare customers use decisioning to determine available sources of payment for their patients at the time of patient registration. We believe the integration of our data and our decisioning technology differentiates us in the market place.

 

   

Market Intelligence —We develop and offer industry studies and provide a source of market intelligence for customers to benchmark and forecast their own portfolio performance. For example, our Trend Data application leverages our database of approximately 27 million anonymized U.S. consumer records, sampled quarterly since 1992. We believe businesses using our Trend Data can obtain a more holistic historical perspective on macroeconomic and market trends than by using comparable offerings of our competitors.

 

93


Table of Contents

We have made significant investments in our technology platforms to enable greater availability, better redundancy, improved data matching and advanced platform flexibility, to ensure continued improvement in our overall services to our customers and to ensure we are well positioned to differentiate our data sets. We believe our investments in technology allow us to better respond to our customers’ needs. We believe our customers value our ability to deliver innovative solutions to complex problems. Many of these value-added solutions can be applied across industries and geographies and can be integrated into a customer’s core operations.

Deep and Specialized Industry Expertise

We have developed an expertise in a number of industries, including financial services, insurance and healthcare, and have placed industry experts in key leadership positions throughout our organization. We believe that our published studies, which we base on behavioral research supported by predictive data sets, have enhanced our reputation within these industries. In addition, we have been able to apply our industry knowledge and high-quality data assets to form strategic partnerships with other leading companies in key industries to develop new solutions and revenue opportunities. For example, we have strengthened our position as a leading provider of credit information and analytic services to the personal property and casualty insurance industry by partnering with a vehicle history data provider to launch a vehicle history score that helps insurance carriers further segment risk based on the attributes of a specific automobile, such as the number of owners, odometer readings and vehicle condition. In the healthcare industry, we believe our insight into patient identity verification, credit, insurance and charity eligibility and payment estimation differentiates our revenue cycle management offerings for healthcare providers and payers relative to our competitors. We believe that our industry knowledge base, coupled with our collaborative customer approach, has made it possible for us to anticipate and address our customers’ needs and enables us to offer additional proprietary value-added services.

Strong Presence in Attractive International Markets

We currently provide services in 31 countries outside the United States in both developed and emerging markets with significant growth potential. In our developed markets, we have a strong presence in Canada, where we are one of only two significant consumer reporting agencies in the market, and in Hong Kong, where we are the only global agency with a consumer credit reporting company. We are also well-positioned as a first mover in several fast-growing emerging markets, such as India, where we partnered with Indian financial institutions to create the first credit bureau in 2003, and the Philippines, where in 2011 we partnered with the top-five credit card issuers to form the first consumer credit bureau in that country. Since 1993, we have hosted the most extensive credit database in South Africa, which positions us well for further expansion in Africa. We recently completed an acquisition that expands our presence into seven new African markets. In addition, we are a significant credit information and analytics provider in Latin America, where we own 25.69% of the largest credit bureau in Mexico, own a majority interest in a credit bureau in Chile and have recently acquired a majority interest in Crivo, a Brazilian credit decisioning services provider. We believe that our flexible approach to forming local partnerships has allowed us to establish a foothold in certain markets ahead of our major competitors. We believe that our presence in international markets helps foster the growth and development of credit-based economies in these markets, resulting in accelerated demand for credit information services and analytics.

Attractive Business Model

We believe we have an attractive business model that has strong and stable cash flows from operations, diversified revenue streams, and low capital requirements and operating leverage. We own 100% of our U.S. consumer credit database and we typically obtain updated information at little or no cost, which provides us with an efficient cost structure and allows us to benefit from economies of scale. The integral role that our analytics play in our customers’ decision-making processes and the proprietary and embedded nature of our solutions have historically translated into high customer retention and revenue visibility. We have enjoyed long-standing relationships with our customers, including relationships over ten years with each of our top ten USIS financial

 

94


Table of Contents

services customers. Our significant investments to upgrade and improve our technology provide us with the ability to address our customers’ needs with minimal and predictable capital investment. Additionally, our ongoing operational excellence program, which is aimed at creating a long-term competitive and efficient cost structure, has institutionalized our cost-management practices. For example, approximately $46 million of costs were eliminated between 2008 and 2009 as a response to global economic trends. We believe that as a result of operating efficiencies and low capital intensity, we will continue to generate strong and consistent cash flows from operations.

Disciplined Focus on Cost Control and Operational Efficiencies

Through our operational excellence Program we have implemented and continue to focus on several key cost-savings initiatives:

 

   

A strategic sourcing program, which drives increased control over spending on third-party vendors;

 

   

Our labor management strategy, which includes the expanded use of lower-cost resources and allows us to continue to improve, align and integrate our enterprise workforce;

 

   

Our enterprise process improvement, which consolidates data centers and streamlines back office functions; and

 

   

Our product cost management focus, which enables us to deliver services more effectively and profitably.

Proven and Experienced Management Team

We have a seasoned senior management team with an average of 15 years of experience in a variety of industries, including credit and information management, financial services and information technology. Our senior management team has a track record of strong performance and depth of expertise in the markets we serve. This team has overseen our expansion into new industries and geographies while managing ongoing cost-saving initiatives. As a result of the sustained focus of our management team, we maintained stable operating performance throughout the economic downturn and have grown the business as conditions have improved. See “Management” for additional information.

Business Strategy

To promote sustainable growth, diversification and a strong global brand, we align our resources and efforts to achieve the following outcomes:

Develop Innovative Solutions to Meet Market Challenges

We have a culture of innovation. Our industry expertise and collaborative approach allow us to prioritize investments in new data sources and the development of additional services to provide integrated solutions to meet our customers’ needs. We enhance our analytics and decisioning services to deliver stronger account management, risk management and fraud protection services to our customers across several industries. For example, our pre-foreclosure notifications use our triggers platform to identify consumers that are at an increased risk for foreclosure, allowing insurance carriers to monitor occupancy status and manage the risk of property damage. We take advantage of strategic partnerships to develop innovative services that differentiate us from our competitors. One example of this is our online account acquisition solution, an end-to-end process whereby we work with our lead generation marketing partner to source and deliver new, approved and accepted accounts to credit card issuers. For consumers, we recently improved our offerings by adding an identity theft risk score. As the needs of our customers evolve, we plan to continue to provide creative solutions to help them meet their challenges.

 

95


Table of Contents

Expand Internationally

We believe international markets present a significant opportunity for growth, as these economies continue to develop and their populations become more credit active. We plan to:

Expand in Existing Markets.  In emerging markets where we are currently present and a substantial portion of the population is not yet credit active, such as Mexico and India, we expect significant expansion of consumer credit. Given our incumbent position, we are well positioned to benefit from this trend. In developed markets, such as Canada and Hong Kong, we will continue to improve our core services and seek to expand our service offerings.

Introduce New Service Offerings.  We will continue to focus on generating revenue from new offerings across all markets, including value added services and new lines of business. The common nature of our customers’ risk and information management needs allows us to take offerings from developed markets to emerging markets. This further results in the faster development and introduction of solutions for emerging markets as we are able to leverage our global knowledge, technology and expertise to meet local market needs.

Enter New Geographic Markets.  We will continue to expand by forming alliances with financial services institutions, industry associations, and other local partners, and by pursuing strategic acquisitions. From our bases in Hong Kong, Latin America and South Africa we seek to expand to other countries in those regions. For example, in 2011, we launched the first consumer credit bureau in the Philippines in partnership with the top-five credit card issuers in that market. We also acquired an 80% ownership interest in Crivo, marking our entry into Brazil, and recently completed an acquisition of an 85% interest in a credit information collections business that further expands our presence into seven additional African countries. We will continue to develop operations in new markets around the world.

Focus on Underpenetrated and Growth Industries

We continue to focus on underpenetrated and growth industries in the United States, such as insurance and healthcare, where we believe information-based analytics and decisioning technologies are currently underutilized. Insurers have seen an increase in claims dollars paid, reinforcing their need to price risk appropriately. We offer a range of solutions, including new fraud detection tools and predictive scores that improve accuracy and efficiency for the quoting and underwriting process. In the healthcare industry, increases in high-deductible health plans and the number of uninsured and under-insured consumers have increased collection risks for healthcare providers, creating a greater need for providers to efficiently manage their revenue cycle. We expect that healthcare providers and payers will increase demand for analytics to measure the quality of care in their network. Our strategy is to automate the insurance and payment processes at the beginning of the revenue cycle, help payers analyze claim-related data and facilitate performance reporting and at the same time help patients make informed decisions. Our October 2011 acquisition of FHS, a software-as-a-service platform that helps healthcare providers inform patients about their out-of-pocket costs prior to providing healthcare services, furthers the execution of this strategy.

Expand Interactive Business

Consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the need to proactively manage their personal finances. They also recognize the need to protect their identities in the face of several recent highly publicized data breaches. In order to meet the growing market demand for credit monitoring and identity fraud protection services and deepen customer loyalty, we will continue to invest in consumer-driven product enhancements. We have developed a data-driven customer acquisition strategy and will focus our advertising dollars on paid search and display ads, and are expanding into new channels such as mobile and social media. In addition to our direct to consumer offering, we will continue to make our services available on a wholesale basis to strategic partners who combine our services with their own offerings. This strategy allows us to test market new product enhancements and configurations with minimal investment. We plan to leverage the success of our U.S.-based Interactive business to offer similar services in our international markets.

 

96


Table of Contents

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions

We will evaluate and pursue strategic acquisitions in order to accelerate growth within our existing businesses, and diversify into new businesses. We are focused on opportunities that expand our geographic footprint and the breadth and depth of services, including acquiring proprietary datasets and industry expertise in our key industries. For example, we expanded into Brazil and Chile through the acquisition of majority interests in Crivo and Databusiness and enhanced our domestic healthcare offerings through our acquisitions of FHS and MedData. We may also seek to increase our investments in foreign entities where we hold a minority interest. For example, we recently increased our ownership in the largest credit bureau in India, where we purchased an additional interest in CIBIL. We will continue to pursue acquisitions that provide opportunities for long-term value creation by expanding our capabilities, expertise and geographic reach. We plan to maintain our disciplined fiscal approach to any acquisition.

Segment Overview

We manage our business and report our financial results in three operating segments: USIS, International and Interactive. We also report expenses for Corporate, which provides shared services and conducts enterprise functions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 21, “Operating Segments,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

U.S. Information Services

USIS provides consumer credit and data reports, credit scores, analytical services and decisioning technology to businesses. We offer these services to customers in the financial services, insurance, healthcare and other industries, and deliver them through both direct and indirect channels. These businesses use our services to acquire new customers, identify cross-selling opportunities, measure and manage debt portfolio risk, collect debt and manage fraud. USIS also provides healthcare insurance-related information to medical care facilities and insurers. In addition, USIS fulfills mandated consumer services such as dispute investigations and free annual credit reports, as required by the FCRA, as amended, and other credit-related legislation. USIS provides solutions to its customers through the following three service lines:

Online Data Services

Online Data Services are delivered in real-time to qualified businesses to help them assess the financial viability and capacity, or risk, of prospective consumers seeking to access credit. The primary source for these services is our consumer credit database. This database contains the name and address of most U.S. adults, a listing of their existing credit relationships and their timeliness in repaying debt obligations. The information in our database is voluntarily provided by thousands of credit-granting institutions and other data furnishers, such as public utilities. We also actively collect, directly and through vendors, information from courts, government agencies and other public records. This data is updated, audited and monitored on a regular basis. Information such as credit reports, credit characteristics and predictive scores are created from the primary underlying data. Collectively, the reports, characteristics and scores, with variations tailored for specific industries, form the basis of Online Data Services.

Online Data Services revenue is driven by consumers initiating transactions with businesses. Our customers most frequently use the information and scores to underwrite or otherwise manage risk in connection with the establishment of a new account for a consumer, such as a credit card, home loan, auto loan or insurance policy. Our customers also use our services to evaluate risks and make risk-related decisions in connection with existing accounts.

 

97


Table of Contents

We also provide online service to help businesses manage fraud and authenticate a consumer’s identity when they initiate a new business relationship. Our fraud database, which is updated daily, contains data elements such as addresses and Social Security numbers from multiple sources that alert businesses to identities associated with known or suspected fraudulent activity. We also provide data to businesses to help them satisfy “know your customer” compliance requirements and to confirm an individual’s identity.

Credit Marketing Services

Credit Marketing Services help businesses proactively acquire new customers, cross-sell to existing customers and monitor and manage risk in their existing portfolios. We provide information extracted from the consumer credit database according to specific customer criteria and deliver it in the form of a batch dataset. These services are delivered on an ad hoc or regularly scheduled basis.

We have a variety of Credit Marketing Services to help customers market to prospects and manage risks of new and existing accounts in an efficient and effective manner. We provide portfolio review services, which are periodic reviews of our customers’ existing accounts, to help our customers develop cross-selling offers to their existing customers and monitor and manage risk in their existing consumer portfolios. Prescreen services are marketing lists our customers use on a one-time basis to extend firm offers of credit or insurance to consumers. Prospect databases are used by our customers to contact individuals multiple times to extend firm offers of credit or insurance. We also provide trigger services which are daily notifications of credit data sent to our customers to notify them of changes in their customers’ credit and risk profiles. The information we provide also helps businesses manage and assess various risks associated with their customers, such as the ability to repay debt, the likelihood of a credit or insurance loss and the potential for fraud.

Decision Services

Decision Services, our software-as-a-service offering, includes a number of platforms that help businesses interpret data and predictive model results, and apply their customer-specific criteria to facilitate real-time automated decisions at the time of customer interaction. Decisions may be based on a generic logical formula or customized to fit specific customer business rules. The data used in the decisioning process is derived from our consumer credit database, other sources of data we own or external suppliers. Our customers use Decision Services to evaluate business risks and opportunities, including those associated with new consumer credit and checking accounts, insurance applications, account collection, patient registrations and apartment rental requests.

International

The International segment provides services similar to our USIS segment to businesses in select regions outside the United States. Depending on the maturity of the credit economy in each geographic location, services may include credit reports, analytical and decision services and risk management services. In addition, we have commercial and automotive databases in select geographies. These services are offered to customers in a number of industries including financial services, insurance, automotive, collections and communications, and are delivered through both direct and indirect channels. The International segment also provides consumer services similar to those offered in our Interactive segment that help consumers proactively manage their personal finances. The two market groups in the International segment are as follows:

Developed Markets

We offer online data services, credit marketing services and decision services in developed markets other than the United States, which include Canada, Hong Kong and Puerto Rico. Revenues from developed markets accounted for approximately 41% of our International revenue in 2011.

Canada —We have operated in Canada since 1989 and are one of only two significant consumer reporting agencies in the Canadian market. Revenues from these operations accounted for approximately 65% of our developed markets revenue in 2011.

 

98


Table of Contents

Hong Kong We have had a majority ownership interest in the only consumer credit reporting company in Hong Kong since 1998. Revenues from these operations accounted for approximately 26% of our developed markets revenue in 2011.

Puerto Rico We entered the Puerto Rican market in 1985 via an acquisition. Revenues from these operations accounted for approximately 9% of our developed markets revenue in 2011.

Emerging Markets

Together with our unconsolidated subsidiaries, we also provide online data services, credit marketing services and decision services in emerging markets, such as South Africa, Mexico, India, Brazil, Chile and other countries in the Latin American and Asia-Pacific regions. Once credit databases are established in these markets, we can apply our experience, expertise and knowledge base to introduce solutions that have demonstrated success in developed markets. We believe that our flexible approach to forming local partnerships has allowed us to establish a foothold in certain emerging markets where our major competitors have not, such as Mexico and the Philippines. We also believe that our presence in emerging markets helps foster the growth and development of credit-based economies in these markets, thereby resulting in an accelerated demand for credit information services and analytics. Revenues from emerging markets accounted for approximately 59% of our International revenue in 2011.

Africa —Since 1993, we have hosted the most extensive credit database in South Africa, which positions us well for expansion into the rest of the African continent. In addition to our traditional credit reporting services, we offer auto information solutions, commercial credit information and check guarantee services. South Africa accounted for approximately 71% of our emerging markets revenue in 2011. Our presence in South Africa has allowed us to expand into surrounding countries including Namibia, Swaziland, Botswana and Zimbabwe. More recently, we completed an acquisition that further expands our presence into seven additional African countries.

Latin America We have been active in Latin America since 1996 and have operations in several Central and South American countries, including a strong presence in the Dominican Republic, and a 25.69% ownership interest in TransUnion de México, S.A., the primary credit bureau in Mexico. In Guatemala, we maintain a centralized database that services Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, El Salvador and Costa Rica. We expanded our footprint in Latin America through our acquisition of majority interests in Databusiness, a Chilean credit bureau, in 2010 and Crivo, a Brazilian decisioning services provider in 2011.

India In 2003, we partnered with prominent Indian financial institutions to create CIBIL, the first consumer and commercial credit bureau in India. We currently own a 27.5% stake in CIBIL and are also its sole technology, analytics and decision service provider for their consumer business. We derive revenue from royalties paid by CIBIL for the use of our technology, credit scores and other value-added services. In the absence of a national identification number, we created an innovative matching algorithm that allowed us to provide consumer credit reporting services with respect to the Indian population.

Asia Pacific Asia Pacific includes markets such as Thailand, Singapore, China and the Philippines. We provide credit risk scores to Thailand National Credit Bureau, in which we have a 12.25% ownership interest, and to the Credit Bureau of Singapore. We were recently awarded the score development business for the Credit Bureau Malaysia. In China, we currently provide fraud and authentication solutions to financial institutions. In the Philippines, we partnered with the top-five credit card issuers to launch the first consumer credit bureau in 2011.

Interactive

Interactive offers services that help consumers manage their personal finances and protect against identity theft. Services in this segment include credit reports, credit scores and credit monitoring and fraud management services. Our Interactive segment provides services through both direct and indirect channels.

 

99


Table of Contents

Direct —We offer services directly to consumers, primarily on a subscription basis through our website, www.transunion.com, to help consumers manage their personal finances and protect them against identity theft. These services include: credit reports, credit scores and analysis, identity risk score and alerts, alerts to changes in credit reports and scores, debt analysis, scores specific to the insurance industry and the ability to restrict third-party access to a consumer’s credit report. We complement these features with personalized content that explains how credit and financial data is used in various industries to evaluate consumers and how a consumer’s financial choices impact this evaluation. Our objective is to acquire and retain quality customers efficiently. We acquire customers primarily through performance-based, data-driven advertising channels, including paid search and online display, where we can precisely measure the return on our advertising spend. We continually enhance our content and add new features to increase the value of our services to our customers. In 2011, approximately 79% of Interactive revenue came from our direct channel.

Indirect —We offer our services wholesale to strategic partners who combine them with their own offerings and sell them to consumers and businesses in such areas as financial services, commercial insurance and online membership clubs. Through these partnerships we are able to test new content and product features with minimal investment. For example, our relationship with an online lead-generation company has helped us to optimize the targeted offers for credit cards and other products that appear on our site. In 2011, approximately 21% of Interactive revenue came from our indirect channel.

Corporate

Corporate provides support services to each operating segment, holds investments and conducts enterprise functions. Certain costs incurred in Corporate that are not directly attributable to one or more of the operating segments remain in Corporate. These costs are primarily enterprise-level costs and are administrative in nature.

Markets and Customers

We have a highly diversified customer base, with our largest customer accounting for approximately 3.8% of revenue in 2011. Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 18.9% of revenue in 2011. A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from companies in the financial services industry.

We have operations in the United States, South Africa, Canada, Hong Kong, Puerto Rico, Mexico, the Dominican Republic, India, Brazil, Trinidad and Tobago, Guatemala, Chile, Costa Rica, Honduras, Nicaragua, El Salvador, Botswana, the Philippines and other countries. The following table summarizes our revenue based on the country where the revenue was earned:

 

     Approximate percent of consolidated revenue  
Country    2009     2010     2011  

United States

     82     80     79

South Africa

     8     9     9

Canada

     6     6     6

Other

     4     5     6

The following table summarizes long-lived assets, other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, based on the location of the legal entity that owns the asset:

 

     Approximate percent of long-lived assets  
Country    2009     2010     2011  

United States

     91     88     80

South Africa

     6     7     5

Canada

     2     2     2

Other

     1     3     13

 

100


Table of Contents

For additional information about geographical information see Note 21, “Operating Segments,” of the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For additional information about risks attendant to our foreign operations see “Risk Factors.”

We market our services primarily through our own sales force. We have dedicated sales teams for our largest customers focused by industry group and geography. These dedicated sales teams provide strategic account management and direct support to customers to develop comprehensive solutions. We use shared sales teams to sell our services to mid-size customers. These sales teams are based in our headquarters office and field offices strategically located throughout the United States and abroad. Smaller customers’ sales needs are serviced primarily through call centers. We also market our services through indirect channels such as resellers, who sell directly to businesses and consumers. Our interactive direct-to-consumer services are sold through our website, www.transunion.com.

Seasonality

Seasonality in the USIS segment is correlated to volumes of online credit data purchased by our financial services and mortgage customers, and our sales have generally been higher during the second and third quarters. The downturn in the residential real estate, general credit and financial services markets has made it more difficult to determine seasonal trends within our U.S. businesses. Seasonality in our International segment is driven by local economic conditions and relevant macroeconomic market trends. In our Interactive segment, demand for our products is generally stronger in the first half of the year.

Competition

The market for our services is highly competitive. We primarily compete on the basis of differentiated solutions, datasets, services, innovation and price. Our competitors vary in size and in the scope of the services they offer. We are one of three global consumer credit and information management companies, which each have similar market share in the United States. The other two companies are Equifax Inc. and Experian plc, both of which offer a similar range of consumer credit and information management services. We also compete with a number of smaller, specialized companies, all of which offer a subset of the services we provide. At times, we partner with our competitors to offer combined consumer credit reporting information to our mutual customers.

We believe the services we provide to our customers reflect our understanding of our customers’ businesses, the depth and breadth of our data, and the quality of our decisioning technology and advanced analytics. By integrating our services into our customers’ business processes we ensure efficiency, continuous improvement and long-lasting relationships.

Information Technology

Technology

The continuous operation of our information technology systems is fundamental to our success. Our information technology systems collect, access, process, deliver and store the data that is used to provide services to, and develop solutions for, our customers. Customers connect to our systems using a number of different technologies, including secured internet connections, virtual private networks and dedicated network connections. We contract with various third-party providers to help us maintain and support our systems, as well as to modify existing, and develop new, applications to be used in our businesses.

Our control and understanding of the technology that operates our business is critical to our success. Knowledge transfer is a key component of our relationships with third-party providers who support our systems or implement emerging technologies. When we contract for third-party support or incorporate new technology into our systems, we use dedicated employee teams to manage these relationships in order to drive the development of the strategy in these areas.

 

101


Table of Contents

Data Centers and Business Continuity

As a global operation we have data centers located throughout the world. We generally employ similar technologies and infrastructures in each data center to enable the optimal sharing of technical resources across geographies.

We maintain a framework for business continuity that includes written policies requiring each business or operational unit to identify critical functions. Our business or operational units then must put processes in place that are designed to maintain such functions in case there is a disruptive event that impacts critical functions. We also have a specific disaster recovery plan that will take effect if critical infrastructure or systems fail or become disabled.

As part of our program, each business unit’s continuity plan is periodically updated and stored in a centralized database. These plans are monitored and reviewed by our compliance team. Our compliance team schedules desktop simulations from time to time to test one or more of these plans on an annual basis. We also periodically test the state of preparedness of our most critical disaster recovery procedures. For our primary U.S. data center we have system redundancy plans that allow for the transfer of capacity in the event there is a failure of computer hardware or a loss of our primary telecommunications line or power source. We also maintain a recovery site in Gaithersburg, Maryland that is managed by a third-party to recover the majority of our operational capacity should our redundancy program fail.

Security

The security and protection of non-public consumer information is one of our highest priorities. We have a written information security program with dedicated personnel charged with overseeing that program. Our information security program incorporates continuous improvement methodology and evaluates threats, industry events and asset values to help us appropriately adjust security controls. We employ a wide range of physical and technical safeguards that are designed to provide security around the collection, storage, use and access of information we have in our possession. These safeguards include firewalls, intrusion protection and monitoring, vulnerability threat analysis, management and testing, forensic tools, encryption technologies, data transmission standards, contractual provisions, customer credentialing, identity and access management, data loss, access and anomaly reports, and training programs for associates. For additional information about risks related to security and protection of non-public consumer information see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business.”

Intellectual Property and Licensing Agreements

Our intellectual property is a key strategic advantage and protecting it is critical to our success. Because of the importance of our intellectual property, we treat our brand, software, technology, know-how, concepts and databases as proprietary. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights under the trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret, and other intellectual property laws of the United States and other countries as well as through the use of licenses and contractual agreements, such as nondisclosure agreements. While we hold various patents, we do not rely primarily on patents to protect our core intellectual property. Through contractual arrangements, disclosure controls and continual associate training programs, our principal focus is to treat our key proprietary information and databases as trade secrets. Also, we have registered certain trademarks, trade names, service marks, logos, internet URLs and other marks of distinction in the United States and foreign countries, the most important of which is the trademark “TransUnion.” This trademark is used in connection with most of our service lines and services we sell and we believe it is a known mark in the industry.

We own proprietary software that we use to maintain our databases and to develop and deliver our services. We develop and maintain business critical software that transforms data furnished by various sources into databases upon which our services are built. We also develop and maintain software to manage our consumer interactions, including providing disclosures and resolving disputes. In all business segments we develop and

 

102


Table of Contents

maintain software applications that we use to deliver services to our customers, through an Application Service Provider (“ASP”) model. In particular, we develop and maintain decisioning technology platforms that we host and integrate into our customers’ workflow systems to improve the efficiency of their operations.

We license certain data and other intellectual property to other companies, many of which we have an ownership interest in, on arms-length terms that are designed to protect our rights to our intellectual property. We generally use standard licensing agreements and do not provide our intellectual property to third parties without a nondisclosure and license agreement in place.

We also license certain intellectual property that is important for our business from third parties. For example, we license credit-scoring algorithms and the right to sell credit scores derived from those algorithms from third parties for a fee.

Employees

As of March 31, 2011, we employed over 3,000 employees throughout the world. None of our employees is currently represented by a labor union, however, we have a collective bargaining agreement in place in Chile that expires in 2015. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good and have not experienced any work stoppages.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters and main data center are located in Chicago, Illinois, in an office building that we own. We also own a data center building in Hamilton, Ontario, Canada. As of March 31, 2011, we lease space in approximately 70 other locations, including office space and additional data centers. These locations are geographically dispersed to meet our sales and operating needs. We anticipate that suitable additional or alternative space will be available at commercially reasonably terms for future expansion. See Note 22, “Commitments,” of the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Regulatory Matters

Compliance with regulatory requirements is a top priority. Numerous laws govern the collection, protection, dissemination and use of the non-public personal information we have in our possession. These laws are enforced by federal, state and local regulatory agencies, and in some instances also through private civil litigation. We proactively manage our compliance with these laws through a dedicated legal and compliance team that generally is locally assigned yet tasked to ensure that enterprise standards are followed. To that end, we have legal and compliance personnel situated at business operations in the United States, Canada, Hong Kong and South Africa. Through the legal and compliance functions, we provide training to our associates, monitor all material laws and regulations, routinely review internal processes to determine whether business practice changes are warranted, assist in the development of new services, and promote regular meetings with principal regulators and legislators to establish transparency of our operations and create a means to understand and react should any issues arise.

U.S. Data and Privacy Protection

Our U.S. operations are subject to numerous laws that regulate privacy, data security and the use of consumer credit or an individual’s healthcare information. Certain of these laws provide for civil and criminal penalties for the unauthorized release of, or access to, this protected information. The laws and regulations that affect our U.S. business include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

FCRA—The FCRA applies to consumer credit reporting agencies, including us, as well as data furnishers and users of consumer reports. The FCRA promotes the accuracy, fairness and privacy of

 

103


Table of Contents
 

information in the files of consumer reporting agencies that engage in the practice of assembling or evaluating information relating to consumers for certain specified purposes. The FCRA limits what information may be reported by consumer reporting agencies, limits the distribution and use of consumer reports, establishes consumer rights to access and dispute their own credit files, requires consumer reporting agencies to make available to consumers a free annual credit report and imposes many other requirements on consumer reporting agencies, data furnishers and users of consumer report information. Violation of the FCRA can result in civil and criminal penalties. The law contains an attorney fee shifting provision to provide an incentive to consumers to bring individual or class action lawsuits against a consumer reporting agency for violations of the FCRA.

 

   

State Fair Credit Reporting Acts—Many states have enacted laws with requirements similar to the federal FCRA. Some of these state laws impose additional, or more stringent, requirements than the federal FCRA, especially in connection with the investigations and responses to reported inaccuracies in consumer reports. The FCRA preempts some of these state laws but the scope of preemption continues to be defined by the courts.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act— The stated aim of the Dodd-Frank Act is “To promote the financial stability of the United States by improving the accountability and transparency in the financial system, to end ‘too big to fail’, to protect the American taxpayer by ending bailouts, to protect consumers from abusive financial services practices, and for other purposes.” An important new regulatory body created by the Dodd-Frank Act is the CFPB. On July 16, 2012 the CFPB, through rulemaking, confirmed that TransUnion will be subject to the examination and supervision of the CFPB effective September 30, 2012. It is unknown at this time what impact, if any, the CFPB will have on our business or operations.

 

   

The Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, or Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”)—The GLB Act regulates the receipt, use and disclosure of non-public personal financial information of consumers that is held by financial institutions, including us. Several of our data sets are subject to GLB Act provisions, including limitations on the use or disclosure of the underlying data and rules relating to the technological, physical and administrative safeguarding of non-public personal financial information. Violation of the GLB Act can result in civil and criminal liability.

 

   

Data security breach laws—A majority of states have adopted data security breach laws that require notice be given to affected consumers in the event of a breach of personal information. Some of these laws require additional data protection measures over and above the GLB Act data safeguarding requirements. If data within our system is compromised by a breach, we may be subject to provisions of various state security breach laws.

 

   

Identity theft laws—In order to help reduce the incidence of identity theft, most states and the District of Columbia have passed laws that give consumers the right to place a security freeze on their credit reports to prevent others from opening new accounts or obtaining new credit in their name. Generally, these state laws require us to respond to requests for a freeze within a certain period of time, to send certain notices or confirmations to consumers in connection with a security freeze and to unfreeze files upon request within a specified time period.

 

   

The Federal Trade Commission Act (“FTC Act”)—The FTC Act prohibits unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices. We must comply with the FTC Act when we market our services, such as consumer credit monitoring services through our Interactive segment. The security measures we employ to safeguard the personal data of consumers could also be subject to the FTC Act, and failure to safeguard data adequately may subject us to regulatory scrutiny or enforcement action. There is no private right of action under the FTC Act.

 

   

The Credit Repair Organizations Act (“CROA”)—The CROA regulates companies that claim to be able to assist consumers in improving their credit standing. There have been efforts to apply the CROA to credit monitoring services offered by consumer reporting agencies and others. CROA is a very technical statute that allows for a private right of action and permits consumers to recover all money

 

104


Table of Contents
 

paid for alleged “credit repair” services in the event of violation. We, and others in our industry, have settled purported consumer class actions alleging violations of CROA without admitting or denying liability.

 

   

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“HIPAA”)—HIPAA requires companies to implement reasonable safeguards to prevent intentional or unintentional misuse or wrongful disclosure of protected health information. In connection with receiving data from and providing services to healthcare providers, we may handle data subject to the HIPAA requirements. We obtain protected health information from healthcare providers and payers of healthcare claims that are subject to the privacy, security and transactional requirements imposed by HIPAA. We are frequently required to secure HIPAA-compliant “business associate” agreements with the providers and payers who supply data to us. As a business associate, we are obligated to limit our use and disclosure of health-related data to certain statutorily permitted purposes, as outlined in our business associate agreements and the HIPAA regulations, and to preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of this data. HIPAA also requires, in certain circumstances, the reporting of breaches of protected health information to affiliated individuals and to the United States Department of Health and Human Services. A violation of any of the terms of a business associate agreement or noncompliance with the HIPAA data security requirements could result in administrative enforcement action and/or imposition of statutory penalties by the United States Department of Health and Human Services or a state attorney general. HIPAA’s requirements supplement but do not preempt state laws regulating the use and disclosure of health-related information; state law remedies, which can include a private right of action, remain available to individuals affected by an impermissible use or disclosure of health-related data.

We are also subject to federal and state laws that are generally applicable to any United States business with national or international operations, such as antitrust laws, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act and various employment laws. We continuously monitor federal and state legislative and regulatory activities that involve credit reporting, data privacy and security to identify issues in order to remain in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.

International Data and Privacy Protection

We are subject to data protection, privacy and consumer credit laws and regulations in the foreign countries where we conduct business. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

South Africa: National Credit Act of 2005 (the “Act”)—The Act and its implementing regulations govern credit bureaus and consumer credit information. The Act sets standards for filing, retaining and reporting consumer credit information. The Act also defines consumers’ rights with respect to accessing their own information and addresses the process for disputing information in a credit file.

 

   

Canada: Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act of 2000 (“PIPEDA”)—The PIPEDA and substantially similar provincial laws govern how private sector organizations collect, use and disclose personal information in the course of commercial activities. The PIPEDA gives individuals the right to access and request correction of their personal information collected by such organizations. The PIPEDA requires compliance with the Canadian Standard Association Model Code for the Protection of Personal Information. Most Canadian provinces also have laws dealing with consumer reporting. These laws typically impose an obligation on credit reporting agencies to have reasonable processes in place to maintain the accuracy of the information, place limits on the disclosure of the information and give consumers the right to have access to, and challenge the accuracy of, the information.

 

   

India: Credit Information Companies Regulation Act of 2005 (“CICRA”)—The CICRA requires entities that collect and maintain personal credit information to ensure that it is complete, accurate and protected. Entities must adopt certain privacy principles in relation to collecting, processing,

 

105


Table of Contents
 

preserving, sharing and using credit information. The Indian parliament recently passed legislation that would allow individuals to sue for damages in the case of a data breach, if the entity negligently failed to implement “reasonable security practices and procedures” to protect personal data.

 

   

Mexico: Law on Credit Reporting Societies of 2002 (“LCRS”)—The LCRS regulates the operations of credit information companies that gather, manage, and release credit history information of individuals and businesses. The LCRS requires credit information companies to provide consumer reports to individuals upon request and addresses individuals’ right to challenge information in the report. The LCRS requires that credit reporting companies have adequate technology and internal controls for the security and validation of credit information. The Mexican congress is currently drafting comprehensive data protection legislation that could impose additional obligations regarding information security and fair information practices.

 

   

Hong Kong: Personal Data (Privacy) Ordinance (“PO”) and The Code of Practice on Consumer Credit Data (“COPCCD”)—The PO and the COPCCD regulate the operation of consumer credit reference agencies. They prescribe the methods and security controls under which credit providers and credit reference agencies may collect, access and manage credit data. In April 2011, the COPCCD was amended to permit credit providers to share limited positive mortgage payment data. In June 2012, the PDPO was amended to increase penalties and create criminal liabilities for repeat contravention of PDPO under which enforcement notices have been served.

We are also subject to various laws and regulations generally applicable to all businesses in the other countries where we operate.

Legal Proceedings

General

We are involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our current or past business operations. Some of these proceedings seek business practice changes or large damage awards. These actions generally assert claims for violations of federal or state credit reporting, consumer protection or privacy laws, or common law claims related to privacy, libel, slander or the unfair treatment of consumers. We believe that most of these claims are either without merit or we have valid defenses to the claims, and we intend to vigorously defend these matters or seek non-monetary or small monetary settlements, if possible. However, due to the uncertainties inherent in litigation we cannot predict the outcome of each claim in each instance.

On a regular basis we accrue reserves for these claims based on our historical experience and our ability to reasonably estimate and ascertain the probability of any liability. See Note 23, “Contingencies,” of the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. However, for certain cases described below we are not able to reasonably estimate our exposure because damages have not been specified and (i) the proceedings are in early stages, (ii) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or the ultimate size of the class, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of similar cases pending against our competitors, (iv) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (v) there are legal issues of a first impression being presented. However, for these cases, we do not believe, based on currently available information, that the outcomes of these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, though the outcomes could be material to our operating results for any particular period.

To reduce our exposure to an unexpected significant monetary award resulting from an adverse judicial decision we maintain insurance that we believe is appropriate and adequate based on our historical experience. We regularly advise our insurance carriers of the claims (threatened or pending) against us and generally receive a reservation of rights letter from the carriers when such claims exceed applicable deductibles. Other than the Privacy Litigation described below, we are not aware of any significant monetary claim that has been asserted against us that would not be covered by insurance after the relevant deductible, if any, is met.

 

106


Table of Contents

Privacy Litigation

We are the defendant in sixteen purported class actions that arose from activities of our Performance Data Division that was discontinued over 10 years ago. Fifteen of these purported class actions alleging violations of federal law were consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (Eastern Division) and are known as In Re TransUnion Corp. Privacy Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1350. We refer to these matters as the “Privacy Litigation.” A companion class action alleging violation of Louisiana state law was filed in 2002 (Andrews v. Trans Union LLC, case No. 02-18553, Civil District, Parish of Orleans, Louisiana), and we refer to this matter as the “Louisiana Action.”

The Privacy Litigation, which began in 2000, was the result of our sale of information, including names and addresses of individuals, to businesses for marketing purposes. The FTC challenged our target marketing practice in 1992, which challenge resulted in a final decision rendered in 1999 holding that certain target marketing lists that we sold were consumer reports as defined in the FCRA, and were sold for purposes not permitted under the FCRA. Following that decision, the fifteen purported class actions were filed, alleging that each target marketing list was sold in willful violation of the FCRA and seeking statutory damages.

A settlement of the Privacy Litigation and the Louisiana Action was approved on September 17, 2008 (the “Settlement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Settlement we paid $75.0 million into a fund for the benefit of class members on July 7, 2008 and we provided approximately 600,000 individuals with free credit monitoring services. All class members released their procedural rights to pursue the claims alleged in these matters through the pending, or any new, class action. However, all class members (other than the named plaintiffs in the Privacy Litigation and the Louisiana Action) did retain their right to bring a separate, individual claim against us for the violations alleged in these matters provided these claims were asserted on or before September 16, 2010 (the “PSCs”). The Settlement provides that any money remaining in the fund after payment of notice costs, class counsel fees and administrative expenses will be used to satisfy any such PSCs, with remaining funds distributed on a pro-rata basis to class members who elected to receive a potential cash payment in the Settlement as part of the consideration to release their procedural rights.

We have been advised that there are approximately 100,000 PSCs seeking payment from the Settlement fund. Through court monitored mediation with counsel representing the class members and the PSCs claimants, we have entered into agreements to settle substantially all of these PSCs for payments from the Settlement fund to bring this matter to conclusion. The Court, on May 25, 2011 and September 8, 2011, rejected all objections made by class counsel to the settlements entered into with respect to the PSCs, and confirmed and approved these settlements as being in accordance with the Settlement. Class counsel in the Settlement appealed these rulings by the Court seeking to obtain either additional attorney fees from counsel to the PSCs claimants or a return of attorney fees received by counsel to the PSCs claimants to the Settlement fund. On May 22, 2012, the U.S. Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals summarily dismissed these appeals, confirming the actions of the Court. We believe the amount in the Settlement fund is sufficient to meet all demands asserted either by any settling or non-settling PSCs.

Bankruptcy Tradeline Litigation

In a matter captioned White, et al v. Experian Information Solutions, Inc. (No. 05-cv-01070-DOC/MLG, filed in 2005 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California), plaintiffs sought class action status against Equifax, Experian and us in connection with the reporting of delinquent or charged-off consumer debt obligations on a consumer report after the consumer was discharged in a bankruptcy proceeding. The claims allege that each national consumer reporting company did not automatically update a consumer’s file after their discharge from bankruptcy and such non-action was a failure to employ reasonable procedures to assure maximum file accuracy, a requirement of the FCRA.

Without admitting any wrongdoing, we have agreed to a settlement of this matter. On August 19, 2008, the Court approved an agreement whereby we and the other industry defendants voluntarily changed certain

 

107


Table of Contents

operational practices. These changes require us to update certain delinquent records when we learn, through the collection of public records, that the consumer has received an order of discharge in a bankruptcy proceeding. These business practice changes did not have a material adverse impact on our operations or those of our customers.

In 2009, we also agreed, with the other two defendants, to settle the monetary claims associated with this matter for $17.0 million each ($51.0 million in total), which amount has been, or will be, paid into a settlement fund that will be used to pay the class counsel’s attorney fees, all administration and notice costs of the fund to the purported class, and a variable damage amount to consumers within the class based on the level of harm the consumer is able to confirm. Our share of this settlement is fully covered by insurance. Final approval of this monetary settlement by the Court occurred on July 15, 2011. Certain objectors to this monetary settlement have appealed the decision of the Court. We expect these appeals to be consolidated and resolved sometime in 2013. If the monetary settlement is not upheld we expect to vigorously litigate this matter and to assert what we believe are valid defenses to the claims made by the plaintiffs. Although we believe we have valid defenses and have not violated any law, and although we have additional insurance coverage available with respect to this matter, the ultimate outcome of this matter is not certain. However, we do not believe any final resolution of this matter will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Virginia Public Records

This purported class action (Donna K. Soutter v. Trans Union LLC No. 3:10-cv-00514-HEH, United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia) was filed in 2010 and alleges that we fail to maintain reasonable procedures to assure maximum possible file accuracy with respect to the collection and reporting of the satisfaction, release, dismissal or appeal of judgments entered in the Virginia state court system. We, like our competitors, contract with a third-party vendor to collect public records on a timely basis. The plaintiff alleges that the diligence used to gather and report satisfactions, releases, dismissals or appeals is inadequate and that the established intervals between trips to the various state courthouses to gather this information is too infrequent. We intend to vigorously defend this matter as we believe we have acted in a lawful manner.

 

108


Table of Contents

Management

Directors and Executive Officers

Our directors and executive officers, and their positions and ages, are set forth below:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Siddharth N. (Bobby)  Mehta (1)    54    Director, President & Chief Executive Officer
Samuel A. Hamood    44    Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
John W. Blenke    56    Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
Jeffrey J. Hellinga    53    Executive Vice President—U.S. Information Services
Mohit Kapoor    48    Executive Vice President & Chief Information and Technology Officer
Andrew Knight    55    Executive Vice President—International
Mary K. Krupka    56    Executive Vice President—Human Resources
Mark W. Marinko    50    Executive Vice President—Interactive
Christopher Egan    35    Director
Leo F. Mullin    69    Director
Sumit Rajpal    36    Director
Steven M. Tadler    52    Director

 

(1) Mr. Mehta has advised the Company that, for personal reasons, he desires to reduce his time commitment to the Company and, as a result, intends to relinquish his role as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Mr. Mehta has confirmed his commitment to act as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company until his successor has been duly appointed by the board of directors. Mr. Mehta will remain on the board of directors after his successor has been appointed and will be retained as a consultant to the Company.

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta joined us in August 2007. Since he joined he has served as the President & Chief Executive Officer. From May 2007 through July 2007, he was a consultant to our board of directors. From 1998 through February 2007, he held a variety of positions with HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC North America Holdings, Inc. From May 2005 through February 2007, he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation. From March 2005 through February 2007, he was also the Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North American Holdings, Inc. From 1998 through February 2005, he was the Group Executive, Credit Card Services, of HSBC Finance Corporation. Prior to HSBC, he served as a Senior Vice President at the Boston Consulting Group in Los Angeles and co-leader of Boston Consulting Group’s Financial Services Practice where he developed retail, insurance and investment strategies for a variety of financial service clients. He also serves on the board of directors of DataCard Group, The Chicago Public Education Fund, The Field Museum and the Myelin Repair Foundation. Mr. Mehta brings executive level experience and extensive knowledge of the banking industry and credit markets to our board of directors. His influential role in our key operations and understanding of our full range of services, his reputation and relationships with our clients and in the industry, his expertise in the financial and trading markets and his extensive knowledge of the banking sector all serve to provide our board of directors with valuable institutional insights regarding our customer relationships, strategic development and direction, execution of our business plan and the opportunities and challenges faced by our industry.

Samuel A. Hamood joined us in February 2008. Since he joined he has served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer. From 2002 through January 2008, he held a variety of positions at Electronic Data Systems. From January 2007 to January 2008, he was the Chief Financial Officer for the U.S. Region. From April 2004 to December 2006, he was the Vice President of Investor Relations. From 2002 through March 2004, he was the Senior Director of Corporate Strategy and Planning. Prior to that, he spent six years with the Walt Disney Company in a variety of finance and strategy roles with increasing levels of responsibility. He also spent five years in the audit practice of Deloitte and Touche, LLP.

 

109


Table of Contents

John W. Blenke joined us in May 2003. Since he joined he has served as the Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. From 1989 through April 2003, he held a variety of positions with Household International, Inc. (predecessor to HSBC North America), including most recently the Vice President of Corporate Law, where he managed the corporate legal functions responsible for mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and consumer finance branch-based and wholesale lending.

Jeffrey J. Hellinga joined us in 1998. Since January 2005, he has served as the Executive Vice President of the U.S. Information Services segment. Prior to that, he held a variety of management positions with increasing levels of responsibility since he joined us.

Mohit Kapoor joined us in April 2011. Since he joined he has served as our Executive Vice President & Chief Information and Technology Officer. From March 2002 through April 2011, he held a variety of positions at HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (“HSBC”). From June 2008 through April 2011, he served as a Managing Director. From December 2007 through May 2008, he served as a Managing Director and Chief Information Officer of the HBIO business of HSBC. From September 2005 through November 2007, he served as the Chief Information Officer for HSBC Bank Brazil S.A. From February 2004 through August 2005, he served as a Senior Director of Business Systems for HSBC.

Andrew Knight joined us in 1993. Since June 2008, he has served as the Executive Vice President of the International segment. From February 1995 through May 2008, he was the Chief Executive Officer of TransUnion Africa.

Mary K. Krupka joined us in 1977. Since January 2003, she has served as the Executive Vice President of Human Resources. Prior to that, she held a variety of human resource management positions with increasing levels of responsibility since she joined us.

Mark W. Marinko joined us in 1996. Since September 2004, he has served as the Executive Vice President of the Interactive segment. Prior to that, he held a variety of finance management positions with increasing levels of responsibility since he joined us.

Christopher Egan is a Managing Director at Advent International, having joined the firm in 2000. He has co-led Advent’s investments in nine companies, including Equiniti, BondDesk Group, National Bankruptcy Services, Datek Online Holdings, CETIP, Sophis, RedPrarie and GFI Group. Mr. Egan previously worked at UBS Warburg in the financial sponsors group.

Leo F. Mullin is a Senior Advisor, on a part-time basis, to Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, including board service on companies in which GSCP has invested. Mr. Mullin retired from Delta Airlines in May 2004, after having served as Chief Executive Officer of Delta since 1997 and Chairman since 1999. Delta Airlines subsequently filed for bankruptcy protection in September 2005. Mr. Mullin was Vice Chairman of Unicom Corporation and its principal subsidiary, Commonwealth Edison Company, from 1995 to 1997. He was an executive of First Chicago Corporation, the nation’s tenth largest bank, from 1981 to 1995, serving as that company’s President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1995, and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American National Bank, a subsidiary of First Chicago Corporation, from 1991 to 1993. He has also served as a senior vice president at Conrail for five years, and as a consultant with McKinsey and Company for nine years, the last three years as a partner. Mr. Mullin is a Director of the publicly held companies Johnson & Johnson, ACE, Ltd., and Educational Management Corporation. He is the immediate past Board Chairman of the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation.

Sumit Rajpal is a Managing Director in the Merchant Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he leads the financial services investment practice globally. He joined Goldman Sachs in 2000 and became a Managing Director in 2007. Mr. Rajpal also serves as a director on the boards of USI Holdings Corporation, Alliance Films Holdings Inc., ProSight Specialty Insurance Holdings, SKBHC Holdings, LLC (where he is an observer on the board), Enstar Group Limited, Alliance Atlantis Entertainment, Inc. and Dollar General Corporation (where he is an observer on the board).

 

110


Table of Contents

Steven M. Tadler is a Managing Partner at Advent International, having joined the firm in 1985 and becoming Managing Director of the North American buyouts group in 1994. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Tadler headed Advent’s European Operations. Mr. Tadler also serves as a director on the boards of Skillsoft, Dufry, Bojangles’, wTe Corporation, and Advent International.

There is no family relationship among any of our directors and executive officers.

Corporate Governance

We are not a listed issuer whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system which has requirements that a majority of our Board of Directors be independent. Pursuant to the major stockholders’ agreement entered into with the Sponsors in connection with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, our Board of Directors will consist of a total of nine directors to be appointed as follows: three directors appointed by GSCP or their affiliates, three directors appointed by Advent or their affiliates, the chief executive officer (or equivalent) of the Company, and two independent directors designated jointly by GSCP and Advent. An independent director is defined in the major stockholders’ agreement to mean a member of our Board of Directors not employed by us, GSCP, Advent or any of their affiliates.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors.

 

111


Table of Contents

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. was formed on February 15, 2012 and had no operations prior to this time. All of our employees, including our named executive officers (as defined below), are employees of Trans Union LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of TransUnion Corp., or other wholly-owned subsidiaries of TransUnion Corp. As a result, the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the information contained in this section describe the material elements of compensation paid or awarded to TransUnion Corp.’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and the other three most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, the “named executive officers” or “NEOs”) during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated, references in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis section to “we,” “us,” “our” or “the Company” refer to TransUnion Corp., together with its subsidiaries.

The information contained in this section describes the material elements of compensation paid or awarded to TransUnion Corp.’s NEOs.

For 2011 the NEOs of TransUnion Corp. were:

 

   

Mr. Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta—President & Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)

 

   

Mr. Samuel A. Hamood—Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

   

Mr. Mohit Kapoor—Executive Vice President & Chief Information and Technology Officer

 

   

Mr. Jeffrey J. Hellinga—Executive Vice President, U.S. Information Services

 

   

Mr. John W. Blenke—Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

The specific amounts and material terms of such compensation paid, payable or awarded for 2011 to the named executive officers are disclosed under “—Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table—2011” and the subsequent tables and narrative. The Compensation Committee of our board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”) oversees the compensation program for our named executive officers.

Executive Summary

Our compensation program is intended to align the interests of our executives and stockholders by rewarding executives for the achievement of strategic goals that successfully drive our operations and, thereby, enhance stockholder value. The primary components of our executive compensation program are base salary, annual cash incentives and long-term equity awards.

We provide named executive officers and other employees with a base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. The Compensation Committee annually evaluates the performance of our NEOs and determines their base salaries and other compensation in light of our strategic goals and objectives and the executive compensation program. Base salaries for 2011 were not increased as they were in line with targeted compensation.

Our annual cash incentives are designed to reward executive officers based on individual performance (as measured against individual goals) and our overall financial results (as measured against financial targets). The incentive targets, which are set annually with the review and approval of the Compensation Committee, are intended to highlight key strategic priorities and financial metrics.

While the global economy remained volatile throughout most of 2011, for the year ended December 31, 2011, TransUnion reported Adjusted EBITDA, as defined following the “Objectives, Weighting and Potential Payouts” table, of $352.8 million on revenue of $1,024 million compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $326.6 million on revenue of $956.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of 8.0% in Adjusted EBITDA and 7.1% in revenue. In 2011, we exceeded both our overall corporate Adjusted EBITDA and revenue plan targets.

 

112


Table of Contents

As a result of this strong financial performance and the achievement of non-financial corporate objectives our executives achieved annual cash incentives of 130 to 193 percent of their target opportunities.

We use stock options to create a strong alignment between management’s interests and those of the stockholders. As part of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, executives received stock option grants, which are intended to provide equity compensation over five years. As a result, our named executive officers, other than Mr. Kapoor, did not receive any equity grants in 2011. Mr. Kapoor received a grant in 2011 in connection with his hiring.

The Compensation Committee uses various tools, such as benchmarking reports and tally sheets, to confirm that the level of pay of each named executive officer is appropriate. Additionally, base salary, annual bonus goals and long-term equity awards are each specifically designed to meet the compensation objectives set forth below.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The following statements identify key components of our compensation philosophy. These statements are used to guide the Compensation Committee in making compensation decisions.

 

   

Attract, motivate and retain highly experienced executives who are vital to our short- and long-term success, profitability and growth.

 

   

Create alignment with executives and stockholders by rewarding executives for the achievement of strategic goals that successfully drive our strategy and operations and, thereby, enhance shareholder value.

 

   

Differentiate rewards based on actual individual performance while also rewarding executives for our overall results.

These objectives have provided a basis for our compensation program since 2005. The Compensation Committee, which is responsible for establishing and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy, evaluates these objectives on an annual basis to confirm the appropriateness of each objective in light of the overall corporate strategy and typical market practices.

Role of Compensation Committee, Management and Compensation Consultant in Compensation Decisions

The Compensation Committee was created to provide stewardship over our compensation and benefit programs, including executive compensation and equity plans. Pursuant to its Charter, the Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program, developing and reviewing our executive compensation philosophy and approving decisions regarding executive compensation. As part of this responsibility, the Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of the CEO and determines his compensation in light of our strategic goals and objectives and the executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee also annually reviews and approves all compensation decisions affecting our executive officers, including our named executive officers.

Additionally, the Compensation Committee performs the following functions in carrying out its responsibilities:

 

   

Reviews annually the components of our executive compensation programs to determine whether they are consistent with our compensation philosophy;

 

   

Reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the CEO’s compensation, including annual performance objectives;

 

   

Recommends to the board of directors the creation or amendment of any compensation program which permits participation of the executive officers or any other executive whose compensation is determined by the Compensation Committee; and

 

113


Table of Contents
   

Reviews, approves, and monitors any employment, separation or change-in-control severance agreements.

The Compensation Committee is ultimately responsible for making the compensation decisions. However, in making its decisions, the Compensation Committee seeks and considers input from senior management and Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”), an independent compensation consultant.

The executive officers play an important role in the compensation decision-making process because management has direct involvement with and in-depth knowledge of our business strategy, goals, and performance. Executive management regularly participates in the compensation decision-making process in the following specific respects:

 

   

The CEO reports to the Compensation Committee with respect to his evaluation of the performance of our executives, including the other named executive officers. Together with the Executive Vice President of Human Resources, the CEO makes recommendations as to compensation decisions for these individuals, including base salary levels and the amount and mix of incentive awards;

 

   

The CEO develops recommended performance objectives and targets for our incentive compensation programs; and

 

   

The CEO and the Executive Vice President of Human Resources recommend long-term equity grants for executive officers, other than the CEO, for approval by the Compensation Committee.

Meridian’s engagement includes reviewing and advising on executive compensation matters principally related to the CEO, the executive officers, and outside directors. For 2011, Meridian assisted the Compensation Committee by (a) recommending a peer group for benchmarking purposes, and (b) providing peer group data, including an analysis of total direct compensation (base salary, annual cash incentives and long-term equity awards). Meridian also assists the Compensation Committee in its review of general market practices and management compensation proposals.

Market Analysis and Benchmarking

The Compensation Committee uses various tools and methods, such as benchmarking reports and tally sheets, to evaluate whether each named executive officer’s level of pay is appropriate. Base salary, annual bonus goals and long-term equity awards are each specifically designed to meet our compensation objectives.

Benchmarking

Percentile Goals

The Compensation Committee has approved the following target percentile for each pay component to support our compensation objectives.

 

Pay component

   Target percentile of custom peer group

Base salary

   50 th  Percentile

Target annual bonus

   50 th  Percentile

Long-term equity

   65 th  Percentile

We recognize the 50 th percentile market value for cash compensation as a point of reference and not necessarily the definitive compensation level. Consequently, our NEOs’ compensation may be positioned at a level less than or greater than the targeted percentile noted here based on time in position, experience and competitive pay objectives, as well as other factors.

 

114


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee has also determined that targeting the 65 th percentile for long-term equity grants is appropriate to attract and retain the desired level of management talent, as well as aligning management incentives to focus on our long-term objectives, by having a greater percentage of pay aligned to longer term value creation.

Peer Group

The following peer group was approved by the Compensation Committee in 2010 (the “Custom Peer Group”) and used in 2011 in reviewing and benchmarking the various pay components against the targeted percentiles above.

 

Acxiom Corporation    Equifax, Inc.    Merrill Corporation
Alliance Data Systems Corporation    Experian Services Corporation    Moody’s Corporation
Ceridian Corporation    Fair Isaac Corporation    Moneygram International, Inc.
Convergys Corporation    First Data Corporation    Paychex, Inc.
Deluxe Corporation    Fiserv, Inc.    TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
Discover Financial Services    Global Payments, Inc.    Total System Services, Inc.
DST Systems, Inc.    Harte Hanks, Inc.    Unisys Corporation
The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation    Marshall & Ilsley Corporation    Valassis Communications, Inc.

The Custom Peer Group was selected to be representative of the business services, technology and financial services sectors in which we compete and participate. Criteria that were considered in order to properly select component companies for the Custom Peer Group are:

 

   

operating/industry competitors;

 

   

labor market competitors;

 

   

competitors for capital; and

 

   

revenue size.

Use of Tally Sheets

In 2011, the Compensation Committee reviewed individual worksheets and corresponding tally sheets for each executive officer, including the named executive officers. These worksheets, which are prepared by management, provide a summary of the current and historical amounts of each component of pay. In 2011, the Compensation Committee did not recommend or approve changes to our named executive officers’ compensation based on its review of this information. Rather, the Committee reviewed the tally sheets as a tool to confirm that pay objectives continue to be aligned with the long-term interests of the stockholders.

2011 Compensation

Base Salary

As described above, we provide each of the named executive officers with a base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Each year, the Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of the CEO and determines his base salary and other compensation in light of our goals and objectives and the executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee also reviews and adjusts each other named executive officer’s base salary annually based on a recommendation from the CEO. The CEO generally recommends a base salary increase for the other named executive officers when supported by strong individual performance and/or executive promotion, or when supported by the external market data. For 2011, the CEO did not recommend any base pay increases for any of the other named executive officers, and the Compensation Committee did not increase the CEO’s base salary because the base pay of each named executive officer fell within a reasonable range of the targeted percentile for the Custom Peer Group.

 

115


Table of Contents

2011 Annual Incentive Plan

Annual bonus compensation is designed to reward executive officers based on actual individual performance and our overall financial results. Our overall financial performance is measured by our achievement of financial targets established under the annual incentive plan. Additionally, individual and other qualitative goals are set to successfully drive our operations to achieve the overall corporate strategy. All of the named executive officers participate in the annual incentive plan. Under the plan, the named executive officers are paid cash incentive awards to the extent we meet or exceed financial and non-financial performance goals set by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each year. Under the annual incentive plan, each officer’s bonus is determined by multiplying his target bonus percentage by his annual salary as of the beginning of the year and then by multiplying this result by his percentage achievement with respect to his bonus targets and goals. Individual awards may then be adjusted by the Compensation Committee, based on a recommendation from the CEO.

Target Bonus Levels

Each executive is assigned a target bonus expressed as a percentage of his base pay at the beginning of the year. The target is determined by the Compensation Committee after consideration of several factors, including the individual executive’s duties and responsibilities and market data. The bonus targets for 2011 were set within a reasonable range of the targeted percentile for the Custom Peer Group. The following table illustrates the target bonus as a percentage of base pay for each executive for the 2011 performance period.

 

Executive

   2011 Target Bonus as a %
of Base Salary Pay

Mr. Mehta

   100%

Mr. Hamood

   75%

Mr. Kapoor

   60%

Mr. Hellinga

   75%

Mr. Blenke

   50%

Objectives, Weighting and Potential Payouts

Each executive’s individual goals and objectives vary based on his individual role within our company. The following table defines the various financial and non-financial objectives that the Compensation Committee approved for the 2011 performance period.

 

Objective

  

Definition

Corporate Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other adjustments deemed by management and the board to be extraordinary for bonus plan purposes

Corporate revenue growth

   The increase in overall corporate revenues

Free cash flow

   Adjusted EBITDA less cash used for interest expense, taxes, working capital, investing activity and financing activity. Free cash flow for compensation purposes excludes cash used for acquisitions and other items deemed by the Compensation Committee to be extraordinary.

Business unit Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other adjustments for bonus plan purposes for which the named executive officer is responsible

Business unit operating expense

   The ability of the specific business unit for which the named executive officer is responsible to meet its budget

 

116


Table of Contents

Objective

  

Definition

Business unit revenue growth

   The increase in revenues for the specific business unit for which the named executive officer is responsible

Key projects

   Ability to deliver specific tangible projects within a performance period

Operational Excellence

   Driving operational efficiencies and other business process improvements

Talent Management

   Focus on specific initiatives designed to enhance the development of human capital assets

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our operating performance because it eliminates the impact of certain items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our capital expenditures, interest, income tax, depreciation, amortization, stock-based compensation or certain other income and expense. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. In addition to its use as a measure of our operating performance, our board of directors and executive management team focus on Adjusted EBITDA as a compensation measure. The annual variable compensation for certain members of our management team is based in part on further modifications to our reported Adjusted EBITDA. Such adjustments may be as a result of currency fluctuations, the effect of changes to accounting policies/procedures and expenses from unplanned M&A activities. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial condition or profitability under GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to cash flow from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity or as an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of operating performance.

The objectives for Adjusted EBITDA, revenue growth and free cash flow were selected by the Compensation Committee to appropriately provide incentive rewards to executives based on achievement of corporate goals in the context of our overall corporate strategy.

Operational excellence initiatives have been our focus over the past few years. The purpose of the operational excellence objective was to create sustainable productivity enhancements by reviewing current strategies and locating areas of opportunities. Each business unit was expected to contribute to our overall goal through improved efficiencies and productivity gains, while maintaining quality. At the CEO’s recommendation, the Compensation Committee agreed that this goal was directly aligned with the overall corporate strategy.

The CEO recommended the use of non-financial objectives related to key projects and talent management as goals for the 2011 performance period. The Compensation Committee approved these goals because they were aligned with our corporate strategy and achievement of these goals would create shareholder value. The goals were set in a manner that would ensure that, if delivered, they would significantly advance strategic objectives. Each executive had a set of goals specifically tied to his or her ability to affect our corporate strategy. Additionally, stretch goals were designed to provide the executive the opportunity to achieve payouts for performance that exceeded 100% of these non-financial goals. The stretch goals were set to be attainable only with superior performance.

 

117


Table of Contents

The following table is a summary of how each of the above objectives was weighted for each named executive officer and their actual achievement against each objective for the 2011 performance period. For each objective, the named executive officer has the opportunity to achieve a maximum of two times the individual weighting associated with that objective. If threshold performance is not achieved, no payment is made on that objective. Each individual named executive officer’s objective weightings are determined based on his specific role, duties, and responsibilities. The various weightings are meant to reflect the influence that the named executive officer’s performance may actually have on the metric. The Compensation Committee believes this strengthens the direct link between pay and performance.

 

Executive

  

Objective

   Weighting     Achievement  

Mr. Mehta,

   Corporate Adjusted EBITDA      50     190.8

President & Chief Executive Officer

   Corporate Revenue Growth      40     150
   Free Cash Flow      10     200

Mr. Hamood,

   Corporate Adjusted EBITDA      50     190.8

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

   Corporate Revenue Growth      15     150
   Free Cash Flow      25     200
   Operational Excellence      5     200
   Talent Management      5     100

Mr. Kapoor,

   Corporate Adjusted EBITDA      25     190.8

Executive Vice President & Chief Information Officer

   Business Unit Operating Expense      25     200
   Business Unit Revenue Growth      15     92.9
   Operational Excellence      30     200
   Talent Management      5     200

Mr. Hellinga,

   Corporate Adjusted EBITDA      25     190.8

Executive Vice President U.S. Information Services

   Business Unit Adjusted EBITDA      25     105.6
   Business Unit Revenue Growth      35     92.9
   Operational Excellence      10     200
   Talent Management      5     100

Mr. Blenke,

   Corporate Adjusted EBITDA      50     190.8

Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

   Corporate Revenue Growth      15     150
   Key Projects—Compliance, Regulation and Information Security      30     150
   Talent Management      5     100

Based upon the weightings above, each named executive officer had the ability to achieve 100% of his target bonus if target performance is achieved. However, a named executive officer’s actual bonus payout increased or decreased based on individual performance, and company and business unit financial performance. The maximum bonus payout was 200% of target bonus and no bonus is payable if threshold performance is not met.

The following tables represent what the payout, as a percentage of target, would be if our financial performance was achieved at threshold, target, or maximum levels (as shown below) for two objectives: corporate Adjusted EBITDA and corporate revenue growth. No payout would result if performance was below threshold levels. The table includes the dollar amount or specific growth percentage that was required for achievement at each level in 2011.

Corporate Adjusted EBITDA

 

Threshold

     Target      Maximum  

Corporate Adj.
EBITDA

   Performance
Against
Target
     Payout      Corporate
Adj.
EBITDA
     Performance
Against
Target
     Payout      Corporate
Adj.
EBITDA
     Performance
Against
Target
     Payout  

$304,200,000

     90%         50%         $338,000,000         100%         100%         $354,900,000         105%         200%   

 

118


Table of Contents

Corporate Revenue

 

Threshold

    Target     Maximum  

Revenue

   Performance
Against
Target
     Payout     Revenue      Performance
Against
Target
    Payout     Revenue      Performance
Against
Target
    Payout  

<$1.01 billion

     N/A         0   $ 1.01 billion         100     100   $ 1.035 billion         102.5     200

The Compensation Committee’s intent with establishing both the financial and non-financial goals and target percentages is to provide a comparable level of difficulty in achieving the goals and receiving annual incentive awards for each named executive officer annually. However, payment of annual incentives will vary from year to year and may or may not be consistent with historical payment trends.

Messrs. Mehta and Hamood received a goal of generating free cash flow for 2011. After adjusting for a $16 million payment for our debt refinancing undertaken in February 2011, they exceeded the target by approximately $35 million. As a result of this initiative, Messrs. Mehta and Hamood achieved 200% of the target payout related to this goal.

Mr. Kapoor had financial goals related to our overall consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, the U.S. Information Technology business unit operating expense, and the revenue performance of the U.S. Information Services business. He also had individual strategic goals related to operational excellence and talent management within the IT function. Mr. Kapoor successfully managed his business unit’s operating expense budget, coming in under budget. As a result, he achieved 200% of the target payout related to this goal. In completing his key strategic goals, Mr. Kapoor successfully completed a strategic review of IT operations. Several key talent management initiatives have also been brought to closure. These initiatives include a new organizational structure, creation of an offshore consolidation model and formal termination and transition from a major third party vendor. As a result of these initiatives, Mr. Kapoor achieved 200% of the target payout related to these key strategic goals.

Mr. Hellinga had a goal related to the Adjusted EBITDA for the USIS segment. Mr. Hellinga slightly exceeded his assigned revenue plan and his business unit also slightly exceeded its Adjusted EBITDA target. As a result, he achieved 105.6% of the targeted payout for his goal related to Adjusted EBITDA. For purposes of determining Mr. Hellinga’s Adjusted EBITDA goal, we used Adjusted EBITDA for USIS, which does not include expenses associated with consumer relations or revenue associated with our direct to consumer resellers.

Messrs. Kapoor and Hellinga received a goal tied to the revenue of the USIS segment. As noted above, USIS slightly exceeded their assigned revenue plan. As a result, Messrs. Kapoor and Hellinga achieved approximately 90% of the target payout related to this goal.

Mr. Blenke had a strategic goal of completing projects focused on the newly created Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and continuing to strengthen our global compliance and information security processes. Related to the CFPB, an outreach plan was defined and implemented. Mr. Blenke’s team evaluated and strengthened the compliance and information security practices at principal international locations. As a result, Mr. Blenke achieved 150% of the target payout related to this goal.

The operational excellence goal was to ensure productivity measures identified in 2010 were realized in 2011 and to identify initiatives in 2011 that will be implemented throughout 2012. In doing so, we successfully implemented initiatives such as labor cost management, product cost management, software license consolidation and in-sourcing our United States data center operations.

The talent management objectives for each of the NEOs included advancing talent management and retention initiatives through development planning, talent reviews and skip level discussions. We believe that these objectives will aid in the grooming and retention of key personnel, the mitigation of staffing risks and the delivery of value to shareholders through increased management continuity and effectiveness. These objectives are largely within the control of the named executive officers and, as such, were met and therefore paid in full.

 

119


Table of Contents

Actual Payout

The following summarizes the performance of the 2011 financial and non-financial goals under the 2011 annual incentive plan.

Results of Financial Goals

The corporate financial results for the 2011 performance period are described in the narrative accompanying “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2011.”

Results of Non-Financial Goals

At the end of the performance period, the CEO evaluated each of the named executive officers in conjunction with the individual’s own self-evaluation. Based on the CEO’s evaluation, with input from others including the named executive officer, the CEO rated the executive’s individual objectives against the executive’s performance goals.

 

   

Based on this assessment, the CEO recommended to the Compensation Committee a performance evaluation rating, as a percentage of total qualified goal bonus opportunity, for each executive. Additionally, the Compensation Committee reviewed the CEO’s performance and determined a level of performance against his qualitative performance goals. This evaluation could then increase or decrease the executive’s bonus.

 

   

For 2011, the CEO recommended to the Compensation Committee that two named executive officer’s bonus be adjusted based on his rating, which recommendation the Compensation Committee followed. Messrs. Hamood and Hellinga received a discretionary payment in recognition of their considerable efforts related to the creation and subsequent filing of our Registration Statement.

 

   

Additionally, the Compensation Committee applied discretion and recognized the contributions of the CEO. In doing so, the committee approved an amount beyond the calculated component of his bonus.

Taking into account the financial performance results and the CEO’s evaluation and recommendation, the Compensation Committee met in January 2012 to set and approve annual bonus payments to each of the named executive officers and evaluate the CEO’s performance. In January 2012, the Compensation Committee approved annual bonus payments to the named executive officers ranging from 132 to 183 percent of the named executive officers’ target opportunity based upon 2011 performance (not including the two discretionary payments as noted above). The annual bonus payments will be paid in March 2012. For more detailed information regarding individual executive annual bonus awards, see the narrative following “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2011.”

Long-Term Equity Plan

Stock Option Grants

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, all named executive officers received stock options, with the exception of Mr. Kapoor who received his grant upon joining us. These grants were the results of negotiations between management, Madison Dearborn Partners and the Compensation Committee and are designed to encourage executives to increase shareholder value, by providing them an incentive to keep focused on our long-term value. This one-time grant was designed to replace our prior historical annual restricted stock grants. As a result no further grants were made to our named executive officers in 2011, except Mr. Kapoor who received a similar grant in connection with his hiring.

 

120


Table of Contents

Management’s Stock Ownership Requirements

In connection with both the 2010 and 2012 Change in Control Transactions, each of our named executive officers (who were employed by us at the time of the transaction) was required to roll over a portion of the proceeds they were to receive on our common stock (or, in the case of Mr. Kapoor in the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, from his options), that would otherwise have been cashed out, into shares of our common stock. In both transactions, the CEO rolled-over approximately 50% of after-tax proceeds received by him on his common stock in each transaction and all other named executive officers rolled-over approximately 30% of the after-tax proceeds on their common stock (or, in the case of Mr. Kapoor in the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, from his options). As our equity compensation program was switching from actual stock ownership to stock options, as described above, this required equity roll over was intended to further align management with stockholder interests.

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

The named executive officers do not receive any additional benefits or perquisites beyond what is provided on a broad basis. Providing additional benefits or perquisites would not support our compensation policy.

Retirement Plan

We maintain a broad-based 401(k) savings and retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) in which all associates, including the named executive officers, may participate. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) places certain limits on the amount of contributions that may be made by and on behalf of the named executive officers to the 401(k) Plan. To extend the named executive officers’ retirement benefit beyond the contribution limits set under the Code, we created the Nonqualified Retirement and 401(k) Supplemental Plan (the “Supplemental Plan”). Under the Supplemental Plan, each named executive officer may defer all or some portion of their cash compensation that the executive officer was not otherwise permitted to defer under the 401(k) Plan to provide additional retirement savings. We make a matching contribution to the Supplemental Plan that mirrors the employer contribution to the 401(k) Plan. Additionally, similar to the 401(k) Plan, the Committee may authorize us to make a discretionary contribution on behalf of the named executive officers to the Supplemental Plan at the end of the year.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Mehta

Mr. Mehta has been employed under an employment agreement he entered into at the time he became employed by us on August 22, 2007. The initial term of the agreement expired on August 31, 2010, but continues to renew automatically for twelve-month intervals, unless one party to the agreement provides notice of non-renewal at least 180 days before the day that would be the last day of the agreement.

Mr. Mehta’s agreement provides a minimum base salary and the eligibility to participate in our annual incentive plan for executive officers. With the exception of severance provisions, the agreement does not provide Mr. Mehta any additional benefits beyond what is provided to the other named executive officers. The severance provisions are discussed under “—Executive Compensation—Severance and Change-in-Control Compensation.”

The agreement includes confidentiality and nonsolicitation provisions to protect our interests. The specifics of the compensation provided under Mr. Mehta’s employment agreement are detailed in the narrative accompanying “—Executive Compensation—Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control—2011.”

Severance and Change-in-Control Compensation

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction or upon employment, and as required by and negotiated with Madison Dearborn Partners, each named executive officer, except Mr. Mehta, entered into

 

121


Table of Contents

Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreements (the “Severance Agreement”). These Severance Agreements are designed to maximize retention of the named executive offers. The terms of the Severance Agreements are summarized under “—Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control—2011” and the accompanying narrative.

Federal Income Tax Considerations

We have not been subject to the federal income tax provisions of Code Section 162(m). Therefore, we have not made compensation decisions based on the deductibility limitations of the compensation under this section of the Code. Although the Compensation Committee will strive to have all compensation be deemed deductible, deductibility does not drive the compensation decisions for our executive team.

Risk Assessment in Compensation Programs

We have designed our compensation programs, including our incentive compensation plans, with specific features to address potential risks while rewarding employees for achieving long-term financial and strategic objectives through appropriate risk taking. The following elements have been incorporated in our programs available for our named executive officers:

 

   

A Balanced Mix of Compensation Components —The target compensation mix for our executive officers is composed of salary, annual cash incentives and long-term equity awards, representing a mix that is not overly weighted toward short-term cash incentives.

 

   

Multiple Performance Factors —Our incentive compensation plans use both company-wide metrics and individual performance, which encourage focus on the achievement of objectives for the overall benefit of the company.

The annual cash incentive is dependent on multiple performance metrics including Consolidated EBITDA, Corporate Revenue Growth, and Free Cash Flow, as well as individual goals related to specific strategic or operational objectives.

The option grants vest over a five-year period of time, complementing our annual cash based incentives.

 

   

Capped Incentive Awards —Annual incentive awards are capped at 200% of target.

 

   

Stock Ownership —Each named executive officer employed by us on June 15, 2010 purchased a significant amount of our common stock in connection with the change in control transaction. We believe this ownership aligns the interests of our executive officers with the long-term interests of stockholders.

Based on these factors, management in consultation with Meridian concluded that our compensation programs do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on TransUnion.

 

122


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table—2011

The following table presents information regarding the annual compensation for services to us, in all capacities, of our named executive officers. The amounts in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns are further explained in the narrative following “—Grants of Plan Based Awards-2011.”

 

Name and Principal
Position (a)

  Year
(b)
    Salary (1)
($) (c)
    Bonus
($) (d)
    Stock
Awards
($) (e)
    Option
Awards (2)
($) (f)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (3)
($) (g)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($) (h)
    All Other
Compensation (4)
($) (i)
    Total
($) (j)
 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta

    2011        900,000        171,400        0        0        1,578,600        0        81,203        2,731,203   

President & CEO

    2010        900,000        0        1,725,042        2,019,878        1,170,000        0        125,761        5,940,681   

Samuel A. Hamood

    2011        450,000        60,000        0        0        621,860        0        62,742        1,194,602   

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

    2010        450,000        0        470,798        807,946        612,170        0        67,449        2,408,363   
                 

Mohit Kapoor (5)

    2011        271,346        0        0        545,975        454,071        0        4,724        1,276,116   

Executive Vice President & Chief Information and Technology Officer

                 
                 
                 

Jeffrey J. Hellinga

    2011        422,300        120,000        0        0        416,778        0        47,458        1,006,536   

Executive Vice President, U.S. Information Services

    2010        422,300        0        546,087        1,009,933        343,661        0        50,042        2,372,023   
                 

John W. Blenke

    2011        464,600        0        0        0        390,032        0        54,956        909,588   

Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

    2010        464,600        0        352,014        504,967        292,814        0        57,608        1,672,003   
                 
                 

 

(1) The amounts shown in this column represent annual base salary. These amounts are not reduced to reflect the NEOs’ elections, if any, to defer receipt of salary under the TransUnion 401(k) & Savings Plan and/or the Trans Union LLC 401(k) and Supplemental Retirement Plan.
(2) The amounts shown in this column represent the aggregate grant date “fair value” of option awards granted to the NEO during 2011 as computed in accordance with FASB (ASC) Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Further details regarding these grants and the assumptions used to determine their “fair value” can be found in the narrative disclosure following the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.
(3) The amounts shown in this column represent amounts paid under the annual incentive plan during 2012 for services performed in 2011. Amounts shown are not reduced to reflect the NEOs’ elections, if any, to defer receipt of salary under the TransUnion 401(k) & Savings Plan and/or the Trans Union LLC 401(k) and Supplemental Retirement Plan.
(4) Information regarding the amounts shown in this column can be found in the “All Other Compensation” table and accompanying narrative to that table.
(5) Mr. Kapoor joined us on April 25, 2011.

 

123


Table of Contents

Detailed Analysis of “All Other Compensation” Column

 

Name

(a)

   Company
Match &
Retirement
Contribution
to Qualified
401(k)
Savings Plan (1)
$ (b)
     Company
Match &
Retirement
Contribution
to Non-
Qualified
Retirement
Plan (2) $ (c)
     Group Term
Life Imputed
Income (3) $
(e)
     Payment &
gross-up on
Medicare
Tax related
to
contributions
into Non-
Qualified
Retirement
Plan (4)
$ (f)
     Total
$ (g)
 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta

     17,150         62,050         552         1,451         81,203   

Samuel A. Hamood

     17,150         44,206         240         1,146         62,742   

Mohit Kapoor

     4,469         0         255         0         4,724   

Jeffrey J. Hellinga

     17,150         29,043         552         713         47,458   

John W. Blenke

     17,150         36,037         1,032         737         54,956   

 

(1) For 2011, we matched 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 2% percent of recognizable compensation (subject to the 2011 Internal Revenue Code limit of $245,000) contributed on a pre-tax basis to the tax-qualified TransUnion 401(k) & Savings Plan. Additionally, in 2011, we made a discretionary 4% retirement contribution of recognizable 2010 compensation, as defined above, to the TransUnion 401(k) & Savings Plan.
(2) For recognized compensation above the Internal Revenue Code limit of $245,000, we matched 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 2% contributed on a pre-tax basis to the TransUnion Retirement and 401(k) Supplemental Plan. Additionally, in 2011 for the 2010 plan year, we made a discretionary 4% retirement contribution of recognizable compensation to the TransUnion Retirement and 401(k) Supplemental Plan.
(3) We provide life insurance to all full time employees in an amount equal to one times their annual salary, up to a maximum of $250,000. Internal Revenue Code section 79 provides an exclusion for the first $50,000 of group-term life insurance coverage provided under a policy carried directly or indirectly by an employer. The table above notes the imputed cost of coverage in excess of $50,000, which is based on the named executive officer’s age and coverage he receives.
(4) Executive contributions made into the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are subject to Medicare tax at a rate of 1.45%. We provide this payment on behalf of the NEO and since the amount paid on behalf of the NEO is taxable to the executive, we “gross up” that payment.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2011

 

            Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)
                     

Name

(a)

   Grant Date
(b)
     Threshold
($) (c)
     Target
($) (d)
     Maximum
($) (e)
     All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (2)
(#) (f)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
(g)
     Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards (3)
($) (h)
 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta

        450,000         900,000         1,800,000         —          —           —     

Samuel A. Hamood

        170,000         340,000         680,000         —          —           —     

Mohit Kapoor

        125,000         250,000         500,000         —          —           —     
     4/25/2011                  90,000 (4)       24.37         545,975   

Jeffrey J. Hellinga

        158,350         316,700         633,400         —          —           —     

John W. Blenke

        116,150         232,300         464,600         —          —           —     

 

124


Table of Contents
(1) Reflects payment opportunities under the Annual Bonus Plan described below under “2011 Annual Bonus Plan”. Threshold is the lowest payment opportunity at the lowest level of performance described by the plan (50% payout of target opportunity) for corporate and business unit financial performance metrics and individual performance (an “achieves expectations” threshold individual goal rating); target reflects a 100% payout of target opportunity; and maximum reflects 200% payout of target opportunity. These amounts are based on the individual’s current salary and position. The minimum payment is $0.
(2) Reflects nonqualified stock options granted to each NEO during 2011 under the TransUnion Corp. 2010 Management Equity Plan.
(3) Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock and option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For assumptions used in determining these values, see Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation,” of the consolidated financial statements contained in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(4) In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, all options became fully vested and were converted into the right to receive cash consideration in an amount equal to approximately $53.43 less the exercise price of the option times the number of shares subject to the option.

Additional Discussion of Material Items in “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2011”

Our executive compensation policies and practices are described in “ Executive Summary.” A summary of certain material terms of our compensation plans that relate to grants of plan-based awards is set forth below.

 

   

The non-equity incentive awards shown above were based on the formula described in “—2011 Compensation—2011 Annual Incentive Plan.” EBITDA, as adjusted for bonus plan purposes, was $353.4 million for 2011, resulting in a payout of 190.8% of target performance since the actual results exceeded target performance. Our actual revenue was approximately 101.25% of 2011’s plan, which resulted in a payout of 150% of target performance.

 

   

The size of the equity award granted to Mr. Kapoor was negotiated as a component of his employment offer. It was based on external market data and compensation Mr. Kapoor had received prior to joining us. The Compensation Committee approved Mr. Kapoor’s award, as well as his base salary and target bonus, as a component of his employment offer.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

     Option Awards  

Name

(a)

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#) (b)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (1)
(#) (c)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
(d)
     Option
Exercise
Price (2)
(e)
     Option
Expiration
Date
(f)
 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta

     49,944.30         283,017.70         —         $ 24.37         7/20/2020   

Samuel A. Hamood

     19,977.60         113,206.40         —         $ 24.37         7/20/2020   

Mohit Kapoor

     0         90,000         —         $ 24.37         4/25/2021   

Jeffrey J. Hellinga

     24,972.00         141,508.00         —         $ 24.37         7/20/2020   

John W. Blenke

     12,486.00         70,754.00         —         $ 24.37         7/20/2020   

 

(1)

Fifty percent (50%) of the options were time vested options and vested as follows: twenty percent (20%) shall vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. Thereafter, five percent (5%) vested on the last day of each subsequent full calendar quarter until all the Time Vested Options have vested. For all NEOs with the exception of Mr. Kapoor, the first anniversary was June 15, 2011. Mr. Kapoor’s first anniversary was April 25, 2012. The remaining fifty percent (50%) of the options were performance based options and

 

125


Table of Contents
  were to vest according to the time vesting schedule set forth above and if Madison Dearborn Partners cumulatively earned or was deemed to earn, (i) a Cash-on-Cash return equal to twenty percent (20%) and (ii) a Multiple of Money return equal to 2.25. In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, all unvested options became vested and each vested and unexercised option was cancelled and converted into the right to receive cash consideration in an amount equal to approximately $53.43 less the exercise price of the option times the number of shares subject to the option.
(2) The option exercise price equals the per share price in the change in control transaction, which the Board determined to be fair market value.

Options Exercises and Stock Vested

No options were exercised in 2011.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY (1)
($)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY (2)
($)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY (3)
($)
    Aggregate
Balance
at Last FYE
($)
 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta

     36,346         62,050         13        424,480   

Samuel A. Hamood

     49,030         44,206         2,159        211,372   

Mohit Kapoor

     23,942         0         (36     23,907   

Jeffrey J. Hellinga

     27,847         29,043         (1,066     445,562   

John W. Blenke

     50,222         36,037         (172     993,104   

 

(1) Includes amounts reflected under “Salary” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table above for 2011.
(2) Amounts included in this column are reflected under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table for 2011.
(3) Amounts included in this column do not constitute above-market or preferential earnings and accordingly such amounts are not reported in the ‘Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings’ column of the Summary Compensation Table. Each NEO self-directs the investment of their non-qualified deferred compensation plan account balance into one or more of the available fourteen different investment funds. Consequently, the value of an NEO’s plan account balance may go up or down based on the performance of the selected investment funds.

Deferred Compensation Plan

This nonqualified plan is a tax deferred compensation program for a limited number of executives, including the named executive officers, and provides a favorable tax vehicle for deferring cash compensation (base salary and annual incentive payments). Pursuant to the plan, the NEO is able to defer up to 100% of cash compensation received. Amounts deferred are invested in any of fourteen different investment funds and are credited with gains or losses of the various funds selected by the participant. The plan does not offer any above-market rate of return to the NEO. Upon termination of employment, amounts deferred are paid, at the participant’s option, either in a lump sum or in annual installments over a period of either 5 or 10 years. Executives are not permitted to take loans from the account. We contribute a match equal to 100% of the first 3% and 50% on the next 2% of the executive’s contributions. Additionally, in 2011, the Compensation Committee approved a discretionary retirement contribution of an additional 4% of qualified 2010 earnings. Assets in this plan are held in a rabbi trust.

Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control—2011

The following charts illustrate benefits that the named executive officers would receive upon the occurrence of certain separation scenarios, which are assumed to occur on December 31, 2011. No special payments are made upon resignation or retirement. In addition, we do not provide for any gross-up provision on severance payments. Descriptions of the provisions that govern these benefits are set forth following the charts.

 

126


Table of Contents

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta (1)

 

Type of Payment

   Involuntary
Termination (2)
($)
     Death ($)      Disability
($)
     Change In
Control ($)
 

Severance Payments (3)

     3,600,000               3,600,000   

Outplacement (4)

     35,000               35,000   

Welfare Benefits (5)

     35,598               35,598   

Life Insurance Payout (6)

        250,000         

Disability Payments (7)

           1,632,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,670,598         250,000         1,632,000         3,670,598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Separation benefits are outlined in Mr. Mehta’s employment agreement, dated October 3, 2007. The table excludes (a) any amounts accrued through December 31, 2011 that would be paid in the normal course of employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary and earned annual bonus for 2011, and (b) vested account balances in our 401(k) Savings & Retirement Plan that are generally available to all of our U.S. associates. Actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of such executive’s termination of service.
(2) Involuntary Termination is defined in Mr. Mehta’s employment agreement as ‘without cause or resignation for good reason’.
(3) A lump sum payment equal to four times Mr. Mehta’s base salary.
(4) Reflects the cost to provide executive-level outplacement services for a period of one year.
(5) Pursuant to Mr. Mehta’s employment agreement, this amount reflects the present value of 24 months of family PPO health and dental coverage using our 2011 COBRA premium rate.
(6) Reflects the present value of life insurance provided as a benefit to all associates; equal to one times their annual base salary (rounded up to the next highest $1,000), with a maximum benefit of $250,000. In addition, we provide Accidental Death & Dismemberment protection to all associates; the present value of the principal sum is $50,000, but this amount is not included above. TransUnion also maintains a travel accident insurance policy for most associates, including executive officers that would provide an additional benefit equal to five times the associate’s annual salary, subject to a maximum amount of $5,000,000 for all losses arising out of one accident. This amount is not included above.
(7) Reflects the value of the executive’s disability benefit as of December 31, 2011 (a) assuming full disability at December 31, 2011 and continuing through age 65, and (b) in today’s dollars without any discounting or increase.

Samuel A. Hamood (1)

 

Type of Payment

   Involuntary
Termination
($)
     Death
($)
     Disability
($)
     Change In
Control
($)
 

Severance Payments (2)

     1,645,523               1,645,523   

Outplacement (3)

     35,000               35,000   

Welfare Benefits (4)

     26,699               26,699   

Life Insurance Payout (5)

        250,000         

Disability Payments (6)

           3,084,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,707,222         250,000         3,084,000         1,707,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The table excludes (a) any amounts accrued through December 31, 2011, that would be paid in the normal course of employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary and earned annual bonus for 2011, and (b) vested account balances in our 401(k) Savings & Retirement Plan that are generally available to all of our U.S. associates. Actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of such executive’s termination of service.

 

127


Table of Contents
(2) Mr. Hamood entered into a Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement on June 15, 2010. If Mr. Hamood is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (both defined in the Agreement), he receives a lump sum amount equal to COBRA premiums for 18 months and executive outplacement for one year, the value of which has been noted in the table. In addition, he receives a Base Salary Multiple in an amount equal to 1.5 times his annualized base salary during the year of covered termination and the average of his two previous years of actual bonuses under the annual bonus plan. This amount is calculated and noted in the Severance Payments line.
(3) Reflects the cost to provide executive-level outplacement services for a period of one year.
(4) This amount reflects the present value of 18 months of family PPO health and dental coverage using our 2012 COBRA premium rate.
(5) Reflects the present value of life insurance provided as a benefit to all associates; equal to one times their annual base salary (rounded up to the next highest $1,000), with a maximum benefit of $250,000. In addition, we provide Accidental Death & Dismemberment protection to all associates; the present value of the principal sum is $50,000, but this amount is not included above. TransUnion also maintains a travel accident insurance policy for most associates, including executive officers that would provide an additional benefit equal to five times the associate’s annual salary, subject to a maximum amount of $5,000,000 for all losses arising out of one accident. This amount is not included above.
(6) Reflects the value of the executive’s disability benefit as of December 31, 2011, (a) assuming full disability at December 31, 2011, and continuing through age 65, and (b) in today’s dollars without any discounting or increase.

Mohit Kapoor (1)

 

Type of Payment

   Involuntary
Termination
($)
     Death
($)
     Disability
($)
     Change In
Control
($)
 

Severance Payments (2)

     1,303,607               1,303,607   

Outplacement (3)

     35,000               35,000   

Welfare Benefits (4)

     26,301               26,301   

Life Insurance Payout (5)

        250,000         

Disability Payments (6)

           2,424,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,364,908         250,000         2,424,000         1,364,908   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The table excludes (a) any amounts accrued through December 31, 2011, that would be paid in the normal course of employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary and earned annual bonus for 2011, and (b) vested account balances in our 401(k) Savings & Retirement Plan that are generally available to all of our U.S. associates. Actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of such executive’s termination of service.
(2) Mr. Kapoor entered into a Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement on April 25, 2011 (the date his employment with us began). If Mr. Kapoor is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (both defined in the Agreement), he receives a lump sum amount equal to COBRA premiums for 18 months and executive outplacement for one year, the value of which has been noted in the table. In addition, he receives a Base Salary Multiple in an amount equal to 1.5 times his annualized base salary during the year of covered termination and the average of his two previous years of actual bonuses under the annual bonus plan. Since Mr. Kapoor is in his first year of employment, his bonus used in this calculation is simply the 2011 amount. This amount is calculated and noted in the Severance Payments line.
(3) Reflects the cost to provide executive-level outplacement services for a period of one year.
(4) This amount reflects the present value of 18 months of family PPO health and dental coverage using our 2012 COBRA premium rate.
(5)

Reflects the present value of life insurance provided as a benefit to all associates; equal to one times their annual base salary (rounded up to the next highest $1,000), with a maximum benefit of $250,000. In addition, we provide Accidental Death & Dismemberment protection to all associates; the present value of

 

128


Table of Contents
  the principal sum is $50,000, but this amount is not included above. TransUnion also maintains a travel accident insurance policy for most associates, including executive officers that would provide an additional benefit equal to five times the associate’s annual salary, subject to a maximum amount of $5,000,000 for all losses arising out of one accident. This amount is not included above.
(6) Reflects the value of the executive’s disability benefit as of December 31, 2011 (a) assuming full disability at December 31, 2011 and continuing through age 65, and (b) in today’s dollars without any discounting or increase.

Jeffrey J. Hellinga (1)

 

Type of Payment

   Involuntary
Termination
($)
     Death
($)
     Disability
($)
     Change In
Control
($)
 

Severance Payments (2)

     1,293,779               1,293,779   

Outplacement (3)

     35,000               35,000   

Welfare Benefits (4)

     26,301               26,301   

Life Insurance Payout (5)

        250,000         

Disability Payments (6)

           1,680,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,355,080         250,000         1,680,000         1,355,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The table excludes (a) any amounts accrued through December 31, 2011, that would be paid in the normal course of employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary and earned annual bonus for 2011, and (b) vested account balances in our 401(k) Savings & Retirement Plan that are generally available to all of our U.S. associates. Actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of such executive’s termination of service.
(2) Mr. Hellinga entered into a Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement on June 15, 2010. If Mr. Hellinga is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (both defined in the Agreement), he receives a lump sum amount equal to COBRA premiums for 18 months and executive outplacement for one year, the value of which has been noted in the table. In addition, he receives a Base Salary Multiple in an amount equal to 1.5 times his annualized base salary during the year of covered termination and the average of his two previous years of actual bonuses under the annual bonus plan. This amount is calculated and noted in the Severance Payments line.
(3) Reflects the cost to provide executive-level outplacement services for a period of one year.
(4) This amount reflects the present value of 18 months of family PPO health and dental coverage using our 2012 COBRA premium rate.
(5) Reflects the present value of life insurance provided as a benefit to all associates; equal to one times their annual base salary (rounded up to the next highest $1,000), with a maximum benefit of $250,000. In addition, we provide Accidental Death & Dismemberment protection to all associates; the present value of the principal sum is $50,000, but this amount is not included above. TransUnion also maintains a travel accident insurance policy for most associates, including executive officers that would provide an additional benefit equal to five times the associate’s annual salary, subject to a maximum amount of $5,000,000 for all losses arising out of one accident. This amount is not included above.
(6) Reflects the value of the executive’s disability benefit as of December 31, 2011 (a) assuming full disability at December 31, 2011 and continuing through age 65, and (b) in today’s dollars without any discounting or increase.

 

129


Table of Contents

John W. Blenke (1)

 

Type of Payment

   Involuntary
Termination
($)
     Death
($)
     Disability
($)
     Change In
Control
($)
 

Severance Payments (2)

     1,209,035               1,209,035   

Outplacement (3)

     35,000               35,000   

Welfare Benefits (4)

     17,723               17,723   

Life Insurance Payout (5)

        250,000         

Disability Payments (6)

           1,236,000      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,261,758         250,000         1,236,000         1,261,758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The table excludes (a) any amounts accrued through December 31, 2011 that would be paid in the normal course of employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary and earned annual bonus for 2011, and (b) vested account balances in our 401(k) Savings & Retirement Plan that are generally available to all of our U.S. associates. Actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of such executive’s termination of service.
(2) Mr. Blenke entered into a Severance and Restrictive Covenant Agreement on June 15, 2010. If Mr. Blenke is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason (both defined in the Agreement), he receives a lump sum amount equal to COBRA premiums for 18 months and executive outplacement for one year, the value of which has been noted in the table. In addition, he receives a Base Salary Multiple in an amount equal to 1.5 times his annualized base salary during the year of covered termination and the average of his two previous years of actual bonuses under the annual bonus plan. This amount is calculated and noted in the Severance Payments line.
(3) Reflects the cost to provide executive-level outplacement services for a period of one year.
(4) This amount reflects the present value of 18 months of associate +1 PPO health and dental coverage using our 2012 COBRA premium rate.
(5) Reflects the present value of life insurance provided as a benefit to all associates; equal to one times their annual base salary (rounded up to the next highest $1,000), with a maximum benefit of $250,000. In addition, we provide Accidental Death & Dismemberment protection to all associates; the present value of the principal sum is $50,000, but this amount is not included above. TransUnion also maintains a travel accident insurance policy for most associates, including executive officers that would provide an additional benefit equal to five times the associate’s annual salary, subject to a maximum amount of $5,000,000 for all losses arising out of one accident. This amount is not included above.
(6) Reflects the value of the executive’s disability benefit as of December 31, 2011 (a) assuming full disability at December 31, 2011 and continuing through age 65, and (b) in today’s dollars without any discounting or increase.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth the compensation received by the Company’s directors during 2011:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash (1)
     Option
Awards (2)
     Total  

Matthew A. Carey

   $ 62,000       $ 141,485       $ 203,485   

Reuben Gamoran

     39,500         251,881         291,381   

Renu S. Karnad

     61,500         141,485         202,985   

Nigel W. Morris

     56,000         141,485         197,485   

Penny Pritzker

     350,000         —           350,000   

 

(1) Messrs. Canning, Hurd, Dombalagian and Magnus did not receive any compensation for their service on the board of directors. Effective February 9, 2011, Mr. Morris was appointed as a director. Effective June 28, 2011, Mr. Gamoran was appointed as a director.

 

130


Table of Contents
(2) The amounts shown in this column represent the aggregate grant date “fair value” of stock awards granted to the director during 2011 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation.” Further details regarding these grants and the assumptions used to determine their “fair value” can be found in the narrative disclosure following “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards—2011.”

Director Fees

In 2011, each of the Company’s non-employee and non-sponsor related directors, other than Ms. Pritzker, received a cash retainer of $40,000. The Audit Committee chair received $10,000. Additionally, each of the Company’s non-employee and non-sponsor related directors received $1,500 per board meeting and $1,000 per committee meeting attended. During 2011, Messrs. Dombalagian and Gamoran each served as the Audit Committee Chair, Ms. Pritzker served as the Compensation Committee Chair and Mr. Canning served as the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Chair.

Due to Ms. Pritzker’s time commitment and active involvement with the Company, as the Non-Executive Chairman of the Company’s board of directors, she received a fee of $350,000 for services in 2011.

Equity Awards

In 2011, Ms. Karnad and Messrs. Carey, Gamoran and Morris were each granted 16,000 stock options. The initial vesting date, exercise price and number of options held by each director as of December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

Name

   Initial
Vesting Date
     Exercise
Price
     Options
Outstanding
on 12/31/2011 (1)
 

Matthew A. Carey

     6/15/2011       $ 24.37         16,000   

Reuben Gamoran

     7/3/2012       $ 44.47         16,000   

Renu S. Karnad

     6/15/2011       $ 24.37         16,000   

Nigel W. Morris

     2/9/2012       $ 24.37         16,000   

All director Options vest 20% on the initial vesting date and vest at five percent per quarter thereafter.

 

(1) In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, all options became fully vested and were converted into the right to receive cash consideration in an amount equal to approximately $53.43 less the exercise price of the option times the number of shares subject to the option.

Other Directors and Mr. Mehta

Messrs. Canning, Hurd, Dombalagian and Magnus did not receive any compensation for their service on the Company’s board of directors. Mr. Mehta only receives compensation as an employee, and his compensation is disclosed under “—Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table—2011.”

 

131


Table of Contents

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of common stock of the Issuer as of July 24, 2012 by:

 

   

each person that is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the Issuer;

 

   

each member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

 

   

each named executive officer of TransUnion Corp.; and

 

   

all of the members of the Board of Directors and executive officers of the Issuer as a group.

The information below is based on a total of 109,724,826 shares of the Issuer’s common stock outstanding as of July 24, 2012 and disregards fractional shares.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 24, 2012, are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Each beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, director and executive officer named in the table furnished the beneficial ownership information set forth below to us. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o TransUnion Corp., 555 West Adams Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
     Percent of
Common Stock
Outstanding
 

5% or greater stockholders:

     

Investment funds affiliated with Advent International Corporation (1)

     54,280,076         49.5

Investment funds affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (2)

     54,280,076         49.5

Directors and named executive officers:

     

Christopher Egan (3)

     —           —     

Leo F. Mullin (4)

     24,826         *   

Sumit Rajpal (5)

     —           —     

Steven M. Tadler (6)

     —           —     

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta (7)

     595,909         *   

Samuel A. Hamood (8)

     102,638         *   

John W. Blenke (9)

     79,430         *   

Jeffrey J. Hellinga (10)

     125,638         *   

Mohit Kapoor (11)

     47,078         *   

All directors and executive officers as a group(12 persons)

     1,164,674         1.0

 

* Less than 1%.
(1)

The funds managed by Advent International Corporation own 100% of Advent TransUnion Acquisition Limited Partnership, which in turn owns 49.5% of TransUnion Corp, for a 49.5% indirect ownership for the funds managed by Advent International Corporation. This 49.5% indirect ownership consists of 23,925,541.40 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI Limited Partnership, 15,333,825.79 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-A Limited Partnership, 1,209,566.02 shares

 

132


Table of Contents
  indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-B Limited Partnership, 1,231,262.28 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-C Limited Partnership, 1,079,388.51 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-D Limited Partnership, 2,972,386.46 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-E Limited Partnership, 4,507,396.29 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-F Limited Partnership, 2,836,784.89 shares indirectly owned by Advent International GPE VI-G Limited Partnership, 878,698.19 shares indirectly owned by Advent Partners GPE VI 2008 Limited Partnership, 32,544.38 shares indirectly owned by Advent Partners GPE VI 2009 Limited Partnership, 75,936.88 shares indirectly owned by Advent Partners GPE VI 2010 Limited Partnership, 75,936.88 shares indirectly owned by Advent Partners GPE VI-A Limited Partnership and 81,360.94 shares indirectly owned by Advent Partners GPE VI-A 2010 Limited Partnership. Advent International Corporation is the manager of Advent International LLC, which in turn is the general partner of GPE VI GP Limited Partnership and GPE VI GP (Delaware) Limited Partnership. GPE VI GP Limited Partnership is the general partner of Advent International GPE VI Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-F Limited Partnership and Advent International GPE VI-G Limited Partnership. GPE VI GP (Delaware) is the general partner of Advent International GPE VI-C Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-D Limited Partnership and Advent International GPE VI-E Limited Partnership. Advent International Corporation is the manager of Advent International LLC, which in turn is the general partner of Advent Partners GPE VI 2008 Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI 2009 Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI 2010 Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI-A Limited Partnership and Advent Partners GPE VI-A 2010 Limited Partnership. Advent International Corporation exercises voting and investment power over the shares held by each of these entities and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of these shares. With respect to the common shares of TransUnion Corp., held by the funds managed by Advent International Corporation, a group of individuals currently composed of J. Christopher Egan, Richard F. Kane, David M. Mussafer and Steven M. Tadler exercises voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned by Advent International Corporation. Each of Mr. Egan, Mr. Kane, Mr. Mussafer and Mr. Tadler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the funds managed by Advent International Corporation, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. In addition, Harry Gambill, an Industry Advisor for Advent International, holds 39,447 shares of common stock. Through a written agreement with Mr. Gambill, Advent International Corporation has sole voting and at times, investment power over these shares. The address of Advent International Corporation and each of the funds listed above is c/o Advent International Corporation, 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109.
(2)

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P. own 21,182,997 and 5,824,963 shares of common stock of the Company, respectively. Spartan Shield Holdings owns 27,272,115 shares of common stock of the Company. GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, MBD 2011 Holdings, L.P., Bridge Street 2012 Holdings, L.P. and Opportunity Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P. (together with GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., the “Goldman Sachs Funds”) own partnership interests of Spartan Shield Holdings.   The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and Goldman, Sachs & Co. may be deemed to beneficially own indirectly, in the aggregate, all of the common stock owned by Spartan Shield Holdings because (i) affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. are the general partner, managing general partner, managing partner, managing member or member of the Goldman Sachs Funds and (ii) the Goldman Sachs Funds control Spartan Shield Holdings and have the power to vote or dispose of all of the common stock of the company owned by Spartan Shield Holdings. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is a direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the investment manager of certain of the Goldman Sachs Funds. Shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Goldman Sachs Funds that correspond to the Goldman Sachs Funds’ partnership interests of Spartan Shield Holdings consist of: (1) 17,619,271 shares of common stock deemed to be beneficially owned by GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., (2) 752,844 shares of common stock deemed to be beneficially owned by GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, (3) 650,000 shares of common stock deemed to be beneficially owned by MBD 2011 Holdings, L.P., (4) 750,000 shares of common stock deemed to be beneficially owned by Bridge Street 2012 Holdings, L.P., and (5) 7,500,000 shares of common stock

 

133


Table of Contents
  deemed to be beneficially owned by Opportunity Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. each disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned directly or indirectly by Spartan Shield Holdings and the Goldman Sachs Funds, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address of the Goldman Sachs Funds, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. is 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.
(3) Christopher Egan is a managing director at Advent International Corporation and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Advent funds. Mr. Egan disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of the common stock indirectly owned by the funds managed by Advent International Corporation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Mr. Egan is c/o Advent International Corporation, 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109.
(4) Leo F. Mullin is a senior advisor, on a part-time basis, to Goldman Sachs Capital Partners. The address of Mr. Mullin is c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.
(5) Sumit Rajpal is a managing director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. As such, Mr. Rajpal may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over, and therefore, may be deemed to beneficially own, shares of common stock of the Issuer owned by the Goldman Sachs Funds. The number of shares of common stock owned by Sumit Rajpal reflects all shares of common stock directly owned by Spartan Shield Holdings, with respect to which Sumit Rajpal may be deemed to share beneficial ownership. Mr. Rajpal disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Rajpal holds no shares directly. The address of Mr. Rajpal is c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, NY 10282.
(6) Steven M. Tadler is a member of a group of persons who exercise voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by the funds managed by Advent International Corporation and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by these funds. Mr. Tadler disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by the funds managed by Advent International Corporation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Tadler’s address is c/o Advent International Corporation, 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109.
(7) Mr. Mehta pledged 107,606.3637 shares of common stock as security for his indemnity obligation to the Sponsors under the Merger Agreement.
(8) Mr. Hamood pledged 19,347.2713 shares of common stock as security for his indemnity obligation to the Sponsors under the Merger Agreement.
(9) Mr. Blenke pledged 20,859.8864 shares of common stock as security for his indemnity obligation to the Sponsors under the Merger Agreement.
(10) Mr. Hellinga pledged 22,526.9764 shares of common stock as security for his indemnity obligation to the Sponsors under the Merger Agreement.
(11) Mr. Kapoor pledged 12,000.0000 shares of common stock as security for his indemnity obligation to the Sponsors under the Merger Agreement.

 

134


Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

Current Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

Consulting Agreement

Concurrently with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we entered into a consulting agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co., an affiliate of GSCP, and Advent (collectively, the “Service Providers”), pursuant to which the Service Providers will provide management, consulting and financial services to us and our divisions and subsidiaries. Pursuant to such agreement, we have agreed to pay the Service Providers (or their designated affiliates) an aggregate annual fee in an amount equal to $500,000, which amount will increase by 5% annually (the “Advisory Fee”), payable in equal quarterly installments in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter, and reimburse out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement. Such Advisory Fee will be split equally between the Service Providers.

Stockholders Agreements

Concurrently with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we entered into a major stockholders’ agreement with the Sponsors with respect to the Sponsors’ investment. This agreement, among other things, provides that:

 

   

our board of directors will consist of a total of nine directors to be appointed as follows: three directors appointed by GSCP or their affiliates, three directors appointed by Advent or their affiliates, the chief executive officer (or equivalent) of the Company, and two independent directors designated jointly by GSCP and Advent;

 

   

the Sponsors will have drag-along rights with respect to shares of the Company owned by certain other stockholders of the Company; and

 

   

the Company will be required to obtain the prior written consent of certain stockholders and the Sponsors before taking specified actions.

Also concurrently with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with certain of our management stockholders and, with respect to particular matters only, the Sponsors. This stockholders’ agreement, among other things, provides that:

 

   

the management stockholders are restricted in their ability to transfer their shares of our common stock or shares of common stock received by such management stockholders upon exercise of options or other awards received pursuant to our equity incentive plan;

 

   

the management stockholders are subject to certain drag-along rights and entitled to certain tag-along rights with respect to specified transfers of shares of common stock of the Company;

 

   

until the date on the earliest to occur of the lapse of any lock-up restrictions entered into in connection with an initial public offering of our equity securities or a change in control of the Company, each management stockholder has appointed the Company as its attorney-in-fact and proxy to vote, provide a written consent or take any other action with respect to all matters in the same proportion as the shares of Common stock held by the Sponsors or their affiliates are voted on with respect to all such matters; and

 

   

upon the termination of employment of a management stockholder for any reason, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all or a portion of such stockholder’s shares of common stock of the Company for a specified period of time and for a specified price or to assign such repurchase right to the Sponsors.

 

135


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

Concurrently with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we entered into a registration rights agreement (the “2012 Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Sponsors and management stockholders.

Demand Registration Rights

Under the terms of the 2012 Registration Rights Agreement, at any time after the date on which holders of registrable securities are no longer subject to any underwriters’ lock-up or other similar contractual restriction on the sale of registrable securities in connection with our first initial public offering and sale of equity securities of TransUnion Holding or TransUnion Corp. and there is no currently effective shelf registration statement on file with the SEC, the Sponsors, or any one of them, may (1) request that we register all or a portion of such stockholder’s shares of our common stock on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement, provided that such requesting stockholders (together with their respective affiliates) hold in the aggregate not less than ten percent of the registrable securities then outstanding (a “Long-Form Registration Statement”) or (2) request that we register all or a portion of such stockholder’s shares of our common stock on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement if we are qualified to use such short form (a “Short-Form Registration Statement” and any such requested Short-Form Registration Statement or Long-Form Registration Statement being referred to as a “Demand Registration”). Any Demand Registration requested must be for a firm underwritten offering of registrable securities with an expected value of at least $10 million. The Sponsors shall have the right to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations; provided that each of the Advent stockholders, on the one hand, and the GSCP stockholders, on the other hand, may request no more than two Demand Registrations in any 180-day period without the consent of each of the Sponsor stockholders that has not transferred more than 75% of its initial ownership interest in TransUnion Holding, and in no event shall we be required to effect more than four Demand Registrations in any 12-month period.

Once in every twelve months we may postpone for up to 30 days the filing or the effectiveness of, or suspend use of, a registration statement related to a previous Demand Registration if the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of such registration statement would require us to publicly disclose material non-public information that, in our board of director’s good faith judgment, after consultation with our outside counsel, (1) would be required to be made in order to make such registration statement not materially misleading, (2) would not be required to be made at or prior to the time of filing such registration statement but for the filing of such registration statement, and (3) we have a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

Shelf Registration Rights

After the date on which holders of registrable securities are no longer subject to any underwriters’ lock-up or other similar contractual restriction on the sale of registrable securities in connection with our first initial public offering and sale of equity securities of TransUnion Holding or TransUnion Corp., as promptly as practicable following the earlier of (1) a request by the Sponsors or any Sponsor holding, directly or indirectly, together with their respective affiliates in the aggregate, not less than ten percent of the registrable securities then outstanding or (2) the date on which we become a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), we have agreed to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC relating to the offer and sale of all registrable securities held by such stockholders. We have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to keep any such shelf registration statement continuously effective until the earlier of the date as of which all the shares covered thereby have been sold and the date as of which each of the stockholders is permitted to sell its registrable securities without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder. If the Sponsors or any Sponsor holding, directly or indirectly, together with their respective affiliates in the aggregate, not less than five percent of the registrable securities then outstanding so elect, an offering of registrable securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement shall be in the form of an underwritten offering.

 

136


Table of Contents

Once in every twelve months we may suspend use of such shelf registration statement for up to 30 days if the continued use of such registration statement would require us to publicly disclose material non-public information that, in our board of director’s good faith judgment, after consultation with our outside counsel, (1) would be required to be made in order to make such shelf registration statement not materially misleading, (2) would not be required to be made at or prior to the time of filing such registration statement but for the filing of such registration statement, and (3) we have a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In the event that we propose to register shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, we will notify all of the holders of our registrable securities of our intention to effect such a registration and will use our reasonable best efforts to include in such registration all shares requested to be included in the registration by each such stockholder.

Expenses of Registration, Restriction and Indemnification

We will pay all registration expenses, including the legal fees of all holders under the 2012 Registration Rights Agreement, other than underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes, in connection with registering any shares of our common stock pursuant to any demand, shelf or piggyback registration described above.

The demand, shelf and piggyback registration rights are subject to customary restrictions such as blackout periods and any limitations on the number of shares to be included in the underwritten offering imposed by the managing underwriter. The 2012 Registration Rights Agreement also contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions.

Indemnification Agreements

Concurrently with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. Each indemnification agreement provides that we will indemnify the director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Each indemnification agreement also provides, subject to limited exceptions, for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the applicable director in any action or proceeding, including any action by us arising out of such person’s services as our director.

Other Relationships

Goldman, Sachs & Co., one of the initial purchasers of the Outstanding Notes, is an affiliate of GSCP, one of the Sponsors, and therefore an affiliate of us. Goldman, Sachs & Co. also acted as financial advisor to the Sponsors in connection with the Merger. In connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, we paid approximately $1.4 million in various financing fees to Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Tax Separation Agreement with Marmon

Prior to the distribution by Marmon, TransUnion Corp.’s former parent company, of TransUnion Corp.’s common stock to its stockholders in January 2005 (the “Spin-off”), TransUnion Corp., Marmon and our and their respective subsidiaries were included in the consolidated federal income tax return as well as various consolidated or combined state, local and foreign tax returns filed by Marmon. As a result of the Spin-off, we and our subsidiaries left the Marmon consolidated group, and we became the parent of a new consolidated group.

On January 1, 2005, TransUnion Corp., Marmon and our and their respective direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into a tax separation agreement. In general, Marmon agreed to indemnify us and our subsidiaries against:

 

   

taxes of the members of Marmon group prior to the Spin-off;

 

   

taxes attributable to the Spin-off and related transactions; and

 

137


Table of Contents
   

liabilities of certain members of Marmon group prior to the Spin-off under the consolidated return rules or similar rules.

In general, TransUnion Corp. agreed to indemnify Marmon and its subsidiaries against:

 

   

our group’s share of Marmon’s taxes for periods prior to the Spin-off, calculated as if our group was a separate group for those periods;

 

   

our post-Spin-off taxes;

 

   

except with respect to certain specified pre-Spin-off matters, final audit adjustments attributable to our group’s members for pre-Spin-off periods; and

 

   

taxes attributable to a breach of certain provisions of the distribution agreement relating to the Spin-off.

The parties to the tax separation agreement agreed that Marmon will control any tax audit or similar proceeding related to tax periods ending on or before or including the Spin-off and will consult with us with respect to issues that impact us. Marmon’s settlement of such issues requires our reasonable consent.

Marmon is entitled to refunds and other tax benefits from periods prior to the Spin-off, provided that Marmon reimburses us for any refunds or tax benefits attributable to members of our group. The tax separation agreement provides that refunds for tax periods that straddle the Spin-off will be allocated equitably.

Payables

Other liabilities included $3.2 million as of March 31, 2012, due to certain Pritzker family business interests related to tax indemnification payments arising in connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. This amount is subject to future adjustments based on a final determination of tax expense. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” to TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Director Stock Purchase

On July 24, 2012, Leo F. Mullin, one of our directors, purchased 24,826 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $10.07 per share. Additionally, Mr. Mullin is a senior advisor, on a part-time basis, to GSCP.

Related-Party Transactions No Longer In Effect

Stock Purchase Agreement

On April 28, 2010, TransUnion Corp. entered into a stock purchase agreement pursuant to which, among other things, an affiliate of Madison Dearborn (the “Purchaser”) agreed to acquire 51.0% of TransUnion Corp.’s outstanding common stock from certain existing and employee and director stockholders of TransUnion Corp.

The 2010 Change in Control Transaction was completed on June 15, 2010. Pursuant to the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, certain outstanding shares of TransUnion Corp. converted into the right to receive cash and were cancelled pursuant to Delaware law. In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, the Purchaser acquired voting common stock of TransUnion Corp. such that Purchaser held 51.0% of the total issued and outstanding common stock of TransUnion Corp.

The stock purchase agreement contained customary representations and warranties about TransUnion Corp., Trans Union LLC and the selling stockholders, as well as customary covenants and conditions to closing for similar transactions. In addition, the stock purchase agreement included indemnification provisions for breaches of representations and warranties that were subject to certain thresholds and caps.

 

138


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

Concurrently with the closing of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, TransUnion Corp. entered into a registration rights agreement (the “2010 registration rights agreement”) with certain of its stockholders, including Madison Dearborn and Pritzker family business interests. Under the 2010 registration rights agreement, these stockholders and their respective transferees were entitled to certain “long-form” (Form S-1) demand, “short-form” (Form S-3) demand and “piggyback” registration rights, subject to lock-up agreements.

Legal Services

TransUnion Corp. paid $0.1 million in 2012 (through the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction), $1.3 million in 2011, $0.9 million in 2010 and $5.2 million in 2009 to the law firm of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg LLP for legal services. Marshall E. Eisenberg, a partner in the law firm, is a co-trustee of certain Pritzker family U.S. situs trusts that, prior to the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, beneficially owned in excess of 5% of TransUnion Corp.’s common stock.

TransUnion Corp. paid $3.5 million in 2012 (through the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction), $4.4 million in 2011, $3.9 million in 2010 and $0.5 million in 2009 to the law firm of Latham & Watkins LLP for legal services. Michael A. Pucker, a partner in the law firm, is an immediate family member of a co-trustee of certain Pritzker family U.S. situs trusts that, prior to the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, beneficially owned in excess of 5% of TransUnion Corp.’s common stock.

Other Fees

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, TransUnion Corp. paid $13.0 million to Madison Dearborn and $2.6 million to The Pritzker Organization, L.L.C.

Pritzker Realty Group, L.P. (“PRG”) maintains business offices at 71 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois. PRG is owned by Pritzker family business interests. Penny Pritzker, one of TransUnion Corp.’s former directors, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of PRG and maintains an office at 71 South Wacker Drive. Due to Ms. Pritzker’s time commitment and active involvement with us, we agreed to pay a portion of the occupancy and operation costs related to this office space. We made aggregate payments to PRG of $127,935 in 2010 and $93,832 in 2009 for our share of these office costs. We no longer pay office costs for Ms. Pritzker and did not make any payments for office costs during 2011.

Debt

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, TransUnion Corp. borrowed $16.7 million from an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests under the RFC loan. The loan was an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, discounted by $2.5 million for imputed interest, due December 15, 2018, with prepayments of principal due annually based on excess foreign cash flows. The loan was repaid in full in connection with the closing of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction.

Sale of Auction Rate Securities

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, TransUnion Corp. sold auction rate securities at fair value to an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests for $25.0 million, which was equal to the par value of such auction rate securities. This sale was made to assist in financing the 2010 Change in Control Transaction.

 

139


Table of Contents

Stock Repurchases

On November 3, 2009, TransUnion Corp.’s board of directors approved an offer to purchase up to $900.0 million of stock for cash from its stockholders of record as of November 17, 2009, including Pritzker family business interests. On December 17, 2009, TransUnion Corp. purchased $897.3 million of common stock from Pritzker family business interests at a purchase price of $26.24 per share.

See Note 14, “Earnings Per Share,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Issuances of Common Stock

On April 8, 2011, TransUnion Corp. issued an aggregate of 30,775 shares of common stock to QED Fund I, LP in a private placement transaction at a purchase price of $24.37 per share. One of TransUnion Corp.’s former directors is the managing member of QED Partners, LLC, the general partner of QED Fund I, LP, and is a 98% limited partner of QED Fund I, LP. Additionally, this former director is the managing member of QED Investors, LLC, the manager of QED Fund I, LP.

On May 3, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 22,500 shares of common stock to Matthew A. Carey, one of TransUnion Corp.’s former directors, in a private placement transaction at a purchase price of $24.37 per share.

Investment Purchase

On November 4, 2011, TransUnion Corp. purchased 318,471 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of L2C, Inc. from QED Fund I, LP at a purchase price of $3.14 per share.

Related Party Transaction Policy

We do not currently have a written policy on related party transactions. All of the transactions described under above were approved by our or TransUnion Corp.’s board of directors, as applicable.

 

140


Table of Contents

Description of Other Indebtedness

The following description of our other indebtedness does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the various agreements and indentures related thereto.

Trans Union LLC Senior Secured Credit Facility

In connection with the 2010 Change in Control Transaction, Trans Union LLC entered into its senior secured credit facility. Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the senior secured credit facility, as amended.

General

The senior secured credit facility provides for senior secured financing of up to $1,160.0 million, consisting of:

 

   

a $950.0 million senior secured term loan maturing on February 10, 2018, that was drawn in full in connection with the consummation of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction; and

 

   

a $210.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility maturing on June 15, 2015, with respect to $25.0 million of the revolving commitments, maturing on February 10, 2016, with respect to $30.0 million of the revolving commitments and maturing on February 10, 2017 with respect to $155.0 million of the revolving commitments, including both a letter of credit sub-facility and a swingline loan sub-facility.

In addition, Trans Union LLC may request additional tranches of term loans or increases to the senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount up to $300.0 million, plus an additional amount of indebtedness under the senior secured credit facility or separate facilities permitted by the senior secured credit facility so long as certain financial conditions are met, subject, in each case, to certain conditions and receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions or institutional lenders.

Trans Union LLC is the borrower under this facility. All borrowings under the senior secured credit facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including the absence of a default and the accuracy of representations and warranties.

Interest and Fees

Interest rates on borrowings under the senior secured credit facility are based, at our election, on LIBOR or an alternate base rate. The interest rate is subject to a floor between 1.5% and 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 2.50% to 2.75% for alternate base rate loans, plus an applicable margin of between 3.50% and 5.00% for LIBOR loans and 2.50% and 4.00% for base rate loans, based on the senior secured net leverage ratio. The alternate base rate is the greatest of (i) the rate that our administrative agent announces from time to time as its prime lending rate; (ii) one-half of 1.00% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate and (iii) the adjusted eurodollar rate for a one-month interest period plus 1.00%.

Any incremental term facility may have a different interest rate, provided that the interest rate of the incremental term facility, other than with respect to unsecured and junior lien incremental facilities, cannot exceed the interest rate on the existing senior secured term loan by greater than 0.50%.

Swingline loans bear interest at the interest rate applicable to alternate base rate revolving loans.

In addition, Trans Union LLC is required to pay each lender a commitment fee of 0.50% quarterly in arrears on the daily unused commitments, excluding drawings under the swingline facility, under the senior secured

 

141


Table of Contents

revolving credit facility. Trans Union LLC is required to pay letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin of LIBOR loans to be shared proportionately by the lenders as well as a fronting fee to be paid to the letter of credit issuer for its own account.

Prepayments

Subject to exceptions, the senior secured credit facility requires mandatory prepayments of senior secured term loans in amounts equal to:

 

   

beginning in 2013, between 0% and 50% of the prior year’s excess cash flows with such percentage determined based on the senior secured net leverage ratio for such prior year, each as defined in the senior secured credit facility;

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds from asset sales and insurance recovery and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds from certain incurrences of debt.

Voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions are permitted, in whole or in part, in minimum amounts, with a 1% prepayment premium until the first anniversary of the amendment and extension (payable upon a repricing transaction whereby the senior secured credit facility is either refinanced or amended to reduce the effective yield of such indebtedness) and without premium or penalty thereafter, other than customary breakage costs with respect to LIBOR rate loans.

Amortization of Principal

The Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility requires scheduled quarterly payments on the senior secured term loans equal to one-fourth of 1% of the original principal amount of the senior secured term loans, with the balance paid at maturity.

Collateral and Guarantors

The Trans Union LLC senior secured credit facility is guaranteed by TransUnion Corp. and certain of its current and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries, and is secured by a perfected security interest in certain of Trans Union LLC’s existing and future property and assets and by a pledge of the capital stock of Trans Union LLC and its domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of its foreign subsidiaries.

Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters

As a condition to borrowing and as of the end of any fiscal quarter for which Trans Union LLC has borrowings outstanding under the senior secured revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility requires that Trans Union LLC has a senior secured leverage ratio, which is calculated net of up to $150.0 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, equal to or less than 4.25 to 1.0 for periods between January 1, 2012, through June 30, 2012, and 4.0 to 1.0 for all periods thereafter, calculated on a pro forma basis. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes negative covenants, subject to significant exceptions, restricting or limiting Trans Union LLC’s ability and the ability of Trans Union LLC’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

   

incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

make loans and investments;

 

   

declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

 

142


Table of Contents
   

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including Trans Union LLC’s senior notes;

 

   

amend or otherwise alter the terms of certain of our indebtedness, including Trans Union LLC’s senior notes;

 

   

enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions;

 

   

sell assets (including sale-leaseback transactions);

 

   

conduct transactions with affiliates;

 

   

change the business that we conduct;

 

   

issue disqualified equity interests;

 

   

change its fiscal year; and

 

   

enter into any agreement containing a restriction that limits the ability to grant liens in favor of the lenders under the senior secured credit facility.

The senior secured credit facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, change of control, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, actual or asserted failure of any guaranty or material security document supporting the senior secured credit facility to be in full force and effect. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Trans Union LLC Senior Notes

On June 15, 2010, Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation (together, the “senior notes issuers”), wholly-owned subsidiaries of TransUnion Corp., issued the Trans Union LLC senior notes to finance part of the 2010 Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” of TransUnion Corp.’s audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Optional Redemption

The senior notes issuers may redeem any of the Trans Union LLC senior notes beginning on June 15, 2014, at the redemption prices set forth below (as a percentage of par) plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Year    Price  

2014

     105.688

2015

     102.844

2016 and thereafter

     100.000

The senior notes issuers may also redeem any of the Trans Union LLC senior notes at any time before June 15, 2014, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the existing notes to be redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, as defined in the indenture governing Trans Union LLC’s senior notes, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

In addition, at any time before June 15, 2013, the senior notes issuers may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Trans Union LLC senior notes with the net cash proceeds of an initial public offering at a redemption price equal to 111.375% of the principal amount of the existing notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

 

143


Table of Contents

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, holders of the Trans Union LLC senior notes will have the right to require the senior notes issuers to repurchase any or all of Trans Union LLC’s senior notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date.

Asset Sales

If the senior notes issuers or any of their restricted subsidiaries sell assets under certain circumstances, the senior notes issuers will be required to make an offer to purchase the Trans Union LLC senior notes at their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date.

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the Trans Union LLC senior notes restricts the senior notes issuers’ ability and the ability of their restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur certain additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

 

   

make certain dividends, distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

 

   

sell certain assets;

 

   

agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to the Issuers;

 

   

create certain liens;

 

   

merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets; and

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

The indenture also restricts the activities that TransUnion Financing Corporation can engage in.

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

 

144


Table of Contents

Description of the Notes

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, the terms “ Issuer ,” “ we ,” “ our ” or “ us ” refer to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and not to any of its subsidiaries.

The Issuer issued $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.625% / 10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes, Series A (the “ Outstanding Notes ”) under an indenture dated March 21, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture, and their terms are substantially identical to the Outstanding Notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Outstanding Notes will not apply to the Exchange Notes. We refer to the Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes collectively as the “ Notes .” The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and certain provisions of the Trust Indenture Act made part of the Indenture by reference thereto.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the Notes because they, and not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and the Notes at our address set forth under the heading “Summary.”

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes:

 

   

are general senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer;

 

   

are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

   

except in certain limited circumstances, are not guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

   

are effectively subordinated to any existing or future Indebtedness of the Issuer that is secured by Liens on assets of the Issuer to the extent of the value of such assets; and

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness (including the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes and Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) of, and other claims and obligations (including preferred stock) of, the Subsidiaries of the Issuer, except to the extent the Notes are guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Issuer in the future.

Note Guarantees

The Notes are not guaranteed by any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries.

To the extent that any Subsidiary of the Issuer guarantees the Notes in the future pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Future Guarantees,” then such Subsidiary Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will, jointly and severally with any other Subsidiary Guarantor, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest in respect of the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Subsidiary Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

 

145


Table of Contents

Any entity that makes a payment under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

If a Subsidiary Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability on its Subsidiary Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and Our Indebtedness—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Exchange Notes, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the Exchange Notes.”

A Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

  (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary) or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

  (b) the release or discharge of the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to the covenant described below under “Certain Covenants—Future Guarantees”;

 

  (c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (d) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any future Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, ranks pari passu in right of payment with all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Issuer is a newly formed holding company and does not have any operations or any material assets other than the ownership of the capital stock of TransUnion Corp. The operations of the Issuer are conducted entirely through its indirect Subsidiaries and, therefore, the Issuer depends on the cash flow of its Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the Notes. Accordingly, the Issuer’s ability to make any cash payments to the Holders of the Notes is limited by the Senior Credit Facilities and the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes, each of which limits the ability of TransUnion Corp. and its Subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to the Issuer. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required cash payments under the Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and Our Indebtedness—Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries.”

In addition, unless a Subsidiary of the Issuer is a Subsidiary Guarantor, claims of creditors of such Subsidiary, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiary generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiary over the claims of creditors of the Issuer, including the Holders of the Notes. The Notes, therefore, are structurally subordinated to claims of holders of Indebtedness, including the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities and the holders of the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes, and other creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of all Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

146


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2012, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction,

 

  (1) the Issuer on a stand-alone basis would have had $600.0 million of Indebtedness outstanding consisting entirely of the Notes; and

 

  (2) TransUnion Corp. and its Subsidiaries would have had $1,711.8 million of total Indebtedness outstanding, including borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, such limitations are subject to significant exceptions and qualifications. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the Notes will be the Trustee.

The Issuer will also maintain a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar will be the Trustee. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Issuer issued $600,000,000 of Notes. The Notes will mature on June 15, 2018. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“ Additional Notes ”).

In addition, if the Issuer is entitled to pay PIK Interest (as defined herein) or Partial PIK Interest (as defined herein) in respect of the Notes as described below, the Issuer may elect (subject to the restrictions described below) to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under the Indenture having the same terms as the Notes offered hereby (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). The Notes and any Additional Notes and PIK Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Notes” include any Additional Notes and any PIK Notes that are actually issued and any references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the Notes as a result of a PIK Payment.

 

147


Table of Contents

Each Note bears interest at a rate of 9.625%  per annum with respect to Cash Interest (as defined herein) and 10.375%  per annum with respect to any PIK Interest (including any Partial PIK Interest) from the Issue Date or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually to Holders of record at the close of business on March 1 and September 1 whether or not such date is a business day immediately preceding each March 15 and September 15 of each year (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing with the September 15, 2012 Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the date of issuance, and such interest will be payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Outstanding Notes accepted for exchange, on the first interest payment date following the closing of the Exchange Offer. Interest will continue to accrue on any Outstanding Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer. Interest will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months ( provided that interest in respect of the Interest Period due on September 15, 2012 and the final Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be paid in cash). Subject to the issuance of PIK Notes as described herein, the Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. PIK Payments on the PIK Notes will be made in PIK Note denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof.

Except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (such interest, “ Cash Interest ”) on the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes. For any Interest Period (as defined herein) after the initial Interest Period and other than the Interest Period ending at stated maturity, if the Applicable Amount (as defined herein) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined herein) for such Interest Period shall:

 

  (i) equal or exceed 75%, but less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or issuing PIK Notes and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

 

  (ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or issuing PIK Notes and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

 

  (iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or issuing PIK Notes and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; or

 

  (iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment on any date (other than a Determination Date), then interest on the Notes in respect of the Interest Period corresponding to the Determination Date immediately following the date of such Equity Restricted Payment shall be paid entirely in cash.

The payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes is herein referred to as (i) “ PIK Interest ” to the extent all interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid and (ii) “ Partial PIK Interest ” to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

 

148


Table of Contents

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Issuer to pay Cash Interest as required by the immediately preceding paragraph shall not permit the Issuer to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) in respect of any Interest Period and the sole right of the Issuer to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph. We cannot assure you that TransUnion Corp. will have the ability to dividend funds to us in order to allow us to make Cash Interest payments on the Notes. The ability of TransUnion Corp. and its Subsidiaries to make dividends or distributions to us is subject to important limitations. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Offer and Our Indebtedness—We are the sole obligor of the Exchange Notes and our direct and indirect subsidiaries do not guarantee our obligations under the Exchange Notes and do not have any obligation with respect to the Exchange Notes.”

As used herein,

 

  (a) Applicable Amount ” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (i)(a)(A) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions which, as of the applicable Determination Date, would be permitted to be paid in cash to the Issuer (in a manner that does not restrict the use of such cash for paying Cash Interest, including dividends and distributions the distribution of which are conditioned upon such being utilized for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, amounts permitted to be distributed to the Issuer solely for the purpose of paying taxes attributable to the Issuer’s consolidated Subsidiaries) as the result of restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions; provided such restrictions are otherwise permitted by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries” including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness, (collectively “Restricted Cash” ) by all direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer after giving effect to all corporate shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distribution that are otherwise permitted by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries” (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness) and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $20.0 million and (ii) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer that constitute Restricted Cash) less (b) $2.0 million; provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be less than $0.

To the extent that interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely in cash, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Issuer and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officer’s Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Issuer’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause (i)(a) identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restrictions and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Issuer is required pursuant to the fourth paragraph of this section “Principal, Maturity and Interest” and the definition of “Applicable Amount” to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distributions;

 

  (b) Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of such Interest Period; and

 

149


Table of Contents
  (c) Interest Period ” shall mean the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period commenced on and included the Issue Date and ends on and includes September 14, 2012 (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

In the event that the Issuer shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Issuer shall deliver a notice (a “ PIK Notice ”) to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the Interest Payment Date in respect of such Interest Period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. The Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice provided by the Issuer to the Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any Interest Period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this paragraph must be paid entirely in cash. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment during the period commencing on the Determination Date with respect to a particular Interest Period and prior to delivering a PIK Notice to the Trustee in respect of such Interest Period, interest on the Notes in respect of such Interest Period shall be paid entirely in cash. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date and for the last Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of the Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” and “Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases” or in connection with any repurchase of the Notes as described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders” shall be made solely in cash.

Any PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) on the Notes will be payable to holders and (x) with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Notes represented by certificated Notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. In the event that the Issuer is entitled to and elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of the applicable percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date and PIK Interest in respect of the remaining percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the global notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be distributed to holders, dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on June 15, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

If the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code)

 

150


Table of Contents

ending after the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date (each, an “ AHYDO redemption date ”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (each such redemption, a “Mandatory Principal Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. “ Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” means, as of each AHYDO redemption date, the portion of a Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to any AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make any Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO redemption date.

The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to June 15, 2014.

At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

On and after June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     104.8125

2015 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, until June 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of an Initial Public Offering to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Initial Public Offering.

The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice.”

Any notice of redemption may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. In addition, if such redemption or purchase is

 

151


Table of Contents

subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

The Issuer will provide prompt written notice to the Trustee at least one business day prior to the Redemption Date rescinding such redemption in the event that any such condition precedent shall not have occurred, and such redemption and notice of redemption shall be rescinded and of no force or effect. Upon receipt of such notice from the Issuer rescinding such redemption, the Trustee will promptly send a copy of such notice to the Holders of the Notes to be redeemed in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the Outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

 

  (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

  (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

  (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

  (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

  (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

  (7)

that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes (through book-entry transactions if global notes) and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the

 

152


Table of Contents
  Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes); and

 

  (8) the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

By 10:00 AM (New York City time) on the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

 

  (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

  (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

  (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Senior Credit Facilities and the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer or its Subsidiaries become a party may prohibit or limit, the ability of TransUnion Corp. to make dividends or other distributions to the Issuer to enable the Issuer to purchase any Notes as a result of a Change of Control. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when TransUnion Corp. is prohibited from dividending or distributing funds to the Issuer to enable the Issuer to purchase the Senior Notes, TransUnion Corp. could seek the consent of its lenders and the holders of the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes to permit the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If TransUnion Corp. does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer may be unable to obtain the funds to purchase the Notes. In such case, the Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. The Senior Credit Facilities will, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer or its Subsidiaries become a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or such other Indebtedness, we could seek a waiver of such defaults or seek to refinance the Senior Credit Facilities or such other Indebtedness. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities or such other Indebtedness, such default could result in amounts outstanding under such Indebtedness being declared due and payable and could cause a Receivable Facility to be wound down. Accordingly, the Issuer’s ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by their then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of the Issuer and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and the Issuer. As of the Issue Date, the Issuer has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Issuer could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Issuer could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations,

 

153


Table of Contents

that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the Issuer’s ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants— Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described above under the caption “Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. In addition, if such redemption or purchase is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

 

  (1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

  (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefore received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

  (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

154


Table of Contents
  (b) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

  (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) (other than securities received and not yet liquidated pursuant to clause (b) that are at that time outstanding), not to exceed 2.5% of Adjusted Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

  (1) to reduce:

 

  (a) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien permitted by the Indenture and, if the Obligations repaid are revolving credit Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

  (b) Obligations under unsecured Senior Indebtedness (and, if the Obligations repaid are revolving credit Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption,” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

  (c) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, including Capital Stock, in each of (a), (b) and (c) used or useful in a Similar Business;

 

  (3) to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets, including Capital Stock, that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

 

  (4) any combination of the foregoing;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a

 

155


Table of Contents

Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if no Second Commitment is entered into or any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Asset Sales shall not be subject to the first paragraph of this covenant (but any Net Proceeds therefrom shall otherwise be applied in accordance with this covenant):

 

  (1) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings; and

 

  (2) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture and similar binding agreements.

The Senior Credit Facilities and the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer or its Subsidiaries become a party may prohibit or limit, the ability of TransUnion Corp. to make dividends or other distributions to the Issuer to enable the Issuer to purchase Notes pursuant to this Asset Sales covenant. In the event the Issuer is not able to purchase the Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders and the holders of the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes to permit the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it may remain unable to purchase the Notes. In such case, the Issuer’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.

 

156


Table of Contents

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued by them at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC.

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note or otherwise reflect such reduction in accordance with the procedures of DTC. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture, then, beginning on that day subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of the Notes” section of this prospectus (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”) will be suspended:

 

  (1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders —Asset Sales”;

 

  (2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”;

 

  (5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

 

  (6) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries;” and

 

  (7) “—Future Guarantees.”

During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Issuer’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (as defined herein) and the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations in the future after any date on which the Notes no longer have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies as long as such contractual commitments or obligations were entered into during the Suspension Period and not in anticipation of the Notes no longer having an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any subsequent date one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, the foregoing covenants will be reinstituted as of and from the date of such rating decline (any such date, a

 

157


Table of Contents

Reversion Date ”). The period of time between the suspension of covenants as set forth above and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .” All Indebtedness incurred (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been incurred or issued in reliance on the exception provided by clause (3) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.” Calculations under the reinstated “Restricted Payments” covenant will be made as if the “Restricted Payments” covenant had been in effect prior to, but not during, the period that the “Restricted Payments” covenant was suspended as set forth above; provided , for the sake of clarity, that no default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while that covenant was suspended. For purposes of determining compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders— Asset Sales,” the Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales not applied in accordance with such covenant will be deemed to be reset to zero after the Reversion Date. The Issuer shall promptly upon its occurrence deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying the Trustee of the event giving rise to Suspended Covenants or a Reversion Date, the date thereof and identifying the Suspended Covenants. The Trustee shall not have any obligation to monitor the occurrence or dates of any Suspended Covenants or Reversion Date and may rely conclusively on such Officer’s Certificate. The Trustee shall not have any obligation to notify the holders of the occurrence or dates of any Suspended Covenant or Reversion Date.

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

  (I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation) other than:

 

  (a) dividends, payments or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

 

  (b) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

  (II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than a Restricted Subsidiary, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

  (III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

  (a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

 

  (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

  (IV) make any Restricted Investment

 

158


Table of Contents

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

  (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

  (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (A) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than TransUnion Corp. or any Restricted Subsidiary of TransUnion Corp.), the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of clause (i) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” and (B) with respect to a Restricted Payment by TransUnion Corp. or any Restricted Subsidiary of TransUnion Corp., TransUnion Corp. could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of clause (ii) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon the fair market value at the time of such Restricted Payment) made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (7) and (12) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

  (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

  (b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than in connection with the consummation of the Merger and other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

 

  (i)  (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

 

  (x) Equity Interests of the Issuer to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (3) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

 

  (y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

 

  (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

 

  (ii) debt securities or other Indebtedness of the Issuer that have (or has) been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

159


Table of Contents
  (c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer or, if such fair market value exceeds $30.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (W) in connection with the consummation of the Merger, (X) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (Y) to the extent contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary and (Z) Excluded Contributions); plus

 

  (d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

  (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from such Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date; or

 

  (ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

  (e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value exceeds $30.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

 

  (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

  (2) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

 

  (a) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

  (b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

  (c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date either (i) equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (ii) at least 90 days following the final maturity date of the Notes; and

 

160


Table of Contents
  (d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

 

  (3) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (3) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of a public Equity Offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding calendar year subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $20.0 million (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of a public Equity Offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent) in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  (a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

 

  (b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

  (c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (3);

and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

 

  (4) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

 

  (5)   (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

 

  (b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent issued after the Issue Date, provided that (x) the amount of dividends paid pursuant to clause (a) or (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock and (y) in the case of each of (a) and (b) of this clause (5), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

161


Table of Contents
  (6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon, or cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with, in each case, the exercise of stock options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests (or the declaration and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, or the making of loans, in each case, to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund such repurchases or cash payments) if, (a) in the case of repurchases of Equity Interests, such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or (b) in the case of cash payments, any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of circumventing the limitation of the covenant described under this subheading (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer);

 

  (7) the making (or declaration) and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

  (8) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

  (9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (9) not to exceed $40.0 million;

 

  (10) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

  (11) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the 2012 Change in Control Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates” (other than clause (2) thereof);

 

  (12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

 

  (13) the declaration and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent (or, solely in the case of clause (b) below, to an Affiliate of the Issuer that is the common parent of a consolidated, combined or unitary group including the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, for the purpose of income tax liabilities under the laws of any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof), in amounts required for any such direct or indirect parents (or such Affiliates) to pay, in each case without duplication,

 

  (a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

  (b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) and, to the extent of the amount actually received by the Issuer (or its Restricted Subsidiaries) from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any taxable period does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local income taxes for such taxable period were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above), as applicable, to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity (or such Affiliate);

 

162


Table of Contents
  (c) customary salary, bonus, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering or other financing transaction of such parent entity;

 

  (14) the distribution, dividend or otherwise of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

  (15) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of the Indenture, including the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”; provided that payments and distributions shall be permitted under this clause (15) only to the extent they are not otherwise permitted under this covenant; and

 

  (16) the payment of dividends, other distributions and other amounts by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable, pay amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal (including AHYDO Catch Up Payments) on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the covenant described under the caption “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that the proceeds contributed to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of this “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant; provided further that the aggregate amount of such dividends shall not exceed the amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer for the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (9) and (14), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (16) in paragraph (b) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Issuer will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in any manner that complies with this covenant.

All of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (8), (9) or (14) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

 

163


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Equity Restricted Payment if (i) the Issuer paid (or, if applicable, has elected to pay) all or any portion of the interest due on the Notes in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest on the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date (or occurring on the date) of the proposed Equity Restricted Payment or (ii) if, as of the date of the proposed Equity Restricted Payment, the Issuer has elected to pay all or any portion of the interest due on the Notes on any future Interest Payment Date in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest (or has delivered a PIK Notice in respect of any future Interest Payment Date).

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that (i) the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransUnion Corp. or any Restricted Subsidiary of TransUnion Corp.) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Issuer’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period and (ii) TransUnion Corp. may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of TransUnion Corp. may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for TransUnion Corp. and its Restricted Subsidiaries for TransUnion Corp.’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

  (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (which in the case of clause (ii) below shall be Secured Indebtedness) by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $1,440.0 million plus (x) the amount by which amounts outstanding under the term loan facility of the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date exceed $940.0 million and (y) the amount by which aggregate commitments under the revolving credit facility of the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date exceed $200.0 million or (ii) the maximum principal amount of Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred such that after giving effect to such incurrence, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.0 to 1.0, in each case, outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales;

 

164


Table of Contents
  (2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) or any PIK Notes issued from time to time in respect of any PIK Payment in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and any Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the foregoing;

 

  (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2), but including the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes and the guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries in respect thereof);

 

  (4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, including, without limitation, through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Adjusted Total Assets at the time of incurrence;

 

  (5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

  (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that with respect to dispositions the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

  (7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

  (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

  (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of the Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;

 

165


Table of Contents
  (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

 

  (11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal, statutory, export or import, customs, revenue and surety bonds and completion guarantees or similar instruments provided by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12)(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

 

  (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2) and (3) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

  (a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

 

  (b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

  (c) shall not include:

 

  (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

 

  (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

 

166


Table of Contents
  (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided , further , that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness and any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition merger, either:

 

  (a)(x) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries), the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of first sentence of this covenant and (y) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries, TransUnion Corp. would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of this covenant; or

 

  (b)(x) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a consolidated basis is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger and (y) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of TransUnion Corp. and TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

  (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

  (16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

  (17)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

 

  (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “— Future Guarantees”;

 

  (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 10.0% of the proportion of the Adjusted Total Assets represented by the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

 

  (19) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

167


Table of Contents
  (20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (3) of the second paragraph under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (21) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge”; and

 

  (22) cash management obligations and Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided that with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

 

  (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant; and

 

  (2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness (including any PIK Payment), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant or, for purposes of the covenant set forth below, under the caption “—Liens,” provided that, in each case, any such additional Indebtedness shall be included in the definition of “Consolidated Total Indebtedness.”

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of

 

168


Table of Contents

payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or allow to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

  (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such assets or property that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

 

  (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees and (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

  (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than one of the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

 

  (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures;

 

  (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists that shall not have been cured or waived;

 

  (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

 

  (a) the Issuer or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or

 

  (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company or the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

169


Table of Contents
  (5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes; and

 

  (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

The Issuer (or such other predecessor company, as the case may be) will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

  (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer (in which case clauses (3), (4), (5) and (6) above will not apply), and

 

  (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby (in which case clauses (3), (4), (5) and (6) above will not apply).

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Subsidiary Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to, any Person unless:

 

  (1)(a) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation or other entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

  (b) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures;

 

  (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists that shall not have been cured or waived; and

 

  (d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

  (2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

The predecessor Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee, and the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

170


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

  (2) the Issuer deliver to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of (x) $10.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and (y) $35.0 million, an opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

 

  (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

  (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate in any calendar year;

 

  (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or such relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer, taken as a whole, or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

  (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

  (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

 

  (8) the 2012 Change in Control Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction, in each case as disclosed in this prospectus;

 

171


Table of Contents
  (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

  (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;

 

  (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or any other transaction effected in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

  (12) payments by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

  (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

  (14) any transaction permitted by the covenant “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”;

 

  (15) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

 

  (16) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) any contributions to the common equity capital of the Issuer;

 

  (18) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (19) transactions between the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer as the case may be on any matter involving such other Person.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1)   (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

 

  (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

  (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes and, in each case, the related documentation;

 

172


Table of Contents
  (b) the Indenture and the Notes;

 

  (c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

 

  (d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

 

  (f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

  (g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; provided the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Secured Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities or the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock are no less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities or the Trans Union LLC Senior Notes, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

  (k) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (l) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by the covenant described above under the caption “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and any Permitted Investment;

 

  (m) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

 

  (n) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

 

173


Table of Contents

Future Guarantees

The Notes will not be guaranteed by any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries on the Issue Date. The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer unless:

 

  (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and agree to not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

  (3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

 

  (a) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

  (b) such Subsidiary Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity and that the Subsidiary Guarantee is authorized or permitted by the Indenture.

provided , that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Reports and Other Information

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Indenture will require the Issuer to file the following information with the SEC from and after the Issue Date and as long as any Notes are outstanding:

 

  (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of an annual report on Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer), annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form;

 

  (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer), quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or any successor or comparable form; and

 

  (3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, current reports on Form 8-K or any successor or comparable form;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form or any successor or comparable form. The Indenture will require the Issuer to make such information available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits) within 15 days after it files such information with the SEC, without cost to any Holder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC (a) prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described under the caption “Exchange Offer” or (b) if the SEC does not permit such filing; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), the Issuer will make available such reports and information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes:

 

  (1) within 30 days, for annual reports;

 

  (2) within 15 days, for quarterly reports; and

 

174


Table of Contents
  (3) within 6 Business Days, for current reports;

in each case, after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were a non-accelerated filer. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to any prospective investor that certifies it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in the Securities Act), upon request and if not previously provided, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

The requirements of the first two paragraphs of this covenant shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by filing with the SEC the Exchange Offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. In addition, prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement, the Issuer shall not be required to provide the information that would otherwise be required by Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Items 307, 308 or 308T of Regulation S-K in connection with any information provided under this covenant.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Issue Date, the Issuer will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this covenant for purposes of clause (3) of the first paragraph under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” until 120 days after the date any report is required to be filed with the SEC (or provided to the Trustee or Holders of the Notes) pursuant to this covenant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system) and such reports are publicly available.

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

 

  (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

  (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes (it being understood that any failure to pay that portion of any interest payment required to be paid in Cash Interest in Cash Interest is a default in the payment of interest for purposes of this clause (2) (irrespective of whether all or part of any such portion is paid in the form PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest);

 

  (3) failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

 

  (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

 

  (a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

175


Table of Contents
  (b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

  (5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

  (6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; or

 

  (7) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Subsidiary Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and has not been cured or waived under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total Outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.

Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all Outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

  (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

 

  (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

  (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

176


Table of Contents

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

  (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total Outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

  (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

  (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

  (5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions under the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total Outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture will provide that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees (if any) or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) under the Indenture will terminate and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have the Issuer’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

 

  (1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

 

  (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

177


Table of Contents
  (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

  (4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

  (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

  (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

  (a) the Issuer have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

  (b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

 

  (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over, defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding, any creditors of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and

 

178


Table of Contents
  (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

  (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  (2) (a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, or in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

       (b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

 

       (c) the Issuer have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under the Indenture; and

 

       (d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or Exchange Offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or Exchange Offer for the Notes), other than Notes beneficially owned by an Issuer or its Affiliates.

The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

  (1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

179


Table of Contents
  (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

 

  (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

  (4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

 

  (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

  (6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

 

  (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

 

  (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

  (9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

 

  (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Subsidiary Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Subsidiary Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder;

 

  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

  (3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

 

  (4) to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

 

  (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

 

  (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors;

 

  (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain any qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

  (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

 

  (9) to add a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, or to modify the Indenture in connection with the addition of a Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

  (10) to conform the text of the Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of the Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantee or Notes;

 

  (11)

to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended

 

180


Table of Contents
  would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; or

 

  (12) in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to the Indenture to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue, if so required at such time, or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “ consolidated ” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Acceptable Commitment ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

181


Table of Contents
  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Adjusted Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

AHYDO Catch Up Payment ” means payment in respect of Indebtedness necessary in order to avoid such Indebtedness being characterized as “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of the Code.

“AHYDO redemption date” has the meaning set forth under “Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases.”

Applicable Amount ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

  (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at June 15, 2014 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption “Optional Redemption”), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through June 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

Asset Sale ” means:

 

  (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

 

  (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”);

in each case, other than:

 

  (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

 

182


Table of Contents
  (c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and, to the extent constituting an Asset Sale, the granting of a Lien that is permitted to be granted, and is granted, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Liens”;

 

  (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;

 

  (e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

  (g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (h) foreclosures on assets;

 

  (i) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

  (j) any financing transaction with respect to (i) the property located at 555 West Adams Street in Chicago, Illinois (currently identified by the Assessor’s office of Cook County, Illinois with Permanent Index Number 17-16-112-006) or (ii) property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, in each case including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;

 

  (k) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (l) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

  (m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer, is not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

  (n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

 

  (o) any liquidation or dissolution of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary’s direct parent is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and immediately becomes the owner of such Restricted Subsidiary’s assets; and

 

  (p) dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with acquisitions or Investments permitted under the Indenture; provided that the aggregate amount of such sales shall not exceed 25% of the fair market value of the acquired entity or business.

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Board of Directors ” means:

 

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

  (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

  (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

  (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

183


Table of Contents

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (1) United States dollars;

 

  (2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

       (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

  (5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause above;

 

  (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

  (8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

184


Table of Contents
  (9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

  (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

  (11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Interest ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

 

  (2) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer;

 

  (3) following an Initial Public Offering, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors;

 

  (4) the adoption by the equityholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; or

 

  (5) the Issuer ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each of TransUnion Corporation and Trans Union LLC (except to the extent TransUnion Corporation or Trans Union LLC, as applicable, is merged with or into the Issuer or each other in accordance with the terms of the Indenture).

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

 

185


Table of Contents

Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

Consent Solicitation ” has the meaning set forth in “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction” in this prospectus.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

  (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding (i) any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP and (ii) any non-cash imputed interest expense associated with non-interest bearing Indebtedness issued at par to the extent not included in EBITDA), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expenses associated with bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

  (3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

  (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including, in each case, related to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

  (2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

  (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

  (4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

186


Table of Contents
  (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

  (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or, in the case of TransUnion Corp. or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, is permitted under “Certain Covenants – Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

  (7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the 2012 Change in Control Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

  (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

  (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

  (10)(a) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants or periodic remeasurements of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock rights or other equity incentive programs and (b) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent, in the case of clause (b), that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will be excluded,

 

  (11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and

 

  (12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the 2012 Change in Control Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made

 

187


Table of Contents

by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

Consolidated Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to an Issuer; provided that cash or Cash Equivalents maintained by any Foreign Subsidiary that is subject to minority shareholder approval before being distributed to an Issuer (a “ Shareholder Restriction ”) shall not be deemed “Restricted Cash” as a result of such Shareholder Restriction.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur minus (y) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Consolidated Restricted Cash), in each case, that is held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, provided that this clause (y) shall be limited to, $50,000,000 to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments, (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (3) all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

  (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

  (2) to advance or supply funds

 

  (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

  (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

  (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

188


Table of Contents

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination following an Initial Public Offering, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as applicable, who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the closing of such Initial Public Offering; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors (x) with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election or (y) by the vote of Permitted Holders representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Continuing Shareholders ” means, prior to the consummation of the Merger, (i) all lineal descendants of Nicholas J. Pritzker, deceased, and all spouses and adopted children of such descendants; (ii) all trusts for the benefit of any person described in clause (i) and trustees of such trusts; (iii) all legal representatives of any person or trust described in clauses (i) or (ii); and (iv) various entities owned and/or controlled directly and/or indirectly, by the individuals and trusts described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) (but excluding, however, any portfolio companies controlled by the Continuing Shareholders). After the consummation of the Merger, the definition of “Continuing Shareholders” shall be deemed to be deleted from the Indenture for all purposes thereunder.

Covenant Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.”

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable direct or indirect parent thereof as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

Determination Date ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or

 

189


Table of Contents

upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer, or its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

DTC ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

  (1) increased (without duplication) by:

 

  (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including an amount equal to the tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with clause (13)(a) and (b) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person); plus

 

  (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes, including expenses associated with establishing processes for complying with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Reports and Other Information,” and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve and costs related to the reduction, retirement or consolidation of people, processes, technologies and facilities deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, provided that the aggregate amount of all cash items added pursuant to this clause (e) for all periods (other than cash restructuring charges related to Permitted Investments) shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate; plus

 

  (f) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

190


Table of Contents
  (g) any (a) salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions or reduction, retirement or consolidation of people, processes, technologies and facilities, in each case by such Person implemented during or reasonably expected to be implemented within the 12 months following such period and (b) costs and expenses incurred after June 15, 2010 related to employment of terminated employees incurred by such Person during such period, in each case, to the extent that such costs and expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (h) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (i) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under “Certain Covenants—Transaction with Affiliates”; plus

 

  (j) signing bonuses, stock option and other equity-based compensation expenses, management fees and expenses, including, without limitation, any one-time expense relating to enhanced accounting function or other transaction costs, including those associated with becoming a standalone entity or a public company; plus

 

  (k) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

 

  (l) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; plus

 

  (m) a Person’s proportion of Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting to the extent that the same was not included or otherwise deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income.

 

  (2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and

 

  (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

  (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification 815, Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus , as applicable,

 

  (b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

  (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

  (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

191


Table of Contents
  (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Equity Restricted Payment ” means each of (1) the payment of any cash dividend and/or the making of any cash distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s Capital Stock, (2) the purchase for cash and/or the acquisition for cash any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect payment of the Issuer for the purpose of (x) paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to or (y) acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from in the case of either (x) or (y), any holder of the Issuer’s, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer’s, Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any Investor) but excluding acquisitions of Capital of the type described in clause (3) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “Limitation on Restricted Payments” and (3) the guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any such cash dividend, making any such cash distribution or so acquiring for cash any such Capital Stock to or from any holder of the Issuer’s, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer’s, Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any Investor) to the extent, in the case of any of clauses (1), (2) or (3), by means of utilization of (A) the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by the first paragraph of the covenant entitled “Limitation on Restricted Payments” or (B) any exception provided by any of clause (4), (5) or (9) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “Limitation on Restricted Payments” or clause (9), (12) or (17) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Escrow Release Date ” means the date on which the Escrowed Property is released to or at the order of the Issuer after the Escrow Conditions are fulfilled and the Escrow Agent receives the Escrow Officer’s Certificate.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from

 

  (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

  (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Trans Union LLC Senior Notes ” means the $645,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 3/8% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation outstanding on the Issue Date.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed

 

192


Table of Contents

Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, except that such pro forma calculations may also include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from any Asset Sale or other disposition or acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given that (A) have been realized or (B) for which steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be realizable within twelve months of the date of such transaction and are factually supportable and quantifiable and are set forth on an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided that the aggregate amount of operating expense reductions that can be included in each pro forma calculation with respect to a transaction shall not exceed 10% of the Issuer’s EBITDA (determined after giving pro forma effect to each Asset Sale or other disposition, acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation) for such period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

  (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period (other than distributions paid in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)); and

 

193


Table of Contents
  (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period (other than distributions paid in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)).

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date; except with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “Certain Covenants—Reports and Other Information,” which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

  (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

  (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates.

Holder “ means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Incur ” and “ Incurrence ” have the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

  (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (a) in respect of borrowed money;

 

  (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

194


Table of Contents
  (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

  (d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: (1) the accreted value of any Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (2) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, together with any interest on such Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Indenture ” has the meaning set forth under “General.”

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Public Offering ” means any underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies other than:

 

  (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent common stock registered on Form S-8; and

 

  (2) any such initial public offering that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.

Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Interest Period ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

195


Table of Contents

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

  (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

  (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

  (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

 

  (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

  (a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

  (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

Investors ” means GS Capital Partners VI Fund L.P. and Advent International Corporation and their respective Affiliates (but excluding, however, any of their respective portfolio companies).

Issue Date ” means March 21, 2012.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General”; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under the Indenture, “the Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the Board of Directors of the Issuer when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $40.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).

Legal Defeasance ” has the meaning set forth under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.”

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which the Trustee or commercial banking institutions in the State of New York are not required to be open.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention

 

196


Table of Contents

agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” has the meaning set forth under “Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases.”

Merger ” means the merger of Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc. with and into TransUnion Corp., with TransUnion Corp. continuing as the surviving corporation, pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 17, 2012, by and among Spartan Parent Holdings Inc., Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc. and TransUnion Corp.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction; provided that up to $75.0 million of the aggregate Net Proceeds from dispositions of property or assets by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute “Net Proceeds” for purposes of this definition.

Notes” has the meaning set forth under “General.”

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

 

197


Table of Contents

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Partial PIK Interest ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” covenant.

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parents) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Escrow Release Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

  (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

  (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

  (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or any extension, modification, replacement or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of such Investment may only be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date;

 

  (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

  (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

  (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

198


Table of Contents
  (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

 

  (11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

  (12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Adjusted Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (12); provided , further , that any cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Investment shall be deemed permitted under clause (2) above and shall not be included as having been made by this clause (12);

 

  (13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

 

  (14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

 

  (15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent, for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent thereof;

 

  (16) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (17) additional Investments in joint ventures of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that are existing on the Issue Date in an amount not to exceed $150.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (17); provided , further , that any cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Investment shall be deemed permitted under clause (2) above and shall not be included as having been made by this clause (17).

For purposes of this definition, in the event that a proposed Investment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or is

 

199


Table of Contents

otherwise entitled to be incurred or made pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of the covenant contained under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” above, the Issuer will be entitled to classify such Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in one or more of such categories set forth above or such paragraphs (a) and (b) of the covenant contained under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

  (6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b) or (18) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (x) clause (4) extend only to the property or equipment being purchased, leased or improved and (y) clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

  (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

  (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

200


Table of Contents
  (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

  (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

  (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

 

  (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

  (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

  (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

  (20) other Liens securing obligations (including Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

  (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

  (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

  (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

201


Table of Contents
  (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

  (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (27) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture;

 

  (28) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the covenant contained under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (29) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

 

  (30) Liens granted to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (31) Liens provided to landlords and lessors in respect of rental payments not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

 

  (32) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (33) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (19)(i) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (34) Liens on cash deposits of Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

 

  (35) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

 

  (36) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (21) of the second paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

 

  (37) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder (other than related Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) and general intangibles related thereto.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

202


Table of Contents

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

PIK Interest ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

PIK Notes ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

PIK Notice ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

PIK Payment ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) or services used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Cash ” has the meaning set forth under “Principal, Maturity and Interest.”

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

 

203


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Reversion Date ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Commitment ” has the meaning set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Credit Facility under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2011, by and among Trans Union LLC, the guarantors party thereto and the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” above).

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

 

  (1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

  (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

 

204


Table of Contents
  (3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to any Subordinated Indebtedness; and

 

  (4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3); provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

  (a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries;

 

  (b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

  (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

  (e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

Shareholder Restriction ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Restricted Cash.”

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

  (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

  (2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

 

  (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

  (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

  (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

205


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

Successor Company ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.”

Suspended Covenants ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants.”

Suspension Date ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants.”

Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth under “Certain Covenants.”

2012 Change in Control Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in “Summary—The 2012 Change in Control Transaction” in this prospectus.

TransUnion Corp.” means TransUnion Corp., a Delaware corporation.

TransUnion Financing Corporation ” means TransUnion Financing Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Trans Union LLC ” means Trans Union LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2014; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa- 77bbbb).

Trustee ” has the meaning set forth under “General.”

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

  (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

 

206


Table of Contents
  (2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

 

  (3) each of:

 

  (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

  (b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

  (1) if the designated Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (but is not a Subsidiary of Trans Union LLC or any of Trans Union LLC’s Restricted Subsidiaries), (i) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in clause (i) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation; or

 

  (2) if the designated Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Trans Union LLC or any of Trans Union LLC’s Restricted Subsidiaries, TransUnion Corp. could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (ii) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

  (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

207


Table of Contents

Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance

The Global Notes

The Exchange Notes will be issued in the form of registered notes in global form, without interest coupons (the “Global Notes”), as follows:

Upon issuance, each of the Global Notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in each Global Note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC Participants”) or persons who hold interests through DTC Participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

   

upon deposit of each Global Note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers; and

 

   

ownership of beneficial interests in each Global Note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC Participants) and the records of DTC Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note).

Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme (“Clearstream”). We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the Initial Purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

   

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

   

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law;

 

   

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

   

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

   

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the Initial Purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC Participants or indirect participants in DTC.

 

208


Table of Contents

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

 

   

will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;

 

   

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

 

   

will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the Indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the Indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way under the rules and operating procedures of those systems.

Cross-market transfers between DTC Participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC Participants that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a global note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, under the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a global note from a DTC participant will be credited on the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a global note to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following the DTC settlement date.

DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

 

209


Table of Contents

Certificated Notes

Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

 

   

DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

   

DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

 

   

we, at our option and subject to DTC’s procedures, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or

 

   

certain other events provided in the Indenture should occur.

 

210


Table of Contents

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion describes material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of the Outstanding Notes for the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the ownership and disposition of the Notes. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences and does not address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws or any other U.S. federal tax laws, including estate or gift tax laws. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), all as in effect on the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change, possibly retroactively, resulting in tax consequences different from those discussed below. No rulings have or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and we cannot assure you that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of the Outstanding Notes for the Exchange Notes, or the ownership or disposition of the Notes, or that any such position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to holders who hold the Notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Code Section 1221 (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as banks, financial institutions, U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities), U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations and persons holding the Notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated transaction.

As used herein, “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of the Notes who is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (1) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) that has validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of the Notes who is not a U.S. holder or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the Notes, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and their partners should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences to them of the ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Holders of the Notes should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to their particular situations as well as the application of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws and any tax treaties.

 

211


Table of Contents

Exchange Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

The exchange of the Outstanding Notes for the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be treated as an “exchange” for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Outstanding Notes. Accordingly, the exchange of the Outstanding Notes for the Exchange Notes will not be a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the Exchange Notes will have the same tax attributes and tax consequences as the Outstanding Notes exchanged therefor, including without limitation, the same adjusted tax basis and holding period.

Effect of Certain Contingencies

In certain circumstances (see “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest,” “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption” and “Description of the Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”), we may be entitled or obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the Notes. In addition, as described more fully below, under “U.S. holders—Interest and OID,” in certain circumstances we are entitled to pay PIK interest in lieu of cash interest payments on the Notes. We intend to take the position that the Notes should not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments (“CPDIs”) because of the possibility of such payments. This position is based in part on assumptions regarding the likelihood, as of the date of issuance of the Notes, that we will not be entitled or obligated to make such additional payments or exercise our right to pay PIK interest. Assuming such position is respected, a holder generally would not be required to include any income in respect of the foregoing contingencies unless and until any of such contingencies occurred. Our position is binding on a holder unless the holder explicitly discloses on its U.S. federal income tax return that it is taking a contrary position. Our position is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a holder might be required to accrue income on its Notes in excess of stated interest, and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a Note before the resolution of the contingencies. The following portions of this discussion assume that the Notes will not be treated as CPDIs. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application to the Notes of the CPDI rules and the consequences thereof.

U.S. Holders

Interest and OID

Under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, a “remote” contingency that stated interest will not be timely paid in cash will be ignored in determining whether a debt instrument is issued with original issue discount (“OID”). As described under “Description of the Notes—Principal, Maturity and Interest,” in certain circumstances we are entitled to pay PIK interest in lieu of cash interest payments on the Notes. As of the date of issuance of the Notes, we believed, and we continue to believe as of the date of this prospectus, that the likelihood that we will be entitled to exercise our option to pay PIK interest under the terms of the Notes is remote within the meaning of the U.S. Treasury Regulations. Accordingly, upon issuance, we believe the Notes would not be treated as issued with OID merely because of our option to pay PIK interest in certain circumstances. In such case, and subject to the discussion below regarding contrary treatment by the IRS, the Notes are not subject to the OID rules, at least upon initial issuance, so that you will generally be taxed on the stated interest on the Notes as ordinary income at the time it is paid or accrued in accordance with your regular method of tax accounting. If, however, we exercise our right to pay PIK interest on the Notes in the future, the Notes would become OID instruments at that time. Alternatively, the Notes may become OID instruments at the time we become entitled to exercise our right to pay PIK interest. In either case, you will be subject to special OID rules described below, unless the amount of OID is de minimis. For this purpose, OID is de minimis if it is less than .0025 of the Note’s “stated redemption price at maturity” multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity. A Note’s “stated redemption price at maturity” is the sum of all payments provided by the Note other than qualified stated interest. Once the Notes become OID instruments they will be taxed as OID instruments (or subject to such rules) for as long as they remain outstanding (subject to the deemed retirement and reissuance rules discussed below).

 

212


Table of Contents

The U.S. Treasury Regulations dealing with OID have not yet been addressed in any rulings or other interpretations by the IRS where the issuer has rights comparable to our option to pay PIK interest in certain circumstances. It is possible that the IRS could assert that the Notes were issued initially with OID merely because of our right to pay PIK interest in certain circumstances. If the IRS were successful in this regard, you would be subject to the special OID rules described below, regardless of whether we become entitled to exercise our option to pay PIK interest.

If the Notes become OID instruments, they will be treated as retired and reissued, solely for the purpose of determining the OID on the Notes. At such time, depending on the facts and circumstances, all or a portion of the stated interest payments on the Notes would not be “qualified stated interest.” Thus, regardless of your method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you generally would have to include any OID as ordinary income as it accrues using the “constant yield method.” The amount of OID that you would have to include in income each taxable year would be the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the Note for each day during such taxable year or portion of such taxable year on which you held that Note (“accrued OID”). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for a Note may be of any length and may vary in length over the remaining term of the Note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period other than the final accrual period is an amount equal to the excess, if any, of:

 

   

the Note’s “adjusted issue price” at the beginning of the accrual period multiplied by its yield to maturity, determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period, over

 

   

the aggregate of all “qualified stated interest” (i.e., stated interest that is not treated as OID) allocable to the accrual period.

OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity, other than a payment of qualified stated interest, and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. Special rules may apply for calculating OID for an initial short accrual period.

The “yield to maturity” of a Note that has become an OID instrument is the discount rate that causes the present value of all remaining payments on the Note as of the deemed reissue date to equal the “adjusted issue price” of such Note at that time. The “adjusted issue price” of a Note at the beginning of any accrual period generally is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period, less any payments previously made on the Notes other than qualified stated interest. The “issue price” of a Note will be the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes is sold to investors for cash (excluding sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriter, placement agent or wholesaler).

If and when the Notes become OID instruments, the amount of OID accrued over the remaining term of the Notes may change as a result of changes in facts and circumstances affecting the likelihood that we will be entitled to or will exercise our option to pay PIK interest in any subsequent Interest Period.

The rules regarding OID are complex. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding their application.

Market Discount

If a U.S. holder acquires a Note at a cost that is less than its adjusted issue price on the acquisition date, the amount of the difference is treated as “market discount” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless the difference is less than .0025 multiplied by the Note’s stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years to maturity of the Note from the date of acquisition (in which case, the difference is “de minimis market discount”). In general, for purposes of the foregoing, market discount will be treated as

 

213


Table of Contents

accruing ratably over the remaining term of the Note or, at the holder’s election, on a constant yield to maturity basis. If a constant yield election is made, it will apply only to the Note for which it is made and may not be revoked.

A U.S. holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues. Once made, this election will apply to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S. holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in a Note will be increased by the amount of market discount included in the holder’s income under the election. If a holder does not elect to include accrued market discount in income over the remaining term of the Note, the holder may be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the Note until maturity or until a taxable disposition of the Note.

If a U.S. holder acquires a Note at a market discount, the holder will be required to treat any gain on the disposition of the Note as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market discount not previously included in income with respect to the Note. If a U.S. holder disposes of a Note with market discount in certain otherwise nontaxable transactions, the U.S. holder must include accrued market discount in income as ordinary income as if the holder had sold the Note at its then fair market value.

Acquisition Premium

If the Notes become OID instruments, and if a U.S. holder acquires a Note at a cost less than or equal to its stated redemption price at maturity but greater than the Note’s adjusted issue price on the acquisition date, the holder will be treated as acquiring the Note at an “acquisition premium.” Unless an election is made, the holder generally will reduce the amount of OID otherwise includible in gross income by an amount equal to the amount of OID otherwise includible in gross income multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the holder’s initial basis in the Note over the Note’s adjusted issue price on the acquisition date and the denominator of which is the excess of the sum of all amounts payable on the Note after the acquisition date (other than qualified stated interest) over the Note’s adjusted issue price on the acquisition date. Alternatively, the U.S. holder may elect to compute OID accruals by treating the acquisition of the Note as a purchase at original issuance and applying the constant yield method described above.

Amortizable Bond Premium

A U.S. holder generally will be considered to have acquired a Note with amortizable bond premium if the holder acquires the Note for an amount greater than its stated redemption price at maturity. The amount of amortizable premium generally will equal the excess the amount paid for the Note over the Note’s stated redemption price at maturity, or if it results in a smaller amount of amortizable premium in the period prior to a call date described under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption,” the amount payable on the earlier call date. A U.S. holder who purchases a Note with amortizable bond premium generally will not be required to include any OID in income and may elect to amortize the bond premium as an offset to stated interest income under a constant yield method from the acquisition date to the Note’s maturity date, or if it results in a smaller amount of amortizable premium, to the earlier call date. Once made, this election applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. A U.S. holder who elects to amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis in the Note by the amount of bond premium used to offset stated interest income.

Election of Constant Yield Method for All Interest

A U.S. holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a Note (including any stated interest, OID, de minimis OID, unstated interest, market discount and de minimis market discount, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium) by using the constant yield method described above. The

 

214


Table of Contents

election must be made for the taxable year in which the U.S. holder acquires the Note, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a Note was acquired with market discount, this election will result in a deemed election to accrue market discount in income currently with respect to the Note and all other market discount obligations acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the taxable year to which the election first applies. Similarly, if a Note was acquired with amortizable bond premium, this election will result in a deemed election to amortize bond premium with respect to the Note and all other debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the taxable year to which the election first applies. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors about this election.

The rules regarding market discount, acquisition premium and amortizable bond premium are complex. Accordingly, prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the rules described above.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

Subject to the discussion below regarding the Mandatory Principal Redemption, a U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange (other than pursuant to a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (less a portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid stated interest, which will be taxable as interest to the extent not previously so taxed) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note will, in general, be its cost for that Note, increased by any previously accrued OID (reflecting any reductions for acquisition premium) and market discount (if any) included in income and reduced by the amortizable bond premium, if any, that has offset stated interest and the amount of any payments that are not payments of stated interest. Other than as described above under “—Market Discount,” this gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the Note for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate holders are subject to tax at a reduced rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Although not free from doubt, a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note should be allocated between the original Note and any new Notes received in respect of PIK interest thereon in proportion to their relative principal amounts. A U.S. holder’s holding period in any new Notes received in respect of PIK interest would likely be identical to such holder’s holding period for the original Note with respect to which the new Notes were received.

Payments received by a U.S. holder upon any Mandatory Principal Redemption of a portion of a Note will be treated as tax-free payments of a portion of the then accrued OID with respect to such Note in its entirety (including the portion of the Note not redeemed).

3.8% Medicare Tax on “Net Investment Income”

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts may be required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on “net investment income,” which includes, among other things, interest on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of Notes for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of the 3.8% Medicare tax on their ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information with respect to interest (including accrued OID, if any) paid on the Notes, and the proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition (including a redemption or retirement) of the Notes, other than to certain exempt holders, will be required to be furnished to U.S. holders and to the IRS by a broker or other securities intermediary through which you hold your Notes.

 

215


Table of Contents

A U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on payments received on the Notes or on the proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition of such Notes. Certain holders generally are not subject to backup withholding. A U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding if such holder is not otherwise exempt and:

 

   

such holder fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number, which for an individual is ordinarily his or her social security number, to an intermediary;

 

   

such holder furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number to an intermediary;

 

   

such holder is notified by the IRS that such holder is subject to backup withholding because it has failed to report properly payments of interest or dividends; or

 

   

such holder fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished its correct taxpayer identification number to an intermediary and that the IRS has not notified the U.S. holder that it is subject to backup withholding.

U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if backup withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal income tax and they timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

Interest

Subject to the discussion of “—U.S. Trade or Business” below, interest (which, for purposes of this discussion of non-U.S. holders, includes OID, if any) or amounts received upon a taxable disposition of the Notes that represent accrued interest paid to a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, which is imposed at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate), provided that:

 

   

such holder does not actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all of the classes of the stock of the Parent;

 

   

such holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to the Parent through stock ownership; and

 

   

either (1) the non-U.S. holder certifies in a statement provided to us or our paying agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person and provides its name and address (which certification may be made on IRS Form W-8BEN, or applicable successor form), (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the Notes on behalf of the non-U.S. holder certifies to us or our paying agent under penalties of perjury that it, or the financial institution between it and the non-U.S. holder, has received from the non-U.S. holder a statement, under penalties of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person and provides us or our paying agent with a copy of such statement or (3) the non-U.S. holder holds its Notes through a “qualified intermediary” and certain conditions are satisfied.

Even if the above conditions are not met, a non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding tax on interest under a tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. To claim such a reduction or exemption, a non-U.S. holder generally must complete IRS Form W-8BEN and claim this reduction or exemption on the form. In some cases, a non-U.S. holder instead may be permitted to provide documentary evidence of its claim to the intermediary, or a qualified intermediary already may have some or all of the necessary evidence in its files.

 

216


Table of Contents

The certification requirements described above may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number in order to claim the benefit of an income tax treaty or for other reasons. Special certification requirements apply to intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the certification requirements discussed above.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

Subject to the discussions of “—U.S. Trade or Business” and Mandatory Principal Redemption below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a Note. However, a non-U.S. holder may be subject to tax on such gain if such holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case such holder may have to pay a U.S. federal income tax of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate) on such gain (net of certain U.S. source losses).

Payments received by a non-U.S. holder upon any Mandatory Principal Redemption of a portion of a Note will be treated as payments of a portion of the then accrued OID with respect to such Note in its entirety (including the portion of the Note not redeemed) and therefore possibly subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions described above under “—Non-U.S. Holders—Interest”).

U.S. Trade or Business

If interest or gain from a disposition of the Notes is effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the non-U.S. holder maintains a “permanent establishment” in the United States to which the interest or gain is attributable), the non-U.S. holder, though exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax (assuming the appropriate certification is provided), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the interest or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. holder (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise). A foreign corporation that is a holder of a Note also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty. For this purpose, interest on a Note or gain recognized on the disposition of a Note will be included in earnings and profits if the interest or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign corporation of a trade or business in the United States.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Backup withholding will not apply to payments made by us or our paying agent to a non-U.S. holder of a Note if the holder meets the identification and certification requirements described in the third bullet above under “—Non-U.S. Holders—Interest.” However, information reporting on IRS Form 1042-S may still apply with respect to interest payments. In addition, information regarding interest payments on the Notes may be made available to the tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

Payments of the proceeds from a disposition (including a redemption or retirement) by a non-U.S. holder of a Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, except that information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply to those payments if the broker is:

 

   

a U.S. person or a foreign branch office of a U.S. person;

 

   

a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period; or

 

217


Table of Contents
   

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year, (1) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who hold in the aggregate more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership or (2) it is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. holder of a Note made to or through the U.S. office of a broker generally is subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding application of withholding and backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of, and the procedure for qualifying for an exemption from, withholding, information reporting and backup withholding under current U.S. Treasury Regulations. In this regard, the current U.S. Treasury Regulations provide that a certification may not be relied on if the payor knows or has reason to know that the certification may be false. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if backup withholding results in an overpayment of U.S. federal income tax and they timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation incorporating provisions referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) was enacted on March 18, 2010. Under FATCA, subject to certain exceptions, a 30% withholding tax would apply to any payments of interest (including OID) on any debt obligation and the gross proceeds of a disposition of any such debt obligation made to a foreign financial institution, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which may include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S owners). Absent any applicable exception, this legislation also generally would impose a 30% withholding tax on any such payments made to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity, or certifies that there are no such substantial U.S. owners. Under FATCA as initially enacted, any withholding tax under FATCA would generally not apply to any debt obligation outstanding on March 18, 2012. The Notes are not eligible for this particular grandfathering rule because the Notes were not outstanding on March 18, 2012. However, recently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations would extend the grandfathering date and provide that FATCA generally will not apply to any debt obligation that is outstanding on January 1, 2013. The proposed regulations are not effective until finalized and, unless and until so finalized, holders cannot rely on the proposed extension of the grandfathering date. No assurances can be given that the proposed regulations will be finalized in their current form or at all. If FATCA applies to the Notes, under current IRS administrative guidance (and the current form of the proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations), the 30% withholding tax would be effective for payments of interest (including OID) made after December 31, 2013, and for payments made of gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions that occur after December 31, 2014. Under certain circumstances, a beneficial owner of the Notes might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes, and may be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in the Notes.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE EXCHANGE OF THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR THE NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, OR ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

218


Table of Contents

Certain ERISA Considerations

The Notes may be purchased and held by or with the assets of an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), an individual retirement account or other plan subject to Section 4975 of the Code or an employee benefit plan sponsored by a state or local government or otherwise subject to laws that include restrictions substantially similar to ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code (“similar laws”). A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA must determine that the purchase and holding of a note is consistent with its fiduciary duties under ERISA. Such fiduciary, as well as any other prospective investor subject to Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law, must also determine, and will be deemed to have represented by its acquisition and holding of a note that such acquisition and holding does not constitute or give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law. Such purchaser or transferee should consult legal counsel before purchasing the Notes. Nothing herein shall be construed as a representation that an investment in the Notes is appropriate for, or would meet any or all of the relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by, an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar law.

 

219


Table of Contents

Plan of Distribution

Each participating broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a participating broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received by it in exchange for Outstanding Notes where such Outstanding Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any participating broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the Exchange Notes by participating broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by participating broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such participating broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any participating broker-dealer that resells the Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a participating broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any participating broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal.

Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has not been any public market for the Outstanding Notes. The Outstanding Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and will be subject to restrictions on transferability to the extent that they are not exchanged for Exchange Notes by holders who are entitled to participate in this Exchange Offer. The holders of Outstanding Notes, other than any holder that is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who are not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer are entitled to certain registration rights, and we may be required to file a shelf registration statement with respect to their Outstanding Notes. The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public or other market will develop for the Exchange Notes or as to the liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange Notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the Exchange Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the Exchange Notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the Exchange Notes develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time.

 

220


Table of Contents

Validity of the Securities

Latham & Watkins, LLP, Chicago, Illinois, will pass on the validity of the securities offered hereby.

Experts

The financial statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. at March 31, 2012 and for the period from inception (February 15, 2012) through March 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of TransUnion Corp. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 with respect to the securities being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules. You should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus. Statements we make in this prospectus about certain contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete. When we make such statements, we refer you to the copies of the contracts or documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration statement because those statements are qualified in all respects by reference to those exhibits. As described below, the registration statement, including exhibits and schedules is on file at the offices of the SEC and may be inspected without charge.

Prior to this offering, we were not subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of this offering, we have become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You can inspect and copy these reports and other information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain copies of these materials from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our SEC filings will also be available to you on the SEC’s web site. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

We will also provide you without charge, upon written or oral request, a copy of any and all of these documents. We must receive your request no later than five days before the expiration date of the Exchange Offer so you can obtain timely delivery. Requests for copies should be directed to:

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

(312) 985-2860

Attention: Investor Relations

 

221


Table of Contents

The indenture provides that, whether or not we are subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will furnish to the trustee and holders of the Notes and file with the SEC the annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 or 15(d) and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections. Provision of this information is subject to certain qualifications. See “Description of the Notes—Reports and Other Information.”

 

222


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page

Audited Financial Statements of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Audited Balance Sheets at March 31, 2012

   F-3

Audited Statement of Income for the period of inception through March 31, 2012

   F-4

Audited Statement of Comprehensive Income for the period of inception through March 31, 2012

   F-5

Audited Statement of Cash Flows for the period of inception through March 31, 2012

   F-6

Audited Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the period of inception through March 31, 2012

   F-7

Notes to Audited Financial Statements

   F-8

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of TransUnion Corp.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-13

Audited Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

   F-14

Audited Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   F-15

Audited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   F-16

Audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   F-17

Audited Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   F-19

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-20

Schedule II—Valuation and qualifying accounts

   F-61

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

   F-62

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

   F-63

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

   F-64

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

   F-65

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

   F-66

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-67

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet as of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. as of March 31, 2012 and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity, from the period of inception (February 15, 2012) through March 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the companies’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. at March 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Chicago, Illinois

July 31, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Balance Sheet

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     March 31,
2012
 

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Other current assets

   $ 602.6   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     602.6   

Other assets

     13.5   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 616.1   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

Current liabilities:

  

Trade accounts payable

   $ 22.9   

Other current liabilities

     1.7   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     24.6   

Long-term debt

     600.0   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     624.6   

Stockholders’ equity:

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2012

     —     

Accumulated deficit

     (8.5

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (8.5
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 616.1   
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Statement of Income

(in millions)

 

     From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
 

Revenue

   $ —     

Operating expenses

  

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     —     

Selling, general and administrative

     —     

Depreciation and amortization

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     —     

Operating income

     —     

Non-operating income and expense

  

Interest expense

     (1.5

Other income and (expense), net

     (7.0
  

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     (8.5

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (8.5

Benefit for income taxes

     —     
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

   $ (8.5
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

(in millions)

 

     From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
 

Net loss

   $ (8.5

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —     
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (8.5

Less: comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —     
  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

   $ (8.5
  

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Statement of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     From the
Date of
Inception
Through
March 31,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (8.5

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Deferred financing fees

     0.1   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

  

Other current and long-term assets

     (16.2

Trade accounts payable

     22.9   

Other current and long-term liabilities

     1.7   
  

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

     —     

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Proceeds from senior unsecured PIK toggle private placement notes

     600.0   

Note proceeds deposited with escrow agent

     (600.0
  

 

 

 

Cash provided by financing activities

     —     
  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     —     

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

(in millions)

 

     Common Stock               
     Shares      Amount      Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

Balance, February 15, 2012 (inception)

     —         $ —         $ —        $ —     

Net loss

     —           —           (8.5     (8.5

Issuance of stock

     —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2012

     —         $ —         $ (8.5   $ (8.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to audited financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Notes to Audited Financial Statements

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and reflect the activity of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “Company”) from February 15, 2012, the date of inception, through March 31, 2012. Our financial statements reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the periods presented.

Events and transactions occurring through July 31, 2012, the date of issuance of the financial statements, have been evaluated by management, and when appropriate, recognized or disclosed in the financial statements or notes to the financial statements.

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income—Presentation of Comprehensive Income . The objective of ASU 2011-05 is to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. This ASU requires companies to present items of net income, other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income in one continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. This update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this standard on February 15, 2012, and presents comprehensive income in a separate statement following the statement of income.

Principles of consolidation

The Company was formed by affiliates of Advent International Corporation (“Advent”) and GS Capital Partners (“GSCP”) on February 15, 2012 as a vehicle to acquire 100% of the outstanding common stock of TransUnion Corp. As of March 31, 2012, the Company owned no interests in any entity, and the financial statements presented herein include only the activity of the Company. See Note 2, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.”, for information regarding the acquisition of TransUnion Corp. subsequent to March 31, 2012.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported. We believe that the estimates used in preparation of the accompanying financial statements are reasonable, based upon information available to management at this time. These estimates and judgments affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, as well as the amounts of expense during the reporting period. Estimates are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ materially from the estimated amounts.

Assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses

During the period from the date of inception through March 31, 2012, there was minimal activity in the Company. The Company raised $600 million of private placement debt in anticipation of the acquisition of TransUnion Corp., the proceeds of which were placed in escrow until the acquisition was complete. There was no revenue earned during the period. The Company incurred interest expense related to this debt, including amortization of deferred financing fees. The Company also incurred and expensed certain acquisition-related costs during the period.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

2. Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.

On February 17, 2012, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with TransUnion Corp., pursuant to which TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. would acquire 100% of the outstanding common stock of TransUnion Corp. On April 30, 2012, subsequent to the period reported in these financial statements, the acquisition was completed. Beginning May 1, 2012, the financial statements for TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. will include the accounts of TransUnion Corp. and all of its majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The aggregate purchase price paid for the outstanding common stock of TransUnion Corp. was $1,592.7 million, plus the assumption of certain existing debt. In connection with the Merger Agreement, all existing stockholders of the Company received cash consideration for their shares, and all existing option holders received cash consideration based on the value of their options, except for certain members of management who continue to hold equity interests in the form of TransUnion Holding common stock. To partially fund the merger, Advent and GSCP contributed a total of $1.1 billion of equity to the Company. The Company also raised $600 million of debt in the form of senior unsecured PIK toggle private placement notes at a fixed interest rate of 9.625%, due June 15, 2018, as more fully disclosed in Note 7, “Debt.” We refer to the acquisition and related transactions, including the new debt, collectively as the “Transactions.”

Purchase Price Allocation

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary pending the preparation and review of the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assume, which we expect to be completed by December 31, 2012. The preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of April 30, 2012, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair Value  

Property and equipment

   $ 112.8   

Identifiable intangible assets

     1,994.2   

Goodwill (1)

     1,718.1   

All other assets

     420.7   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 4,245.8   

Existing debt (including fair value adjustment)

     (1,710.8

All other liabilities

     (915.5

Noncontrolling interests

     (26.8
  

 

 

 

Net assets of acquired company

   $ 1,592.7   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) For tax purposes, none of the goodwill is tax deductible.

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of TransUnion Corp. exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired primarily due to growth opportunities and operational and technological efficiencies.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The preliminary fair value estimate of identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on management’s best estimate of fair value. The preliminary fair values of the intangible assets acquired consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair
Value
     Estimated
Useful
Life
 

Database and credit files

   $ 780.0         15 years   

Technology/software

     342.6         7 years   

Trade names/trademarks

     545.0         40 years   

Customer relationships

     308.9         20 years   

Other

     17.7         3 years   
  

 

 

    

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 1,994.2      
  

 

 

    

The weighted-average useful life of identifiable intangible assets is approximately 21.1 years.

Acquisition Costs

The Company incurred acquisition costs of $7.0 million, including investment banker fees, legal fees, due diligence and other external costs. These costs were incurred from the date of inception through March 31, 2012, and were included in other income and expense. The Company incurred additional acquisition costs of $8.0 million in April 2012.

3. Other Current Assets

Other current assets at March 31, 2012, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
 

Escrow deposit

   $ 600.0   

Deferred financing fees

     2.6   
  

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 602.6   
  

 

 

 

In connection with the acquisition of TransUnion Corp., the Company raised $600 million of debt in the form of senior unsecured PIK toggle private placement notes. The proceeds were placed in a segregated escrow account pending completion of the acquisition. Deferred financing fees at March 31, 2012 were financing fees incurred through March 31, 2012, for the debt obligations discussed further in Note 7 “Debt.” The deferred financing fees are being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the debt using the effective interest method. The long-term portion of deferred financing fees is included in other assets as discussed in Note 4 “Other Assets” below.

4. Other Assets

Other assets at March 31, 2012, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
 

Deferred financing fees

   $ 13.5   
  

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 13.5   
  

 

 

 

Deferred financing fees were financing fees incurred through March 31, 2012, for the debt obligations as discussed further in Note 7 “Debt.” The short-term portion of deferred financing fees is included in other current assets as discussed in Note 3 “Other Current Assets” above.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

5. Trade Accounts Payable

Trade accounts payable of $22.9 million as of March 31, 2012, represents amounts due to various service providers for acquisition and debt-related professional services cost incurred through March 31, 2012.

6. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities at March 31, 2012, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
 

Accrued interest

   $ 1.4   

Due to TransUnion Corp.

     0.3   
  

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 1.7   
  

 

 

 

Accrued interest on the senior unsecured PIK toggle private placements notes was $1.4 million as of March 31, 2012. The $0.3 million due to TransUnion Corp. represents acquisition and finance-related fees paid by TransUnion Corp. on behalf of the Company through March 31, 2012.

7. Debt

Debt outstanding at March 31, 2012, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
 

Senior unsecured PIK toggle private placement notes, principal due June 15, 2018, semi-annual interest payments, 9.625% fixed interest per annum

   $ 600.0   

Less short-term debt and current maturities

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 600.0   
  

 

 

 

Senior unsecured PIK toggle notes

In connection with the acquisition of TransUnion Corp. the Company issued $600.0 million of senior unsecured PIK toggle private placement notes (the “Notes”) to certain private investors on March 21, 2012. The Notes mature on June 15, 2018, and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 9.625% per annum with respect to cash interest, and 10.375% per annum with respect to any PIK interest, payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1.

The Company is required to pay interest on the Notes in cash unless certain conditions described in the indenture governing the Notes are satisfied, in which case the Company will be entitled to pay interest for such period by increasing the principal amount of the Notes or by issuing new notes (such increase being referred to as “PIK,” or paid-in-kind interest) to the extent described in the indenture.

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement that requires us to exchange the Notes by March 2013 for an equal amount of freely transferable notes with substantially identical terms registered with the SEC.

The indenture governing the Notes contains nonfinancial covenants that include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity, prepay junior debt, make certain investments, incur additional debt, issue certain stock, incur liens on property, merge, consolidate or sell certain assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, and allow to exist certain restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company. We are in compliance with all covenants under the indenture.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Total interest expense for the Notes through March 31, 2012, was $1.5 million, which included $0.1 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense.

8. Income Taxes

There was no tax benefit for income taxes on the net loss from continuing operations for the period of inception through March 31, 2012. Because the Company on a stand-alone basis has no source of income to generate taxable income, the deferred tax assets resulting from operations during the period were fully offset by a valuation allowance.

The effective tax rate for the period of inception through March 31, 2012 was 0%. The effective tax rate was lower than the 35% U.S. federal statutory rate due to the impact of a full valuation allowance.

Components of net deferred income tax assets at March 31, 2012, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
 

Deferred income tax assets:

  

Net operating loss carry forward

   $ 2.4   

Acquisition costs

     0.2   

Valuation allowance

     (2.6
  

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets, net

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

The temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Our net operating loss carry forward will expire in twenty years.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the period of inception through March 31, 2012, was $0.3 million and consisted of additions for tax positions of the current year. The amount of unrecognized tax benefit as of March 31, 2012, that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $0.3 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2012, is not expected to significantly increase or decrease.

We classify interest on unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense and tax penalties as other income or expense on the statement of income. We classify any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as other liabilities on the balance sheet. There was no accrued interest payable for taxes or tax penalties for the period of inception through March 31, 2012.

9. Contingencies

Through March 31, 2012, the Company incurred $7.6 million of advisory fees that were only payable upon completing the acquisition of TransUnion Corp. These fees became payable on April 30, 2012, the date of the acquisition.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

TransUnion Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TransUnion Corp. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of TransUnion Corp. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Chicago, Illinois

February 17, 2012

except for Note 1 regarding the inclusion of the statement of comprehensive income, as to which the date is July 31, 2012

 

F-13


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107.8      $ 131.2   

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1.2 and $1.7

     139.4        132.6   

Other current assets

     55.4        50.0   

Current assets of discontinued operations

     0.1        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     302.7        314.4   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $490.7 and $429.0

     202.4        186.1   

Other marketable securities

     10.3        19.3   

Goodwill

     275.2        223.7   

Other intangibles, net

     137.4        117.9   

Other assets

     77.8        92.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,005.8      $ 954.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Trade accounts payable

   $ 75.1      $ 65.8   

Current portion of long-term debt

     21.8        15.1   

Other current liabilities

     100.2        103.4   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     0.4        2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     197.5        186.3   

Long-term debt

     1,579.4        1,590.9   

Other liabilities

     53.3        39.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,830.2        1,816.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 20.0 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 180.0 shares authorized, 29.8 and 29.8 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively; 29.8 and 29.8 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

     0.3        0.3   

Additional paid-in capital

     893.9        893.5   

Treasury stock at cost; less than 0.1 shares at December 31, 2011 and 0 at December 31, 2010

     (0.2     —     

Retained earnings

     (1,739.0     (1,780.6

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (3.6     9.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Corp. stockholders’ equity

     (848.6     (877.5

Noncontrolling interests

     24.2        15.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (824.4     (862.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,005.8      $ 954.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      

Revenue

   $ 1,024.0      $ 956.5      $ 924.8   

Operating expenses

      

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     421.5        395.8        404.2   

Selling, general and administrative

     264.5        263.0        234.6   

Depreciation and amortization

     85.3        81.6        81.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     771.3        740.4        720.4   

Operating income

     252.7        216.1        204.4   

Non-operating income and expense

      

Interest expense

     (126.4     (90.1     (4.0

Interest income

     0.7        1.0        4.0   

Other income and expense, net

     (59.9     (44.0     1.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     (185.6     (133.1     1.3   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     67.1        83.0        205.7   

Provision for income taxes

     (17.8     (46.3     (73.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     49.3        36.7        132.3   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.5     8.2        1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     48.8        44.9        133.5   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (8.0     (8.3     (8.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 40.8      $ 36.6      $ 125.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Income from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

   $ 1.39      $ 0.55      $ 1.13   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.02     0.16        0.01   

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

     1.37        0.72        1.15   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Income from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

   $ 1.38      $ 0.55      $ 1.13   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.02     0.16        0.01   

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

     1.36        0.71        1.14   

Weighted average number of common shares:

      

Basic

     29.8        51.1        109.5   

Diluted

     29.9        51.3        109.8   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in millions)

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2009  

Net income

   $ 48.8      $ 44.9      $ 133.5   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (14.5     9.4        12.8   

Net unrealized gain on securities

     —          —          0.2   

Net unrealized gain (loss) on hedges

     —          (1.1     1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (14.5     8.3        14.1   

Comprehensive income

     34.3        53.2        147.6   

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (6.4     (9.1     (9.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 27.9      $ 44.1      $ 138.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 48.8      $ 44.9      $ 133.5   

Less: income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.5     8.2        1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     49.3        36.7        132.3   

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     85.3        81.6        81.6   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     59.3        11.0        —     

Stock-based incentive compensation

     4.6        28.7        13.4   

Deferred financing fees

     4.2        17.1        0.5   

Provision for losses on trade accounts receivable

     1.9        1.5        2.0   

Change in control transaction fees

     —          27.7        —     

Deferred taxes

     (3.5     12.7        8.8   

Gain on sale or exchange of property

     (0.3     (3.8     (0.2

Other

     (0.6     (4.0     (2.1

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade accounts receivable

     (11.6     (12.6     13.4   

Other current and long-term assets

     (3.3     (2.1     14.1   

Trade accounts payable

     14.9        9.0        (4.0

Other current and long-term liabilities

     4.3        1.1        (8.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

     204.5        204.6        251.8   

Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations

     (1.3     (4.2     (7.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

     203.2        200.4        244.3   

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     (74.0     (46.8     (56.3

Investments in trading securities

     (1.2     (1.3     (0.2

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

     9.9        1.3        0.7   

Investments in available-for-sale securities

     —          —          (8.4

Proceeds from sale and redemption of investments in available-for-sale securities

     0.2        114.4        29.7   

Investments in held-to-maturity securities

     (6.3     —          (274.2

Proceeds from held-to-maturity securities

     6.3        4.9        275.0   

Proceeds from sale of assets of discontinued operations

     —          10.6        —     

Acquisitions and purchases of noncontrolling interests, net of cash acquired

     (105.2     (14.0     (101.3

Acquisition related deposits

     (8.6     —          —     

Other

     (2.7     1.3        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (181.6     70.4        (134.7

 

F-17


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(Continued)

(in millions)

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31,  
         2011             2010             2009      

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from senior secured credit facility

     950.0        950.0        —     

Extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     (945.2     —          —     

Prepayment fee on early extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     (9.5     —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     —          645.0        —     

Proceeds from RFC loan

     —          16.7        —     

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

     —          15.0        —     

Repayments of debt

     (11.7     (609.5     (17.8

Proceeds from secured line of credit

     —          —          106.4   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     —          —          500.0   

Treasury stock purchases

     (0.2     (5.4     (907.2

Distribution of merger consideration

     (4.3     (1,178.6     —     

Debt financing fees

     (11.3     (85.5     (11.1

Change in control transaction fees

     —          (27.7     —     

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     (8.5     (8.6     (7.6

Other

     (0.5     (1.9     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

     (41.2     (290.5     (337.3

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (3.8     1.8        4.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (23.4     (17.9     (223.7

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period, including cash of discontinued operations of $11.6 in 2010 and $16.8 in 2009

     131.2        149.1        372.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period, including cash of discontinued operations of $11.6 in 2009

   $ 107.8      $ 131.2      $ 149.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing activities:

      

Nonmonetary exchange of property and equipment

   $ —        $ 4.4      $ —     

Note payable for acquisition of noncontrolling interests

     1.8        —          —     

Property and equipment acquired through capital lease obligations

     0.3        —          —     

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 122.8      $ 80.9      $ 2.8   

Income taxes, net of refunds

     10.1        33.5        52.0   

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

and Comprehensive Income

(in millions)

 

    Common Stock                                      
    Shares     Amount     Paid-In
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other Comp
Income
    Non-
Controlling
Interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2008

    111.7      $ 1.3      $ 849.2      $ (418.3   $ 575.2      $ (11.3   $ 7.1      $ 1,003.2   

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

            125.4          8.1        133.5   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

              13.1        1.0        14.1   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                  147.6   

Shares issued under stock-based incentive compensation plans

    0.8          13.4                13.4   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (7.6     (7.6

Treasury stock purchased

    (34.8         (907.2           (907.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    77.7      $ 1.3      $ 862.6      $ (1,325.5   $ 700.6      $ 1.8      $ 8.6      $ 249.4   

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

            36.6          8.3        44.9   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

              7.5        0.8        8.3   
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                  53.2   

Shares issued under stock-based incentive compensation plans

    0.6          28.7                28.7   

Tax benefits from stock-based incentive compensation plans

        0.1                0.1   

Acquisition of Chile subsidiary

                6.5        6.5   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

        (0.4           (0.1     (0.5

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (8.6     (8.6

Stockholder contribution

        2.5                2.5   

Treasury stock purchased

    (0.3         (5.4           (5.4

Retirement of treasury stock

          1,330.9        (1,330.9         —     

Effects of merger transaction

    (48.2     (1.0         (1,186.9         (1,187.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    29.8      $ 0.3      $ 893.5      $ —        $ (1,780.6   $ 9.3      $ 15.5      $ (862.0

Comprehensive income:

               

Net income

            40.8          8.0        48.8   

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

              (12.9     (1.6     (14.5
               

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                  34.3   

Stock-based incentive compensation expense

        4.6                4.6   

Issuance of stock

        1.3                1.3   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

        (5.6           (0.3     (5.9

Exercise of stock options

        0.1                0.1   

Acquisition of Brazil subsidiary

                10.8        10.8   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (8.5     (8.5

Stockholder contribution

                0.3        0.3   

Treasury stock purchased

          (0.2           (0.2

Effects of merger transaction

            0.8            0.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    29.8      $ 0.3      $ 893.9      $ (0.2   $ (1,739.0   $ (3.6   $ 24.2      $ (824.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1. Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

Description of Business

TransUnion develops, maintains and enhances a number of secured proprietary information databases to support our operations. These databases contain payment history, accounts receivable information, and other information such as bankruptcies, liens and judgments for consumers and businesses. We maintain reference databases of current consumer names, addresses and telephone numbers which are used for identity verification and fraud management solutions. We obtain this information from a variety of sources, including credit-granting institutions and public records. We build and maintain these databases using our proprietary information management systems, and make the data available to our customers through a variety of services. These services are offered to customers in a number of industries including financial services, insurance, collections and healthcare. We have operations in the United States, Africa, Canada and other international locations.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Our consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the periods presented.

Subsequent Events

Events and transactions occurring through the date of issuance of the financial statements have been evaluated by management, and when appropriate, recognized or disclosed in the financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of TransUnion Corp. and all majority-owned or controlled subsidiaries. Investments in unconsolidated entities in which we have at least a 20% ownership interest, or are able to exercise significant influence, are accounted for using the equity method. Nonmarketable investments in unconsolidated entities in which we have less than a 20% ownership interest, or are not able to exercise significant influence, are accounted for using the cost method and periodically reviewed for impairment. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported. We believe that the estimates used in preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements are reasonable, based upon information available to management at this time. These estimates and judgments affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, as well as the amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Estimates are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ materially from the estimated amounts.

Segments

We manage our business and report our financial results in three operating segments: U.S. Information Services (“USIS”); International; and Interactive. We also report expenses for Corporate, which provides support services to each operating segment. Details of our segment results are discussed in Note 21, “Operating Segments.”

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the pricing is fixed or determinable and the collectability is reasonably assured. For multiple element arrangements, we separate deliverables into units of accounting and recognize revenue for each unit of accounting based on evidence of each unit’s relative selling price to the total arrangement consideration, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from providing information services to our customers. This revenue is recognized when services are provided, assuming all criteria for revenue recognition are met. A smaller portion of our revenue relates to subscription-based contracts where a customer pays a predetermined fee for a predetermined, or unlimited, number of transactions or services during the subscription period. Revenue related to subscription-based contracts having a preset number of transactions is recognized as the services are provided, using an effective transaction rate as the actual transactions are completed. Any remaining revenue related to unfulfilled units is not recognized until the end of the related contract’s subscription period. Revenue related to subscription-based contracts having an unlimited volume is recognized straight line over the contract term. We also earn revenue for the development of decisioning or statistical models, which is recognized upon installation and acceptance of the model by the customer.

When we have a multiple element arrangement each deliverable is considered a separate unit of accounting to which we allocate revenue if the delivered item has stand-alone value to our customer. We allocate a portion of the contract value to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each unit using the following hierarchy: 1) the price we sell the same unit for when we sell it separately; 2) the price another vendor would sell a generally interchangeable item; or 3) our best estimate of the stand-alone price. Certain subscription-based multiple element arrangements result in the deferral of revenue allocated to set up fees. For these arrangements, we defer the incremental direct costs incurred related to the set up in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310-20, Receivables—Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs , and amortize the fees over the contract term. Multiple element arrangements are not a significant source of revenue.

Deferred revenue generally consists of amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized for the sale of data services, subscriptions and set up fees. Deferred revenue is included in other current liabilities.

Costs of Services

Costs of services include data acquisition and royalty fees, personnel costs related to our databases and software applications, consumer and call center support costs, hardware and software maintenance costs, telecommunication expenses and occupancy costs associated with the facilities where these functions are performed. Cost of services included research and development costs of $7.8 million, $6.9 million and $7.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel-related costs for sales, administrative and management employees, costs for professional and consulting services, advertising and occupancy and facilities expense of these functions. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $32.8 million, $31.4 million and $26.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for all stock-based compensation awards is determined using the grant date fair value and includes an estimate for expected forfeitures. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally equal to the vesting period. The details of our stock-based compensation program are discussed in Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as measured by current enacted tax rates. The effect of a tax rate change on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. We periodically assess the recoverability of our deferred tax assets, and a valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. See Note 15, “Income Taxes,” for additional information.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for each of our foreign subsidiaries is generally that subsidiary’s local currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries at the year-end exchange rate, and translate revenues and expenses at the monthly-average rates during the year. We record the resulting translation adjustment as a component of other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity.

Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred. For 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were exchange rate losses of $2.8 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider investments in highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on our historical write-off experience, analysis of the aging of outstanding receivables, customer payment patterns and the establishment of specific reserves for customers in adverse financial condition or for existing contractual disputes. Adjustments to the allowance are recorded as a bad debt expense in selling, general and administrative expenses. Trade receivables are written off against the allowance when they are determined to be no longer collectible. We reassess the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts each reporting period.

Long-Lived Assets

Property, Plant, Equipment and Intangibles

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Buildings and building improvements are generally depreciated over twenty years. Computer equipment and purchased software are depreciated over three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term. Other assets are depreciated over five to seven years. Intangibles, other than indefinite-lived intangibles, are amortized using the straight-line method over their economic life, generally three to twenty years. Assets to be disposed of are separately presented in the consolidated balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. See Note 5, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” and Note 7, “Purchased Intangible Assets,” for additional information about these assets.

Internal Use Software

We monitor the activities of each of our internal use software and system development projects and analyze the associated costs, making an appropriate distinction between costs to be expensed and costs to be capitalized.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Many of the costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized, including costs of software design and configuration, development of interfaces, coding, testing and installation of the software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, it is amortized on a straight-line basis over its useful life, generally three to seven years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets that are subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. During 2011, we recorded a $2.0 million impairment of software due to a regulatory change that requires a software platform change in our USIS segment. No significant impairment charges were recorded during 2010 or 2009.

Marketable Securities

We classify our investments in debt and equity securities in accordance with our intent and ability to hold the investments. Held-to-maturity securities are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value, and are classified as either short-term or long-term investments based on the contractual maturity date. Earnings from these securities are reported as a component of interest income. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair market value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Trading securities are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses included in income. We follow the fair value guidance issued by the FASB to measure the fair value of our financial assets as further described below. Details of our marketable securities are included in Note 4, “Other Marketable Securities.”

We periodically review our marketable securities to determine if there is an other-than-temporary impairment on any security. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline in value exists, we write down the investment to its market value and record the related impairment loss in other income.

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are allocated to various reporting units, which are an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis, in the fourth quarter, or on an interim basis if an indicator of impairment is present. For goodwill, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount to determine if there is potential goodwill impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the fair value of the goodwill within the reporting unit is less than the carrying value of its goodwill. For other indefinite-lived intangibles, we compare the fair value of the asset to its carrying value to determine if there is an impairment. If the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded. We use discounted cash flow techniques to determine the fair value of our reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangibles. See Note 6, “Goodwill,” and Note 7, “Purchased Intangible Assets,” for additional information about these assets.

Benefit Plans

We maintain a 401(k) defined contribution profit sharing plan for eligible employees. We provide a partial matching contribution and a discretionary contribution based on a fixed percentage of a participant’s eligible compensation. Expense related to this plan was $10.1 million, $10.5 million and $13.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We also maintain a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for certain key employees. The

 

F-23


Table of Contents

deferred compensation plan contains both employee deferred compensation and company contributions. These investments are held in the TransUnion Rabbi Trust, and are included in other marketable securities and other assets on the balance sheet. The assets held in the Rabbi Trust are for the benefit of the participants in the deferred compensation plan, but are available to our general creditors in the case of our insolvency. The liability for amounts due to these participants is included in other current liabilities and other liabilities on the balance sheet.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2010, we adopted authoritative guidance for variable interest entities codified in Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-17, Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. ASU 2009-17 amends previous guidance and eliminates the exceptions to consolidating qualifying special-purpose entities and contains new guidance for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. ASU 2009-17 also requires an ongoing assessment of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary and enhanced disclosures regarding an entity’s involvement in a variable interest entity. ASU 2009-17 became effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that began after November 15, 2009. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Effective January 1, 2010, we early adopted authoritative guidance for revenue recognition codified in ASU 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements . ASU 2009-13 modifies the revenue recognition guidance for arrangements that involve the delivery of multiple elements. Under the new guidance, arrangement consideration is allocated to all deliverables based on the relative selling price of each element. In cases where specific objective evidence of a deliverable’s selling price is not available, the new guidance requires consideration to be allocated based on the deliverable’s estimated selling price. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with earlier application permitted. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income—Presentation of Comprehensive Income . The objective of ASU 2011-05 is to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. Under the new presentation requirements, the Company will have the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of other comprehensive income, and the components of net income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. We have adopted ASU 2011-05 for the year ended December 31, 2012. We have made the appropriate changes to our disclosure of other comprehensive income in the financial statement included above.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement not yet Adopted

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment . The objective of ASU 2011-08 is to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. Under the new requirements, the Company will have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further quantitative testing is not required. The changes in this update are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2011-08 to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

2. Change in Control

On June 15, 2010, MDCPVI TU Holdings, LLC (“MDP Affiliate”), an entity beneficially owned by affiliates of Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, acquired 51.0% of the outstanding common stock of TransUnion Corp. from existing stockholders of the Company. The remaining common stock was retained by existing stockholders of the Company, including 48.15% by Pritzker family business interests and 0.85% by certain members of senior management. Senior management rolled over their equity into non-voting shares of common stock of the Company. The transaction included a merger of TransUnion Merger Corp. (“MergerCo”) with and into TransUnion Corp., with TransUnion Corp. continuing as the surviving corporation. Prior to the merger, MDP Affiliate purchased 2.8% of the outstanding TransUnion common stock from employee and director stockholders. Following this purchase, Pritzker family business interests, members of senior management and MDP Affiliate contributed 38.2% of the outstanding shares of TransUnion Corp. common stock to MergerCo in exchange for voting and non-voting common stock of MergerCo. As part of the merger, the remaining 61.8% of the outstanding shares of TransUnion Corp. common stock converted into the right to receive cash in an aggregate amount of $1,175.2 million, or $24.37 per share. The outstanding shares of common stock of TransUnion Corp. held by MergerCo were cancelled without payment. All treasury stock of TransUnion Corp. was cancelled pursuant to Delaware law. The outstanding shares of MergerCo voting and non-voting common stock were converted into voting and non-voting common stock of TransUnion Corp., the surviving corporation. Following the merger, MDP Affiliate purchased TransUnion Corp. voting common stock from the Pritzker family business interests and certain other stockholders such that it owned 51% of our outstanding voting common stock. We refer to the above transactions collectively as the “Change in Control Transaction.”

The Change in Control Transaction was accounted for as a recapitalization of the Company in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , with the necessary adjustments reflected in the equity section and the retention of the historical book values of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet as of June 15, 2010.

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, the Company incurred $1,626.7 million of debt, consisting of a seven-year $950.0 million senior secured term loan, $15.0 million of a five-year $200.0 million senior secured revolving line of credit, $645.0 million of unsecured private placement notes, and a $16.7 million non-interest bearing loan from an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests. The proceeds of these financing transactions were used to finance a portion of the merger consideration described above and to repay $487.5 million of existing bank debt. See Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information regarding these transactions.

All Change in Control Transaction fees were expensed as incurred and were included in other expense in accordance with ASC 805. Certain of these costs were considered non-deductible for tax purposes, creating a permanent book-to-tax difference. During the second quarter of 2011, we completed our analysis of the non-deductible Change in Control Transaction expenses and determined that a portion of the expense previously considered non-deductible did qualify for tax deduction. Debt financing fees were allocated to the various loans and will be amortized to interest expense over the life of the corresponding loans. On February 10, 2011, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit facility and wrote off the associated remaining unamortized deferred financing fees. See Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information regarding the refinancing.

All unvested restricted stock previously issued to employees under our then existing equity award program immediately vested upon the consummation of the Change in Control Transaction. As a result, the Company recognized $20.7 million of additional stock-based compensation expense, approximately $13.2 million net of tax, on the date of the change in control.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

3. Other Current Assets

Other current assets at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 37.1       $ 25.1   

Deferred income tax assets

     8.7         1.2   

Income taxes receivable

     1.9         11.0   

Deferred financing fees

     3.8         10.4   

Other

     3.9         2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 55.4       $ 50.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses increased $12.0 million from year end 2010 primarily due to a payment made in September 2011 for our 2012 data center equipment maintenance contracts. Net deferred income tax assets increased $7.5 million from year end 2010 primarily due to a domestic net operating loss in 2011. Income taxes receivable decreased $9.1 million from year end 2010 due to the receipt of 2010 tax refunds during 2011. Deferred financing fees included in other current assets decreased $6.6 million from year end 2010 primarily due to the refinancing of our senior secured credit facility. The net decrease consisted of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees related to the senior secured credit facility that was extinguished and amortization of deferred financing fees for 2011, offset by the capitalization of new financing fees incurred to secure the new senior secured credit facility. See Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information on the senior secured credit facility refinancing.

4. Other Marketable Securities

Other marketable securities at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Available-for-sale securities

   $ —         $ 0.1   

Trading securities

     10.3         19.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities

   $ 10.3       $ 19.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, we did not hold any available-for-sale securities. For 2010, unrecognized gains, net of taxes, on available-for-sale securities totaled less than $0.1 million and have been included in other comprehensive income. For 2011, there were no earnings from available-for-sale securities. For 2010, other income included earnings of $0.2 million from available-for-sale securities.

Trading securities are carried at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses included in net income. These securities relate to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan held in trust for the benefit of plan participants. The balance of trading securities decreased $8.9 million from year end 2010 primarily due to sales of securities to fund distributions made to plan participants during 2011. For 2011, earnings from trading securities included realized gains of $0.1 million and unrealized losses of $0.3 million. For 2010, earnings from trading securities included realized gains of $0.5 million and unrealized gains of $0.1 million.

We review the carrying value of investments to determine whether there is an other-than-temporary decline in the market value, which would require us to recognize an impairment loss. There were no other-than-temporary impairments of marketable securities in 2011 or 2010.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010  

Purchased and internally developed software

   $ 386.3      $ 336.9   

Computer equipment and furniture

     242.5        215.2   

Building and building improvements

     61.1        59.8   

Land

     3.2        3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of property, plant and equipment

     693.1        615.1   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (490.7     (429.0 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

   $ 202.4      $ 186.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense, including amortization of assets recorded under capital leases, was $67.6 million, $64.6 million and $67.0 million in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

6. Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, in the fourth quarter, or on an interim basis if changes in circumstances could reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. Our reporting units are consistent with our operating segments for the U.S. Information Services and Interactive segment. The reporting units for our International segment are the geographic regions of Africa, Canada, Latin America and Asia.

Our impairment tests are performed using a discounted cash flow analysis that requires certain assumptions and estimates regarding economic factors and future profitability. Goodwill impairment tests performed during 2011, 2010, and 2009 resulted in no impairment, except for amounts recorded in discontinued operations as discussed in Note 20, “Discontinued Operations.” At December 31, 2011, there were no accumulated goodwill impairment losses.

Goodwill allocated to our reportable segments at December 31, 2009, and changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the twenty four months ended December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   USIS     International     Interactive      Total  

Balance, December 31, 2009

   $ 122.8      $ 44.8      $ 45.9       $ 213.5   

Acquisitions

     0.2        4.9        —           5.1   

Intersegment transfer

     (3.5 )     3.5        —           —     

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

     —          5.1        —           5.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ 119.5      $ 58.3      $ 45.9       $ 223.7   

Acquisitions

     28.0        32.6        —           60.6   

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

     —          (9.1     —           (9.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 147.5      $ 81.8      $ 45.9       $ 275.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 19, “Business Acquisitions,” for information on our business acquisitions. We moved our Puerto Rico operations from the U.S. Information Services segment to the International segment in 2010. As a result, $3.5 million of goodwill associated with Puerto Rico was transferred from our USIS segment to our International segment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other .

 

F-27


Table of Contents

7. Purchased Intangible Assets

Purchased intangible assets are initially recorded at their acquisition cost, or fair value if acquired as part of a business combination, and amortized over their estimated useful lives.

Purchased intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

     2011      2010  

(in millions)

   Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net      Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  

Purchased credit files

   $ 239.7       $ (189.2 )   $ 50.5       $ 239.8       $ (177.9 )   $ 61.9   

Databases

     32.7         (16.1 )     16.6         33.0         (12.7 )     20.3   

Customer and vendor relationships

     60.0         (13.8 )     46.2         41.9         (11.5 )     30.4   

Trademarks, copyrights and patents

     24.4         (6.5 )     17.9         12.2         (7.2 )     5.0   

Noncompete agreements

     6.8         (0.6 )     6.2         0.5         (0.2 )     0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total purchased intangible assets

   $ 363.6       $ (226.2 )   $ 137.4       $ 327.4       $ (209.5 )   $ 117.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

All amortizable intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Purchased credit files are amortized over a fifteen-year period. Our databases are amortized over estimated useful lives of up to ten years. Customer lists are amortized over five to twenty years. Trademarks, copyrights and patents are amortized over varying periods based on their estimated economic life. We acquired additional customer and vendor relationships and trademarks in 2011 in connection with acquisitions as more fully discussed in Note 19, “Business Acquisitions.” Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $17.7 million, $17.0 million and $14.6 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense related to purchased intangible assets at December 31, 2011, is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Annual
Amortization
Expense
 

2012

   $ 20.5   

2013

     20.1   

2014

     19.7   

2015

     16.8   

2016

     12.3   

Thereafter

     48.0   
  

 

 

 

Total future amortization expense

   $ 137.4   
  

 

 

 

8. Other Assets

Other assets at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Investments in affiliated companies

   $ 42.7       $ 30.1   

Deferred financing fees

     23.7         59.8   

Deposits

     10.7         1.1   

Deferred income tax assets

     —           1.6   

Other

     0.7         0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 77.8       $ 92.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Investments in affiliated companies increased $12.6 million from year end 2010 primarily due to an additional investment made in an unconsolidated India subsidiary in 2011 and earnings from our equity method subsidiaries that were in excess of the distributions received from those subsidiaries during the year. Deferred financing fees included in other assets decreased $36.1 million from year end 2010 primarily due to the refinancing of our senior secured credit facility. The net decrease consisted of the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees related to the senior secured credit facility that was extinguished and amortization of deferred financing fees for 2011, offset by the capitalization of new financing fees incurred to secure the new senior secured credit facility. See Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information on the senior secured credit facility refinancing. Deposits increased $9.6 million from year end 2010 due to acquisition-related contractual obligations entered into during 2011.

9. Investments in Affiliated Companies

Investments in affiliated companies represent our investment in non-consolidated domestic and foreign entities. These entities are in businesses similar to ours, such as credit reporting, credit scoring and credit monitoring services.

We use the equity method to account for investments in affiliates where we have at least a 20% ownership interest or where we are able to exercise significant influence. For these investments, we adjust the carrying value for our proportionate share of the affiliates’ earnings, losses and distributions, as well as for purchases and sales of our ownership interest.

We use the cost method to account for all other nonmarketable investments. For these investments, we adjust the carrying value for purchases and sales of our ownership interests and for distributions received from the affiliates in excess of their earnings.

For all investments, we adjust the carrying value if we determine that an other-than-temporary impairment in value has occurred. There were no impairments of investments in affiliated companies taken in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Investments in affiliated companies at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Equity method investments

   $ 34.8       $ 24.2   

Cost method investments

     7.9         5.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments in affiliated companies

   $ 42.7       $ 30.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

These balances are included in other assets on the balance sheet. Our share in the earnings of our equity method investees were $11.4 million, $8.4 million and $5.3 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and have been included in other income. During both 2011 and 2010, we acquired an additional equity interest in an unconsolidated India subsidiary which accounted for much of the increase in earnings from equity method investments. Dividends received from equity method investments were $8.0 million, $4.9 million and $4.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Dividends received from cost method investments were $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively, and have been included in other income.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

10. Accounts Payable

Accounts payable at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, was as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Accounts payable

   $ 75.1       $ 65.8   

Accounts payable increased $9.3 million from year end 2010 primarily due to year-end accruals for acquisition-related costs and more aggressive accounts payable management efforts.

11. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Accrued payroll

   $ 55.1       $ 47.1   

Deferred revenue

     13.0         6.6   

Accrued employee benefits

     8.7         22.0   

Accrued liabilities

     5.6         4.4   

Accrued interest

     5.0         4.8   

Other

     12.8         18.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 100.2       $ 103.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued payroll increased $8.0 million from year end 2010 primarily due to an increase in accrued incentive compensation. Accrued employee benefits decreased $13.3 million from year end 2010 primarily due to a deferred compensation payout made in 2011 for benefits classified as a current liability at December 31, 2010, and a decrease in the liability for the Company’s 401K match obligation, which was funded once per year prior to 2011, but is now funded each pay period.

12. Other Liabilities

Other liabilities at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

Deferred income taxes

   $ 39.9       $ 25.6   

Retirement benefits

     9.6         10.8   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     3.2         2.1   

Other

     0.6         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 53.3       $ 39.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net long-term deferred income tax liabilities increased $14.3 million from year end 2010 primarily due to deferred taxes recorded in connection with an acquisition made in 2011, accelerated tax depreciation and amortization and the payment of deferred compensation. See Note 19, “Business Acquisitions,” for additional information.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

13. Debt

Debt outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010  

Senior secured term loan, payable in quarterly installments through February 10, 2018, including variable interest (4.75% at December 31, 2011) at LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus applicable margin

   $ 942.9      $ 945.2   

Senior secured revolving line of credit, due on February 10, 2016, variable interest (4.75% at December 31, 2011) at LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus applicable margin

     —          —     

Senior notes, principal due June 15, 2018, semi-annual interest payments, 11.375% fixed interest per annum

     645.0        645.0   

RFC loan due December 15, 2018, excluding imputed interest of 11.625%

     10.3        14.2   

Note payable for 2007 acquisition, payable in annual installments through 2012, excluding imputed interest of 4.69%

     0.9        1.6   

Note payable for 2011 acquisition, payable in annual installments through April 15, 2013, excluding imputed interest of 10.0%

     1.8        —     

Capital lease obligations

     0.3        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 1,601.2      $ 1,606.0   

Less short-term debt and current maturities

     (21.8     (15.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,579.4      $ 1,590.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excluding additional principal payments due on the senior secured credit facility beginning in 2013 based on excess cash flows of the prior year, scheduled future maturities of total debt at December 31, 2011, was as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Amount  

2012

   $ 21.8   

2013

     10.4   

2014

     9.6   

2015

     9.5   

2016

     9.5   

Thereafter

     1,540.4   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,601.2   
  

 

 

 

Senior secured credit facility

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction discussed in Note 2, “Change in Control,” on June 15, 2010, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility with various lenders. On February 10, 2011, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit facility, repaid and extinguished the original senior secured term loan, borrowed new funds under the new senior secured term loan and replaced the senior secured revolving line of credit.

The new credit facility consists of a seven-year $950.0 million senior secured term loan and a $200.0 million senior secured revolving line of credit, with $25 million expiring June 15, 2015, and $175 million expiring February 10, 2016. Interest rates on the borrowings are based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) unless otherwise elected, and currently subject to a floor of 1.50%, plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. There is a 0.5% annual commitment fee payable quarterly based on the undrawn portion of the revolving line of credit. With certain exceptions, the obligations are secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Trans Union LLC, including its investment in subsidiaries. The new credit

 

F-31


Table of Contents

facility contains various restrictions and nonfinancial covenants, along with a senior secured net leverage ratio test that only applies to periods in which we have outstanding amounts drawn on the revolving line of credit. The nonfinancial covenants include restrictions on dividends, investments, dispositions, future borrowings and other specified payments, as well as additional reporting and disclosure requirements. We are in compliance with all of the loan covenants.

Under the term loan, the Company is required to make principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal balance at the end of each quarter, with the remaining principal balance due February 10, 2018. The Company will also be required to make additional principal payments beginning in 2013 based on excess cash flows of the prior year. Depending on the senior secured net leverage ratio for the year, a principal payment of between zero and fifty percent of the excess cash flows will be due the following year. Under the revolving line of credit, the first $25 million commitment expires June 15, 2015, and the remaining $175 million commitment expires February 10, 2016. The Company did not repay or borrow any funds under its revolving line of credit during 2011.

In connection with the refinancing in February 2011, the Company borrowed an additional $4.8 million under the term loan, expensed $49.8 million of unamortized deferred financing fees related to the original term loan and revolving line of credit that was extinguished, and paid and expensed a $9.5 million prepayment premium equal to 1% of the outstanding principal balance of the original term loan. In addition, the Company incurred $11.3 million of new deferred financing fees to secure the amended and restated credit facility. These fees were allocated between the term loan and the revolving line of credit.

The deferred financing fees allocated to the term loan are being amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the loan using the effective interest rate method. The deferred financing fees allocated to the revolving line of credit are being amortized over its term on a straight-line basis, and will be recorded as additional interest expense to the extent we borrow against the revolving line of credit, or as other expense to the extent we do not borrow against the revolving line of credit.

Total interest expense on these loans for 2011 was $49.9 million, which included $2.2 million of amortization of deferred financing fees on the term loan. Loan fees included in other income and expense were $60.9 million for 2011, including a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt consisting of the write-off of $49.8 million of previously unamortized deferred financing fees and the prepayment premium of $9.5 million as a result of refinancing our senior secured credit facility, $1.0 million of unused revolving line of credit fees, $0.3 million of amortization of deferred financing fees related to the revolving line of credit and $0.3 million of other loan fees. Total interest expense on these loans from June 15, 2010, the date of the borrowing, through December 31, 2010, was $39.2 million, which included $3.5 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense. Other expense for 2010 included $1.5 million of cash and amortized financing fees related to the undrawn portion of the revolving line of credit from June 15, 2010, through December 31, 2010, and a $10.0 million commitment fee for an unused bridge loan made available for the Change in Control Transaction.

Senior notes

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, Trans Union LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiary TransUnion Financing Corporation, issued $645.0 million of senior notes to certain private investors. The senior notes mature on June 15, 2018, and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 11.375% per annum, payable semi-annually.

In connection with the issuance of the senior notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement that required us to exchange the notes for an equal amount of notes registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We filed the Registration Statement on Form S-4 for the notes with the SEC on March 1, 2011, and the related prospectus on March 21, 2011. All of the senior notes were exchanged in the exchange

 

F-32


Table of Contents

offer. The registration and exchange of the notes did not change any of the terms of the notes, other than lifting transfer restrictions on the notes.

The indenture governing the senior notes contains nonfinancial covenants that include restrictions on dividends, investments, dispositions, future borrowings and other specified payments, as well as additional reporting and disclosure requirements. We are in compliance with all covenants under the indenture.

Total interest expense for the senior notes for 2011 was $75.1 million, which included $1.7 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense. Total interest expense from June 15, 2010, the issue date of the senior notes, through December 31, 2010, was $40.6 million, which included $0.8 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense.

RFC loan

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, the Company borrowed $16.7 million from an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests under the foreign cash loan (the “RFC loan”). The loan is an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, discounted by $2.5 million for imputed interest, due December 15, 2018, with prepayments of principal due annually based on excess foreign cash flows. Interest expense is calculated under the effective interest method using an imputed interest rate of 11.625%. The Company expensed $1.3 million of interest and repaid $5.1 million of principal and imputed interest during 2011. Total interest expense from June 15, 2010, the date of the loan, through December 31, 2010, was $0.9 million. Based on our current estimate of excess foreign cash flows, we expect to repay this loan in full during the first quarter of 2012.

Note Payable for 2011 acquisition of noncontrolling interests

On April 15, 2011, we acquired the remaining 20% ownership interest in our South Africa subsidiary, TransUnion Analytic and Decision Services (Proprietary) Limited, from the noncontrolling shareholders. In connection with this acquisition, we issued a note to the sellers for $2.0 million. The note is an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, discounted by $0.2 million for imputed interest, due in annual installments of $1.0 million on April 15, 2012, and April 15, 2013. Interest expense is calculated under the effective interest method using an imputed interest rate of 10.0%. Total interest expense from April 15, 2011, the date of the loan, through December 31, 2011, was $0.1 million.

Senior unsecured credit facility

In 2009, the Company entered into a $500 million senior unsecured credit facility. In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, the Company repaid the balance of this loan facility in June 2010. Total 2010 interest expense related to the term loan facility through June 15, 2010, the date of payoff, was $9.1 million, which included $1.2 million of amortized financing fees. The Company also expensed $8.9 million of the remaining unamortized deferred loan costs associated with this facility that were included in other income and expense in 2010.

14. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reported period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the effect of the increase in shares outstanding determined by using the treasury stock method for awards issued under our long-term incentive stock plans. There were 5,914 anti-dilutive stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2011, 1,808 anti-dilutive stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 31,117 anti-dilutive stock awards outstanding at December 31 2009, which were all excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. The calculations of basic and diluted

 

F-33


Table of Contents

weighted average shares outstanding and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were as follows:

 

(in millions, except per share data)

   2011     2010     2009  

Income from continuing operations

   $ 49.3      $ 36.7      $ 132.3   

Less:

      

Income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (8.0     (8.3     (8.1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

     41.3        28.4        124.2   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.5     8.2        1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 40.8      $ 36.6      $ 125.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic

     29.8        51.1        109.5   

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Unvested equity awards issued under the long-term incentive stock plan

     0.1        0.2        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted

     29.9        51.3        109.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Income from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

   $ 1.39      $ 0.55      $ 1.13   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.02     0.16        0.01   

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

     1.37        0.72        1.15   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

      

Income from continuing operations attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

   $ 1.38      $ 0.55      $ 1.13   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.02     0.16        0.01   

Net income attributable to TransUnion Corp. common stockholders

     1.36        0.71        1.14   

On June 15, 2010, in connection with the Change in Control transaction, the Company cancelled 48.2 million shares of common stock. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” for additional information.

On December 17, 2009, with the approval of the Board of Directors, the Company repurchased 34.3 million shares of common stock at a purchase price of $26.24 per share.

15. Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes on income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Federal

      

Current

   $ (3.0   $ 9.7      $ 38.0   

Deferred

     (1.3     10.4        9.1   

State

      

Current

     1.6        (2.2 )     2.6   

Deferred

     (1.4     0.1        0.6   

Foreign

      

Current

     22.7        26.1        24.0   

Deferred

     (0.8     2.2        (0.9 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 17.8      $ 46.3      $ 73.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

Domestic

   $ 0.2       $ 12.4       $ 135.0   

Foreign

     66.9         70.6         70.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 67.1       $ 83.0       $ 205.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes on the loss of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, was $0.1 million. The benefit for income taxes on the loss of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.9 million. The provision for income taxes on the income of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $0.1 million.

The effective income tax rate reconciliation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, consisted of the following:

 

(dollars in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Income taxes at 35% statutory rate

   $ 23.5        35.0   $ 29.0        35.0   $ 71.8        35.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

            

State taxes net of federal income tax benefit

     (0.4     (0.6 )%      (1.6 )     (2.0 )%     1.8        0.9

Foreign rate differential

     (3.9     (5.8 )%      (0.2 )     (0.2 )%     (2.1 )     (1.1 )% 

Nondeductible Change in Control Transaction expenses

     (4.5     (6.7 )%      9.5        11.4     —          —     

Impact of foreign dividends and foreign tax credits

     2.0        3.0     7.8        9.4     2.1        1.0

Other

     1.1        1.6     1.8        2.2     (0.2     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

   $ 17.8        26.5 %   $ 46.3        55.8   $ 73.4        35.7 %
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

The change in state taxes, net of federal benefit, between 2010 and 2009 was primarily due to changes in state apportionment factors and our state tax combined filings. The change in the foreign rate differential between 2011 and 2010 was primarily due to declining tax rates in foreign countries, primarily Canada and Puerto Rico. The change in the nondeductible Change in Control Transaction expenses between 2011 and 2010 was due to the completion of our analysis of these expenses in 2011 and the determination that expenses previously considered non-deductible qualified for a tax deduction. The change in the impact of foreign dividends and foreign tax credits between 2011 and 2010 was due to a significant reduction in dividends paid to the U.S. parent company by the foreign subsidiaries. The change in the impact of foreign dividends and foreign tax credits between 2010 and 2009 was primarily due to the limitation on our foreign tax credit resulting from the increased interest expense.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Components of net deferred income tax at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010  

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Deferred compensation

   $ 3.9      $ 6.9   

Stock-based compensation

     2.4        0.9   

Employee benefits

     5.7        5.5   

Legal reserves and settlements

     1.7        1.4   

Loss and credit carryforwards

     30.5        12.8   

Other

     2.8        4.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred income tax assets

   $ 47.0      $ 31.6   

Valuation allowance

     (16.9 )     (12.8 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets, net

   $ 30.1      $ 18.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (52.4 )     (32.5 )

Taxes on undistributed foreign earnings

     (4.8 )     (2.3 )

Other

     (4.1 )     (6.8 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liability

   $ (61.3   $ (41.6 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liability

   $ (31.2 )   $ (22.8 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. If deferred tax assets are not likely to be recovered in future years, a valuation allowance is recorded. During 2011, our valuation allowance increased $4.1 million. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, a valuation allowance of $16.9 million and $12.8 million, respectively, was recorded against the deferred tax assets generated by capital loss, foreign loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards. Our capital loss carryforwards will expire over the next five years and our foreign loss and credit carryforwards will expire over the next ten years.

We have not provided for U.S. deferred income tax or foreign withholding tax on undistributed accumulated earnings in the amount of $143.2 million for certain non-U.S. subsidiaries, since these earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in operations outside of the United States. It is impractical at this time to determine the tax impact if these earnings were distributed.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $3.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $3.2 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 2.1      $ 2.8   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     0.4        —     

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —          —     

Additions for tax positions of current year

     2.2        0.4   

Reductions relating to settlement and lapse of statute

     (1.5 )     (1.1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

   $ 3.2      $ 2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Consistent with prior periods, we classify interest on unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense and tax penalties as other income or expense on the statement of income. We classify any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as other liabilities on the balance sheet. Interest related to taxes was insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010. The accrued interest payable for taxes as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $0.5 million for both years. There was no significant expense recognized, or significant liability recorded, for tax penalties as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.

We are regularly audited by federal, state, local and foreign taxing authorities. Given the uncertainties inherent in the audit process, it is reasonably possible that certain audits could result in a significant increase or decrease in the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits. An estimate of the range of the increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits due to audit results cannot be made at this time. As of December 31, 2011, tax years 2007 and forward remained open for examination in some state and foreign jurisdictions, and tax years 2009 and forward remained open for the U.S. federal audit.

16. Stock-Based Compensation

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction described in Note 2, “Change in Control,” the Company adopted the TransUnion Corp. 2010 Management Equity Plan, as approved by the stockholders, under which stock-based awards may be issued to executive officers, employees and directors of the Company. As of December 31, 2011, a total of 4.5 million shares were authorized to be issued under the plan, of which 1.3 million shares remain available for future issuance.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $4.6 million, $31.8 million and $16.4 million, respectively. The income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense was approximately $1.7 million, $11.5 million and $5.8 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock options

Effective June 15, 2010, the Company granted 3.0 million stock options under the 2010 Management Equity Plan with a ten-year term and an exercise price of $24.37 per share, which was equal to the fair value and the purchase price paid for the stock in the Change in Control Transaction. Of the options granted, 50% vest based on time (service condition awards), and 50% vest based on time and on meeting certain market conditions (market condition awards). Service condition awards vest over a five-year service period, with 20% vesting one year after the grant date and 5% vesting each quarter thereafter. Market condition awards vest in the same manner, contingent on meeting the designated market conditions. The service condition awards had a grant date fair value of $13.3 million, or $8.84 per share, measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility of 30% based on comparable company volatility; expected life of 6.5 years using the simplified method described in SAB No. 107 because we do not have historical data related to exercise behavior; risk-free rate of return of 2.77% based on the rate of 7-year treasury bills on the date of the award; and an expected dividend yield of zero. The market condition awards had a grant date fair value of $5.0 million, or $3.29 per share, measured using a risk-neutral Monte Carlo valuation model, with assumptions similar to those used to value the service condition awards. Additional awards were granted in December 2010, with identical terms.

During 2011, the Company granted 203,000 service condition awards and 139,000 market condition awards with terms similar to awards granted in 2010. The weighted average grant date fair values were $10.24 per share for the service condition awards and $5.42 per share for the market condition awards. The fair value of the awards granted in 2011 was measured using the same methodology used to value the 2010 awards. For awards granted between January 1, 2011 and May 31, 2011, the fair value of the underlying stock was measured retrospectively based on the fair value and purchase price of the stock used in the Change in Control Transaction. The 2010 Management Equity Plan requires us to obtain an independent fair value of our stock on an annual

 

F-37


Table of Contents

basis. For awards granted after May 31, 2011, the fair value of the underlying stock was measured contemporaneously based on the valuation of our stock determined as of June 1, 2011. The assumptions used to measure the fair value of awards were consistent with those used in 2010, other than the risk-free rate of return, which was estimated at 2.40% based on the rate of 7-year treasury bills on June 1, 2011.

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     —        $ —           

Granted

     3,104,658        24.37         

Exercised

     —          —           

Forfeited

     (82,000 )     24.37         

Expired

     —          —           
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     3,022,658      $ 24.37         9.5       $ —     

Granted

     342,000        28.25         

Exercised

     (6,500     24.37         

Forfeited

     (129,200     25.77         

Expired

     (600     24.37         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     3,228,358      $ 24.72         8.6       $ 63.7   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2011

     3,062,490      $ 24.72         8.6       $ 60.5   

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

     444,599      $ 24.37         8.5       $ 8.9   

As of December 31, 2011, stock-based compensation expense remaining to be recognized in future years was $10.2 million for service condition awards and $2.1 million for market condition awards, with a weighted-average recognition period of 3.7 and 2.5 years, respectively. During 2011, 451,699 stock options vested and 6,500 stock options were exercised. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2011 was $0.1 million. During 2010, no stock options vested.

Restricted stock and restricted stock units

During 2010, all unvested restricted stock previously issued to employees under the TransUnion Corp. Equity Award Program immediately vested upon the Change in Control Transaction. As a result, the Company recognized $20.7 million, approximately $13.2 million net of tax, of additional stock-based compensation expense on the date of the Change in Control Transaction.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Restricted Stock      Restricted Stock Units  
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2008

     1,161,451      $ 26.03         38,675      $ 23.23   

Granted

     656,413        20.60         —          —     

Vested

     (454,558 )     25.04         (38,675 )     23.23   

Forfeited

     (90,524 )     23.79         —          —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 31, 2009

     1,272,782      $ 23.74         —        $ —     

Granted

     556,276        23.03         —          —     

Vested

     (1,805,374 )     23.52         —          —     

Forfeited

     (23,684 )     23.87         —          —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

     —        $ —           —        $ —     

Granted

     —          —           —          —     

Vested

     —          —           —          —     

Forfeited

     —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

     —        $ —           —        $ —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

The total fair value of restricted stock vested in 2010 and 2009 was $44.3 million and $10.1 million, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock units vested in 2009 was $0.9 million.

17. Fair Value

The following table summarizes financial instruments measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2011:

 

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Trading securities

   $ 10.3       $ 10.3       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

   $ 10.3       $ 10.3       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 1 investments, which use quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets to establish fair value, include exchange traded mutual funds and publicly traded equity investments valued at their current market prices. At December 31, 2011, we did not have any investments valued using Level 2 or Level 3 inputs.

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

(in millions)

   Net
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
On Securities
     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Net
Unrealized
Gain/(Loss)
On Hedges
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income / (Loss)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ —         $ 0.7      $ 1.1      $ 1.8   

Change

     —           8.6        (1.1 )     7.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ —         $ 9.3      $ —        $ 9.3   

Change

     —           (12.9     —          (12.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ —         $ (3.6   $ —        $ (3.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009, the $1.1 million net unrealized gain on hedges is attributed to the unrealized holding gain, net of tax, on interest rate swaps held as an interest rate hedge on our term loan. During 2010, as part of the Change in Control Transaction, we cash settled these swap instruments and realized a loss of $2.1 million that was included in other income and expense. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information.

19. Business Acquisitions

2011 acquisitions

Crivo Sistemas em Informatica S.A.

On December 28, 2011, we acquired an 80% ownership interest in Crivo Sistemas em Informatica S.A. (“Crivo”), a Brazilian company, for $43.1 million in cash. The purchase was funded using cash on hand. Crivo provides software and services to companies in Brazil to help them make credit, risk and fraud-related decisions. This acquisition is in line with our strategic objective to invest in growing international regions and will be integrated into our International business segment. Pro forma financial information is not presented because the acquisition was not material to our 2011 consolidated operating results.

Purchase Price Allocation

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary pending the preparation and review of the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2012. The preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of December 28, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Preliminary
Fair Value
 

Trade accounts receivable and other current assets

   $ 0.5   

Property and equipment

     10.8   

Other assets

     1.0   

Identifiable intangible assets

     21.6   

Goodwill (1)

     32.6   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 66.5   

Total liabilities assumed

     (12.6 )
  

 

 

 

Net assets of acquired company

   $ 53.9   

Less: noncontrolling interests

     (10.8
  

 

 

 

Purchase price of 80% ownership interest

   $ 43.1   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) None of the goodwill is tax deductible

The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value estimate of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of Crivo exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired primarily due to growth opportunities, synergies between its customer base and our existing products, and other technological and operational synergies.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The preliminary fair value estimate of identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on management’s best estimate of fair value. The preliminary fair value estimates of the intangible assets acquired consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Preliminary
Fair Value
     Estimated
Useful Life

Customer relationships

   $ 9.2       12 years

Trademarks and tradenames

     8.6       15 years

Noncompete agreements

     2.7       5 years

Vendor relationships

     1.1       15 years
  

 

 

    

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 21.6      
  

 

 

    

The preliminary weighted-average useful life of identifiable intangible assets is approximately twelve and one-half years.

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs consisting of investment banker fees, legal fees, due diligence and other external costs totaling $2.4 million were incurred and expensed during 2011 and are included in other income and expense.

Financial Healthcare Systems, LLC

On October 13, 2011, we acquired a 100% ownership interest in Financial Healthcare Systems, LLC (“FHS”), a Colorado limited liability company, for $49.4 million in cash. The purchase was funded using cash on hand. FHS provides software-as-a-service solutions to the healthcare industry that helps healthcare providers confirm patient out-of-pocket costs prior to providing healthcare services. This acquisition is in line with our strategic objective to invest in the growing healthcare industry and will supplement our current healthcare offerings in our USIS business segment. Pro forma financial information is not presented because the acquisition was not material to our 2011 consolidated operating results.

Purchase Price Allocation

The fair value of the net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair Value  

Trade accounts receivable and other current assets

   $ 1.5   

Property and equipment

     8.3   

Identifiable intangible assets

     12.7   

Goodwill (1)

     28.0   

Other assets

     0.1   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 50.6   

Total liabilities assumed

     (1.2 )
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 49.4   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) All of the goodwill is tax deductible

The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of FHS exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired primarily due to growth opportunities, synergies between its customer base and our existing products and other technological and operational synergies including cost savings from automating processes and eliminating common activities.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The fair value of identifiable intangible assets was based on many factors including an analysis of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance, and was determined using analytical approaches appropriate to the facts and circumstances pertaining to the various classes of assets valued, including discounted cash flow, market-based and cost-to-replace approaches. The fair values of the intangible assets acquired consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair Value      Estimated
Useful Life

Customer relationships

   $ 8.0       15 years

Trademarks

     4.7       1-20 years
  

 

 

    

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 12.7      
  

 

 

    

The weighted-average useful life of identifiable intangible assets is approximately seventeen years.

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs consisting of legal fees and other external costs totaling $0.4 million were incurred and expensed during 2011 and are included in other income and expense.

2010 acquisition

On August 1, 2010, we acquired a 51% ownership interest in Databusiness S.A., located in Chile. The results of operations of this business have been included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income since the date of acquisition.

2009 acquisition

On December 31, 2009, we acquired a 100% ownership interest in MedData Health LLC (“MedData”) for $96.5 million in cash. MedData is a leading provider of healthcare information and data solutions for hospitals, physician practices and insurance companies and is included in our USIS business segment. We completed this acquisition to expand our healthcare product line and customer base and further leverage our existing operating model. The results of operations of this business have been included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income since the date of acquisition.

The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of MedData exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired primarily due to growth opportunities, synergies between its customer base and our existing products and other technological and operational synergies including cost savings from automating processes and eliminating common activities.

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs consisting of investment banker fees, legal fees and other external costs totaling $2.5 million were incurred and expensed during 2009 and are included in other income and expense.

20. Discontinued Operations

During the first quarter of 2010, we completed the sale of the remaining business comprising our real estate services business. During the second quarter of 2010, we completed the sale of our third-party collection business in South Africa to the existing minority shareholders. We will have no significant ongoing relationship with either of these businesses. Revenue from discontinued operations in 2010 and 2009 was $5.0 million and $23.0

 

F-42


Table of Contents

million, respectively. The net loss from discontinued operations for 2011 of $0.5 million was a result of expenses incurred to wind down these operations. Income from discontinued operations for 2010 included gains, net of tax, of $10.9 million on the final disposal of these businesses and operating losses of $2.7 million. Income from discontinued operations for 2009 was $1.2 million.

21. Operating Segments

Operating segments are businesses for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources. This segment financial information is reported on the basis that is used for the internal evaluation of operating performance. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as described in Note 1, “Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies.”

We evaluate the performance of segments based on revenue and operating income. Intersegment sales and transfers have been eliminated and were not material. In 2010, the Puerto Rico operating results were moved from the U.S. Information Services segment to the International segment to align with how we currently manage our business. All prior period amounts for Puerto Rico were reclassified accordingly.

The following is a more detailed description of the three operating segments and the Corporate unit, which provides support services to each operating segment:

U.S. Information Services

U.S. Information Services provides consumer reports, credit scores, verification services, analytical services and decisioning technology to businesses in the United States through both direct and indirect channels. These services are offered to customers in the financial services, insurance, healthcare and other markets. These business customers use our products and services to acquire new customers, identify cross-selling opportunities, measure and manage debt portfolio risk, collect debt, and manage fraud. This segment also provides mandated consumer services, including dispute investigations, free annual credit reports and other requirements of the United States Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (“FACTA”), and other credit-related legislation.

International

The International segment provides services similar to our USIS segment to business customers in select regions outside the U.S. and automotive information and commercial data to customers in select geographies. Depending on the maturity of the credit economy in each location, services may include credit reports, analytical and decision services, and risk management services. These services are offered to customers in a number of industries, including financial services, insurance, automotive, collections and communications, and are delivered through both direct and indirect channels. The International segment also provides consumer services similar to those offered in our Interactive segment, such as credit reports, credit scores and credit monitoring services. The two market groups in the International segment are developed markets, which includes Canada, Hong Kong and Puerto Rico, and emerging markets, which includes South Africa, Mexico, the Dominican Republic, India and other emerging markets.

Interactive

Interactive provides services to consumers, including credit reports, scores and credit and identity monitoring services, primarily through the internet. The majority of revenue is derived from subscribers who pay a monthly fee for access to their credit report and score, and for alerts related to changes in their credit reports.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Corporate

Corporate provides shared services for the Company and conducts enterprise functions. Certain costs incurred in Corporate that are not directly attributable to one or more of the operating segments remain in Corporate. These costs are typically for enterprise-level functions and are primarily administrative in nature.

Selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011     2010     2009  

Revenue

      

U.S. Information Services

   $ 660.1      $ 636.0      $ 627.5   

International

     216.1        195.8        170.1   

Interactive

     147.8        124.7        127.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,024.0      $ 956.5      $ 924.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

      

U.S. Information Services

   $ 185.8      $ 177.1      $ 164.2   

International

     66.7        62.7        55.8   

Interactive

     56.5        37.7        46.4   

Corporate

     (56.3     (61.4     (62.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 252.7      $ 216.1      $ 204.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of operating income to income from continuing operations before income tax:

      

Operating income from segments

   $ 252.7      $ 216.1      $ 204.4   

Non-operating income and expense

     (185.6     (133.1     1.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income tax

   $ 67.1      $ 83.0      $ 205.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and expense, net, included earnings (losses) from equity method investments for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010     2009  

U.S. Information Services

   $ 1.1       $ (0.1   $ 0.4   

International

     10.3         8.5        4.9   

Interactive

     —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11.4       $ 8.4      $ 5.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, by segment, at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

U.S. Information Services

   $ 138.6       $ 134.0   

International

     34.7         19.3   

Interactive

     5.2         7.8   

Corporate

     23.9         25.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 202.4       $ 186.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Cash paid for capital expenditures, by segment, for each of the years ended December 31, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010  

U.S. Information Services

   $ 54.3       $ 29.7   

International

     12.3         9.3   

Interactive

     2.1         2.2   

Corporate

     5.3         5.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74.0       $ 46.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of continuing operations, by segment, for each of the years ended December 31, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   2011      2010      2009  

U.S. Information Services

   $ 50.1       $ 47.0       $ 49.6   

International

     6.9         6.5         5.6   

Interactive

     4.3         4.8         5.0   

Corporate

     6.3         6.3         6.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 67.6       $ 64.6       $ 67.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes our revenue based on the country where the revenue was earned:

 

     Approximate Percent of
Consolidated Revenue
 
       2011     2010     2009  

Country

      

United States

     79     80     82

South Africa

     9     9     8

Canada

     6     6     6

Other

     6     5     4

The following table summarizes long-lived assets, other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, based on the location of the legal entity that owns the asset:

 

     Approximate Percent  of
Long-Lived Assets
 
       2011     2010     2009  

Country

      

United States

     80     88     91

South Africa

     5     7     6

Canada

     2     2     2

Other

     13     3     1

 

F-45


Table of Contents

22. Commitments

Future minimum payments for noncancelable operating leases, purchase obligations and other liabilities in effect as of December 31, 2011, are payable as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Operating
Leases
     Purchase
Obligations
     Total  

2012

   $ 11.0       $ 134.3       $ 145.3   

2013

     9.0         32.5         41.5   

2014

     7.7         36.1         43.8   

2015

     4.9         22.9         27.8   

2016

     3.9         15.1         19.0   

Thereafter

     9.4         5.8         15.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 45.9       $ 246.7       $ 292.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase obligations to be repaid in 2012 include $75.1 million of trade accounts payable that were included on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. Rental expense related to operating leases was $13.8 million, $13.0 million and $12.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Licensing agreements

We have agreements with Fair Isaac Corporation to license credit-scoring algorithms and the right to sell credit scores derived from those algorithms. Payment obligations under these agreements vary due to factors such as the volume of credit scores we sell, what type of credit scores we sell, and how our customers use the credit scores. There are no minimum payments required under these licensing agreements; however we do have a significant level of sales volume related to these credit scores.

23. Contingencies

Litigation

Due to the nature of our businesses, claims against us will occur in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims are, or purport to be, class actions that seek substantial damage amounts, including punitive damages. Claimants may seek modifications of business practices, financial incentives or replacement of products or services. We regularly review all claims to determine whether a loss is probable and, if probable, whether the loss can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, an appropriate reserve is accrued, taking into consideration legal positions, contractual obligations and applicable insurance coverages, and included in other current liabilities. We believe that the reserves established for pending or threatened claims are appropriate based on the facts currently known. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the investigation and resolution of a claim, however, additional losses may be incurred that could materially affect our financial results. Legal fees for ongoing litigation are considered a period cost and are expensed as incurred.

As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had accrued $5.6 million for pending or anticipated claims of our continuing operations. These amounts were recorded in other accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and the associated expenses were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of income.

24. Related-Party Transactions

Legal Services

The Company paid $1.3 million, $0.9 million and $5.2 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to the law firm of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg LLP for legal services. Marshall E. Eisenberg, a partner in the law firm, is

 

F-46


Table of Contents

a co-trustee of certain Pritzker family U.S. situs trusts that beneficially own in excess of 5% of the Company’s common stock.

The Company paid $4.4 million, $3.9 million and $0.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to the law firm of Latham and Watkins LLP. Michael A. Pucker, a partner in the law firm, is an immediate family member of a co-trustee of certain Pritzker family U.S. situs trusts that beneficially own in excess of 5% of the Company’s common stock.

Other Fees

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction discussed in Note 2, “Change in Control,” the Company paid $13.0 million to Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and $2.6 million to The Pritzker Organization, L.L.C. in 2010.

Payables

Other liabilities included $4.1 million at December 31, 2011, owed to certain Pritzker family business interests related to tax indemnification payments arising in connection with the Change in Control Transaction. This amount is subject to future adjustments based on a final determination of tax expense. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” for additional information.

Issuances of Common Stock

On April 8, 2011, the Company issued an aggregate of 30,775 shares of common stock to QED Fund I, LP in a private placement transaction at a purchase price of $24.37 per share. Nigel W. Morris, one of the Company’s directors, is the managing member of QED Partners, LLC, the general partner of QED Fund I, LP, and is a 98% limited partner of QED Fund I, LP. Additionally, Mr. Morris is the managing member of QED Investors, LLC, the manager of QED Fund I, LP.

On May 3, 2011, the Company issued an aggregate of 22,500 shares of common stock to Matthew A. Carey, one of the Company’s directors, in a private placement transaction at a purchase price of $24.37 per share.

Investment Purchase

On November 4, 2011, the Company purchased 318,471 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of L2C, Inc. from QED Fund I, LP at a purchase price of $3.14 per share. Nigel W. Morris, one of the Company’s directors, is the managing member of QED Partners, LLC, the general partner of QED Fund I, LP, and is a 98% limited partner of QED Fund I, LP. Additionally, Mr. Morris is the managing member of QED Investors, LLC, the manager of QED Fund I, LP.

Debt

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction the Company borrowed $16.7 million from an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests under the RFC loan. The loan is an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, discounted by $2.5 million for imputed interest, due December 15, 2018, with prepayments of principal due annually based on excess foreign cash flows. See Note 2, “Change in Control,” and Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information.

Sale of Auction Rate Securities

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, the Company sold auction rate securities at fair value to an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests for $25.0 million, which was equal

 

F-47


Table of Contents

to the par value. This sale was made to assist in financing the Change in Control Transaction. See Note 2, “Change in Control.”

25. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The quarterly financial data for 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended (1)  

(in millions)

   March 31,
2011 (2)
    June 30,
2011
    September 30,
2011
     December 31,
2011
 

Revenue

   $ 245.9      $ 257.5      $ 267.6       $ 253.0   

Operating income

     55.1        60.5        72.8         64.3   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (23.3     25.2        29.3         18.0   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.1     (0.3     —           —     

Net income (loss)

     (23.4     24.9        29.3         18.0   

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

     (25.5     22.9        27.1         16.3   
     Three Months Ended (1)  

(in millions)

   March 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010 ( 3 )
    September 30,
2010
     December 31,
2010
 

Revenue

   $ 227.0      $ 237.4      $ 246.8       $ 245.4   

Operating income

     46.1        40.6        66.2         63.2   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     26.8        (25.0     17.4         17.4   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (4.2     12.8        —           (0.4

Net income (loss)

     22.6        (12.2     17.4         17.0   

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

     20.8        (14.2     15.1         14.9   

 

(1) The sum of the quarterly totals may not equal the annual totals due to rounding.
(2) For the three months ended March 31, 2011, as a result of refinancing our senior secured credit facility in February 2011, the Company incurred a $59.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt consisting of a write-off of $49.8 million of previously unamortized deferred financing fees and a prepayment premium of $9.5 million. See Note 13, “Debt,” for additional information.
(3) For the three months ended June 30, 2010, in connection with the Change in Control Transaction described in Note 2, “Change in Control,” the Company incurred and expensed $27.8 million of transaction-related costs and $20.7 million of additional stock-based compensation as a result of the accelerated vesting of restricted stock upon change in control. See Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation,” for additional information on the accelerated vesting of the restricted stock.

26. Financial Statements of Guarantors

As discussed in Note 13, “Debt,” the obligations under the senior secured notes are unsecured obligations of Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation. However they are guaranteed by TransUnion Corp. and certain wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Trans Union LLC. The guarantees of the guarantors are joint, several, full and unconditional. The accompanying consolidating financial information presents the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the parent guarantor TransUnion Corp., the issuers Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation, the guarantor subsidiaries as a group and the non-guarantor subsidiaries as a group. Each entity’s investments in its subsidiaries, if any, are presented under the equity method. The domestic tax provision and related taxes receivable and payable, and the domestic deferred tax assets and liabilities, are prepared on a consolidated basis and are not fully allocated to individual legal entities. As a result, the information presented is not intended to present the financial position or results of operations of those entities on a stand-alone basis.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 34.6      $ 1.0      $ 0.1      $ 72.1      $ —        $ 107.8   

Trade accounts receivable, net

    —          89.5        15.0        34.9        —          139.4   

Due from (to) affiliates

    19.7        (40.7     3.0        18.0        —          —     

Other current assets

    9.2        41.8        —          4.4        —          55.4   

Current assets of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          0.1        —          0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    63.5        91.6        18.1        129.5        —          302.7   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —          147.6        25.0        29.8        —          202.4   

Other marketable securities

    —          10.3        —          —          —          10.3   

Goodwill

    —          6.3        189.9        79.0        —          275.2   

Other intangibles, net

    —          53.8        57.9        25.7        —          137.4   

Other assets

    (877.5     526.3        2.4        39.4        387.2        77.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ (814.0   $ 835.9      $ 293.3      $ 303.4      $ 387.2      $ 1,005.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Trade accounts payable

  $ 0.3      $ 46.0      $ 16.8      $ 12.0      $ —        $ 75.1   

Current portion of long-term debt

    10.3        9.5        0.9        1.1        —          21.8   

Other current liabilities

    24.0        49.0        6.7        20.5        —          100.2   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          0.4        —          0.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    34.6        104.5        24.4        34.0        —          197.5   

Long-term debt

    —          1,578.4        —          7.5        (6.5     1,579.4   

Other liabilities

    —          30.3        6.5        16.5        —          53.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    34.6        1,713.2        30.9        58.0        (6.5     1,830.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Corp. stockholders’ equity

    (848.6     (877.3     262.4        221.2        393.7        (848.6

Noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          24.2        —          24.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    (848.6     (877.3     262.4        245.4        393.7        (824.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ (814.0   $ 835.9      $ 293.3      $ 303.4      $ 387.2      $ 1,005.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2010

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 81.4      $ —        $ —        $ 49.8      $ —        $ 131.2   

Trade accounts receivable, net

    —          86.3        11.5        34.8        —          132.6   

Due from (to) affiliates

    (33.3     (23.5     14.0        42.8        —          —     

Other current assets

    5.4        37.5        2.3        4.8        —          50.0   

Current assets of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          0.6        —          0.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    53.5        100.3        27.8        132.8        —          314.4   

Property, plant and equipment, net

    —          143.4        24.7        18.0        —          186.1   

Other marketable securities

    —          19.2        0.1        —          —          19.3   

Goodwill

    —          6.3        161.9        55.5        —          223.7   

Other intangibles, net

    —          61.7        50.9        5.3        —          117.9   

Other assets

    (901.0     499.2        0.2        14.6        479.8        92.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ (847.5   $ 830.1      $ 265.6      $ 226.2      $ 479.8      $ 954.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Trade accounts payable

  $ —        $ 46.1      $ 10.8      $ 8.9      $ —        $ 65.8   

Current portion of long-term debt

    4.9        9.5        0.7        —          —          15.1   

Other current liabilities

    15.8        65.6        5.4        16.6        —          103.4   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          2.0        —          2.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    20.7        121.2        16.9        27.5        —          186.3   

Long-term debt

    9.3        1,580.7        0.9        6.5        (6.5     1,590.9   

Other liabilities

    —          34.4        5.5        (0.9     —          39.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    30.0        1,736.3        23.3        33.1        (6.5     1,816.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Corp. stockholders’ equity

    (877.5     (906.2     242.3        177.6        486.3        (877.5

Noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          15.5        —          15.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    (877.5     (906.2     242.3        193.1        486.3        (862.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ (847.5   $ 830.1      $ 265.6      $ 226.2      $ 479.8      $ 954.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Statement of Income

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans  Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $ —        $ 637.3      $ 209.4      $ 238.4      $ (61.1   $ 1,024.0   

Operating expenses

           

Cost of services

    —          295.1        88.3        79.5        (41.4     421.5   

Selling, general and administrative

    0.3        166.9        63.0        55.4        (21.1     264.5   

Depreciation and amortization

    —          60.9        17.1        7.3        —          85.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    0.3        522.9        168.4        142.2        (62.5     771.3   

Operating income (loss)

    (0.3     114.4        41.0        96.2        1.4        252.7   

Non-operating income and expense

           

Interest expense

    (1.3     (124.9     —          (0.2     —          (126.4

Interest income

    —          0.1        —          0.6        —          0.7   

Other income and expense, net

    42.9        28.0        (0.1     (4.7     (126.0     (59.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

    41.6        (96.8     (0.1     (4.3     (126.0     (185.6

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    41.3        17.6        40.9        91.9        (124.6     67.1   

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (0.5     25.3        (20.9     (21.7     —          (17.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    40.8        42.9        20.0        70.2        (124.6     49.3   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          (0.5     —          (0.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    40.8        42.9        20.0        69.7        (124.6     48.8   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (8.0     —          (8.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

  $ 40.8      $ 42.9      $ 20.0      $ 61.7      $ (124.6   $ 40.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Statement of Income

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans  Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $ —        $ 614.8      $ 175.6      $ 215.4      $ (49.3   $ 956.5   

Operating expenses

           

Cost of services

    —          293.9        72.5        65.3        (35.9     395.8   

Selling, general and administrative

    0.3        169.1        56.6        51.7        (14.7      263.0   

Depreciation and amortization

    —          56.9        18.2        6.5        —          81.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    0.3        519.9        147.3        123.5        (50.6     740.4   

Operating income (loss)

    (0.3     94.9        28.3        91.9        1.3        216.1   

Non-operating income and expense

           

Interest expense

    (1.2     (88.6     —          (0.3     —          (90.1

Interest income

    0.3        0.2        —          0.5        —          1.0   

Other income and expense, net

    38.0        30.3        (0.4     (1.7     (110.2     (44.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

    37.1        (58.1     (0.4     (1.5     (110.2     (133.1

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    36.8        36.8        27.9        90.4        (108.9     83.0   

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (0.2     0.8        (13.6     (33.3     —          (46.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    36.6        37.6        14.3        57.1        (108.9     36.7   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          8.2        —          8.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    36.6        37.6        14.3        65.3        (108.9     44.9   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (8.3     —          (8.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

  $ 36.6      $ 37.6      $ 14.3      $ 57.0      $ (108.9   $ 36.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Statement of Income

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans  Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

  $ —        $ 621.5      $ 161.0      $ 188.4      $ (46.1   $ 924.8   

Operating expenses

           

Cost of services

    —          312.5        69.5        62.2        (40.0     404.2   

Selling, general and administrative

    0.2        156.4        43.7        41.3        (7.0     234.6   

Depreciation and amortization

    —          62.5        13.9        5.2        —          81.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    0.2        531.4        127.1        108.7        (47.0     720.4   

Operating income (loss)

    (0.2     90.1        33.9        79.7        0.9        204.4   

Non-operating income and expense

           

Interest expense

    (0.7     (2.9     (0.1     (1.4     1.1        (4.0

Interest income

    2.1        2.2        —          0.8        (1.1     4.0   

Other income and expense, net

    128.0        76.1        (0.1     (3.7     (199.0     1.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

    129.4        75.4        (0.2     (4.3     (199.0     1.3   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    129.2        165.5        33.7        75.4        (198.1     205.7   

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

    (3.8     (37.6     (15.5     (16.5     —          (73.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    125.4        127.9        18.2        58.9        (198.1     132.3   

Discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          1.2        —          1.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    125.4        127.9        18.2        60.1        (198.1     133.5   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (8.1     —          (8.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

  $ 125.4      $ 127.9      $ 18.2      $ 52.0      $ (198.1   $ 125.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 40.8      $ 42.9      $ 20.0      $ 69.7      $ (124.6   $ 48.8   

Less: income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          (0.5     —          (0.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 40.8      $ 42.9      $ 20.0      $ 70.2      $ (124.6   $ 49.3   

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    —          60.9        17.1        7.3        —          85.3   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —          59.3        —          —          —          59.3   

Stock-based incentive compensation

    —          4.1        0.1        0.4        —          4.6   

Deferred financing fees

    —          4.2        —          —          —          4.2   

Provision for losses on trade accounts receivable

    —          1.0        0.3        0.6        —          1.9   

Deferred taxes

    (0.1     (4.6     1.1        0.1        —          (3.5

Gain on sale or exchange of property

    —          —          (0.3     —          —          (0.3

Other

    —          (1.6     1.8        (0.8     —          (0.6

Equity in net (income) loss from subsidiaries

    (42.9     (81.7     —          —          124.6        —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

           

Trade accounts receivable

    —          (4.2     (2.8     (4.6     —          (11.6

Other current and long-term assets

    (49.1     5.3        14.0        26.5        —          (3.3

Trade accounts payable

    0.1        6.4        5.3        3.1        —          14.9   

Other current and long-term liabilities

    13.6        (14.1     —          4.8        —          4.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations

  $ (37.6   $ 77.9      $ 56.6      $ 107.6      $ —        $ 204.5   

Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          (1.3     —          (1.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (37.6   $ 77.9      $ 56.6      $ 106.3      $ —        $ 203.2   

 

F-54


Table of Contents
    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

    —          (60.0     (5.3     (8.7     —          (74.0

Investments in trading securities

    —          (1.2     —          —          —          (1.2

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

    —          9.9        —          —          —          9.9   

Proceeds from sale and redemption of investments in available-for-sale securities

    —          —          0.2        —          —          0.2   

Investments in held-to-maturity securities

    —          —          —          (6.3     —          (6.3

Proceeds from held-to-maturity securities

    —          —          —          6.3        —          6.3   

Acquisitions and purchases of noncontrolling interests, net of cash acquired

    —          —          (50.7     (54.5     —          (105.2

Acquisition related deposits

    —          —          —          (8.6     —          (8.6

Other

    —          (2.5     —          (0.2     —          (2.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

  $ —        $ (53.8   $ (55.8   $ (72.0   $ —        $ (181.6

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Proceeds from senior secured credit facility

    —          950.0        —          —          —          950.0   

Extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

    —          (945.2     —          —          —          (945.2

Prepayment fee on early extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

    —          (9.5     —          —          —          (9.5

Repayments of debt

    (3.9     (7.1     (0.7     —          —          (11.7

Treasury stock purchases

    (0.2     —          —          —          —          (0.2

Distribution of merger consideration

    (4.3     —          —          —          —          (4.3

Debt financing fees

    —          (11.3     —          —          —          (11.3

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (8.5     —          (8.5

Other

    (0.8     —          —          0.3        —          (0.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

  $ (9.2   $ (23.1   $ (0.7   $ (8.2   $ —        $ (41.2

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          (3.8     —          (3.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (46.8   $ 1.0      $ 0.1      $ 22.3      $ —        $ (23.4

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    81.4        —          —          49.8        —          131.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 34.6      $ 1.0      $ 0.1      $ 72.1      $ —        $ 107.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union

LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 36.6      $ 37.6      $ 14.3      $ 65.3      $ (108.9 )   $ 44.9   

Less: income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          8.2        —          8.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 36.6      $ 37.6      $ 14.3      $ 57.1      $ (108.9 )   $ 36.7   

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    —          56.9        18.2        6.5        —          81.6   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —          11.0        —          —          —          11.0   

Stock-based incentive compensation

    —          28.7        —          —          —          28.7   

Deferred financing fees

    —          17.1        —          —          —          17.1   

Provision (benefit) for losses on trade accounts receivable

    —          1.0        (0.1     0.6        —          1.5   

Change in control transaction fees

    —          27.7        —          —          —          27.7   

Deferred taxes

    —          7.9        0.5        4.3        —          12.7   

(Gain) loss on sale or exchange of property

    —          (3.9     —          0.1        —          (3.8 )

Other

    (0.3 )     (1.4 )     —          (2.4 )     0.1        (4.0 )

Equity in net (income) loss from subsidiaries

    (37.6     (71.3     —          —          108.9        —     

Dividends received from subsidiaries

    1,087.2        23.4        —          —          (1,110.6 )     —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

           

Trade accounts receivable

    —          (5.3     (4.2     (3.1     —          (12.6 )

Other current and long-term assets

    34.2        (20.7     (15.4     (0.5     0.3        (2.1 )

Trade accounts payable

    —          4.8        5.4        (1.2     —          9.0   

Other current and long-term liabilities

    0.8        11.8        (6.8     (4.4     (0.3 )     1.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations

  $ 1,120.9      $ 125.3      $ 11.9      $ 57.0      $ (1,110.5 )   $ 204.6   

Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          (4.2     —          (4.2 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 1,120.9      $ 125.3      $ 11.9      $ 52.8      $ (1,110.5 )   $ 200.4   

 

F-56


Table of Contents
    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union

LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

    —          (26.0     (11.9     (8.9     —          (46.8 )

Investments in trading securities

    —          (1.3 )     —          —          —          (1.3 )

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

    —          1.3        —          —          —          1.3   

Proceeds from sale and redemption of investments in available-for-sale securities

    114.4        —          —          —          —          114.4   

Proceeds from held-to-maturity securities

    —          —          —          4.9        —          4.9   

Proceeds from sale of assets of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          10.6        —          10.6   

Acquisitions and purchases of noncontrolling interests, net of cash acquired

    —          (3.1 )     —          (14.0     3.1        (14.0 )

Other

    —          16.5        —          0.3        (15.5 )     1.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  $ 114.4      $ (12.6 )   $ (11.9   $ (7.1   $ (12.4 )   $ 70.4   

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Proceeds from senior secured credit facility

    —          950.0        —          —          —          950.0   

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

    —          645.0        —          —          —          645.0   

Proceeds from RFC loan

    16.7        —          —          —          —          16.7   

Proceeds from revolving line of credit

    —          15.0        —          —          —          15.0   

Repayments of debt

    (89.1     (520.4     —          (15.5     15.5        (609.5

Treasury stock purchases

    (5.4 )     —          —          —          —          (5.4 )

Distribution of merger consideration

    (1,178.6     —          —          —          —          (1,178.6 )

Debt financing fees

    —          (85.5 )     —          —          —          (85.5 )

Change in control transaction fees

    —          (27.7 )     —          —          —          (27.7 )

Dividends to Parent

    —          (1,087.2 )     —          (23.4     1,110.6        —     

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (8.6     —          (8.6 )

Other

    0.1        (1.9 )     —          3.1        (3.2 )     (1.9 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ (1,256.3   $ (112.7 )   $ —        $ (44.4   $ 1,122.9      $ (290.5 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          1.8        —          1.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (21.0   $ —        $ —        $ 3.1      $ —        $ (17.9 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period, including cash of discontinued operations of $11.6

    102.4        —          —          46.7        —          149.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 81.4      $ —        $ —        $ 49.8      $ —        $ 131.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009

(in millions)

 

    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union

LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net income (loss)

  $ 125.4      $ 127.9      $ 18.2      $ 60.1      $ (198.1   $ 133.5   

Less: income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

    —          —          —          1.2        —          1.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 125.4      $ 127.9      $ 18.2      $ 58.9      $ (198.1   $ 132.3   

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    —          62.5        13.9        5.2        —          81.6   

Stock-based incentive compensation

    —          13.4        —          —          —          13.4   

Deferred financing fees

    —          0.5        —          —          —          0.5   

Provision (benefit) for losses on trade accounts receivable

    —          2.4        0.1        (0.5     —          2.0   

Deferred taxes

    2.0        8.5        0.7        (2.4     —          8.8   

(Gain) loss on sale or exchange of property

    (0.5     0.3        —          —          —          (0.2 )

Other

    (0.2     (0.9 )     —          (1.0     —          (2.1 )

Equity in net (income) loss from subsidiaries

    (127.9     (70.2 )     —          —          198.1        —     

Dividends received from subsidiaries

    535.7        51.8        —          —          (587.5     —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

           

Trade accounts receivable

    —          15.8        (0.2     (2.2     —          13.4   

Other current and long-term assets

    (16.1     41.9        (17.5     5.1        0.7        14.1   

Trade accounts payable

    —          1.1        (5.8     0.7        —          (4.0 )

Other current and long-term liabilities

    55.0        (65.6 )     0.6        2.0        —          (8.0 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations

  $ 573.4      $ 189.4      $ 10.0      $ 65.8      $ (586.8   $ 251.8   

Cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations

    —          —          —          (6.8     (0.7     (7.5 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 573.4      $ 189.4      $ 10.0      $ 59.0      $ (587.5   $ 244.3   

 

F-58


Table of Contents
    Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union

LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

    —          (39.7 )     (10.0     (6.6     —          (56.3 )

Investments in trading securities

    —          (0.2 )     —          —          —          (0.2 )

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

    —          0.7        —          —          —          0.7   

Investments in available-for-sale securities

    —          (8.4 )     —          —          —          (8.4 )

Proceeds from sale and redemption of investments in available-for-sale securities

    23.5        6.2        —          —          —          29.7   

Investments in held-to-maturity securities

    (268.8     —          —          (5.4 )     —          (274.2 )

Proceeds from held-to-maturity securities

    269.0        —          —          6.0        —          275.0   

Acquisitions and purchases of noncontrolling interests, net of cash acquired

    —          (101.0 )     —          (0.3 )     —          (101.3 )

Other

    —          0.3        —          —          —          0.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  $ 23.7      $ (142.1 )   $ (10.0   $ (6.3 )   $ —        $ (134.7 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Repayments of debt

    (17.3     (0.5 )     —          —          —          (17.8 )

Proceeds from secured line of credit

    106.4        —          —          —          —          106.4   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    —          500.0        —          —          —          500.0   

Treasury stock purchases

    (907.2     —          —          —          —          (907.2 )

Debt financing fees

    —          (11.1 )     —          —          —          (11.1 )

Dividends to Parent

    —          (535.7 )     —          (51.8 )     587.5        —     

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          (7.6 )     —          (7.6 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ (818.1   $ (47.3 )   $ —        $ (59.4 )   $ 587.5      $ (337.3 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          —          4.0        —          4.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (221.0   $ —        $ —        $ (2.7 )   $ —        $ (223.7 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period, including cash of discontinued operations of $16.8

    323.4        —          —          49.4        —          372.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period, including cash of discontinued operations of $11.6

  $ 102.4      $ —        $ —        $ 46.7      $ —        $ 149.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

27. Subsequent Event

On February 17, 2012, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Spartan Parent Holdings Inc. (“Acquisition Co”) and Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc., entities formed by affiliates of Advent International Corporation (“Advent”) and GS Capital Partners (“GSCP”), pursuant to which Acquisition Co will acquire 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the aggregate purchase price for the outstanding common stock and options to purchase common stock of the Company will be approximately $1.685 billion, plus the assumption or replacement of existing debt. In connection with the Merger Agreement, all existing stockholders of the Company will be entitled to receive cash consideration for their shares, and all existing optionholders will be entitled to receive cash consideration based on the value of their options. It is currently contemplated that certain management stockholders may continue to hold equity interests in the Company (or Acquisition Co) following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are expected to close late first quarter or early second quarter of 2012, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of conditions specified in the Merger Agreement, including the expiration or termination of certain waiting periods, or the receipt of clearance, as required, under applicable competition laws. The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights for Acquisition Co, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other, and further provides that upon termination of the Merger Agreement, under specified circumstances, Acquisition Co would be required to pay the Company a termination fee in varying amounts, depending on the circumstances that resulted in the termination.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

(in millions)

   Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
     Charged to
Other
Accounts
    Deductions (1)     Balance at
End of
Year
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2) :

            

Year ended December 31,

            

2011

   $ 1.7       $ 1.9       $ (0.3   $ (2.1   $ 1.2   

2010

     2.5         1.5         —          (2.3 )     1.7   

2009

     6.5         2.0         (1.2     (4.8     2.5   

Allowance for deferred tax assets (2) :

            

Year ended December 31,

            

2011

   $ 12.8       $ 4.6       $ 0.2      $ (0.7   $ 16.9   

2010

     3.0         9.9         —          (0.1     3.0   

2009

     2.5         0.7         —          (0.2     3.0   

 

(1)  

For the allowance for doubtful accounts, includes write-offs of uncollectable accounts.

(2)  

Excludes discontinued operations.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except per share data)

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     Unaudited        

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 108.1      $ 107.8   

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3.6 and $1.2

     159.7        139.4   

Other current assets

     51.8        55.4   

Current assets of discontinued operations

     —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     319.6        302.7   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $509.0 and $490.7

     197.6        202.4   

Other marketable securities

     10.8        10.3   

Goodwill

     268.8        275.2   

Other intangibles, net

     129.1        137.4   

Other assets

     81.1        77.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,007.0      $ 1,005.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Trade accounts payable

   $ 67.8      $ 75.1   

Current portion of long-term debt

     20.7        21.8   

Other current liabilities

     99.9        100.2   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     188.4        197.5   

Long-term debt

     1,577.0        1,579.4   

Other liabilities

     47.4        53.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,812.8        1,830.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 20.0 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 180.0 shares authorized, 29.8 and 29.8 shares issued at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively; 29.8 and 29.8 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively

     0.3        0.3   

Additional paid-in capital

     895.6        893.9   

Treasury stock at cost; less than 0.1 shares at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011

     (0.3     (0.2

Retained earnings

     (1,729.2     (1,739.0

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     1.0        (3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Corp. stockholders’ equity

     (832.6     (848.6

Noncontrolling interests

     26.8        24.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (805.8     (824.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,007.0      $ 1,005.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in millions)

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
     2012     2011  
     Unaudited  

Revenue

   $ 280.6      $ 245.9   

Operating expenses

    

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

     115.0        101.7   

Selling, general and administrative

     78.1        67.4   

Depreciation and amortization

     21.9        21.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     215.0        190.8   

Operating income

     65.6        55.1   

Non-operating income and expense

    

Interest expense

     (30.7     (33.6

Interest income

     0.4        0.2   

Other income and expense, net

     (2.9     (58.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     (33.2     (92.3

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     32.4        (37.2

(Provision) benefit for income taxes

     (20.3     13.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     12.1        (23.3

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     12.1        (23.4

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (1.9     (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 10.2      $ (25.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in millions)

 

    

Three Months Ended

March 31,

 
     2012     2011  
     Unaudited  

Net income (loss)

   $ 12.1      $ (23.4

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     5.4        (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     5.4        (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

     17.5        (24.2

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (2.7     (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 14.8      $ (26.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     Three Months Ended
March  31,
 
     2012     2011  
     Unaudited  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 12.1      $ (23.4

Less: loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     12.1        (23.3

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Loss on early extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     —          59.3   

Depreciation and amortization

     21.9        21.7   

Deferred financing fees

     0.9        1.6   

Stock-based incentive compensation

     1.6        1.2   

Provision for losses on trade accounts receivable

     3.0        0.7   

Equity in net income of affiliates, net of dividends

     (2.8     (3.1

Deferred taxes

     9.0        (19.3

Other

     (0.3     (0.1

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Trade accounts receivable

     (21.7     (13.4

Other current and long-term assets

     (0.8     (0.4

Trade accounts payable

     0.1        5.5   

Other current and long-term liabilities

     (1.4     (4.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

     21.6        25.9   

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     (17.3     (26.7

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

     1.0        8.8   

Investments in trading securities

     (1.1     (0.7

Other

     0.7        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

     (16.7     (18.6

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from senior secured credit facility

     —          950.0   

Extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     —          (945.2

Repayments of debt

     (3.5     (4.6

Debt financing fees

     —          (11.4

Prepayment fee on early extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     —          (9.5

Distribution of merger consideration

     (1.3     (0.2

Other

     (0.8     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

     (5.6     (21.4

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     1.0        (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     0.3        (14.5

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     107.8        131.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 108.1      $ 116.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

(in millions)

(Unaudited)

 

    Common Stock                                      
    Shares     Amount     Paid-In
Capital
    Treasury
Stock
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other Comp
Income
(Loss)
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

    29.8      $ 0.3      $ 893.9      $ (0.2   $ (1,739.0   $ (3.6   $ 24.2      $ (824.4

Net income

            10.2          1.9        12.1   

Other comprehensive income

              4.6        0.8        5.4   

Stock-based incentive compensation expense

        1.6                1.6   

Exercise of stock options

        0.1                0.1   

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

                (0.1     (0.1

Treasury stock purchased

          (0.1           (0.1

Effects of merger transaction

            (0.4         (0.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2012

    29.8      $ 0.3      $ 895.6      $ (0.3   $ (1,729.2   $ 1.0      $ 26.8      $ (805.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for interim financial information. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2012, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2012. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for 2011 that were included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on February 17, 2012.

Events and transactions occurring through the date of issuance of the financial statements have been evaluated by management, and when appropriate, recognized or disclosed in the financial statements or notes to the financial statements.

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income—Presentation of Comprehensive Income . The objective of ASU 2011-05 is to improve the comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income. This ASU requires companies to present items of net income, other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income in one continuous statement or two separate but consecutive statements. In December 2011, ASU 2011-05 was modified by the issuance of ASU No. 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. This update deferred certain paragraphs of ASU 2011-05 that would require reclassifications of items from other comprehensive income to net income by component of net income and by component of other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. The changes in these updates are required to be applied retrospectively and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted these standards on January 1, 2012, and now presents comprehensive income in a separate statement following the statement of income.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Testing Goodwill for Impairment . The objective of ASU 2011-08 is to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. Under the new requirements, the Company will have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further quantitative testing is not required. The changes in this update are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2012, and does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

2. Marketable Securities

Marketable securities at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Trading securities

   $ 10.8       $ 10.3   

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Trading securities are carried at fair market value with unrealized gains and losses included in net income. These securities relate to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan held in trust for the benefit of plan participants. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, earnings from trading securities included realized gains of less than $0.1 million and unrealized gains of $0.3 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, earnings from trading securities included realized gains of less than $0.1 million and unrealized gains of $0.2 million.

3. Fair Value

The following table summarizes financial instruments measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, as of March 31, 2012:

 

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Trading securities

   $ 10.8       $ 10.8       $ —         $ —     

Level 1 investments, which use quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets to establish fair value, consist of exchange-traded mutual funds and publicly traded equity investments valued at their current market prices. At March 31, 2012, we did not have any investments valued using Level 2 or Level 3 inputs.

4. Other Current Assets

Other current assets at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 41.7       $ 37.1   

Deferred financing fees

     3.8         3.8   

Deferred income tax assets

     3.1         8.7   

Income taxes receivable

     —           1.9   

Other

     3.2         3.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current assets

   $ 51.8       $ 55.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets decreased from December 31, 2011, primarily due to the use of a net operating loss carryforward during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

5. Other Assets

Other assets at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Investments in affiliated companies

   $ 45.5       $ 42.7   

Deferred financing fees

     23.5         23.7   

Deposits

     10.3         10.7   

Deferred income tax assets

     1.1         —     

Other

     0.7         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 81.1       $ 77.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

6. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Accrued payroll

   $ 35.8       $ 55.1   

Accrued interest

     23.9         5.0   

Deferred revenue

     10.1         13.0   

Accrued liabilities

     6.8         5.6   

Accrued employee benefits

     5.9         8.7   

Other

     17.4         12.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 99.9       $ 100.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued payroll decreased $19.3 million from year end 2011 primarily due to the payment of accrued 2011 bonuses during the three months ended March 31, 2012. Accrued interest increased $18.9 million from year end 2011 due to additional interest accrued on the senior notes due 2018, which is paid semi-annually in June and December, and additional accrued interest due on the senior secured term loan.

7. Other liabilities

Other liabilities at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Deferred income taxes

   $ 33.4       $ 39.9   

Retirement benefits

     10.0         9.6   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     3.2         3.2   

Other

     0.8         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 47.4       $ 53.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes decreased $6.5 million from December 31, 2011, primarily due to a restructuring in March 2012 involving the merger of a holding company with our recently acquired Brazilian business Crivo Sistemas em Informatica S.A. (“Crivo”) and the recording of the resulting deferred tax asset. See Note 12, “Business Acquisitions,” for further information on the acquisition of Crivo.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

8. Debt

Debt outstanding at March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Senior secured term loan, payable in quarterly installments through February 10, 2018, including variable interest (4.75% at March 31, 2012) at LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus applicable margin

   $ 940.5      $ 942.9   

Senior secured revolving line of credit, due on February 10, 2016, variable interest (4.75% at March 31, 2012) at LIBOR or alternate base rate, plus applicable margin

     —          —     

Senior notes, principal due June 15, 2018, semi-annual interest payments, 11.375% fixed interest per annum

     645.0        645.0   

RFC loan due December 15, 2018, excluding imputed interest of 11.625%

     10.1        10.3   

Note payable for 2007 acquisition, payable in annual installments through 2012, excluding imputed interest of 4.69%

     —          0.9   

Note payable for 2011 acquisition, payable in annual installments through April 15, 2013, excluding imputed interest of 10.0%

     1.8        1.8   

Capital lease obligations

     0.3        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 1,597.7      $ 1,601.2   

Less short-term debt and current maturities

     (20.7     (21.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,577.0      $ 1,579.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 14, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.,” for information regarding the amendment to the senior secured credit facility and additional debt to be incurred subsequent to March 31, 2012, in connection with the acquisition of TransUnion Corp.

Senior secured credit facility

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction discussed in Note 2, “Change in Control,” of our year end audited financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, on June 15, 2010, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility with various lenders. On February 10, 2011, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit facility, repaid and extinguished the original senior secured term loan, borrowed new funds under the new senior secured term loan and replaced the senior secured revolving line of credit. See note 14, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.,” for information about the further amendment to this credit facility subsequent to March 31, 2012.

This credit facility consists of a seven-year $950.0 million senior secured term loan and a $200.0 million senior secured revolving line of credit, with $25.0 million expiring June 15, 2015, and $175.0 million expiring February 10, 2016. Interest rates on the borrowings are based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) unless otherwise elected, and currently subject to a floor of 1.50%, plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. There is a 0.5% annual commitment fee payable quarterly based on the undrawn portion of the revolving line of credit. With certain exceptions, the obligations are secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Trans Union LLC, including its investment in subsidiaries. The credit facility contains various

 

F-70


Table of Contents

restrictions and nonfinancial covenants, along with a senior secured net leverage ratio test that only applies to periods in which we have outstanding amounts drawn on the revolving line of credit. The nonfinancial covenants include restrictions on dividends, investments, dispositions, future borrowings and other specified payments, as well as additional reporting and disclosure requirements. We are in compliance with all of the loan covenants.

Under the term loan, the Company is required to make principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal balance at the end of each quarter, with the remaining principal balance due February 10, 2018. The Company will also be required to make additional principal payments beginning in 2013 based on excess cash flows of the prior year. Depending on the senior secured net leverage ratio for the year, a principal payment of between zero and fifty percent of the excess cash flows will be due the following year. Under the revolving line of credit, the first $25.0 million commitment expires June 15, 2015, and the remaining $175.0 million commitment expires February 10, 2016. The Company did not repay or borrow any funds under its revolving line of credit during the first quarter of 2012.

In connection with the refinancing in February 2011, the Company borrowed an additional $4.8 million under the term loan, expensed $49.8 million of unamortized deferred financing fees related to the original term loan and revolving line of credit that was extinguished, and paid and expensed a $9.5 million prepayment premium equal to 1% of the outstanding principal balance of the original term loan. In addition, the Company incurred $11.3 million of deferred financing fees to secure the amended and restated credit facility. These fees were allocated between the term loan and the revolving line of credit.

The deferred financing fees allocated to the term loan are amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the loan using the effective interest rate method. The deferred financing fees allocated to the revolving line of credit are amortized over its term on a straight-line basis, and will be recorded as additional interest expense to the extent we borrow against the revolving line of credit, or as other expense to the extent we do not borrow against the revolving line of credit.

Total interest expense on these loans for the three months ended March 31, 2012, was $11.7 million, which included $0.4 million of amortization of deferred financing fees on the term loan. Other expense included $0.3 million of unused revolving line of credit fees, and less than $0.1 million of amortization of deferred financing fees related to the revolving line of credit. Total interest expense on these loans for the three months ended March 31, 2011, was $14.3 million, which included $1.0 million of amortization of deferred financing fees on the term loan. Other expense included a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $59.3 million consisting of $49.8 million of unamortized deferred financing fees written off as a result of the refinancing and the $9.5 million prepayment premium on the old term loan, $0.3 million of unused revolving line of credit fees, and $0.2 million of amortization of deferred financing fees related to the revolving line of credit.

Senior notes

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, Trans Union LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiary TransUnion Financing Corporation, issued $645.0 million of senior notes to certain private investors. The senior notes mature on June 15, 2018, and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 11.375% per annum, payable semi-annually. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, these senior notes have been registered with the SEC. The indenture governing the senior notes contains nonfinancial covenants that include restrictions on dividends, investments, dispositions, future borrowings and other specified payments, as well as additional reporting and disclosure requirements. We are in compliance with all covenants under the indenture.

Total interest expense for the senior notes for the three months ended March 31, 2012, was $18.8 million, which included $0.5 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense. Total interest expense for the senior notes for the three months ended March 31, 2011, was $18.7 million, which included $0.4 million of deferred financing fees that were amortized as additional interest expense.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

RFC loan

In connection with the Change in Control Transaction, on June 15, 2010, the Company borrowed $16.7 million from an entity owned by Pritzker family business interests under the foreign cash loan (the “RFC loan”). The RFC loan is an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, discounted by $2.5 million for imputed interest, due December 15, 2018, with prepayments of principal due annually based on excess foreign cash flows. Interest expense is calculated under the effective interest method using an imputed interest rate of 11.625%. The Company expensed $0.3 million of interest and repaid $0.2 million of principal during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

The Company repaid the remaining principal of the loan in connection with the acquisition of the Company as discussed in Note 14, “Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.” The Company expensed $0.4 million of interest and repaid $5.1 million of principal and imputed interest during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Note Payable for 2011 acquisition of noncontrolling interests

On April 15, 2011, we acquired the remaining 20% ownership interest in our South Africa subsidiary, TransUnion Analytic and Decision Services (Proprietary) Limited, from the noncontrolling shareholders. In connection with this acquisition, we issued a note to the sellers for $2.0 million. The note is an unsecured, non-interest bearing note, discounted by $0.2 million for imputed interest, due in annual installments of $1.0 million on April 15, 2012, and April 15, 2013. Interest expense is calculated under the effective interest method using an imputed interest rate of 10.0%. The Company expensed less than $0.1 million of interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

9. Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were 62.7% and 37.4%, respectively. The increase in tax rate for the first quarter of 2012 was primarily due to a change in the Company’s cash repatriation plans, the expiration of the “look-through rule” under subpart F of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and the application of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-30 to the unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.

The provisions of subpart F require U.S. corporate shareholders to recognize current U.S. taxable income from passive income, such as dividend income earned at certain non U.S. subsidiaries, regardless of whether that income is distributed to the U.S. corporate shareholders. The look-through rule provided an exception to this recognition for subsidiary passive income attributable to an active business. The look-through rule expired after December 31, 2011. Under ASC 740-30, we recorded the full tax on substantially all foreign unremitted earnings in the first quarter of 2012.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of both March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, was $3.2 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefit that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $3.2 million as of each date. The accrued interest payable for taxes as of March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, was $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. There was no significant liability for tax penalties as of March 31, 2012, or December 31, 2011. We are regularly audited by federal, state and foreign taxing authorities. Given the uncertainties inherent in the audit process, it is reasonably possible that certain audits could result in a significant increase or decrease in the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits.

10. Operating Segments

Operating segments are businesses for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources. This segment financial information is reported on the basis that is used for the internal evaluation of operating performance. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as described in Note 1, “Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies,” of our audited financial statements for 2011 included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 17, 2012.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

We evaluate the performance of segments based on revenue and operating income. Intersegment sales and transfers have been eliminated and were not material.

The following is a more detailed description of the three operating segments and the Corporate unit, which provides support services to each operating segment:

U.S. Information Services

U.S. Information Services (“USIS”) provides consumer reports, credit scores, verification services, analytical services and decisioning technology to businesses in the United States through both direct and indirect channels. These services are offered to customers in the financial services, insurance, healthcare and other markets. These business customers use our products and services to acquire new customers, identify cross-selling opportunities, measure and manage debt portfolio risk, collect debt, and manage fraud. This segment also provides mandated consumer services, including dispute investigations, free annual credit reports and other requirements of the United States Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (“FACTA”), and other credit-related legislation.

International

The International segment provides services similar to our USIS segment to business customers outside the United States and automotive information and commercial data to customers in select geographies. Depending on the maturity of the credit economy in each location, services may include credit reports, analytical and decision services, and risk management services. These services are offered to customers in a number of industries, including financial services, insurance, automotive, collections and communications, and are delivered through both direct and indirect channels. The International segment also provides consumer services similar to those offered in our Interactive segment, such as credit reports, credit scores and credit monitoring services. The two market groups in the International segment are developed markets, which includes Canada, Hong Kong and Puerto Rico, and emerging markets, which includes South Africa, Mexico, the Dominican Republic, India and other emerging markets.

Interactive

Interactive provides services to consumers, including credit reports, scores and credit and identity monitoring services, primarily through the internet. The majority of revenue is derived from subscribers who pay a monthly fee for access to their credit report and score, and for alerts related to changes in their credit reports.

Corporate

Corporate provides shared services for the Company and conducts enterprise functions. Certain costs incurred in Corporate that are not directly attributable to one or more of the operating segments remain in Corporate. These costs are typically for enterprise-level functions and are primarily administrative in nature.

Selected financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of the following:

 

     March 31, 2012     March 31, 2011  

(in millions)

   Revenue      Operating
income
(loss)
    Revenue      Operating
income
(loss)
 

U.S. Information Services

   $ 180.7       $ 55.6      $ 159.6       $ 44.2   

International

     56.6         14.8        50.4         14.4   

Interactive

     43.3         9.9        35.9         8.9   

Corporate

     —           (14.7     —           (12.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 280.6       $ 65.6      $ 245.9       $ 55.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of operating income to income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
    March 31,
2011
 

Operating income from segments

   $ 65.6      $ 55.1   

Other income and expense, net

     (33.2     (92.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax

   $ 32.4      $ (37.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and expense, net, included earnings (losses) from equity method investments for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 as follows:

 

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
     March 31,
2011
 

U.S. Information Services

   $ 0.3       $ 0.1   

International

     2.8         3.3   

Interactive

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.1       $ 3.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. Contingencies

Litigation

Due to the nature of our businesses, claims against us will occur in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims are, or purport to be, class actions that seek substantial damage amounts, including punitive damages. Claimants may seek modifications of business practices, financial incentives or replacement of products or services. We regularly review all claims to determine whether a loss is probable and, if probable, whether the loss can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, an appropriate reserve is accrued, taking into consideration legal positions, contractual obligations and applicable insurance coverages, and included in other current liabilities. We believe that the reserves established for pending or threatened claims are appropriate based on the facts currently known. Due to the uncertainties inherent in the investigation and resolution of a claim, however, additional losses may be incurred that could materially affect our financial results. Legal fees for ongoing litigation are considered a period cost and are expensed as incurred. See Part II, Item 1, “Legal Proceedings,” for additional information.

12. Business Acquisitions

2011 acquisitions

Crivo Sistemas em Informatica S.A.

On December 28, 2011, we acquired an 80% ownership interest in Crivo, a Brazilian company, for $43.1 million in cash. The purchase was funded using cash on hand. Crivo provides software and services to companies in Brazil to help them make credit, risk and fraud-related decisions. This acquisition is consistent with our strategic objective to invest in growing international regions and will be integrated into our International business segment. Pro forma financial information is not presented because the acquisition was not material to our 2011 consolidated operating results.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Purchase Price Allocation

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we finalized the allocation of the purchase price. The fair value of the net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed as of December 28, 2011, consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair Value  

Trade accounts receivable and other current assets

   $ 1.7   

Property and equipment

     10.8   

Identifiable intangible assets

     20.2   

Goodwill (1)

     33.2   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 65.9   

Total liabilities assumed

     (12.0
  

 

 

 

Net assets of acquired company

   $ 53.9   

Less: noncontrolling interests

     (10.8
  

 

 

 

Purchase price of 80% ownership interest

   $ 43.1   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) For tax purposes, none of the goodwill was initially tax deductible. However, as part of a restructuring in March 2012, Crivo merged with a holding company at which time the entire purchase price allocated to goodwill became tax deductible. At that time, the Company recorded a $10.4 million deferred tax asset and a corresponding decrease to goodwill.

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of Crivo exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired primarily due to growth opportunities, synergies between its customer base and our existing products, and other technological and operational synergies.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on many factors, including an analysis of historical financial performance and estimates of future performance, and was determined using analytical approaches appropriate to the facts and circumstances pertaining to the various classes of assets valued, including discounted cash flow and market-based approaches. The fair values of the intangible assets acquired consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   Fair Value      Estimated
Useful Life
 

Customer relationships

   $ 16.7            19 years   

Trademarks and tradenames

     1.1            20 years   

Noncompete agreements

     2.4            8 years   
  

 

 

       

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 20.2         
  

 

 

       

The weighted-average useful life of identifiable intangible assets is approximately 18 years.

Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs of $2.4 million in 2011 and $0.3 million in 2012, including investment banker fees, legal fees, due diligence and other external costs were incurred and included in other income and expense in each respective year.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

13. Financial Statements of Guarantors

As discussed in Note 8, “Debt,” the obligations under the senior notes are unsecured obligations of Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation. However they are guaranteed by TransUnion Corp. and certain wholly owned domestic subsidiaries of Trans Union LLC. The guarantees of the guarantors are joint, several, full and unconditional. The accompanying consolidating financial information presents the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the parent guarantor, the issuers, the guarantor subsidiaries as a group, and the non-guarantor subsidiaries as a group. Each entity’s investments in its subsidiaries, if any, are presented under the equity method. The domestic tax provision and related taxes receivable and payable, and the domestic deferred tax assets and liabilities, are prepared on a consolidated basis and are not fully allocated to individual legal entities. As a result, the information presented is not intended to present the financial position or results of operations of those entities on a stand-alone basis.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Balance Sheet

March 31, 2012

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

              

Current assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 42.5      $ —        $ —         $ 65.6       $ —        $ 108.1   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     —          102.1        17.9         39.7         —          159.7   

Due from (to) affiliates

     2.0        (55.6     15.1         47.5         (9.0     —     

Other current assets

     7.9        38.5        0.3         5.1         —          51.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     52.4        85.0        33.3         157.9         (9.0     319.6   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —          141.8        23.6         32.2         —          197.6   

Other marketable securities

     —          10.8        —           —           —          10.8   

Goodwill

     —          6.3        189.8         72.7         —          268.8   

Other intangibles, net

     —          50.9        56.6         21.6         —          129.1   

Other assets

     (857.8     560.7        2.6         49.4         326.2        81.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ (805.4   $ 855.5      $ 305.9       $ 333.8       $ 317.2      $ 1,007.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

              

Current liabilities:

              

Trade accounts payable

   $ 3.8      $ 31.9      $ 22.0       $ 10.1       $ —        $ 67.8   

Current portion of long-term debt

     10.1        9.5        —           10.1         (9.0     20.7   

Other current liabilities

     25.9        44.9        6.5         22.6         —          99.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     39.8        86.3        28.5         42.8         (9.0     188.4   

Long-term debt

     —          1,576.0        —           7.5         (6.5     1,577.0   

Other liabilities

     (12.6     37.6        6.8         15.6         —          47.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     27.2        1,699.9        35.3         65.9         (15.5     1,812.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Corp. stockholders’ equity

     (832.6     (844.4     270.6         241.1         332.7        (832.6

Noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —           26.8         —          26.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (832.6     (844.4     270.6         267.9         332.7        (805.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ (805.4   $ 855.5      $ 305.9       $ 333.8       $ 317.2      $ 1,007.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-77


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Audited Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

              

Current assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34.6      $ 1.0      $ 0.1       $ 72.1       $ —        $ 107.8   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     —          89.5        15.0         34.9         —          139.4   

Due from (to) affiliates

     19.7        (40.7     3.0         18.0         —          —     

Other current assets

     9.2        41.8        —           4.4         —          55.4   

Current assets of discontinued operations

     —          —          —           0.1         —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     63.5        91.6        18.1         129.5         —          302.7   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     —          147.6        25.0         29.8         —          202.4   

Other marketable securities

     —          10.3        —           —           —          10.3   

Goodwill

     —          6.3        189.9         79.0         —          275.2   

Other intangibles, net

     —          53.8        57.9         25.7         —          137.4   

Other assets

     (877.5     526.3        2.4         39.4         387.2        77.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ (814.0   $ 835.9      $ 293.3       $ 303.4       $ 387.2      $ 1,005.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

              

Current liabilities:

              

Trade accounts payable

   $ 0.3      $ 46.0      $ 16.8       $ 12.0       $ —        $ 75.1   

Current portion of long-term debt

     10.3        9.5        0.9         1.1         —          21.8   

Other current liabilities

     24.0        49.0        6.7         20.5         —          100.2   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          —          —           0.4         —          0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     34.6        104.5        24.4         34.0         —          197.5   

Long-term debt

     —          1,578.4        —           7.5         (6.5     1,579.4   

Other liabilities

     —          30.3        6.5         16.5         —          53.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     34.6        1,713.2        30.9         58.0         (6.5     1,830.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total TransUnion Corp. stockholders’ equity

     (848.6     (877.3     262.4         221.2         393.7        (848.6

Noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —           24.2         —          24.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     (848.6     (877.3     262.4         245.4         393.7        (824.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ (814.0   $ 835.9      $ 293.3       $ 303.4       $ 387.2      $ 1,005.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Statement of Income

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

   $ —        $ 173.7      $ 61.4       $ 62.2      $ (16.7   $ 280.6   

Operating expenses

             

Cost of services

     —          79.9        27.0         20.1        (12.0     115.0   

Selling, general and administrative

     0.1        44.9        22.0         16.2        (5.1     78.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     —          14.9        4.5         2.5        —          21.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     0.1        139.7        53.5         38.8        (17.1     215.0   

Operating income

     (0.1     34.0        7.9         23.4        0.4        65.6   

Non-operating income and expense

             

Interest expense

     (0.2     (30.4     —           (0.2     0.1        (30.7

Interest income

     0.3        0.2        —           0.1        (0.2     0.4   

Other income and expense, net

     24.2        23.2        —           0.1        (50.4     (2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     24.3        (7.0     —           —          (50.5     (33.2

Income (loss) before income taxes

     24.2        27.0        7.9         23.4        (50.1     32.4   

Provision for income taxes

     (14.0     (0.2     —           (6.1     —          (20.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     10.2        26.8        7.9         17.3        (50.1     12.1   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —           (1.9     —          (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 10.2      $ 26.8      $ 7.9       $ 15.4      $ (50.1   $ 10.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-79


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
     Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net income (loss)

   $ 10.2       $ 26.8       $ 7.9       $ 17.3      $ (50.1   $ 12.1   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

               

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —           —           —           5.4        —          5.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

     —           —           —           5.4        —          5.4   

Comprehensive income (loss)

     10.2         26.8         7.9         22.7        (50.1     17.5   

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —           —           —           (2.7     —          (2.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ 10.2       $ 26.8       $ 7.9       $ 20.0      $ (50.1   $ 14.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-80


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Statement of Income

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

   $ —        $ 153.6      $ 50.9       $ 55.6      $ (14.2   $ 245.9   

Operating expenses

             

Cost of services

     —          70.4        21.3         18.5        (8.5     101.7   

Selling, general and administrative

     0.1        39.1        20.2         14.2        (6.2     67.4   

Depreciation and amortization

     —          15.4        4.5         1.8        —          21.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     0.1        124.9        46.0         34.5        (14.7     190.8   

Operating income (loss)

     (0.1     28.7        4.9         21.1        0.5        55.1   

Non-operating income and expense

             

Interest expense

     (0.4     (33.2     —           —          —          (33.6

Interest income

     0.1        —          —           0.1        —          0.2   

Other income and expense, net

     (45.4     (39.7     —           (0.8     27.0        (58.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-operating income and expense

     (45.7     (72.9     —           (0.7     27.0        (92.3

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (45.8     (44.2     4.9         20.4        27.5        (37.2

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     20.3        (1.2     —           (5.2     —          13.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (25.5     (45.4     4.9         15.2        27.5        (23.3

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          —           (0.1     —          (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (25.5     (45.4     4.9         15.1        27.5        (23.4

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —           (2.1     —          (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ (25.5   $ (45.4   $ 4.9       $ 13.0      $ 27.5      $ (25.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

Net income (loss)

   $ (25.5   $ (45.4   $ 4.9       $ 15.1      $ 27.5       $ (23.4

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

              

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —          —          —           (0.8     —           (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     —          —          —           (0.8     —           (0.8

Comprehensive income (loss)

     (25.5     (45.4     4.9         14.3        27.5         (24.2

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —           (1.9     —           (1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to TransUnion Corp.

   $ (25.5   $ (45.4   $ 4.9       $ 12.4      $ 27.5       $ (26.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 10.1      $ (4.0   $ 3.9      $ 11.6      $ —        $ 21.6   

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     —          (13.5     (3.0     (0.8     —          (17.3

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

     —          1.0        —          —          —          1.0   

Investments in trading securities

     —          (1.1     —          —          —          (1.1

Proceeds from notes receivable

     —          19.0        —          —          (19.0     —     

Other

     —          —          (0.1     0.8        —          0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     —          5.4        (3.1     —          (19.0     (16.7

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Repayments of debt

     (0.2     (2.4     (0.9     (19.0     19.0        (3.5

Distribution of merger consideration

     (1.3     —          —          —          —          (1.3

Other

     (0.7     —          —          (0.1     —          (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (2.2     (2.4     (0.9     (19.1     19.0        (5.6

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          1.0        —          1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     7.9        (1.0     (0.1     (6.5     —          0.3   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     34.6        1.0        0.1        72.1        —          107.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 42.5      $ —        $ —        $ 65.6      $ —        $ 108.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-83


Table of Contents

TRANSUNION CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

(in millions)

 

     Parent
TransUnion
Corp.
    Issuers
Trans Union
LLC and
TransUnion
Financing
Corporation
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (24.7   $ 31.9      $ 2.0      $ 16.7      $ —         $ 25.9   

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     —          (23.8     (1.3     (1.6     —           (26.7

Proceeds from sale of trading securities

     —          8.8        —          —          —           8.8   

Investments in trading securities

     —          (0.7     —          —          —           (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

     —          (15.7     (1.3     (1.6     —           (18.6

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from senior secured credit facility

     —          950.0        —          —          —           950.0   

Extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     —          (945.2     —          —          —           (945.2

Repayments of debt

     (3.9     —          (0.7     —          —           (4.6

Debt financing fees

     —          (11.4     —          —          —           (11.4

Prepayment fee on early extinguishment of senior secured credit facility

     —          (9.5     —          —          —           (9.5

Distribution of merger consideration

     (0.2              (0.2

Other

     —          —          —          (0.5     —           (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

     (4.1     (16.1     (0.7     (0.5     —           (21.4

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          —          (0.4     —           (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (28.8     0.1        —          14.2        —           (14.5

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     81.4        —          —          49.8        —           131.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 52.6      $ 0.1      $ —        $ 64.0      $ —         $ 116.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents

14. Acquisition of TransUnion Corp.

On February 17, 2012, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (“TransUnion Holding”), an entity formed by affiliates of Advent International Corporation (“Advent”) and GS Capital Partners (“GSCP”), pursuant to which TransUnion Holding will acquire 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. On April 30, 2012, the merger was consummated. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the aggregate purchase price for the outstanding common stock and options to purchase common stock of the Company was approximately $1.685 billion, plus the assumption of existing debt except for the RFC loan, which was paid off at closing. In connection with the Merger Agreement, all existing stockholders of the Company received cash consideration for their shares, and all existing option holders received cash consideration based on the value of their options. Certain management stockholders continue to hold equity interests in the form of TransUnion Holding common stock. The purchase price allocation is expected to be finalized prior to year end December 31, 2012. To partially fund the merger, TransUnion Holding raised $600 million of new debt in the form of senior unsecured PIK toggle private placement notes at a fixed interest rate of 9 5/8%, due June 15, 2018.

On February 27, 2012, the Company amended and restated its senior secured credit facility contingent and effective upon the acquisition of TransUnion Corp. by TransUnion Holding as described above. The amendment, among other things, changed the applicable margin on LIBOR based borrowings from 3.25% to 4.00% and extended the term on a portion of the revolving line of credit.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Exchange Offer for

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

                    , 2012

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Delaware law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the personal liability of a director to our company or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Subject to certain limitations, our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors, officers and employees if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors which provide that we will indemnify the applicable director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Each indemnification agreement also provides, subject to limited exceptions, for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the applicable director in any action or proceeding, including any action by us arising out of such person’s services as our director.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and indemnification agreements may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1, which follows the signature pages hereof and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 22. Undertakings.

 

(a) Each of the undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

  (i) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (A) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  (B) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the change in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.;

 

  (C) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (ii) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (iii) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(b) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrants are subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(c) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(d)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of such registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(e) Each of the undersigned hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois, on July 31, 2012.

 

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

By:  

/s/ Samuel A. Hamood

  Name:   Samuel A. Hamood
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint Samuel A. Hamood and John W. Blenke, and each and any of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents to do any and all acts and things in our names and our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our name in the capacities indicated below, which said attorneys and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable to enable TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. to comply with the Securities Act and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this registration statement or any registration statement for this offering of securities that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, including specifically, but without limitation, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) hereto, and we hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta

  

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 31, 2012
Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta     

/s/ Samuel A. Hamood

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  July 31, 2012
Samuel A. Hamood     

/s/ Christopher Egan

   Director   July 31, 2012
Christopher Egan     

/s/ Leo F. Mullin

   Director   July 31, 2012
Leo F. Mullin     

/s/ Sumit Rajpal

   Director   July 31, 2012
Sumit Rajpal     

/s/ Steven M. Tadler

   Director   July 31, 2012
Steven M. Tadler     


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.
  4.1    Indenture, dated March 21, 2012, among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee
  4.2    Form of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B
  4.3    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 21, 2012, among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the purchasers named therein
  5.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1    TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan
10.2    Form of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan Stock Option Agreement
10.3    TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Major Stockholders’ Agreement, dated April 30, 2012, among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto
10.4    TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Stockholders’ Agreement, dated April 30, 2012, among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto
10.5    TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 30, 2012, among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto
10.6    Form of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement
12.1    Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1    Subsidiaries of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature page hereto)
25.1    Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
99.3    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and other Nominees
99.4    Form of Letter to Beneficial Owners
99.5    Form of Letter to Clients

 

E-1

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of § 242 and § 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

FIRST: The present name of the corporation is TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 15, 2012 under the name Spartan Parent Holdings Inc.

SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached as Annex 1 hereto.

THIRD: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of § 228, 242, and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ D.G.C.L. ”).

FOURTH: This Certificate shall become effective as of upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of this 30th day of April, 2012.

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY,

INC.

By:     /s/  Sumit Rajpal
  Name:       Sumit Rajpal
  Title:       President

 

2


Annex 1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SPARTAN TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”).

FOURTH: (1) The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 200,000,000 (the “ New Common Stock ”), and the par value of each such share is $0.01, amounting in the aggregate to $2,000,000.

(2) Upon the effectiveness of the Amendment and Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation filed on April 30, 2012 (the “ Effective Time ”), each share of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Old Common Stock ”) will be automatically reclassified as and converted into ten thousand shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Stock Split ”).

(3) Any stock certificate that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented shares of Old Common Stock will, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent the number of shares of New Common Stock as equals to the product obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate immediately prior to the Effective Time by ten thousand; provided that each person holding of record a stock certificate or certificates that represented shares of Old Common Stock shall receive, upon surrender of such certificate or certificates, a new certificate or certificates evidencing and representing the number of shares of New Common Stock to which such person is entitled pursuant to the Stock Split.

 

3


(4) Each holder of common stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of preferred stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of preferred stock) or pursuant to Delaware Law.

(5) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in connection with any acquisition of common stock (and/or any other voting securities of the Corporation) as to which the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”), would, but for this paragraph, be applicable, any person or entity (as defined under the HSR Act) acquiring such common stock (and/or other voting securities of the Corporation) shall have no right to vote such common stock or voting securities until such person or entity has complied with the filing and waiting period requirements of the HSR Act.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: (1) Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(2) Each director shall be entitled to cast one vote on all matters; provided that if either the GS Investors, on the one hand, or the Advent Investor, on the other hand (each as defined in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Major Stockholders’ Agreement ”) has not designated the maximum number of designees that each of the GS Investors and the Advent Investor is entitled to designate to the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the Major Stockholders’ Agreement (the “ GS Designees ” and the “ Advent Designees ”, respectively), the number of total votes that each GS Designee and each Advent Designee at such time shall have the right to cast until such vacancy is filled by the GS Investors or the Advent Investor, as applicable, shall increase proportionate to the number of overall votes that are necessary to have the number of votes that the GS Designees or the Advent Designees, as applicable, would be casting collectively if the GS Investors or the Advent Investor, as applicable, had at such time exercised in full the rights of such party(ies) under Section 3.01 of the Major Stockholders’ Agreement to designate individuals to serve on the Board of Directors.

 

4


SEVENTH: Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

EIGHTH: The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of Delaware Law.

NINTH: (1) A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law.

(2) (a) Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of directors and officers through bylaw provisions, agreements with such persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this ARTICLE NINTH shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this ARTICLE NINTH shall be a contract right.

(b) The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.

(3) The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.

 

5


(4) The Corporation hereby acknowledges that the directors designated by each of the GS Investors (as defined in the Major Shareholders’ Agreement ) and the Advent Investors (as defined in the Major Shareholders’ Agreement ) pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Major Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 and the Director Indemnification Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to such persons are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such persons are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such persons), without regard to any rights such Persons may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of such persons with respect to any claim for which such persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such persons against the Corporation. The Corporation and each such person agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this ARTICLE NINTH, Section 4.

(5) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE NINTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any stockholder or director of the Corporation, except those stockholders or directors who are employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Business Opportunities Exempt Parties ”). The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Business

 

6


Opportunity Exempt Party. No Business Opportunity Exempt Party who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Corporation shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Corporation, and such Business Opportunity Exempt Party shall not be liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Business Opportunity Exempt Party pursues or acquires, or directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this Section 6.12 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Business Opportunities Exempt Party for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Business Opportunities Exempt Party becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by Delaware Law and all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers, if any, are subject to this reserved power.

 

7

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

* * * * *

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1.01 . Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 1.02 . Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 1.03 . Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01 . Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors).

Section 2.02 . Annual Meetings. Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”), an annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the year 2012, shall be held for the election of directors and to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Stockholders may, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, act by written consent to elect directors; provided , however , that if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.


Section 2.03 . Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of holders of record of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 2.04 . Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings; Waivers of Notice. (a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by Delaware Law, such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Unless these bylaws otherwise require, when a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.05 . Quorum. Unless otherwise provided under the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a

 

2


quorum for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 2.06 . Voting. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation and subject to Delaware Law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder. Any share of capital stock of the Corporation held by the Corporation shall have no voting rights. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto authorized, or by proxy sent by cable, telegram or by any means of electronic communication permitted by law, which results in a writing from such stockholder or by his attorney, and delivered to the secretary of the meeting before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. If no date is stated in a proxy, such proxy shall be presumed to have been executed on the date of the meeting at which it is to be voted. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power or unless otherwise made irrevocable by law.

(c) In determining the number of votes cast for or against a proposal or nominee, shares abstaining from voting on a matter will not be treated as a vote cast.

Section 2.07 . Action by Consent. (a)   Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation and subject to the proviso in Section 2.02, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of

 

3


votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 2.07(b).

(b) Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this section and Delaware Law to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Section 2.08 . Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or in the Chairman’s absence or if one shall not have been elected, the director designated by the vote of the majority of the directors present at such meeting, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary (or in the Secretary’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

Section 2.09 . Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

 

4


ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01 . General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware Law or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.02 . Number, Election and Term Of Office. (a) The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the entire Board shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by written ballot, except as provided in Section 2.02 and Section 3.12 herein, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 3.03 . Quorum and Manner of Acting. Unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.04 . Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors).

Section 3.05 . Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as shall be specified in a reasonable notice thereof given .

Section 3.06 . Regular Meetings. After the place and time of regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

 

5


Section 3.07 . Special Meetings. Special Meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary on the written request of one director. Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least 24 hours before the meeting. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver or notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such person.

Section 3.08 . Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matter: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by Delaware Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 3.09 . Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions, are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. A telegram, telex, cablegram or similar transmission by a director, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing signed by a director, shall be regarded as signed by the director for purposes of this section. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

6


Section 3.10 . Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.11 . Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.12 . Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Each director so chosen shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of other vacancies.

Section 3.13 . Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at any election of directors and the vacancies thus created may be filled in accordance with Section 3.12 herein.

Section 3.14 . Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.

 

7


ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

Section 4.01 . Principal Officers. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, including one or more Controllers, as the Board may in its discretion appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said offices, except that no one person shall hold the offices and perform the duties of President and Secretary. None of the officers need be a stockholder or director of the Corporation or a resident of the State of Delaware.

Section 4.02 . Election, Term of Office and Remuneration. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 4.03 . Subordinate Officers. In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 4.01 herein, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 4.04 . Removal. Except as otherwise permitted with respect to subordinate officers, any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05 . Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

8


Section 4.06 . Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 5

C APITAL S TOCK

Section 5.01 . Certificates For Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an assistant Secretary of such Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

Section 5.02 . Transfer Of Shares. Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.

Section 5.03 . Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.

 

9


Section 5.04 . Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

Section 5.05 Legends . The Board shall have the power and authority to provide that certificates representing shares of stock bear such legends as the Board deems appropriate to assure that the Corporation does not become liable for violations of federal or state securities laws or other applicable law.

ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.01 . Fixing the Record Date. (a)   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by Delaware Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office

 

10


shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by Delaware Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6.02 . Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware Law and the certificate of incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.03 . Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.

Section 6.04 . Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 6.05 . Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, vote at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.

Section 6.06 . Amendments. These bylaws or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting thereof or by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.07. Method of Notice; Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees . Whenever by statute, the certificate of incorporation, or these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any committee member, director, or stockholder and no provision is made as to how such notice

 

11


shall be given, personal notice shall not be required and any such notice may be given (a) in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such committee member, director, or stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the books or (in the case of a stockholder) the stock transfer records of the Corporation, or (b) by any other method permitted by law (including but not limited to overnight courier service, electronic mail, telegram, telex, or telefax). Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall be deemed to be delivered and given at the time when the same is deposited in the United States mail as aforesaid. Any notice required or permitted to be given by overnight courier service shall be deemed to be delivered and given at the time delivered to such service with all charges prepaid and addressed as aforesaid. Any notice required or permitted to be given by electronic mail, telegram, telex, or telefax shall be deemed to be delivered and given at the time transmitted with all charges prepaid and addressed as aforesaid. Any written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, a the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, Directors or members of a committee of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 6.08. Deposits . All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trusts companies, or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may approve or designate, and all such funds shall be withdrawn only upon authorization of such one or more officers or employees as the Board shall from time to time determine.

Section 6.09. Borrowing, etc . No officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall have any power or authority to borrow money on its behalf, to pledge its credit, or to mortgage or pledge its real or personal property, except (1) within the scope and to the extent of the authority delegated by Resolution of the Board of Directors or (2) in the ordinary conduct of the business of the Corporation, including but not limited to entering into contracts and incurring liabilities with respect to the purchase of goods and services on behalf of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business. Authority may be given by the Board for any of the above purposes and may be general or limited to specific instances

Section 6.10. Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the

 

12


Corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall be made only as properly authorized in the specific case upon a determination that such indemnification is permissible and proper in the circumstances, as provided by applicable law. Such indemnification shall include payment for reasonable expenses incurred in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this paragraph and upon such other terms and conditions as may be deemed to be appropriate by or on behalf of the Corporation. The foregoing provisions shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any such person may be entitled as a matter of law. Also, the rights granted by this paragraph shall not apply in connection with any action, suit or proceeding initiated or instigated directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by or on behalf of such person, unless the action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

The rights granted by the foregoing paragraph shall not extend to a person who is or was an agent of the Corporation, nor to a person (whether or not such person is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation) who is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. In any such case, or in the case of any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, the Corporation may, but shall not be obligated, to indemnify such person, except or unless as legally required, whether by statute or otherwise.

Section 6.11 Transactions with Interested Parties .

(a) No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction or solely because such director or officer or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:

(i) The material facts as to such interested director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

 

13


(ii) The material facts as to such interested director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(iii) The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

(b) Quorum . Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 6.12 Corporate Opportunity. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any stockholder or director of the Corporation, except those stockholders or directors who are employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Business Opportunities Exempt Parties ”). The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Business Opportunity Exempt Party. No Business Opportunity Exempt Party who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Corporation shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Corporation, and such Business Opportunity Exempt Party shall not be liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Business Opportunity Exempt Party pursues or acquires, or directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this Section 6.12 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Business Opportunities Exempt Party for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Business Opportunities Exempt Party becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6.13 Invalid Provisions. If any part of these bylaws shall be held invalid or inoperative for any reason, the remaining parts, so far as it is possible and reasonable, shall remain valid and operative.

 

14

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 21, 2012

Among

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018

 

 

 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

   Indenture Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

      (a)(2)

   7.10

      (a)(3)

   N.A.

      (a)(4)

   N.A.

      (a)(5)

   7.10

      (b)

   7.10

      (c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

      (b)

   7.11

      (c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

      (b)

   12.03

      (c)

   12.03

313(a)

   7.06

      (b)(1)

   N.A.

      (b)(2)

   7.06;7.07

      (c)

   7.06;12.02

      (d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03;12.02; 12.05

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)(1)

   12.04

      (c)(2)

   12.04

      (c)(3)

   N.A.

      (d)

   N.A.

      (e)

   12.05

      (f)

   N.A.

315(a)

   7.01

      (b)

   7.05;12.02

      (c)

   7.01

      (d)

   7.01

      (e)

   6.14

316(a)(last sentence)

   2.09

      (a)(1)(A)

   6.05

      (a)(1)(B)

   6.04

      (a)(2)

   N.A.

      (b)

   6.07

      (c)

   2.12;9.04

317(a)(1)

   6.08

      (a)(2)

   6.12

      (b)

   2.04

318(a)

   12.01

      (b)

   N.A.

      (c)

   12.01

 

N.A. means not applicable.
* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page  

ARTICLE 1

 

  

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

  
Section 1.01   Definition      1   
Section 1.02   Other Definitions      38   
Section 1.03   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      39   
Section 1.04   Rules of Construction      40   
Section 1.05   Acts of Holders      40   

 

ARTICLE 2

 

  

THE NOTES

 

  

Section 2.01   Form and Dating; Terms      42   
Section 2.02   Execution and Authentication      44   
Section 2.03   Registrar and Paying Agent      44   
Section 2.04   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      45   
Section 2.05   Holder Lists      45   
Section 2.06   Transfer and Exchange      45   
Section 2.07   Replacement Notes      58   
Section 2.08   Outstanding Notes      58   
Section 2.09   Treasury Notes      59   
Section 2.10   Temporary Notes      59   
Section 2.11   Cancellation      59   
Section 2.12   Defaulted Interest      59   
Section 2.13   CUSIP or ISIN Numbers      60   

 

ARTICLE 3

 

  

REDEMPTION

 

  

Section 3.01   Notices to Trustee      60   
Section 3.02   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased      60   
Section 3.03   Notice of Redemption      61   
Section 3.04   Effect of Notice of Redemption      62   
Section 3.05   Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price      63   
Section 3.06   Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part      63   
Section 3.07   Optional Redemption      63   

 

- i -


Section 3.08   Mandatory Redemption      64   
Section 3.09   Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds      64   
Section 3.10   Escrow of Proceeds; Special Mandatory Redemption      66   
Section 3.11   Mandatory AHYDO Redemption      68   

 

ARTICLE 4

 

  

COVENANTS

 

  

Section 4.01   Payment of Notes      69   
Section 4.02   Maintenance of Office or Agency      69   
Section 4.03   Reports and Other Information      70   
Section 4.04   Compliance Certificate      71   
Section 4.05   Taxes      71   
Section 4.06   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      72   
Section 4.07   Limitation on Restricted Payments      72   
Section 4.08   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries      80   
Section 4.09   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      82   
Section 4.10   Asset Sales      89   
Section 4.11   Transactions with Affiliates      92   
Section 4.12   Liens      94   
Section 4.13   Existence      94   
Section 4.14   Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control      95   
Section 4.15   Future Guarantees      97   
Section 4.16   Suspension of Covenants      98   
Section 4.17   Activities of the Issuer and of TransUnion Corp. Prior to the Escrow Release Date      99   

 

ARTICLE 5

 

  

SUCCESSORS

 

  

Section 5.01   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets      99   
Section 5.02   Successor Substituted      101   

 

ARTICLE 6

 

  

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

  

Section 6.01   Events of Default      102   
Section 6.02   Acceleration      104   

 

- ii -


Section 6.03   Other Remedies      105   
Section 6.04   Waiver of Past Defaults      105   
Section 6.05   Control by Majority      105   
Section 6.06   Limitation on Suits      105   
Section 6.07   Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment      106   
Section 6.08   Collection Suit by Trustee      106   
Section 6.09   Restoration of Rights and Remedies      106   
Section 6.10   Rights and Remedies Cumulative      107   
Section 6.11   Delay or Omission Not Waiver      107   
Section 6.12   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      107   
Section 6.13   Priorities      108   
Section 6.14   Undertaking for Costs      108   

 

ARTICLE 7

 

  

TRUSTEE

 

  

Section 7.01   Duties of Trustee      108   
Section 7.02   Rights of Trustee      109   
Section 7.03   Individual Rights of Trustee      111   
Section 7.04   Trustee’s Disclaimer      111   
Section 7.05   Notice of Defaults      111   
Section 7.06   Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes      111   
Section 7.07   Compensation and Indemnity      112   
Section 7.08   Replacement of Trustee      112   
Section 7.09   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc      113   
Section 7.10   Eligibility; Disqualification      114   
Section 7.11   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer      114   
Section 7.12   Escrow Authorization      114   

 

ARTICLE 8

 

  

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

  

Section 8.01   Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      115   
Section 8.02   Legal Defeasance and Discharge      115   
Section 8.03   Covenant Defeasance      115   
Section 8.04   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      116   
Section 8.05   Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      117   
Section 8.06   Repayment to the Issuer      118   
Section 8.07   Reinstatement      118   

 

- iii -


ARTICLE 9

 

  

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

  

Section 9.01   Without Consent of Holders of Notes      119   
Section 9.02   With Consent of Holders of Notes      120   
Section 9.03   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      122   
Section 9.04   Revocation and Effect of Consents      122   
Section 9.05   Notation on or Exchange of Notes      122   
Section 9.06   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc      122   

 

ARTICLE 10

 

  

GUARANTEES

 

  

Section 10.01   Guarantee      123   
Section 10.02   Limitation on Guarantor Liability      125   
Section 10.03   Execution and Delivery      125   
Section 10.04   Subrogation      126   
Section 10.05   Benefits Acknowledged      126   
Section 10.06   Release of Subsidiary Guarantees      126   

 

ARTICLE 11

 

  

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

  

Section 11.01   Satisfaction and Discharge      126   
Section 11.02   Application of Trust Money      128   

 

ARTICLE 12

 

  

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  

Section 12.01   Trust Indenture Act Controls      128   
Section 12.02   Notices      128   
Section 12.03   Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes      129   
Section 12.04   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      130   
Section 12.05   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      130   
Section 12.06   Rules by Trustee and Agents      130   
Section 12.07   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders      131   
Section 12.08   Governing Law      131   

 

- iv -


Section 12.09   Waiver of Jury Trial      131   
Section 12.10   Force Majeure      131   
Section 12.11   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      131   
Section 12.12   Successors      131   
Section 12.13   Severability      132   
Section 12.14   Counterpart Originals      132   
Section 12.15   Table of Contents, Headings, etc      132   
Section 12.16   Qualification of Indenture      132   
Section 12.17   Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue      132   
Section 12.18   U.S.A. Patriot Act      133   
EXHIBITS     
Exhibit A   Form of Note      A-1   
Exhibit B   Form of Certificate of Transfer      B-1   
Exhibit C   Form of Certificate of Exchange      C-1   
Exhibit D   Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Subsidiary Guarantors      D-1   
Exhibit E   Form of Escrow Redemption Notice      E-1   

 

- v -


INDENTURE, dated as of March 21, 2012, between TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (as defined herein).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “ Initial Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the PIK Notes (as defined herein).

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definition .

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes exchanged for such Initial Notes and any PIK Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof.


Adjusted Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

AHYDO Catch Up Payment ” means payment in respect of Indebtedness necessary in order to avoid such Indebtedness being characterized as “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code.

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

Applicable Outside Date” means (1) the Initial Outside Date unless the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the First Mandatory Extension Notice, (2) the Extended Outside Date if the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the First Mandatory Extension Notice unless the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the Second Mandatory Extension Notice and (3) the Final Outside Date if the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the Second Mandatory Extension Notice.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at June 15, 2014 (each such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07 hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through June 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Applicable Special Redemption Date ” means (1) the Initial Special Redemption Date unless the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the First Mandatory Extension Notice, (2) the Extended Special Redemption Date if the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the First Mandatory Extension Notice unless the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the Second Mandatory Extension Notice and (3) the Final Special Redemption Date if the Trustee and the Escrow Agent have received the Second Mandatory Extension Notice.

 

- 2 -


Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09);

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof and, to the extent constituting an Asset Sale, the granting of a Lien that is permitted to be granted, and is granted, under Section 4.12;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) foreclosures on assets;

(i) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

- 3 -


(j) any financing transaction with respect to (i) the property located at 555 West Adams Street in Chicago, Illinois (currently identified by the Assessor’s office of Cook County, Illinois with Permanent Index Number 17-16-112-006) or (ii) property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, in each case including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

(k) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(l) disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(m) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer, is not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(n) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations;

(o) any liquidation or dissolution of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such Restricted Subsidiary’s direct parent is the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and immediately becomes the owner of such Restricted Subsidiary’s assets; and

(p) dispositions of non-core assets acquired in connection with acquisitions or Investments permitted under this Indenture; provided , that the aggregate amount of such sales shall not exceed 25% of the fair market value of the acquired entity or business.

Authentication Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

- 4 -


Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2)    (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

- 5 -


(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided , that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Pooling Arrangements ” means a deposit account arrangement among a single depository institution and one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer involving the pooling of cash deposits in and overdrafts in respect of one or more deposit accounts (each located outside of the United States and any States and territories thereof) with such institution by such Foreign Subsidiaries for cash management purposes.

 

- 6 -


Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder;

(2) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer;

(3) following an Initial Public Offering, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are not Continuing Directors;

(4) the adoption by the equityholders of the Issuer of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; or

(5) the Issuer ceases to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each of TransUnion Corporation and Trans Union LLC (except to the extent TransUnion Corporation or Trans Union LLC, as applicable, is merged with or into the Issuer or each other in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions,

 

- 7 -


discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding (i) any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP and (ii) any non-cash imputed interest expense associated with non-interest bearing Indebtedness issued at par to the extent not included in EBITDA), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expenses associated with bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income attributable to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including, in each case, related to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

- 8 -


(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or, in the case of TransUnion Corp. or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, is permitted under Section 4.08 hereof; provided , that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10)    (a) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants or periodic measurements of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock rights or other equity incentive programs and

(b) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent, in the case of clause (b), that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing

 

- 9 -


transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, and

(12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Consolidated Restricted Cash ” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that is contractually restricted from being distributed to an Issuer; provided that cash or Cash Equivalents maintained by any Foreign Subsidiary that is subject to minority shareholder approval before being distributed to the Issuer (a “ Shareholder Restriction ”) shall not be deemed “Consolidated Restricted Cash” as a result of such Shareholder Restriction.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur minus (y) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than Consolidated Restricted Cash), in each case, that is held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, provided, that this clause (y) shall be limited to $50,000,000, to (2) the Issuer’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments, (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred

 

- 10 -


Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (3) all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination following an Initial Public Offering, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the closing of such Initial Public Offering; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors (x) with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election or (y) by the vote of Permitted Holders representing 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit, debt securities or other indebtedness,

 

- 11 -


including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable direct or indirect parent thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder

 

- 12 -


thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including an amount equal to the tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with clause (13)(a) and (b) of Section 4.07(b) hereof as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person); plus

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes, including expenses associated with establishing processes for complying with Section 4.03 hereof, and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve and costs related to the reduction, retirement or consolidation of people, processes, technologies and facilities deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing

 

- 13 -


Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date; provided , that the aggregate amount of all cash items added pursuant to this clause (e) for all periods (other than cash restructuring charges related to Permitted Investments) shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided , that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) any (a) salary, benefit and other direct savings resulting from workforce reductions or reduction, retirement or consolidation of people, processes, technologies and facilities, in each case by such Person implemented during or reasonably expected to be implemented within the 12 months following such period and (b) costs and expenses incurred after June 15, 2010 related to employment of terminated employees incurred by such Person during such period, in each case, to the extent that such costs and expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(i) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; plus

(j) signing bonuses, stock option and other equity-based compensation expenses, management fees and expenses, including, without limitation, any one-time expense relating to enhanced accounting function or other transaction costs, including those associated with becoming a standalone entity or a public company; plus

(k) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

(l) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

 

- 14 -


(m) a Person’s proportion of Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting to the extent that the same was not included or otherwise deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income,

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and

(3) increased or decreased by (without duplication):

(a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification 815, Derivatives and Hedging; plus or minus , as applicable,

(b) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

EDGAR ” means the Electronic Data-Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system for filing forms with the SEC via the Internet or FTP.

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Equity Restricted Payment ” means each of (1) the payment of any cash dividend and/or the making of any cash distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s Capital Stock, (2) the purchase for cash and/or the acquisition for cash any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or

 

- 15 -


indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of (x) paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to or (y) acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from in the case of either (x) or (y), any holder of the Issuer’s, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer’s, Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any Investor) but excluding acquisitions of Capital Stock of the type described in clause (3) of Section 4.07(b) hereof and (3) the guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any such cash dividend, making any such cash distribution or so acquiring for cash any such Capital Stock to or from any holder of the Issuer’s, or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer’s, Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any Investor) to the extent, in the case of any of clauses (1), (2) or (3) of this definition, by means of utilization of (A) the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided under Section 4.07(a) hereof or (B) any exception provided by any of clause (4), (5) or (9) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or clause (9), (12) or (17) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” in this Indenture.

Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Escrow Agent, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time.

Escrow Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Termination Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrowed Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from

 

- 16 -


(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Existing Notes ” means the $645,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 3/8% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation outstanding on the Issue Date.

First Mandatory Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

- 17 -


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, except that such pro forma calculations may also include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from any Asset Sale or other disposition or acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given that (A) have been realized or (B) for which steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be realizable within twelve months of the date of such transaction and are factually supportable and quantifiable and are set forth on an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided , that the aggregate amount of operating expense reductions that can be included in each pro forma calculation with respect to a transaction shall not exceed 10% of the Issuer’s EBITDA (determined after giving pro forma effect to each Asset Sale or other disposition, acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation) for such period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period (other than distributions paid in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)); and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period (other than distributions paid in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)).

 

- 18 -


Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date; except with respect to any reports or financial information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date thereof.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided , that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement designed to manage, hedge or protect such Person with respect to fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates.

 

- 19 -


Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be: (1) the accreted value of any Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (2) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, together with any interest on such Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

- 20 -


Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

Initial Public Offering ” means any underwritten initial public offering of common stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent common stock registered on Form S-8; and

(2) any such initial public offering that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Initial Purchasers ” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.

Interest Payment Date ” means March 15 and September 15 of each year to stated maturity.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers,

 

- 21 -


commission, travel, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

Investors ” means, prior to the consummation of the Merger, Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC and its Affiliates (but excluding, however, any of its portfolio companies) and, after the consummation of the Merger, GS Capital Partners VI Fund L.P. and Advent International Corporation and their respective Affiliates (but excluding, however, any of their respective portfolio companies).

Issue Date ” means March 21, 2012.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture; provided that when used in the context of determining the fair market value of an asset or liability under this Indenture, “Issuer” shall be deemed to mean the Board of Directors of the Issuer when the fair market value is equal to or in excess of $40.0 million (unless otherwise expressly stated).

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which the Trustee or commercial banking institutions in the State of New York are not required to be open.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance

 

- 22 -


of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided , that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount ” means, as of each AHYDO Redemption Date, the portion of a Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code.

Merger ” means the merger of Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc. with and into TransUnion Corp., with TransUnion Corp. continuing as the surviving corporation, pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 17, 2012, by and among Spartan Parent Holdings Inc., Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc. and TransUnion Corp.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction; provided , that up to $75.0 million of the aggregate Net Proceeds from dispositions of property or assets by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute “Net Proceeds” for purposes of this definition.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

- 23 -


Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Initial Notes (including any Exchange Notes), any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and any PIK Notes. The Initial Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor and any PIK Notes) and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under this Indenture, except as set forth herein. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Circular ” means the offering circular, dated March 2, 2012, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parents) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Escrow Release Date and any group (within

 

- 24 -


the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided , that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or any extension, modification, replacement or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided , that the amount of such Investment may only be increased as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

- 25 -


(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(9) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

(11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

(12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Adjusted Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (12); provided , further, that any cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Investment shall be deemed permitted under clause (2) above and shall not be included as having been made by this clause (12);

(13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

(14) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(15) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent, for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent thereof;

(16) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business; and

 

- 26 -


(17) additional Investments in joint ventures of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that are existing on the Issue Date in an amount not to exceed $150.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (17); provided , further , that any cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Investment shall be deemed permitted under clause (2) above and shall not be included as having been made by this clause (17).

For purposes of this definition, in the event that a proposed Investment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or is otherwise entitled to be incurred or made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or (b) hereof, the Issuer shall be entitled to classify such Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in one or more of such categories set forth above or such Section 4.07(a) or (b) hereof.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and

 

- 27 -


telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b) or (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to (x) clause (4) extend only to the property or equipment being purchased, leased or improved and (y) clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities);

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition ; provided , further, however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

- 28 -


(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients;

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations (including Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01 hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

- 29 -


(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided , that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

(28) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09;

(29) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;

(30) Liens granted to a public or private utility or any governmental authority as required in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens provided to landlords and lessors in respect of rental payments not in default for more than sixty days or the existence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect;

(32) Liens on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(33) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof (whether accrued or not), rights or claims against an insurer or other similar asset securing insurance premium financings permitted under clause (19)(i) of Section 4.09(b);

(34) Liens on cash deposits of Foreign Subsidiaries subject to a Cash Pooling Arrangement or otherwise over bank accounts of Foreign Subsidiaries maintained as part of the Cash Pooling Arrangement, in each case securing liabilities for overdrafts of Foreign Subsidiaries participating in such Cash Pooling Arrangements;

(35) any encumbrance or retention (including put and call agreements and rights of first refusal) with respect to the Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement with respect to such joint venture or similar arrangement;

 

- 30 -


(36) Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (21) of Section 4.09(b); and

(37) Liens on property subject to Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted hereunder (other than related Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a)) and general intangibles related thereto.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided , that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

- 31 -


Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) or services used or useful in a Similar Business, provided , that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

- 32 -


Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Mandatory Extension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Credit Facility under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2011, by and among Trans Union LLC, the

 

- 33 -


guarantors party thereto and the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided , that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided , that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to any Subordinated Indebtedness; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 34 -


(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

Shareholder Restriction ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Restricted Cash.”

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such entity of the Notes

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

- 35 -


(y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Transactions ” means collectively, the Merger, the consent solicitation regarding the Existing Notes launched by Trans Union LLC and TransUnion Financing Corporation on February 17, 2012 and the amendment regarding the Senior Credit Facilities launched by Trans Union LLC on February 21, 2012.

TransUnion Corp. ” means TransUnion Corp., a Delaware corporation.

TransUnion Financing Corporation ” means TransUnion Financing Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

Trans Union LLC ” means Trans Union LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2014; provided , however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to June 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Trustee ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

- 36 -


Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided , that

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) if the designated Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (but is not a Subsidiary of Trans Union LLC or any of Trans Union LLC’s Restricted Subsidiaries), (i) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of Section 4.09(a) hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, or

(2) if the designated Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Trans Union LLC or any of Trans Union LLC’s Restricted Subsidiaries, (i) TransUnion Corp. could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (ii) of Section 4.09(a) hereof or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for TransUnion Corp, and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for TransUnion Corp, and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

- 37 -


Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in
Section
“Acceptable Commitment”    4.10
“Affiliate Transaction”    4.11
“AHYDO Redemption Date”    3.11
“Applicable Amount”    Exhibit A
“Asset Sale Offer”    4.10
“Cash Interest”    Exhibit A
“Change of Control Offer”    4.14
“Change of Control Payment”    4.14
“Change of Control Payment Date”    4.14
“Covenant Defeasance”    8.03
“Determination Date”    Exhibit A
“DTC”    2.03
“Escrow Period”    4.17

 

- 38 -


“Escrow Redemption Notice”    3.10
“Event of Default”    6.01
“Excess Proceeds”    4.10
“Extended Outside Date”    3.10
“Extended Special Redemption Date”    3.10
“Final Outside Date”    3.10
“Final Special Redemption Date”    3.10
“First Extension”    3.10
“incur” and “incurrence”    4.09
“Interest Period”    Exhibit A
“Initial Outside Date”    3.10
“Initial Special Redemption Date”    3.10
“Legal Defeasance”    8.02
“Mandatory Principal Redemption”    3.11
“Note Register”    2.03
“Offer Amount”    3.09
“Offer Period”    3.09
“Pari Passu Indebtedness”    4.10
“Partial PIK Interest”    Exhibit A
“PIK Interest”    Exhibit A
“PIK Notes”    2.01
“PIK Notice”    Exhibit A
“PIK Payment”    2.01
“Paying Agent”    2.03
“Purchase Date”    3.09
“Redemption Date”    3.07
“Refinancing Indebtedness”    4.09
“Registrar”    2.03
“Restricted Cash”    Exhibit A
“Restricted Payments”    4.07
“Reversion Date”    4.16
“Second Commitment”    4.10
“Second Extension”    3.10
“Successor Company”    5.01
“Successor Person”    5.01
“Suspended Covenants”    4.16
“Suspension Period”    4.16

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

- 39 -


“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees means the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in

 

- 40 -


person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action

 

- 41 -


provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 120 days after such record date.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes (other than any PIK Notes, which may be issued in minimum denominations of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof and any increase in the principal amount of the PIK Notes as a result of PIK Interest (or Partial PIK Interest) may be made in integral multiples of $1.00) shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

- 42 -


(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided , that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

(f) In connection with the payment of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Notes, the Issuer may, upon compliance with the conditions set forth in the Notes, without the consent of the Holders and without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in Section 4.09 hereof, elect to either increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (“ PIK Notes ”) under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). The Initial Notes, the PIK Notes and any

 

- 43 -


Additional Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture include any PIK Notes and Additional Notes that are actually issued, and references to “principal amount” of the Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes as a results of a PIK Payment.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes and PIK Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes or PIK Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

- 44 -


The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note

 

- 45 -


may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided , that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted

 

- 46 -


Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 1 thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 2 thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item 1(a) thereof; or

 

- 47 -


(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 4 thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item 2(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 1 thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 2 thereof;

 

- 48 -


(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(b) thereof; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in

 

- 49 -


the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item 1(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 4 thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

 

- 50 -


Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item 2(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 1 thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 2 thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(b) thereof; or

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive

 

- 51 -


Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item 1(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 4 thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

- 52 -


If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 1 thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 2 thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item 3 thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

- 53 -


(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item 1(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 4 thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in

 

- 54 -


Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

- 55 -


(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(H) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(A) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE &CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE &CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee

 

- 56 -


to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

- 57 -


(viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

- 58 -


Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not an Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation .

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon the Issuer’s written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuer default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an

 

- 59 -


amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided , that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall deliver or cause to be delivered, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13 CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered or caused to be delivered to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

If less than all of the Notes, are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the

 

- 60 -


principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or (c) by lot or by such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less (or if a PIK payment has been made, no PIK Notes of $1.00 or less) can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1.00, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof and other than in connection with redemptions pursuant to Section 3.10 or 3.11 hereof, the Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof and redemption notices may be delivered.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note or otherwise reflect such reduction in accordance with the procedures of DTC;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

- 61 -


(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date as extended if such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) any conditions to such redemption and related information required by the last paragraph of this Section 3.03.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided , that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered or caused to be delivered to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Any notice of redemption may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. In addition, if such redemption or purchase is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. The Issuer shall provide prompt written notice to the Trustee at least one Business Day prior to the Redemption Date rescinding such redemption in the event that any such condition precedent shall not have occurred, and such redemption and notice of redemption shall be rescinded and of no force or effect. Upon receipt of such notice from the Issuer rescinding such redemption, the Trustee shall promptly send a copy of such notice to the Holders of the Notes to be redeemed in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b) hereof). The notice, if delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

- 62 -


Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date or Purchase Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date or Purchase Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date or Purchase Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date or Purchase Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided , that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes).

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(b) Until June 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant

 

- 63 -


Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of an Initial Public Offering to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided , that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Initial Public Offering.

(c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to June 15, 2014.

(d) On and after June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     104.8125

2015 and thereafter

     100.000

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes except pursuant to Sections 3.10 and 3.11 hereof.

Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

- 64 -


(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes);

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu

 

- 65 -


Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes), shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided , that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes). The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.10 Escrow of Proceeds; Special Mandatory Redemption .

(a) On the Issue Date, (i) the Initial Purchasers shall deposit into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the net proceeds from the sale of the Initial Notes and (ii) the Issuer (or one of its Affiliates) shall deposit into the Escrow Account additional cash amounts such that the cash amounts in the Escrow Account on the date hereof are sufficient to fund the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to pay all regularly scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to, but excluding, May 2, 2012 (the “ Initial Special Redemption Date ”).

 

- 66 -


(b) If the Merger has not been consummated (but the Merger Agreement has not been terminated) as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Initial Outside Date ”), the Issuer shall (i) extend the Initial Outside Date to June 14, 2012 (such date, the “ Extended Outside Date ” and such extension, the “ First Extension ”), by giving the First Mandatory Extension Notice to the Trustee and Escrow Agent no later than the Initial Outside Date and (ii) concurrently with the provision of such notice, the Issuer shall fund additional cash amounts into the Escrow Account such that the cash amounts in the Escrow Account on the Initial Outside Date are sufficient to fund the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to pay all regularly scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to, but excluding, June 18, 2012 (the “ Extended Special Redemption Date ”) (it being understood that the First Extension shall not become effective unless the Issuer has complied with this clause 3.10(b)(ii)).

(c) If the Merger has not been consummated (but the Merger Agreement has not been terminated) as of the Extended Outside Date, the Issuer shall (i) extend the Extended Outside Date to July 30, 2012 (such date, the “ Final Outside Date ” and such extension, the “Second Extension”), by giving the Second Mandatory Extension Notice to the Trustee and Escrow Agent no later than the Extended Outside Date and (ii) concurrently with the provision of such notice, the Issuer shall fund additional cash amounts into the Escrow Account such that the cash amounts in the Escrow Account on the Extended Outside Date are sufficient to fund the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to pay all regularly scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to, but excluding, August 1, 2012 (the “ Final Special Redemption Date ”) (it being understood that the Second Extension shall not become effective unless the Issuer has complied with this clause 3.10(c)(ii)).

(d) If the Escrowed Property is distributed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(c) of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall redeem the Notes on the Applicable Special Redemption Date at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Applicable Special Redemption Date. The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property remaining after redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. In connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10(d), the Issuer will cause a notice of special mandatory redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an “Escrow Redemption Notice”) to be delivered to all Holders promptly following the Applicable Outside Date.

(e) If the Escrowed Property is distributed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall redeem the Notes on the Escrow Termination Redemption Date at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Escrow Termination Redemption Date. The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property remaining after redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. In connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10(e), the Issuer will cause an Escrow Redemption Notice to be delivered to all Holders promptly following the date of the Escrow Termination Notice.

 

- 67 -


(f) If the Escrowed Property is distributed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall redeem the Notes on the second Business Day after such release at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property remaining after redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. In connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.10(f), the Issuer will cause an Escrow Redemption Notice to be delivered to all Holders promptly following the date of the release of the Escrowed Property to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Escrow Agreement.

(g) This Section 3.10 may not be waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith without the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

(h) Upon release of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the Issuer on the Escrow Release Date in accordance with Section 3(a) of the Escrow Agreement, the Notes shall no longer be subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 3.10.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.11 Mandatory AHYDO Redemption .

If the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date (each, an “ AHYDO Redemption Date ”), the Issuer shall be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Note then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount (each such redemption, a “ Mandatory Principal Redemption ”). The redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption shall be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to any AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of this Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make any Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date. The Issuer will provide notice of any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.11, in the manner prescribed for notice under Section 3.07, not less than ten (10) days prior to such redemption; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.11 shall not otherwise be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

- 68 -


ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

- 69 -


Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Issuer shall file the following information with the SEC from and after the Issue Date and as long as any Notes are outstanding:

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of an annual report on Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer), annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form;

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q by a non-accelerated filer), quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or any successor or comparable form; and

(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, current reports on Form 8-K or any successor or comparable form;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form or any successor or comparable form. The Issuer shall make such information available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits) within 15 days after it files such information with the SEC, without cost to any Holder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC (a) prior to the earlier of the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or (b) if the SEC does not permit such filing; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), the Issuer shall make available such reports and information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes:

(1) within 30 days, for annual reports;

(2) within 15 days, for quarterly reports; and

(3) within 6 Business Days for current reports;

in each case, after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were a non-accelerated filer. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it shall furnish to Holders and to any prospective investor that certifies it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in the Securities Act), upon request and if not previously provided, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

The requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration

 

- 70 -


Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. In addition, prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer shall not be required to provide the information that would otherwise be required by Section 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Items 307, 308 or 308T of Regulation S-K in connection with any information provided under this Section 4.03.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Issue Date, the Issuer shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this Section 4.03 for purposes of clause (3) of Section 6.01(a) until 120 days after the date any report is required to be filed with the SEC (or provided to the Trustee or Holders of the Notes) pursuant to this Section 4.03.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system) and such reports are publicly available.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes .

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

- 71 -


Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

The Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, (including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation) other than:

(A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

(B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by Persons other than a Restricted Subsidiary, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

(B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

- 72 -


(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (A) with respect to a Restricted Payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than TransUnion Corp. or any Restricted Subsidiary of TransUnion Corp.), the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a)(i) hereof and (B) with respect to a Restricted Payment by TransUnion Corp. or any Restricted Subsidiary of TransUnion Corp., TransUnion Corp. could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a)(ii) hereof; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon the fair market value at the time of such Restricted Payment) made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (7) and (12) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date, to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than in connection with the consummation of the Merger and other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

(i)(A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests of the Issuer to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (3) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

 

- 73 -


(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or

(ii) debt securities or other Indebtedness of the Issuer that have (or has) been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer or, if such fair market value exceeds $30.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (W) in connection with the consummation of the Merger, (X) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (Y) to the extent contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary and (Z) Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from such Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Issue Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

- 74 -


(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if, in the case of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such fair market value exceeds $30.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

(a) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date either (i) equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (ii) at least 90 days following the final maturity date of the Notes; and

(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

 

- 75 -


(3) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (3) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of a public Equity Offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the next succeeding calendar year subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $20.0 million (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of a public Equity Offering of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent) in any calendar year); provided , further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (3);

and provided , further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from members of management of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(4) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

 

- 76 -


(5)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent issued after the Issue Date;

provided , that (x) the amount of dividends paid pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this clause (5) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock and (y) in the case of each of (a) and (b) of this clause (5), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

(6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon, or cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with, in each case, the exercise of stock options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests (or the declaration and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, or the making of loans, in each case, to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund such repurchases or cash payments) if, (a) in the case of repurchases of Equity Interests, such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or (b) in the case of cash payments, any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of circumventing the limitations of this Section 4.07 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer);

(7) the making (or declaration) and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(8) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

- 77 -


(9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (9) not to exceed $40.0 million;

(10) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

(11) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof (other than clause (2) thereof);

(12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided , that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(13) the declaration and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent (or, solely in the case of clause (b) below, to an Affiliate of the Issuer that is the common parent of a consolidated, combined or unitary group including the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, for the purpose of income tax liabilities under the laws of any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof), in amounts required for any such direct or indirect parents (or such Affiliates) to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

(b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) and, to the extent of the amount actually received by the Issuer (or its Restricted Subsidiaries) from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, that in each case the amount of such payments in any taxable period does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable) would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local income taxes for such taxable period were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above), as applicable, to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity (or such Affiliate);

(c) customary salary, bonus, indemnification obligations and other benefits payable to directors, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses, indemnification obligations and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

- 78 -


(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering or other financing transaction of such parent entity;

(14) the distribution, dividend or otherwise of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

(15) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Indenture, including Section 5.01 hereof; provided , that payments and distributions shall be permitted under this clause (15) only to the extent they are not otherwise permitted under this Section 4.07; and

(16) the payment of dividends, other distributions and other amounts by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable, pay amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal (including AHYDO Catch Up Payments) on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; provided , that the proceeds contributed to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.07; provided , further, that the aggregate amount of such dividends shall not exceed the amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer for the incurrence of such Indebtedness;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (9) and (14) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (16) in paragraph (b) above, or is entitled to

 

- 79 -


be incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Issuer shall be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07.

(c) The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (8), (9) or (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Equity Restricted Payment if (i) the Issuer paid (or, if applicable, has elected to pay) all or any portion of the interest due on the Notes in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest on the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date (or occurring on the date) of the proposed Equity Restricted Payment or (ii) if, as of the date of the proposed Equity Restricted Payment, the Issuer has elected to pay all or any portion of the interest due on the Notes on any future Interest Payment Date in the form of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest (or has delivered a PIK Notice in respect of any future Interest Payment Date).

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

- 80 -


(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the Existing Notes and, in each case, the related documentation;

(2) this Indenture and the Notes;

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; provided the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Secured Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities or the Existing Notes, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof; provided the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock are no less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities or the Existing Notes, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date;

(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 81 -


(12) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.07 and any Permitted Investment;

(13) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

(14) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however that (i) the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransUnion Corp. or any Restricted Subsidiary of TransUnion Corp.) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Issuer’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period and (ii) TransUnion Corp. may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of TransUnion Corp. may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for TransUnion Corp. and its Restricted Subsidiaries for TransUnion Corp.’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

- 82 -


(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (which in the case of clause (ii) below shall be Secured Indebtedness) by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $1,440.0 million plus (x) the amount by which amounts outstanding under the term loan facility of the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date exceed $940.0 million and (y) the amount by which aggregate commitments under the revolving credit facility of the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date exceed $200.0 million or (ii) the maximum principal amount of Secured Indebtedness that could be incurred such that after giving effect to such incurrence, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.0 to 1.0, in each case, outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) or any PIK Notes issued from time to time in respect of any PIK Payment in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and any Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the foregoing;

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b), but including the Existing Notes and the guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries in respect thereof);

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, including, without limitation, through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Adjusted Total Assets at the time of incurrence;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

 

- 83 -


(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn outs or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that with respect to dispositions the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided , further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another of the Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal, statutory, export or import, customs, revenue and surety bonds and completion guarantees or similar instruments provided by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 84 -


(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

(13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2) and (3) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the

 

- 85 -


Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer, that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided , further, that subclause (A) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness and any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:

(a) (x) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries), the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of Section 4.09(a) hereof and (y) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries, TransUnion Corp. would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (ii) of Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

(b) (x) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a consolidated basis is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger and (y) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of TransUnion Corp. or any of TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries, the

 

- 86 -


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of TransUnion Corp. and TransUnion Corp.’s Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer, provided , that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer incurred not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 10.0% of the proportion of the Adjusted Total Assets represented by the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (18));

(19) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (3) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;

(21) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease the Notes as described in Article 8 or Section 11.01 hereof; and

 

- 87 -


(22) cash management obligations and Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in respect of netting services, overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, Cash Pooling Arrangements or similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; provided , that with respect to any Cash Pooling Arrangements, the total amount of all deposits subject to any such Cash Pooling Arrangement at all times equals or exceeds the total amount of overdrafts that may be subject to such Cash Pooling Arrangements.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided , that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness (including any PIK Payment), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09 or, for purposes of Section 4.12, provided , that, in each case, any such additional Indebtedness shall be included in the definition of “Consolidated Total Indebtedness.”

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided , that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

- 88 -


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;

(B) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) (other than securities received and not yet liquidated pursuant to clause (B) that are at that time outstanding), not to exceed 2.5% of Adjusted Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

 

- 89 -


shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to reduce:

(A) Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture and, if the Obligations repaid are revolving credit Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

(B) Obligations under unsecured Senior Indebtedness (and, if the Obligations repaid are revolving credit Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided , that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

(C) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, including Capital Stock, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used or useful in a Similar Business;

(3) to make an investment in (A) any one or more businesses, provided , that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets, including Capital Stock, that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(4) any combination of the foregoing;

provided , that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer, or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith

 

- 90 -


expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided , further, that if no Second Commitment is entered into or any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

- 91 -


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Asset Sales shall not be subject to Section 4.10(a) (but any Net Proceeds therefrom shall otherwise be applied in accordance with Section 4.10):

(1) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings; and

(2) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture and similar binding agreements.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(2) the Issuer deliver to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of (x) $10.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and (y) $35.0 million, an opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate in any calendar year;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

- 92 -


(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer, taken as a whole, or such relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer, taken as a whole, or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Circular;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or any other transaction effected in connection with any Receivables Facility;

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

- 93 -


(14) any transaction permitted by Section 5.01 hereof;

(15) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

(16) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(17) any contributions to the common equity capital of the Issuer;

(18) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

(19) transactions between the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person.

Section 4.12 Liens .

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or allow to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such assets or property that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) Liens securing the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees and (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.

Section 4.13 Existence .

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) their corporate or other existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses

 

- 94 -


and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided , that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

- 95 -


(7) that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be issued new Notes and such new Notes (through book-entry transactions if global notes) shall be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes); and

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

The notice, if delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is delivered in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

(b) By 10:00 AM (New York City time) on the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law:

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and until there is a Default in the payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. In addition, if such redemption or purchase is subject to satisfaction of one or

 

- 96 -


more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed.

(c) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

Section 4.15 Future Guarantees .

The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

(a) such Subsidiary Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

(b) such Subsidiary Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity and that the Subsidiary Guarantee is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

provided , that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

- 97 -


Section 4.16 Suspension of Covenants .

(a) If after the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, subject to Section 4.16(b), beginning on that day, Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, Section 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof shall be suspended (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Issuer’s Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (as defined herein) and the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations in the future after any date on which the Notes no longer have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies as long as such contractual commitments or obligations were entered into during the Suspension Period and not in anticipation of the Notes no longer having an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Rating Agencies.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any subsequent date one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, the foregoing covenants shall be reinstituted as of and from the date of such rating decline (any such date, a “ Reversion Date ”). The period of time between the suspension of covenants as set forth above and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .” All Indebtedness incurred (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued during the Suspension Period shall be deemed to have been incurred or issued in reliance on the exception provided by clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof. Calculations under the reinstated Section 4.07 hereof shall be made as if Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, but not during, the period that Section 4.07 hereof was suspended as set forth above; provided , for the sake of clarity, that no default shall be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while Section 4.07 hereof was suspended. For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.10 hereof, the Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales not applied in accordance with such covenant shall be deemed to be reset to zero after the Reversion Date. The Issuer shall promptly upon its occurrence deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying the Trustee of the event giving rise to Suspended Covenants or a Reversion Date, the date thereof and identifying the Suspended Covenants. The Trustee shall not have any obligation to monitor the occurrence or dates of any Suspended Covenants or Reversion Date and may rely conclusively on such Officer’s Certificate. The Trustee shall not have any obligation to notify the holders of the occurrence or dates of any Suspended Covenant or Reversion Date.

(d) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.16.

 

- 98 -


Section 4.17 Activities of the Issuer and of TransUnion Corp. Prior to the Escrow Release Date .

(a) Prior to the Escrow Release Date, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Issuer shall have no business or activities (other than activities conducted in connection with the Transactions in accordance with the description thereof in the Offering Circular) or material assets or liabilities other than the Escrowed Property and the Notes.

(b) Any activity engaged in or transaction or agreement entered into by TransUnion Corp. or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the period from and including the Issue Date and ending on the Escrow Release Date (the “ Escrow Period ”) that would have been subject to Section 3.07, Section 4.03, Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.14, Section 4.15 and/or Section 5.01 of this Indenture shall be deemed to have occurred on the Issue Date as if all such covenants had been applicable to TransUnion Corp. and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date and throughout the Escrow Period and (if permitted under the terms of this Indenture) shall be classified as having been made or incurred or entered into pursuant to any relevant provision of such covenants (including as to impacting the availability of any and all relevant baskets); provided that the calculations made under this Indenture shall be made as if the covenants had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Escrow Period. Without limiting the parenthetical to clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or the parenthetical to clause (7) of definition of “Permitted Liens” or otherwise determining the provisions of this Indenture under which any such Indebtedness, Lien, Investment or agreement shall be classified as having been made or incurred or entered into, any Indebtedness, Lien, Investment or agreement of, or applicable to, TransUnion Corp. or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries actually outstanding on Issue Date shall be deemed to have been in effect on the Issue Date for purposes of this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, the consummation of the Transactions (including the Merger) to occur on the Escrow Release Date as described in the Offering Circular shall not be prohibited under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not one of the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) either: (x) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);

 

- 99 -


(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists that shall not have been cured or waived;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period:

(A) the Issuer or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (i) of Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(b)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer (in which case clauses (3), (4), (5) and (6) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply); and

(y) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby (in which case clauses (3), (4), (5) and (6) of Section 5.01(a) shall not apply).

(b) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Subsidiary Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not an Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise

 

- 100 -


dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)(A) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation or other entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists that shall not have been cured or waived; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Issuer.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the consummation of the Transactions (including the Merger) shall be permitted without compliance with this Section 5.01.

Section 5.02 Successor Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, such Issuer (or such other predecessor company, as the case may be) or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, and the Successor Company or Successor Person, as applicable, shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to such Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall refer instead to the Successor Company or Successor Person, as applicable, and not to such Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor), and may exercise every right and power of an Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Company or Successor Person, as applicable, had been named as an Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor herein.

 

- 101 -


ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default .

(a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes (it being understood that any failure to pay that portion of any interest payment required to be paid in Cash Interest is a default in the payment of interest for purposes of this clause (2) (irrespective of whether all or part of any such portion is paid in the form PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest));

(3) failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above and except as set forth in the last paragraph of Section 4.03) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

- 102 -


(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

- 103 -


(8) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Subsidiary Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 6.02 Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and has not been cured or waived under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

At the request of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding following any declaration of the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to this

 

- 104 -


Section 6.02 that has not been rescinded, the Trustee may instruct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrowed Property in the Escrow Account to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.10(f) hereof.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided , subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority .

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided , that such direction shall not conflict with law or this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to security or indemnity against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

- 105 -


(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

- 106 -


Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any)), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

- 107 -


Section 6.13 Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Subsidiary Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

- 108 -


(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

- 109 -


(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(d) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depositary.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(f) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(g) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or reasonably satisfactory indemnity against such risk, liability, cost or expense is not reasonably assured to it.

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(i) [Reserved].

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(k) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

 

- 110 -


Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee, if so required at such time, or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also deliver all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders of Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

- 111 -


Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of

 

- 112 -


the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall deliver a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided , all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

- 113 -


Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer .

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

Section 7.12 Escrow Authorization .

Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, including related documents thereto, as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in writing by the parties thereto ( provided that no amendment that would materially adversely affect the rights of the Holders may be effected without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected thereby), and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Escrow Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Issuer shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Escrow Agreement, to assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest contemplated by the Escrow Agreement or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purpose herein expressed. The Issuer shall take, or shall cause to be taken, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Escrow Agreement to create and maintain, as security for the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Escrow Agreement, valid and enforceable first priority perfected liens on the Escrow Account and in and on all the Escrowed Property, in favor of the Trustee for its benefit, and the ratable benefit of the Holders, superior to and prior to the rights of third Persons and subject to no other Liens.

 

- 114 -


ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuer may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Subsidiary Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations

 

- 115 -


under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions:

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

 

- 116 -


in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over, defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the

 

- 117 -


provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to the Issuer .

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided , that, if the Issuer make any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

- 118 -


ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Subsidiary Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

(4) to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, or to modify this Indenture in connection with the addition of a Subsidiary Guarantee;

(11) to conform the text of this Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Subsidiary Guarantee or Notes;

(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however ,

 

- 119 -


that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; or

(13) in the event that PIK Notes are issued in certificated form, to make appropriate amendments to this Indenture to reflect an appropriate minimum denomination of certificated PIK Notes and establish minimum redemption amounts for certificated PIK Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

- 120 -


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

- 121 -


(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Subsidiary Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or

 

- 122 -


waiver until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). The Trustee shall also be entitled to request indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it in connection with signing an amendment, supplement or waiver.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee .

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby (if any), jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby (if any) agree (to the extent they may lawfully do so) that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby (if any) waives (to the extent it may lawfully do so) diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

- 123 -


Each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any), on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

Each Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Subsidiary Guarantee issued by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, if any.

 

- 124 -


Each payment to be made by a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any), and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .

To evidence any Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) hereby agrees that this Indenture, as supplemented by a Supplemental Indenture, shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any).

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

- 125 -


Section 10.04 Subrogation .

Any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided , that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06 Release of Subsidiary Guarantees .

A Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, upon:

(A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary) or all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.15;

(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, and the Trustee shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

- 126 -


(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, or in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) is a party or by which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent herein to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2)(A) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

- 127 -


Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided , that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 12.02 Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or delivered by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

c/o Trans Union LLC

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Fax No.: (312) 466-7706

Attention: General Counsel

 

- 128 -


with a copy to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Fax No.: (212) 455-2502

Attention: Richard A. Fenyes

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate Trust Administration

230 W. Monroe Street

Suite 2900

Chicago, IL 60606

Fax No.: (312) 726-2158

Attention: Trans Union Administrator

The Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if delivered by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided , that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be delivered by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so delivered to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer delivers a notice or communication to Holders, the Issuer shall deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

- 129 -


Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that each Person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

- 130 -


Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees (if any) or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation to the extent permitted by applicable law. Each Holder by accepting Notes and related Subsidiary Guarantees (if any) waives and releases all such liability to the extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (if any).

Section 12.08 Governing Law .

This Indenture, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .

Each of the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) and the Trustee hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 12.10 Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, third-party strikes, third-party work stoppages, third-party accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or other force majeure events, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, third-party communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.12 Successors .

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.

 

- 131 -


Section 12.13 Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, .pdf or similar electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, .pdf or similar electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture .

The Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 12.17 Submission to Jurisdiction and Venue .

All judicial proceedings brought against any party arising out of or relating hereto, may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State, County and City of New York. By executing and delivering this Indenture, each party, for itself and in connection with its properties, irrevocably submits to and accepts generally and unconditionally the nonexclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts; agrees that service of all process in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the applicable party; agrees that service as provided above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over the applicable party in any such proceeding in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect; and agrees each other party retains the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring proceedings against any party in the courts of any other jurisdiction having jurisdiction over such party.

 

- 132 -


Section 12.18 U.S.A. Patriot Act .

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, identify and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

[Signatures on following page]

 

- 133 -


 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Senior Indenture


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Senior Indenture


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [                    ]

ISIN [                    ] 1

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$        ]

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018

 

No.    

   [$        ]

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                     United States Dollars] on June 15, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

 

 

1  

Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 89400R AA7

   Rule 144A Note ISIN: US89400RAA77
   Regulation S Note CUSIP: U8936Y AA2
   Regulation S Note ISIN: USU8936YAA20

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: March 21, 2012

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but

solely as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest . TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Note due 2018 from March 21, 2012 until maturity and to pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. Interest will be payable as follows: (a) Cash Interest (as defined below) on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.625% per annum and (b) any PIK Interest (as defined below) (including Partial PIK Interest (as defined below)) on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 10.375% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, DTC or its nominee on the relevant Record Date (as defined below), by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (as defined below) (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Record Date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. In the event that the Issuer is entitled to and elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each Holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of the applicable percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date and PIK Interest in respect of the remaining percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on June 15, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be September 15, 2012. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

A-5


2. Method of Payment . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of Cash Interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check delivered to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and Cash Interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (such interest, “ Cash Interest ”) on the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes. For any Interest Period (as defined below) after the initial Interest Period and other than the Interest Period ending at stated maturity, if the Applicable Amount (as defined below) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined below) for such Interest Period shall:

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; or

(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes.

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Issuer to pay Cash Interest as required by the immediately preceding paragraph shall not permit the Issuer to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) in respect of any Interest Period and the sole right of the Issuer to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

A-6


The payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes is herein referred to as (i) “ PIK Interest ” to the extent all interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid and (ii) “ Partial PIK Interest ” to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment on any date (other than a Determination Date), then interest on the Notes in respect of the Interest Period corresponding to the Determination Date immediately following the date of such Equity Restricted Payment shall be paid entirely in cash.

As used herein,

(i) “ Applicable Amount ” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (1)(a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions which, as of the applicable Determination Date, would be permitted to be paid in cash to the Issuer (in a manner that does not restrict the use of such cash for paying Cash Interest, including dividends and distributions the distribution of which are conditioned upon such being utilized for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, amounts permitted to be distributed to the Issuer solely for the purpose of paying taxes attributable to the Issuer’s consolidated Subsidiaries) as the result of restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions ( provided such restrictions are otherwise permitted by Section 4.08 of the Indenture) including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness, (collectively “ Restricted Cash ”)) by all direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer after giving effect to all corporate shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distribution that are otherwise permitted by Section 4.08 of the Indenture (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness) and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $20.0 million and (2) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer that constitute Restricted Cash) less (b) $2.0 million; provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (2) of this definition of “ Applicable Amount ” shall not be less than $0.

To the extent that interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely in cash, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Issuer and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officer’s Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Issuer’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause 2(i)(1)(a) hereof identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restrictions and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Issuer is required pursuant to the second sub-paragraph of this paragraph 2 of this Note entitled “Method of Payment” and the definition of “Applicable Amount” to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distributions.

 

A-7


(ii) “ Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of such Interest Period; and

(iii) “ Interest Period ” shall mean the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include September 14, 2012 (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

In the event that the Issuer shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Issuer shall deliver a notice (a “ PIK Notice ”) to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the Interest Payment Date in respect of such Interest Period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. The Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice provided by the Issuer to the Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any Interest Period for which a PIK Notice is not delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this sub-paragraph of this paragraph 2 of this Note entitled “Method of Payment” must be paid entirely in cash. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment during the period commencing on the Determination Date with respect to a particular Interest Period and prior to delivering a PIK Notice to the Trustee in respect of such Interest Period, interest on the Notes in respect of such Interest Period shall be paid entirely in cash. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date and for the last Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, 3.10 or 3.11 of the Indenture or in connection with any repurchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as the 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2018. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture and PIK Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor and any PIK Notes) are, collectively, referred to herein as the “ Notes ” and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class of

 

A-8


securities under the Indenture, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. Optional Redemption .

(a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before June 15, 2014.

(b) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(c) Until June 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at their option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Initial Public Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided , that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Initial Public Offering.

(d) On and after June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     104.8125

2015 and thereafter

     100.000

 

A-9


(e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. Mandatory Redemption . The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes except as described below in clauses 6(a) and 6(b).

(a) Escrow of Proceeds; Special Mandatory Redemption

(i) On the Issue Date, (i) the Initial Purchasers shall deposit into the Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the net proceeds from the sale of the Initial Notes and (ii) the Issuer (or one of its Affiliates) shall deposit into the Escrow Account additional cash amounts such that the cash amounts in the Escrow Account on the date hereof are sufficient to fund the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to pay all regularly scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to, but excluding, the Initial Special Redemption Date.

(ii) If the Merger has not been consummated (but the Merger Agreement has not been terminated) as of the Initial Outside Date, the Issuer shall (i) extend the Initial Outside Date to the Extended Outside Date, by giving the First Mandatory Extension Notice to the Trustee and Escrow Agent no later than the Initial Outside Date and (ii) concurrently with the provision of such notice, the Issuer shall fund additional cash amounts into the Escrow Account such that the cash amounts in the Escrow Account on the Initial Outside Date are sufficient to fund the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to pay all regularly scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to, but excluding, the Extended Special Redemption Date (it being understood that the First Extension shall not become effective unless the Issuer has complied with this clause 6(a)(ii)(ii)).

(iii) If the Merger has not been consummated (but the Merger Agreement has not been terminated) as of the Extended Outside Date, the Issuer shall (i) extend the Extended Outside Date to the Final Outside Date, by giving the Second Mandatory Extension Notice to the Trustee and Escrow Agent no later than the Extended Outside Date and (ii) concurrently with the provision of such notice, the Issuer shall fund additional cash amounts into the Escrow Account such that the cash amounts in the Escrow Account on the Extended Outside Date are sufficient to fund the redemption of the Notes at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and to pay all regularly scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to, but excluding, the Final Special Redemption Date (it being understood that the Second Extension shall not become effective unless the Issuer has complied with this clause 6(a)(iii)(ii)).

(iv) If the Escrowed Property is distributed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(c) of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall redeem the Notes on the Applicable Special Redemption Date at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but

 

A-10


excluding, the Applicable Special Redemption Date. The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property remaining after redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. In connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this clause 6(a)(iv), the Issuer will cause an Escrow Redemption Notice to be delivered to all Holders promptly following the Applicable Outside Date.

(v) If the Escrowed Property is distributed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall redeem the Notes on the Escrow Termination Redemption Date at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Escrow Termination Redemption Date. The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property remaining after redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. In connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this clause 6(a)(v), the Issuer will cause an Escrow Redemption Notice to be delivered to all Holders promptly following the date of the Escrow Termination Notice.

(vi) If the Escrowed Property is distributed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Escrow Agreement, the Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall redeem the Notes on the second Business Day after such release at a redemption price of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. The Trustee shall pay to the Issuer any Escrowed Property remaining after redemption of the Notes and payment of fees and expenses. In connection with any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this clause 6(a)(vi), the Issuer will cause an Escrow Redemption Notice to be delivered to all Holders promptly following the date of the release of the Escrowed Property to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Escrow Agreement.

(vii) This clause 6(a) may not be waived or modified in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes as determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith without the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

(viii) Upon release of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the Issuer on the Escrow Release Date in accordance with Section 3(a) of the Escrow Agreement, the Notes shall no longer be subject to redemption pursuant to this clause 6(a).

(ix) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Indenture, any redemption pursuant to this clause 6(a) shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

(b) Mandatory AHYDO Redemption .

If the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date, the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of

 

A-11


each Note then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount. The redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to any AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of the Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make any Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date. The Issuer will provide notice of any redemption pursuant to this clause 6(b), in the manner prescribed for notice under Section 3.07 of the Indenture, not less than ten (10) days prior to such redemption; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, any redemption pursuant to this clause 6(b) shall not otherwise be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

7. Notice of Redemption . Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture and other than in connection with redemptions pursuant to Section 3.10 or 3.11 or the Indenture, notice of redemption will be delivered at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. Offers to Repurchase .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes)) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million, the Issuer shall commence an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess

 

A-12


Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. Amendment , Supplement and Waiver. The Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. Defaults and Remedies . The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that such Subsidiary

 

A-13


Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. Authentication . This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2012, among the Issuer, the any Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. Governing Law . The laws of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe the Indenture, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees .

16. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

c/o Trans Union LLC

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Fax No.: (312) 466-7706

Attention: General Counsel

 

A-14


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

    
   (Insert assignee’ legal name)
  
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
    
    
    
    
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                      to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee * :                                                          

 

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

[    ] Section 4.10    [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$         

Date:            

 

Your Signature:

 

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee * :                                                          

 

 

*  

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-16


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal

Amount

  

Amount of

increase in

Principal

  

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

following such decrease
or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

officer of

Trustee or Note

Custodian

    

              

    

              

    

              

 

*  

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-17


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

c/o Trans Union LLC

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Fax No.: (312) 466-7706

Attention: General Counsel

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

MAC N9303-121

608-2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Attention: DAPS Reorg.

Fax No.: (312) 726-2158

Re: 9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2010 (the “ Indenture ”), among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $        in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                     (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and

 

B-1


(x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [    ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) [    ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(b) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.      The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)    [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

(i)     [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 89400R AA7), or

(ii)    [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U8936Y AA2), or

(b)    [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.      After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)    [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

(i)     [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 89400R AA7), or

(ii)    [    ] Regulation S Global Note (U8936Y AA2), or

(iii)  [    ] Unrestricted Global Note (            ); or

(b)    [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)    [    ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

c/o Trans Union LLC

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Fax No.: (312) 466-7706

Attention: General Counsel

[Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

MAC N9303-121

608-2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Attention: DAPS Reorg.

Fax No.: (312) 726-2158]

Re: 9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                    (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal

 

C-2


principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                     .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:             

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of             , among                     (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of March 21, 2010, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

(a) Along with all Subsidiary Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

D-1


(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

D-2


(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with all existing or future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or

 

D-3


sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(i)(A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

(b) Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 of the Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its obligations under the Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee and the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of the Indenture referring to such Subsidiary Guarantor shall refer instead to the Successor Person and not to such Subsidiary Guarantor), and may exercise every right and power of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as a Subsidiary Guarantor therein.

(5) Releases .

The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

(1)(A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

D-4


(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

(C) the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(D) the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(6) No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors (if any) (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (if any)) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(7) Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that application of laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

(8) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

(9) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(10) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(11) Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided , that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

D-5


(12) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(13) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

D-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but

solely as Trustee

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-7


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF ESCROW REDEMPTION NOTICE

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018 (the “Notes”)

CUSIP No.                      (add each CUSIP here)

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO THE HOLDERS of the above-referenced Notes

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT, pursuant to Section      of the Indenture dated as of             , 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture (the “ Trustee ”), all of the outstanding Notes are hereby called for redemption on             , 2012 (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Date ”) at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes from the Issue Date to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (the “ Special Mandatory Redemption Price ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

If payment is requested to be made to any person other than the registered holder, a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder must accompany the Notes.

The Notes should be surrendered to the Trustee for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price at the office of the Trustee as follows:

 

Registered & Certified Mail:

 

Regular Mail or Courier:

 

In Person by Hand Only:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.   Wells Fargo Bank , N.A.   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations   Corporate Trust Operations   Corporate Trust Services
MAC N9303-121   MAC N9303-121   Northstar East Bldg-12 th Floor
P.O. Box 1517   6 th St & Marquette Avenue   608 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55480   Minneapolis, MN 55479   Minneapolis, MN 55402

On the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Special Mandatory Redemption Price will become due and payable on Notes called for redemption and, unless the Company defaults in making payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price, interest on Notes called for redemption shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date. If any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in this Notice of Redemption and the holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.

The method chosen for the delivery of the Notes is at the option and risk of the holder. If delivery is by mail, use of registered or certified mail, properly insured is suggested. Notes held through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or Euroclear/Clearstream should be surrendered for redemption in accordance with DTC or Euroclear/Clearstream procedures as applicable.

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1

Exhibit 4.2

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018, SERIES B

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(H) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(A) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE &CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE &CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE &CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.


CUSIP [      ]

ISIN [      ]

GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

$                         

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018, SERIES B

 

No. B-    $                             

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                  Million United States Dollars on June 15, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1

 

-2-


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:                     , 2012.

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

not in its individual capacity, but solely as

Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory


TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

9.625%/10.375% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2018, SERIES B

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest . TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Note due 2018, Series B, from March 21, 2012 until maturity and to pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. Interest will be payable as follows: (a) Cash Interest (as defined below) on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.625% per annum and (b) any PIK Interest (as defined below) (including Partial PIK Interest (as defined below)) on the Notes will accrue at a rate per annum equal to 10.375% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, DTC or its nominee on the relevant Record Date (as defined below), by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Global Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (as defined below) (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and (y) with respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable Interest Period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Record Date, as shown by the records of the register of Holders. In the event that the Issuer is entitled to and elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any Interest Period, each Holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of the applicable percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date and PIK Interest in respect of the remaining percentage of the principal amount of the Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on June 15, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note.

The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be September 15, 2012. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of Cash

 

-5-


Interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check delivered to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and Cash Interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence and the definition of “Applicable Amount,” interest on the Notes shall be payable entirely in cash (such interest, “ Cash Interest ”) on the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes. For any Interest Period (as defined below) after the initial Interest Period and other than the Interest Period ending at stated maturity, if the Applicable Amount (as defined below) as determined on the Determination Date (as defined below) for such Interest Period shall:

(i) equal or exceed 75%, but be less than 100%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(ii) equal or exceed 50%, but be less than 75%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash;

(iii) equal or exceed 25%, but be less than 50%, of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on (a) 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes and (b) 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes in cash; or

(iv) be less than 25% of the aggregate amount of Cash Interest that would otherwise be due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, then the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the then outstanding Notes or by issuing PIK Notes.

The insufficiency or lack of funds available to the Issuer to pay Cash Interest as required by the immediately preceding paragraph shall not permit the Issuer to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) in respect of any Interest Period and the sole right of the Issuer to elect to pay PIK Interest shall be as (and to the extent) provided in the immediately preceding paragraph. The payment of interest on the Notes through an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes is herein referred to as (i) “ PIK Interest ” to the extent all interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid and (ii) “ Partial PIK Interest ” to the extent that only a portion of the interest due on an Interest Payment Date is so paid.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment on any date (other than a Determination Date), then interest on the Notes in respect of the Interest Period corresponding to the Determination Date immediately following the date of such Equity Restricted Payment shall be paid entirely in cash.

 

-6-


As used herein,

(i) “ Applicable Amount ” shall be the amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (1)(a) the maximum amount of all dividends and distributions which, as of the applicable Determination Date, would be permitted to be paid in cash to the Issuer (in a manner that does not restrict the use of such cash for paying Cash Interest, including dividends and distributions the distribution of which are conditioned upon such being utilized for a purpose other than paying Cash Interest (including, without limitation, amounts permitted to be distributed to the Issuer solely for the purpose of paying taxes attributable to the Issuer’s consolidated Subsidiaries) as the result of restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distributions ( provided such restrictions are otherwise permitted by Section 4.08 of the Indenture) including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness, (collectively “ Restricted Cash ”)) by all direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer after giving effect to all corporate shareholder or other comparable actions required in order to make such payment, requirements of applicable law and all restrictions on the ability to make such dividends or distribution that are otherwise permitted by Section 4.08 of the Indenture (including, without limitation, any restrictions and limitations in the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Notes or any agreement that amends, modifies, renews, increases, supplements, refunds, replaces or refinances such Indebtedness) and, in each case, without regard to whether any such Restricted Subsidiary shall have any funds available to make any such dividends or distributions, less (b) $20.0 million and (2) (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer as of such Determination Date (other than any cash and Cash Equivalents on hand at the Issuer that constitute Restricted Cash) less (b) $2.0 million; provided that the amount pursuant to this clause (2) of this definition of “ Applicable Amount ” shall not be less than $0.

To the extent that interest on the Notes with respect to an Interest Period will not be paid entirely in cash, the Applicable Amount shall be calculated by the Issuer and shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period in which it is to be applied, which Officer’s Certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the Issuer’s determination of each component of this definition and in the case of clause 2(i)(1)(a) hereof identifying in reasonable detail the applicable restrictions and the maximum amount of funds that may be paid after giving effect to such restriction. To the extent the Issuer is required pursuant to the second sub-paragraph of this paragraph 2 of this Note entitled “Method of Payment” and the definition of “Applicable Amount” to pay Cash Interest for all or any portion of the interest due on any Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take all such shareholder, corporate and other actions necessary or appropriate to permit the making of any such dividends or distributions.

(ii) “ Determination Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the fifteenth calendar day immediately prior to the first day of such Interest Period; and

(iii) “ Interest Period ” shall mean the period commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include September 14, 2012 (the Interest Payment Date for any Interest Period shall be the Interest Payment Date occurring on the day immediately following the last day of such Interest Period).

In the event that the Issuer shall determine to pay PIK Interest (including Partial PIK Interest) for any Interest Period, then the Issuer shall deliver a notice (a “ PIK Notice ”) to the Trustee following the Determination Date but prior to the first day of the relevant Interest Period, which notice shall state the total amount of interest to be paid on the Interest Payment Date in respect of such Interest Period and the amount of such interest to be paid as PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest, as the case may be. The Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice provided by the Issuer to the Holders. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on the Notes in respect of any Interest Period for which a PIK

 

-7-


Notice is not delivered in accordance with the first sentence of this sub-paragraph of this paragraph 2 of this Note entitled “Method of Payment” must be paid entirely in cash. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Equity Restricted Payment during the period commencing on the Determination Date with respect to a particular Interest Period and prior to delivering a PIK Notice to the Trustee in respect of such Interest Period, interest on the Notes in respect of such Interest Period shall be paid entirely in cash. Interest for the first Interest Period commencing on the Issue Date and for the last Interest Period ending at stated maturity shall be payable entirely in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, 3.10 or 3.11 of the Indenture or in connection with any repurchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Trustee. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as the 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes Due 2018, Series B. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture and PIK Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor and any PIK Notes) are, collectively, referred to herein as the “ Notes ” and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. Optional Redemption .

(a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b) and 5(c) hereof, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before June 15, 2014.

(b) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice delivered to the registered address of each Holder of Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(c) Until June 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.625% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of an Initial Public Offering to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided , that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of such Initial Public Offering.

 

-8-


(d) On and after June 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2014

     104.8125

2015 and thereafter

     100.000

(e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. Mandatory AHYDO Redemption .

(a) The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes except pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Indenture. If the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Issue Date, the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Note then outstanding equal to the Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount. The redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to any AHYDO Redemption Date pursuant to any other provision of the Indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make any Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO Redemption Date. The Issuer will provide notice of any redemption pursuant to this clause 6(a), in the manner prescribed for notice under Section 3.07 of the Indenture, not less than ten (10) days prior to such redemption; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, any redemption pursuant to this clause 6(a) shall not otherwise be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

7. Notice of Redemption . Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture and other than in connection with redemptions pursuant to Section 3.10 or 3.11 or the Indenture, notice of redemption will be delivered at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes), unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

-9-


8. Offers to Repurchase .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes)) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million, the Issuer shall commence an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof (or, if a PIK Payment has been made, in minimum denominations of $1.00 and any integral multiple of $1.00 in excess thereof in respect of PIK Notes). The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . The Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. Defaults and Remedies . The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and

 

-10-


payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. Authentication . This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. Governing Law . The laws of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe the Indenture, the Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees.

15. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

c/o TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, IL 60661

Fax No.: (312) 466-7706

Attention: General Counsel

 

-11-


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  ________________________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint  _______________________________________________________________________________________

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                         

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                          

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

-12-


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.10            [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$                              

Date:                             

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:    
 

Signature Guarantee*:                                                          

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

-13-


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                     . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal
Amount

  

Amount of

increase in

Principal

  

Amount of this
Global Note

  

Principal
Amount of this
Global Note

following such
decrease or increase

  

Signature of

authorized officer
of Trustee or
Note

Custodian

                          
                          

 

-14-

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Version

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

 

 

Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement

March 21, 2012

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

As representatives of the several Purchasers

named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282-2198

Ladies and Gentlemen:

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $600,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of its 9.625% / 10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018. As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company agrees with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

1. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement” ), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

“Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

“EDGAR System” means the EDGAR filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).

 

1


“Effective Time,” in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and, (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (iii) a Market-Making Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Market-Making Registration Statement effective or as of which the Market-Making Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

“Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).

“Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

“Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Securities.

“Indenture” shall mean the trust indenture, dated as of March 21, 2012, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.

“Market Maker” shall mean Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates (as defined under the rules and regulations of the Commission).

“Market-Making Conditions” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

“Market-Making Prospectus” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

“Market-Making Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

“Market-Making Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

 

2


“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2012 between the Purchasers and the Company relating to the Securities.

“Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

“Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that a Security shall cease to be a Registrable Security upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a), the Security has been exchanged for an Exchange Security in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) ( provided that any Exchange Security that, pursuant to the last two sentences of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 until resale of such Registrable Security has been effected within the Resale Period); (ii) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Security under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Security has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) subject to Section 8(b), such Security is actually sold by the holder thereof pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Security relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture; or (iv) such Security shall cease to be outstanding.

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

“Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.

“Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.

“Rule 144,” “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Securities” shall mean, collectively, the $600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.625% / 10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indenture.

 

3


“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

“Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Trustee” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

2. Registration Under the Securities Act .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company agrees to file under the Securities Act, a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement” , and such offer, the “Exchange Offer” ) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company, which debt securities are substantially identical to the Securities (and are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for Special Interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities” ). The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be completed on or before the 360th day following the Closing Date (or March 16, 2013). The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer promptly following the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only (i) if the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the

 

4


Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit completion of the Exchange Offer and (ii) upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period” ) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of (1) 90 days after the Exchange Registration Statement has been declared effective, (2) the date on which such a broker-dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other activities and (3) the date on which all Securities covered by such Exchange Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Exchange Registration Statement. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Subsections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e).

(b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not completed within 360 days following the Closing Date or (iii) any holder of Registrable Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20 th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), then the Company shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), promptly file under the Securities Act, and in no event later than 90 days after the time such obligation to file arises, a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement” ). The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective no later than 90 days after the filing of such Shelf Registration filing obligation arises. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding (the “Effectiveness Period” ). No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company agrees, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post-effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the Securities Act identifying such holder), provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in

 

5


accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, or extend the time period in which it is required to file the Shelf Registration Statement, for a reasonable period of time but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (a “Suspension Period” ) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.

(c) In the event that (i) the Company has not filed the the Shelf Registration Statement on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(b), (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or before the date on which such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(b), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 360 days following the Closing Date or (iv) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement during the Effectiveness Period (except as specifically permitted herein , including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period in accordance with the last sentence of Section 2(b)) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period” ), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest ( “Special Interest” ), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue on all Registrable Securities then outstanding at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.50% for the second 90 days of the Registration Default Period, at a per annum rate of 0.75% for the third 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per annum rate of 1.0% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period commencing on (x) the 361st day following the Closing Date, in the case of clause (i) above, or (y) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective in the case of clause (ii) above; provided, however, that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for Securities tendered, or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective, Special Interest on the Notes in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue; provided, further, that no Special Interest shall accrue on the Notes following the second anniversary of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph, the Company shall not be obligated to pay Special Interest provided in this paragraph during a Shelf Suspension Period permitted by Section 2(b) hereof. Special Interest shall accrue and be payable only with respect to a single Registration Default at any given time, notwithstanding the fact that multiple Registration Defaults may exist at such time.

(d) So long as (x) any of the Securities (whether Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or otherwise) are outstanding, (y) the Market Maker proposes to make a market in the Securities as part of its business in the ordinary course and (z) in the reasonable opinion of Goldman, Sachs & Co., it would be necessary or appropriate under applicable laws, rules and regulations for the Market Maker to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making activities with respect to the Securities (clauses (x) through (z) collectively,

 

6


the “ Market-Making Conditions ”), the following provisions of this Section 2(d) shall apply for the sole benefit of the Market Maker (it being understood that only a person for whom the Market-Making Conditions apply at the applicable time shall be entitled to the use of the Market-Making Registration Statement and related provisions of this Agreement at any time). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, a “shelf” registration statement (which may be the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement if permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis in secondary transactions by the Market Maker of, Securities (such filing, a “ Market-Making Registration ”, such registration statement as amended or supplemented from time to time, a “ Market-Making Registration Statement ”, and the prospectus contained in such Market-Making Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented from time to time, a “ Market-Making Prospectus ”). The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Market-Making Registration Statement to become or be declared effective on or prior to (i) the date the Exchange Offer is completed pursuant to Section 2(a) above or (ii) the date the Shelf Registration becomes or is declared effective pursuant to Section 2(b) above, and to keep such Market-Making Registration Statement continuously effective for so long as the Market Maker may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection with transactions in the Securities. In the event that the Market Maker holds Securities at the time an Exchange Offer is to be conducted under Section 2(a) above, the Company agrees that the Market-Making Registration shall provide for the resale by the Market Maker of such Securities and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Market-Making Registration Statement continuously effective until such time that the Market Maker is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with the sale of such Securities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(d), the Company may suspend the offering and sale under the Market-Making Registration Statement for a Suspension Period if the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such suspension to be advisable for valid business reasons, but in any event not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year during which such Market-Making Registration Statement is required to be effective and usable hereunder (measured from the Effective Time of such Market-Making Registration Statement to successive anniversaries thereof) if (i) the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such action is advisable for valid business reasons or (ii) such Market-Making Registration Statement, prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Market Maker when the Market-Making Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.

(e) The Company shall take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by it to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated.

(f) Any reference herein to a registration statement or prospectus as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time; and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement or to any prospectus supplement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

 

7


3. Registration Procedures .

If the Company files a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) or Section 2(d), the following provisions shall apply:

(a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration or any Market-Making Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

(c) In connection with the Company’s obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration” ), if applicable, the Company shall:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective;

(ii) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

(iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the

 

8


initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(iv) in the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(v) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(vi) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(vii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and

(viii) otherwise use commercially reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Registration Statement, an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

 

9


(d) In connection with the Company’s obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Company shall:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of Registrable Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);

(ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Registrable Securities not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

(iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

(iv) as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR System;

(v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;

(vi) provide the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

 

10


(vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf

 

11


Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(ix) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(x) if requested by any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder, the name and description of such Electing Holder, the offering price of such Registrable Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(xi) furnish to each Electing Holder and the counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s EDGAR System, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Electing Holder and to permit such Electing Holder to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder (subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

(xii) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings

 

12


therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(xiii) unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;

(xiv) obtain a CUSIP number for all Securities that have been registered under the Securities Act, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(xv) notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be; and

(xvi) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such

 

13


amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in such Electing Holder’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice.

(f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.

(h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

 

14


(i) In connection with the Company’s obligations with respect to a Market-Making Registration, if applicable, the Company shall:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(d), a Market-Making Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and which shall register all of the Securities and the Exchange Securities for resale by the Market Maker in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the Market Maker and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Market-Making Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(d);

(ii) If any event contemplated by Section 3(i)(vi)(B), (D) or (F) occurs during the Effectiveness Period, the Company shall as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Market-Making Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Market-Making Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(d) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Market-Making Registration Statement, and furnish to the Market Maker copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR System;

(iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Securities and Exchange Securities covered by such Market-Making Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Market Maker provided for in such Market-Making Registration Statement;

(iv) provide the Market Maker and its counsel the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Market-Making Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

(v) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Market-Making Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(d), make available at reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the Market Maker and its counsel such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the Market Maker’s counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Market Maker and its counsel shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Market-Making Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Market-Making Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Market-Making

 

15


Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Market-Making Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(vi) promptly notify the Market Maker and confirm such advice in writing (A) when such Market-Making Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Market-Making Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Market-Making Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Market-Making Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities or the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (E) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (F) the occurrence of any event during the Effectiveness Period that causes such Market-Making Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment to not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act or to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(vii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Market-Making Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(viii) if requested by the Market Maker, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as the Market Maker specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Securities or Exchange Securities by the Market Maker; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(ix) furnish to the Market Maker and its counsel an executed copy (or a conformed copy) of such Market-Making Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein) and electronic copies of such Market-Making Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by the Market Maker) and of the prospectus included in such Market Making Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in

 

16


conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s EDGAR System, and such other documents, as the Market Maker may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Securities and the Exchange Securities by the Market Maker and to permit the Market Maker to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(j), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by the Market Maker (subject to any applicable suspension period in accordance with Section 3(j)), in each case in the form most recently provided to the Market Maker by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities and Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

(x) use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Securities and Exchange Securities to be included in such Market-Making Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Market Maker shall reasonably request in writing, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Market-Making Registration Statement is required to remain effective under Section 2(d) and for so long as may be necessary to enable any such Electing Holder to complete its distribution of Securities and Exchange Securities pursuant to such Market-Making Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Market Maker to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Securities and Exchange Securities and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Market-Making Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the Market Maker to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, Securities and Exchange Securities in connection with its market making activities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(e)(x), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(xi) use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Market Maker upon its request at reasonable intervals, when the Market-Making Registration Statement or the Market-Making Prospectus shall be amended or supplemented at any time when the Market-Making Conditions are satisfied, access to the officers, financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(xii) unless any Securities or Exchange Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Market Maker to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Securities and Exchange Securities to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Securities or Exchange Securities are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends; and

 

17


(xiii) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Market-Making Registration Statement an “earning statement” of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(j) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(i)(vi)(G), to notify the Market Maker, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to the Market Maker a reasonable number of copies of a Market-Making prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Securities or Exchange Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. The Market Maker agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(i)(vi)(G), the Market Maker shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Securities and Exchange Securities pursuant to the Market-Making Registration Statement until the Market Maker shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented Market-Making Prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, the Market Maker shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, of the Market-Making Prospectus in the Market-Maker’s possession at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 3(i) or this Section 3(j), the Company may for valid business reasons, including without limitation, a potential acquisition, divestiture of assets or other material corporate transaction, issue a notice that a Market-Making Registration Statement is no longer effective or the prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Securities, and may issue any notice suspending use of such Market-Making Registration Statement required under applicable securities laws to be issued for so long as valid business reasons exist, and the Company shall not be obligated to amend or supplement such Market-Making Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein until it reasonably deems appropriate. The Market Maker agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer pursuant to this Section 3(j), it will discontinue use of the Market-Making Registration Statement until receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus relating thereto and the Market Maker advised by the Company that the use of a Market-Making Registration Statement may be resumed.

4. Registration Expenses .

The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders and the Market Maker in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Registrable Securities, the Securities and the Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and Section 3(i)(x) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions described in such section, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders or the Market Maker in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each

 

18


prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of (x) one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and (y) one counsel for the Market Maker retained in connection with a Market-Making Registration, as selected by the Market Maker (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (j) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses” ). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities (including the Market Maker), as applicable, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered and the Market Maker shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

5. Representations and Warranties .

The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities and the Market Maker that:

(a) Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) or Section 3(i) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Registrable Securities or to the Market Maker pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) or Section 3(i)(vi)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or Section 3(j) or (B) during any applicable Suspension Period or period of

 

19


suspension of the Market-Making Registration Statement pursuant To Section 3(j), each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) or Section 3(i), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities or the Market Maker expressly for use therein.

(b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they become or became effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Registrable Securities or the Market Maker expressly for use therein.

(c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company, or (iii) result in the violation of any applicable statute or any applicable order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have (or reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or materially adversely affect the consummation of the transactions hereunder.

(d) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or governmental agency or regulatory authority is required for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required with respect to the Exchange Notes, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Trust Indenture Act and applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws as contemplated by this Agreement.

(e) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

6. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of Registrable Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders as holders of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and the Market Maker as holder of Securities or Exchange

 

20


Securities included in a Market-Making Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, such Electing Holder or the Market Maker may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Registration Statement, any Shelf Registration Statement or any Market-Making Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, any such Electing Holder or the Market Maker, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such holder, each such Electing Holder and the Market Maker for any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.

(b) Indemnification by the Electing Holders and Market Maker . Each Electing Holder of Registrable Securities and each Market Maker included in any Registration Statement, severally and not jointly, agree to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and all other Electing Holders and/or Market Makers of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such other Electing Holders and/or Market Makers may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any Electing Holder or Market Maker, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Electing Holder or Market Maker expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration. The indemnity provided for in this Section 6(b) will be in addition to any liability that the Electing Holder or Market Maker may otherwise have to the indemnified parties.

 

21


(c) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure and the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability it may have to such indemnified party otherwise than under Section (6)(a) and Section (6)(b) (including under subsection (d) below). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless such indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or

 

22


defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(d), (i) no Electing Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) under no circumstances will the Market Maker be required to contribute any amount. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ obligations in this Section 6(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities registered by them and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder, each Electing Holder, the Market Maker, and each person, if any, who controls any of the foregoing within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and the Electing Holders contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or Electing Holder may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, as well as to each officer and director of the other holders and to each person, if any, who controls such other holders within the meaning of the Securities Act.

7. Underwritten Offerings .

Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (c) each holder of Registrable Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

8. Rule 144 .

(a) Facilitation of Sales Pursuant to Rule 144. The Company covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. If at any time the Company is a “non-reporting issuer” as such term is defined under Rule 144(c)(2), then in connection with any sale by a holder pursuant to Rule 144(c), the Company shall deliver a statement to such holder as to the Company’s compliance with the reporting requirements contemplated by Rule 144(c)(2).

 

23


(b) Availability of Rule 144 Not Excuse for Obligations under Section 2. The fact that holders of Registrable Securities may become eligible to sell such Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 shall not (1) cause such Securities to cease to be Registrable Securities or (2) excuse the Company’s obligations set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations in respect of an Exchange Offer, Shelf Registration, Special Interest and Market-Making Registration.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities, Exchange Securities or Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.

(b) Specific Performance . The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations under Section 2(d) and related provisions and that the Market Maker may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Market Maker, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under Section 2(d) and related provisions in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

(c) Notices. All notices (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the applicable Trustee), requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, as follows: If to the Company, to it at 555 West Adams Street, Chicago, IL 60661, Attention: Secretary, facsimile: 312-466-7706, with a copy to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Attention: Richard A. Fenyes, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, facsimile: 212-455-2502, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt and if to the Market Maker, to 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198.

(d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto, the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities, the Market Maker and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Registrable Securities shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

 

24


(e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Market Maker, any director, officer or partner of such holder or the Market Maker, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the transfer and registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer and the transfer and registration of Securities and Exchange Securities by the Market Maker.

(f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding and the Market Maker; provided that any such amendment or waiver affecting solely the provisions of this Agreement relating to a Market-Making Registration may be effected by a written instrument duly executed solely by the Company and the Market Maker. Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

(j) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

25


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.
By:   /s/ Gilbert Klemann
  Name: Gilbert Klemann
  Title: Vice President

 

26


Goldman, Sachs & Co.  
By:   /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.  
              (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

 

27


Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
By:   /s/ Stephanie Perry
  Name: Stephanie Perry
  Title: Managing Director
By:   /s/ Jackson Merchant
  Name: Jackson Merchant
  Title: Director

On behalf of each of the Purchasers

 

28


Exhibit A

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE] *

The Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “Company” ) 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “Securities” ) are held.

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., [Address and Telephone Number of Issuer].

 

* Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.

 

A-1


TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement” ) between TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “Company” ) and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Shelf Registration Statement” ) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), of the Company’s 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “Securities” ). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire ( “Notice and Questionnaire” ) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

The term “Registrable Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

A-2


ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder” ) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), against certain loses arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire.

Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

A-3


QUESTIONNAIRE

 

(1) (a) Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

  (b) Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

  (c) Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(2) Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

Telephone:            ___________________________________________

Fax:                         ___________________________________________

Contact Person:    ___________________________________________

E-mail for Contact Person: _____________________________________

 

(3) Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.

 

  (a) Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned: _________________________________

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities: _______________________________________________

 

  (b) Principal amount of Securities other than Registrable Securities beneficially owned:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities: _________________________________

 

  (c) Principal amount of Registrable Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement: _______________________________________

CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement: ______________________________________________________

 

(4) Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

State any exceptions here:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

A-4


(5) Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:

If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company” ), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.

 

  (a) Is the holder a Reporting Company?

Yes        ______                         No        ______

If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).

 

  (b) List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

(6) Relationships with the Company:

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

(7) Plan of Distribution:

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities

 

A-5


may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

State any exceptions here:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.

 

(8) Broker-Dealers:

The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Registrable Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.

 

  (a) State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:

Yes        ______                         No        ______

 

  (b) If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

  (i) Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?

Yes        ______                         No        ______

If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

  (ii) Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?

Yes        ______                         No        ______

 

  (iii) If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

A-6


  (c) State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):

Yes        ______                         No        ______

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

  (d) If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:

 

  (i) Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business?

Yes        ______                         No        ______

If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Registrable Securities:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

  (ii) At the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Registrable Securities?

Yes        ______                         No        ______

If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

If the answer is “No” to Item (8)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (8)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.

 

(9) Hedging and short sales:

 

  (a) State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Registrable Securities:

Yes        ______                         No        ______

If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

A-7


  (b) Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:

“An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”

By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.

*        *        *         *        *

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).

The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

A-8


In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

 

(i) To the Company:

     
       
       
       
       
       
(ii) With a copy to:      
       
       
       
       
       

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

Dated:    

 

     

Selling Securityholder

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

 

By:    
Name:
Title:

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:

 

     
     
     
     
     

 

A-10


Exhibit B

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

[Address of Trustee]

Attention:  Trust Officer

 

  Re: TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “Company” )

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

Dear Sirs:

Please be advised that                                                   has transferred $                                                   aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-              ) filed by the Company.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:

 

Very truly yours,
   
  (Name)
By:    
  (Authorized Signature)

Exhibit 5.1

 

   233 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 5800
   Chicago, Illinois 60606
   Tel: +1.312.876.7700 Fax: +1.312.993.9767
   www.lw.com
LOGO    FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES
   Abu Dhabi    Moscow
   Barcelona    Munich
   Beijing    New Jersey
   Boston    New York
   Brussels    Orange County
   Chicago    Paris
July 31, 2012    Doha    Riyadh
   Dubai    Rome
   Frankfurt    San Diego
   Hamburg    San Francisco
   Hong Kong    Shanghai
   Houston    Silicon Valley
   London    Singapore
TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.    Los Angeles    Tokyo
555 West Adams Street    Madrid    Washington, D.C.
Chicago, Illinois 60661    Milan   

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4;

Exchange Offer for $600,000,000

Aggregate Principal Amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle

Notes due 2018, Series B

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), in connection with the issuance of up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B (the “ Exchange Notes ”) under an indenture, dated March 21, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on the date hereof (the “ Registration Statement ”). The Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for the Issuer’s outstanding 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “ Outstanding Notes ”) on the terms set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal filed as an exhibit thereto. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Exchange Notes.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Issuer and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to the internal laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any local agencies within any state.


July 31, 2012

Page 2

 

LOGO

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Issuer and, when executed, issued, authenticated and delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture against the due tender and delivery to the Trustee of Outstanding Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes, will be the legally valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms.

Our opinion is subject to: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, preference, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, (ii) the effect of general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, (iii) the invalidity under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy, and (iv) we express no opinion with respect to (a) any provision for liquidated damages, default interest, late charges, monetary penalties, make-whole premiums or other economic remedies to the extent such provisions are deemed to constitute a penalty, (b) consents to, or restrictions upon, governing law, jurisdiction, venue, arbitration, remedies or judicial relief, (c) the waiver of rights or defenses contained in Section 4.06 and Article 10 of the Indenture, (d) any provision requiring the payment of attorneys’ fees, where such payment is contrary to law or public policy, (e) provisions purporting to make a guarantor primarily liable rather than as a surety, (f) advance waivers of claims, defenses, rights granted by law, or notice, opportunity for hearing, evidentiary requirements, statutes of limitation, trial by jury or at law, or other procedural rights, (g) waivers of broadly or vaguely stated rights, (h) provisions for exclusivity, election or cumulation of rights or remedies, (i) provisions authorizing or validating conclusive or discretionary determinations, (j) grants of setoff rights and (k) the severability, if invalid, of provisions to the foregoing effect.

With your consent, we have assumed (a) that the Indenture and the Exchange Notes (collectively, the “ Operative Documents ”) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto other than the Issuer, (b) that the Operative Documents constitute legally valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto other than the Issuer, enforceable against in accordance with their respective terms, and (c) that the status of the Operative Documents as legally valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto is not affected by any (i) breaches of, or defaults under, agreements or instruments, (ii) violations of statutes, rules, regulations or court or governmental orders or (iii) failures to obtain required consents, approvals or authorizations from, or make required registrations, declarations or filings with, governmental authorities.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained in the Prospectus under the heading “Validity of the Securities.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.1

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PLAN

(Effective April 30, 2012)

ARTICLE 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), by aligning the interests of Parent’s Employees and Independent Directors (both as defined below) with those of its stockholders and providing Employees with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Parent’s stockholders. The Plan (as defined below) is further intended to provide flexibility to Parent in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Independent Directors and Employees upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of Parent’s operation is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

2.1 “ Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 11. With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 11.6, or which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

2.2 “ Advent Investors ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

2.3 “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

2.4 “ Award ” shall mean an Option, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalent, Deferred Stock, a Stock Payment award or a Stock Appreciation Right, in each case as granted under the Plan.

2.5 “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

2.6 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of Parent.

2.7 “ Cause ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the applicable Program or Award Agreement.


2.8 “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement; provided that if an event that constitutes a Change in Control would trigger payment under any Award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, such event shall not trigger such payment unless such event also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

2.9 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.10 “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 11.1.

2.11 “ Deferred Stock ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 8.4.

2.12 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

2.13 “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 8.2.

2.14 “ DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

2.15 “ Effective Date ” shall mean April 30, 2012, the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.

2.16 “ Employee ” shall mean any officer, executive or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of Parent or any of its Affiliates.

2.17 “ Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between Parent and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of Parent) or the share price of Shares (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Shares subject to outstanding Awards.

2.18 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

2.19 “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

(a) If the Shares are listed on any (i) established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) national market system or (iii) automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

2


(b) If the Shares are not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Shares are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Shares are neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, then Fair Market Value shall be (i) the amount that a willing buyer would pay for a Share, and at which a willing seller would sell a Share, neither under any compulsion or duress and both with reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, with no discount for lack of marketability, or voting rights, nor any premium for control, as set forth in the most recent appraisal available to the Administrator by a recognized investment banking or appraisal firm selected by the Administrator in good faith and in exercise of its reasonable discretion and performed in accordance with the provisions of this clause (i), or (ii) if such transaction is more recent than the most recently available appraisal, the price per share realized by Parent or a holder of Shares in a transaction involving the sale of equity securities to a Person who is not an Affiliate of Parent or such holder, as applicable, in a sufficient amount to allow the Administrator to determine whether or not such sale is between a willing buyer and a willing seller under the standards applicable under clause (i) above. The Administrator shall have an appraisal of the type referred to in clause (i) above performed at least annually.

2.20 “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the applicable Program or Award Agreement.

2.21 “ Greater Than 10% Stockholder ” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Parent or any Subsidiary corporation thereof.

2.22 “ GS Investors ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

2.23 “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

2.24 “ Independent Director ” shall mean a director who (a) is not an employee of Parent, any Sponsor or any Other Stockholder, (b) is not an immediate family member of either an Other Stockholder or an executive of Parent or any Sponsor, (c) is not beneficiary of a trust that is an Other Stockholder, and (d) is designated to be an Independent Director by the Administrator or the Board. Following the Public Trading Date, it is intended that each Independent Director qualify as (x) a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, (y) an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and (z) an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted; the Administrator or Board shall consider these criteria when designating which directors are Independent Directors for purposes of this Plan.

2.25 “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.26 “ Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price granted under Article 5. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

2.27 “ Other Stockholders ” shall mean the holders of Shares on the Effective Date, other than the Sponsors.

 

3


2.28 “ Participant ” shall mean an Employee, Independent Director or other Service Provider approved by the Board who has been granted an Award.

2.29 “ Performance Award ” shall mean a cash bonus award, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 8.1.

2.30 “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined under the instructions to use of the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, after taking into account any state, federal, local or foreign tax and securities laws applicable to transferable Awards.

2.31 “ Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

2.32 “ Plan ” shall mean this TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan, as it may be amended or restated from time to time and any sub-plans that may be adopted as part of this Plan under Section 4.5.

2.33 “ Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan.

2.34 “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Shares are listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any established securities exchange or national market system, or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

2.35 “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean Shares awarded under Article 7 that are subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

2.36 “ Restricted Stock Units ” shall mean the right to receive Shares awarded under Section 8.5.

2.37 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.38 “ Service Provider ” means a person for so long as he or she continues to be an Employee or Director of or consultant to Parent or any of its Affiliates.

2.39 “ Shares ” shall mean shares of the common stock of Parent, par value $0.01 per share.

2.40 “ Sponsors ” shall mean, collectively, the Advent Investors and the GS Investors.

2.41 “ Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article 9.

2.42 “ Stock Payment ” shall mean (a) a payment in the form of Shares, or (b) an option or other right to purchase Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 8.3.

2.43 “ Stockholders’ Agreement ” shall mean that certain Stockholders’ Agreement by and between Parent and certain management stockholders of Parent on April 30, 2012, as amended from time to time.

2.44 “ Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

4


2.45 “ Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.46 “ Termination of Service ” shall mean the time when a Participant no longer is a Service Provider for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement (but excluding terminations in which a Participant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with Parent or any of its Affiliates as a Director or a consultant); provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement or otherwise, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. A Participant’s service relationship to Parent shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that such Participant is employed by an Affiliate of Parent and the Affiliate employing such Participant ceases to remain an Affiliate of Parent.

ARTICLE 3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares .

(a) Subject to Section 12.2 and Section 3.1(b), the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan is 8,250,000, of which an aggregate of (i) 8,000,000 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Options to Employees (the “ Initial Option Allocation ”) and (ii) 250,000 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Awards to Independent Directors.

(b) If any Shares covered by an Award are forfeited, cancelled or expire or such Award is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the Shares covered by such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, cancellation, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. In addition, any Shares that are (i) tendered by a Participant or withheld by Parent in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) tendered by the Participant or withheld by Parent to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; (iii) covered by a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of such Stock Appreciation Right; or (iv) repurchased by Parent under Section 7.4 at the same price paid by the Participant so that such shares are returned to Parent will again be available for Awards. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

(c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by Parent or any of its Affiliates or with which Parent or such Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by equityholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or

 

5


other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to Parent or a Subsidiary immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

3.2 Stock Distributed . Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE 4.

GRANTING OF AWARDS

4.1 Participation . The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among Employees and Independent Directors, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan. No Employee or Independent Director shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

4.2 Award Agreement . Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.4 At-Will Employment . Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of Parent or any of its Affiliates, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of Parent or any of its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge such Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between such Participant and Parent or any of its Affiliates.

4.5 Foreign Participants . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which Parent and its Affiliates operate or have Employees or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates of Parent shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Employees and Independent Directors outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Employees and Independent Directors outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3.1 or 4.1;

 

6


and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions, requirements or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, any other securities law or governing statute, the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded or any other applicable law.

4.6 Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards . Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to or in tandem with any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as, or at a different time from, the grant of such other Awards.

ARTICLE 5.

GRANTING OF OPTIONS

5.1 Granting of Options . The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Participants from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

5.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options . No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee of Parent or any “subsidiary corporation” of Parent (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code). No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Participant, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of Parent and any Subsidiary corporation thereof, exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the fair market value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted.

5.3 Option Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share covered by each Option shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).

5.4 Option Term . The term of each Option shall be ten years from the date the Option is granted, or five years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which a Participant has the right to exercise any vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the term of the Option and shall be set forth in the Award Agreement. Absent agreement with the affected Participant, the post-termination exercise period may not be less than (i) 12 months following a Termination of Service by reason of death or disability; (ii) 90 days following

 

7


Termination of Service by Parent or any of its Affiliates without Cause, by such Participant for Good Reason, or, other than for any Option (or portion thereof) that vests based on attainment of a performance condition, by such Participant without Good Reason; and (iii) the date of Termination of Service by Parent or any of its Affiliates for Cause, or for any Option (or portion thereof) that vests based on attainment of a performance condition, by such Participant without Good Reason. Except as limited by the preceding sentence or the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, the Administrator may extend the term of any outstanding Option, and may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of a Participant, and may amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such Termination of Service.

5.5 Option Vesting .

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests shall be set by the Administrator, and the Administrator may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with Parent or any of its Affiliates or any other criteria selected by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. At any time after grant of an Option, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate the period during which an Option vests.

(b) No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at a Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the applicable Program or Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option.

5.6 Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the Shares covered by such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided , that the excess of: (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares covered by the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were covered by the grant assumed or substituted for by Parent over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

5.7 Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided , that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, and shall also have the same exercise price and remaining term as the substituted Option.

ARTICLE 6.

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

6.1 Partial Exercise . An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part. However, unless specifically provided in an Award Agreement, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional shares. The Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares.

 

8


6.2 Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to Parent, or such other Person designated by the Administrator, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Participant or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations, the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted, or any other applicable law. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 10.3 by any Person other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such Person to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of Parent for the shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 10.1 and 10.2.

6.3 Notification Regarding Disposition . Any Participant who exercises an Incentive Stock Option shall give Parent prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired on such exercise that occurs within (a) two years from the date of grant (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) of such Option or (b) one year after such exercise.

ARTICLE 7.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

7.1 Award of Restricted Stock .

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Employees and Independent Directors and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

(b) The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock.

7.2 Rights as Stockholders . Subject to Section 7.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Restricted Stock, subject to the restrictions in the applicable Program or Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to such Restricted Stock shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 7.3.

 

9


7.3 Restrictions . All Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Participants with respect to Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability, and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Administrator, including, without limitation, criteria based on a Participant’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with Parent, company performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Administrator. By action taken after any Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Program or the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.

7.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock. If no price was paid by a Participant for Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service, such Participant’s rights in Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to Parent and cancelled without consideration. If a price was paid by such Participant for such Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service, Parent shall have the right to repurchase from such Participant the Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by such Participant for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. The Administrator in its sole discretion may provide that in the event of certain events, including a Change in Control, the Participant’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Participant’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and, if applicable, Parent shall not have a right of repurchase.

7.5 Certificates for Restricted Stock . Restricted Stock may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine. Certificates or book entries evidencing Restricted Stock must include an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and Parent may, in it sole discretion, retain physical possession of any stock certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.

7.6 Section 83(b) Election . If a Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which such Participant would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, such Participant shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to Parent promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

ARTICLE 8.

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, DEFERRED STOCK,

STOCK PAYMENTS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1 Performance Awards .

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards to any Employee. The value of Performance Awards may be linked to any one or more performance criteria as selected by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Performance Awards may be paid in cash, Shares or a combination of Shares and cash, as determined by the Administrator.

 

10


(b) Without limiting Section 8.1(a), the Administrator may grant Performance Awards to any Employee in the form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of such performance criteria, whether or not objective, which are established by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.

8.2 Dividend Equivalents .

(a) Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator based on dividends declared on Shares, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Participant and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

8.3 Stock Payments . The Administrator is authorized to make Stock Payments to any Employee or Independent Director. The number or value of Shares covered by any Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon one or more criteria, including service to or performance by Parent or any of its Affiliates, as determined by the Administrator. Shares covered by a Stock Payment that is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Participant who is a holder of a Stock Payment shall have no rights as a Parent stockholder with respect to such Stock Payment until such time as the Stock Payment has vested and the Shares covered by such Stock Payment have been issued to such Participant. Stock Payments may, but are not required to, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to a Participant.

8.4 Deferred Stock . The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to any Employee or Independent Director. The number of Shares covered by any Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based on one or more criteria, including service to or performance by Parent or any of its Affiliates, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. Shares underlying Deferred Stock that is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Participant who is a holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Parent stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as such Deferred Stock has vested and the Shares covered by such Deferred Stock have been issued to such Participant.

8.5 Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to any Employee or Independent Director. The number and terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Units shall be determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including performance criteria or service to Parent or any of its Affiliates, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall specify, or permit a Participant to elect, the conditions and dates upon which the Shares covered by Restricted Stock Units shall be issued, which dates shall not be earlier

 

11


than the date as of which such Restricted Stock Units vest and become nonforfeitable and which conditions and dates shall be subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Restricted Stock Units may be paid in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator. On the distribution dates applicable to Restricted Stock Units, Parent shall issue to the applicable Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable Share (or the Fair Market Value of one such Share in cash) for each vested and nonforfeitable Restricted Stock Unit.

8.6 Term . The term of each Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, Deferred Stock, Stock Payment and/or Restricted Stock Unit shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

8.7 Exercise or Purchase Price . The Administrator may establish the exercise or purchase price of a Performance Award, shares of Deferred Stock, Shares distributed as a Stock Payment award or Shares distributed pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Shares under any Awards granted under the Plan.

8.8 Exercise upon Termination of Service . A Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award and/or Restricted Stock Unit award is exercisable or distributable only while the Participant is a Service Provider. The Administrator, however, in its sole discretion may provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement that the Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award and/or Restricted Stock Unit award may be exercised or distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Participant’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

ARTICLE 9.

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1 Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Employees and Independent Directors from time to time, in its sole discretion on such terms and conditions as it may determine consistent with the Plan.

(b) A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle a Participant to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from Parent an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose. Except as described in Section 9.1(c), the exercise price per Share covered by each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 9.1(b) to the contrary, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the Shares covered by such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of: (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares covered by the Substitute Award over (ii) the aggregate exercise price thereof does

 

12


not exceed the excess of (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were covered by the grant assumed or substituted for by Parent over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

9.2 Stock Appreciation Right Vesting .

(a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Stock Appreciation Right vests shall be set by the Administrator in the applicable Program or Award Agreement, and the Administrator may determine that a Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted. Such vesting may be based on service with Parent or any of its Affiliates, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator. At any time after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion accelerate the period during which a Stock Appreciation Right vests.

(b) No portion of a Stock Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the applicable Program or Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

9.3 Manner of Exercise . All or a portion of an exercisable Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Administrator or such other Person designated by the Administrator, as applicable:

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Participant or other Person then entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right or such portion of the Stock Appreciation Right;

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and any other federal, state or foreign securities laws or regulations. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance; and

(c) In the event that the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 9.3 by any Person other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such Person to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right.

9.4 Stock Appreciation Right Term . The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the term shall not be more than ten years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted. The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which a Participant has the right to exercise vested Stock Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the expiration date of the Stock Appreciation Right term. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder, the Administrator may extend the term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of a Participant, and may amend any other term or condition of such Stock Appreciation Right relating to such Termination of Service.

 

13


9.5 Payment . Amounts payable by Parent with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 9 shall be paid in cash, Shares (based on their Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator.

ARTICLE 10.

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

10.1 Payment . The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Participant with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award or Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) following the Public Trading Date, delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to Parent in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to Parent upon settlement of such sale or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants may exercise any Options to purchase Shares issued from the Initial Option Allocation with payment by any of the methods specified in clauses (a) through (c) of the preceding sentence. The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a Director or an “executive officer” of Parent within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment with a loan from Parent or a loan arranged by Parent in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

10.2 Tax Withholding . Parent or any of its Affiliates shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold from any Award or any other compensation then payable by Parent or any of its employing Affiliates, or require a Participant to remit to Parent, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including such Participant’s FICA or employment tax obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning such Participant arising as a result of the Plan. A Participant may elect to have Parent withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or to surrender Shares). The number of Shares that may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. Following the Public Trading Date, the Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

10.3 Transferability of Awards .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.3(b):

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, and the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed;

 

14


(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be available to pay, perform, satisfy or discharge the debts, contracts or engagements of a Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence; and

(iii) During the lifetime of a Participant, only such Participant may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him or her under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of a Participant, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by his or her personal representative or by any Person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Participant to transfer an Award, other than an Incentive Stock Option, to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Participant and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 10.3(a), and subject to applicable laws regarding descent and distribution, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative or other Person claiming any rights of a Participant pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to such Participant, except to the extent the Plan or such Program or Award Agreement otherwise provides, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If a Participant is married and resides in a community property jurisdiction, a designation of a Person other than such Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of such Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of such Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives a Participant, payment shall be made to the Person entitled thereto pursuant to such Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to such Participant’s death.

10.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Parent shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if

 

15


applicable, the requirements of any exchange, national market or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted, and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations or requirements.

(b) All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted. The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.

(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require a Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator for compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

(d) Unless otherwise specifically permitted under any Program or Award Agreement, no fractional Shares shall be issued, and the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, Parent shall not deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award, and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of Parent (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

10.5 Forfeiture Provisions . Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in the terms of any Program or Award Agreement, or to require a Participant to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that: (a)(i) any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by such Participant upon any receipt or exercise of an Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares covered by such Award, must be paid to Parent and (ii) such Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of such Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited if (b)(i) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date or (ii) such Participant has a Termination of Service for Cause.

ARTICLE 11.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1 Administrator . The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein) and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, following the Public Trading Date, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Directors, appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code and an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted; provided , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in

 

16


this Section 11.1 or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 11.6.

11.2 Duties and Powers of Committee . It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan, each Program and each Award Agreement, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Participant with respect to the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Participant is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 12.1. Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters that under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or following the Public Trading Date, Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

11.3 Action by the Committee . Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of Parent or any of its Affiliates, Parent’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by Parent to assist in the administration of the Plan.

11.4 Authority of Administrator . Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

(a) Designate Employees and Independent Directors to receive Awards;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Employee or Independent Director;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price or purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid, in cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

17


(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h) Establish, adopt or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement; and

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

11.5 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

11.6 Delegation of Authority . To the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of Parent the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to Article 11; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of Parent be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (b) officers of Parent (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under applicable securities laws or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 11.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.

ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.1, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee. However, without approval of Parent’s stockholders given within 12 months before or after the action by the Administrator, no action of the Administrator may (a) except as provided in Section 12.2, increase the limits imposed in Sections 3.1 and 4.1 on the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan or (b) expand the individuals who may receive awards under the Plan. Except as provided in Section 12.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Participant, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

18


12.2 Changes in Shares or Assets of Parent, Acquisition or Liquidation of Parent and Other Corporate Events .

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Parent assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the price of the Shares other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 4.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which may be issued under the Plan); (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) covered by outstanding Awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iv) the grant or exercise price per Share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.

(b) In the event of a combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events (including any Change in Control) affecting the Shares, Parent, any Affiliate of Parent or the financial statements of Parent or any of its Affiliates, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of an Award or by action taken prior to or in connection with the occurrence of such transaction or event, and either automatically or upon a Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of such Participant’s right at such time (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 12.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of such Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by Parent without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of such Participant’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested.

(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) covered by outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards that may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement; and

(v) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

19


(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 12.2(a) and 12.2(b):

(i) The number and type of securities covered by each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; or

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 4.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan. The adjustments provided under this Section 12.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and Parent.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Administrator may set forth the treatment of an Award on a Change in Control in the applicable Program or Award Agreement.

(e) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of Parent that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

(f) No such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions.

(g) The existence of the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of Parent or the stockholders of Parent to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in Parent’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of Parent, any issue of stock or options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Shares or the rights thereof, or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or the dissolution or liquidation of Parent, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(h) No action shall be taken under this Section 12.2 that shall cause an Award to fail to comply with Section 409A of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder, to the extent applicable to such Award.

(i) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of Shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Parent assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of Shares including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, Parent in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of ten business days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

12.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders . The Plan will be submitted for the approval of Parent’s stockholders within 12 months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be

 

20


exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the time that the Plan is approved by such stockholders; and provided further that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of such 12-month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

12.4 No Stockholders Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until such Participant becomes the record owner of such Shares.

12.5 Paperless Administration . In the event that Parent establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

12.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans . The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for Parent or any of its Affiliates. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of Parent or any of its Affiliates: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees or Independent Directors or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise of the business, stock or assets of any Person.

12.7 Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), the rules of any securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, traded or quoted, and to such approvals by any listing regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for Parent, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the Person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by Parent, provide such assurances and representations to Parent as Parent may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal requirements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

12.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act . The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

12.9 Governing Law . The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

12.10 Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the applicable Program and Award Agreement shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and such Program and Award Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued

 

21


thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related U.S. Department of Treasury guidance (including such U.S. Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related U.S. Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section. Parent makes no representation or warranty regarding the tax treatment of any Award granted hereunder, and by accepting any Award, each Employee and Independent Director understands that tax consequences (including without limitation application of Code Section 409A) may arise on account of such Award.

12.11 No Rights to Awards . No Employee, Independent Director or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither Parent nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Employees, Independent Directors, Participants or any other Persons uniformly.

12.12 Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of Parent or any of its Affiliates.

12.13 Indemnification . To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by Parent from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit or proceeding against him or her; provided (a) such claim, action, suit, or proceeding is not brought by, or on behalf of, such member in his or her capacity as a Participant and (b) he or she gives Parent an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to Parent’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that Parent may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

12.14 Relationship to other Benefits . No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of Parent or any of its Affiliates except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

12.15 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by Parent and its Subsidiaries.

12.16 Arbitration.

(a) Except as otherwise specially provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, any and all disputes, controversies or claims arising out of, relating to or in connection with the Plan, including, without limitation, any dispute regarding its arbitrability, validity or termination, or the performance or

 

22


breach thereof, shall be exclusively and finally settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”). Either a Participant or Parent may initiate arbitration by notice to the other party (a “ Request for Arbitration ”). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA rules governing commercial arbitration in effect at the time of the arbitration, except as they may be modified by the provisions of this Agreement. The place of the arbitration shall be Chicago, Illinois. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator appointed by such Participant from a list of at least five individuals who are independent and qualified to serve as an arbitrator submitted by Parent within 15 days after delivery of such Request for Arbitration. Such Participant will make such appointment within ten days after such Participant receives the list of qualified individuals from Parent. In the event Parent fails to send a list of at least five qualified individuals to serve as arbitrator to such Participant within such 15-day period, such Participant shall appoint such arbitrator within 25 days after delivery of such Request for Arbitration. In the event such Participant fails to appoint a person to serve as arbitrator from the list of at least five qualified individuals within ten days after its receipt of such list from Parent, Parent shall appoint one of the individuals from such list to serve as arbitrator within five days after the expiration of such ten day period. Any individual will be qualified to serve as an arbitrator if he or she shall be an individual who has no material business relationship, directly or indirectly, with any of the parties to the action and who has at least ten years of experience in the practice of law with experience in executive compensation matters. The arbitration shall commence within 30 days after the appointment of the arbitrator; the arbitration shall be completed within 60 days after such commencement; and the arbitrator’s award shall be made within 30 days following such completion. The parties may agree to extend the time limits specified in the foregoing sentence.

(b) The arbitrator will apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law, and will be without power to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator will render an award and a written opinion in support thereof. Such award shall include the costs related to the arbitration and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The arbitrator also has the authority to grant provisional remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, and to award specific performance. The arbitrator may entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party, applying the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and may rule upon any claim or counterclaim, or any portion thereof (a “ Claim ”), without holding an evidentiary hearing, if, after affording the parties an opportunity to present written submission and documentary evidence, the arbitrator concludes that there is no material issue of fact and that the Claim may be determined as a matter of law. The parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any rights to appeal, or to review of, any arbitrator’s award by any court. The arbitrator’s award shall be final and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the courts of Cook County, Illinois. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent may seek injunctive relief, specific performance or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction without first pursuing resolution of a dispute as provided above. Parent and each Participant under the Plan irrevocably submits to the non­exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the courts of the State of Illinois and the United States sitting in Chicago, Illinois in connection with any such proceeding, and waives any objection based on forum non-conveniens. PARENT AND EACH PARTICIPANT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE AN ARBITRATOR’S DECISION OR AWARD PURSUANT TO SECTION 12.16(a) OF THIS PLAN.

(c) The parties agree to maintain confidentiality as to all aspects of the arbitration, except as may be required by applicable law, regulations or court order, or to maintain or satisfy any suitability requirements for any license by any state, federal or other regulatory authority or body, including, without limitation, professional societies and organizations; provided that nothing herein shall prevent a party from disclosing information regarding the arbitration for purposes of enforcing the award. The parties further agree to obtain the arbitrator’s agreement to preserve the confidentiality of the arbitration.

 

23


12.17 Compliance with California Securities Laws . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, prior to the Public Trading Date, the Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Appendix I to the Plan sets forth the requirements under Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and the regulations issued thereunder and is incorporated herein by reference. If any of the provisions contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement are inconsistent with such requirements or Appendix I, such provisions shall be deemed null and void. The invalidity of any provision of the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Plan or such Program or Award Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was first duly adopted by the Board of Directors of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on                          , 2012.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was first approved by the stockholders of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. on                          , 2012.

Executed on this      day of                          , 2012.

 

   
Corporate Secretary

 

24


APPENDIX I

TO

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PLAN

California State Securities Law Compliance

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, the provisions set forth in this Appendix shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of California prior to the Public Trading Date under the TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”) that are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and the regulations issued thereunder. This Appendix shall be of no further force and effect on or after the Public Trading Date. Definitions as set out in Article 2 of the Plan are applicable to this Appendix.

The purpose of this Appendix is to set forth those provisions of the Plan necessary to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and the regulations issued thereunder. If any of the provisions contained in this Appendix are inconsistent with such requirements, such provisions shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to be consistent with such requirements. The invalidity of any provision of this Appendix shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Appendix, which shall remain in full force and effect.

References to Articles and Sections set forth in this Appendix are to those Articles and Sections of the Plan.

1.1 Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof.

2.1 Exercisability Following Termination .

(a) Termination Other Than Death or Disability . If a Participant has a Termination of Service for any reason other than by reason of such Participant’s death or disability, such Participant may exercise his or her Award within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that such Award is vested on the date of termination; provided , however , that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than 30 days (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three months following the Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason other than death or disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement).

(b) Death . If a Participant has a Termination of Service as a result of the Participant’s death, such Participant’s Award may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement: provided , however , that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), by such Participant’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise such Award by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Award is vested on the


date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, such Award shall remain exercisable for 12 months following such Participant’s Termination of Service for death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement).

(c) Disability of Participant . If a Participant has a Termination of Service as a result of such Participant’s disability, such Participant may exercise his or her Award within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent such Award is vested on the date of termination; provided , however , that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Award shall remain exercisable for 12 months following such Participant’s Termination of Service for disability (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Award as set forth in the Award Agreement).

(d) Misconduct of Participant . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that the Award shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding if a Participant has a Termination of Service for Cause.

3.1 Transferability . Prior to the Public Trading Date, no Award shall be assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect to Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

4.1 Limitation on Number of Shares . Prior to the Public Trading Date and to the extent required by Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, at no time shall the total number of Shares issuable under the Plan and any Shares provided for under any bonus or similar plan or agreement of Parent exceed 30% of the then-outstanding Shares, as calculated pursuant to Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (or any successor regulation), unless a percentage higher than 30% is approved by at least two-thirds of the outstanding securities of Parent entitled to vote. The number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with this provision.

5.1 Adjustments . Notwithstanding Article 12 of the Plan, in the event of an Equity Restructuring that constitutes a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or other distribution of the issuer’s equity securities without the receipt of consideration by the issuer, of or on Shares, the Administrator shall proportionately adjust the number and type of securities covered by each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable.

6.1 Amendment of Plan to Conform to California Code of Regulations . Subject to Article 13 of the Plan, the Administrator may delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of Parent the authority to amend the Plan to the extent required to conform the Plan to any amendment to the California Code of Regulations adopted following the Effective Date resulting in the elimination of any requirements under such regulations that are applicable to the Plan or the application of less restrictive requirements under such regulations to the Plan.

Exhibit 10.2

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

2012 MANAGEMENT EQUITY PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), pursuant to Parent’s 2012 Management Equity Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), has granted to the Participant listed below (“ Participant ”) an option to purchase the number of Shares set forth below (the “ Option ”). The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Grant Notice shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Participant:    <<First and Last Name>>
Grant Date:    April 30, 2012
Vesting Start Date:    April 30, 2012
Exercise Price per Share:    $<<PRICE>>
Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:    <<Shares>>
Total Exercise Price:    $<<PRICE>>
Expiration Date:    April 30, 2022
Service Vesting Options:    40% of Total Number of Shares Subject to Option subject to the Option (the “ Service Vesting Options ”) will vest and become exercisable solely based on satisfaction of the service condition (the “ Service Condition ”) specified in Section 3.1 of the Stock Option Agreement.
Performance Vesting Options:    60% of Total Number of Shares Subject to Option Shares subject to the Option (the “ Performance Vesting Options ”) will vest and become exercisable based on satisfaction of both the Service Condition and the performance condition (the “ Performance Condition ”) specified in Section 3.1 of the Stock Option Agreement.

By his or her signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, this Grant Notice and, if applicable, the Stockholders’ Agreement. Participant has reviewed in its entirety each of the Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Stockholders’ Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (as amended from time to time, the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”), has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Stockholders’ Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement. If Participant is married, his or her spouse has signed the Consent of Spouse attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit B.


TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.    PARTICIPANT:
By:          By:     
Print Name:          Print Name:     
Title:              
Address:          Address:     
             

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is attached, TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), has granted to Participant an Option under Parent’s 2012 Management Equity Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE 1.

GENERAL

1.1 Defined Terms . Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

(a) “ 15% Hurdle ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the Exercise Price Per Share, as accreted at an annual rate of 15% (compounded annually) from the Merger Closing Date to such date.

(b) “ 20% Hurdle ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the Exercise Price Per Share, as accreted at an annual rate of 20% (compounded annually) from the Merger Closing Date to such date.

(c) “ 25% Hurdle ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the Exercise Price Per Share, as accreted at an annual rate of 25% (compounded annually) from the Merger Closing Date to such date.

(d) “ Business Day ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

(e) “ Cash-on-Cash Return ” means, as of any Sale Date, the annual interest rate (compounded annually) which, when used to calculate the net present value of all Sponsor Inflows and all Sponsor Outflows, causes such net present value amount to equal zero. The Cash-on-Cash Return shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(f) “ Cause ” means:

(i) for any Participant who on the Merger Closing Date is party to an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Cause” definition and that is not superseded by an agreement described in clause (ii), “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to it in such agreement;

(ii) for any Participant who after the Merger Closing Date enters into an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Cause” definition, “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to it in such agreement; and


(iii) for any Participant who at no time on or after the Merger Closing Date is party to an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Cause” definition, “Cause” means any of the following as determined by the Board in its good faith discretion: (A) the breach by Participant of the terms of any employment or severance agreement to which Participant is a party with Parent or any of its Affiliates, (B) if Participant has no such agreement, a breach of the terms of Participant’s employment (including, without limitation, the material policies of Parent or any of its Affiliates, as applicable), (C) the willful failure or refusal to perform Participant’s material duties for Parent or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, (D) the insubordination or disregard of the legal directives of the Board or senior management of Parent or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, which are not inconsistent with the scope, ethics and nature of Participant’s duties and responsibilities, (E) engaging in misconduct that has a material and adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of Parent or any of its Affiliates, (F) the commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against Parent or any of its Affiliates or (G) any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or of a crime involving fraud or misrepresentation; provided , however , that Cause shall not be deemed to exist under any of the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (C) or (D) unless Participant has been given reasonably detailed written notice of the grounds for such Cause and, if curable, Participant has not effected a cure within 20 days after the date of receipt of such notice. If the Board reasonably believes that Cause may exist, Parent or any of its Affiliates may suspend Participant with pay pending the Board’s determination as to whether Cause in fact exists.

(g) “ Deemed Inflows ” means that

(i) if, at any time a Change in Control is consummated and to the extent that the proceeds received by the Sponsors in such Change in Control are not cash, cash equivalents or Readily Marketable Securities, the Sponsors will be deemed to receive a Sponsor Inflow on the day on which such Change in Control transaction is consummated, or

(ii) if and to the extent a Sponsor receives, in a form other than cash, cash equivalents, or Readily Marketable Securities, (x) proceeds as a result of Parent’s or any Affiliate of Parent’s Transfer of any asset, including, but not limited to, a subsidiary, division or business line of Parent or any of its Affiliates to a third party, other than any such Transfer in connection with a Change in Control, (y) proceeds as a result of such Sponsor’s Transfer of any of its securities of Parent, other than a Transfer (A) of all of such Sponsor’s securities of Parent if such Transfer is required by applicable law or regulation or (B) to the other Sponsor or any Affiliate of either Sponsor, or (z) a dividend or other distribution to a Sponsor of any of the assets of Parent or any of its Affiliates (but not a stock split or recapitalization that does not reflect a distribution of assets), in the case of each of (x), (y) and (z), such Sponsor will be deemed to receive a Sponsor Inflow on the day on which such proceeds, dividend or distribution are received (or for delayed proceeds, the consummation of the Transfer resulting in such proceeds),

and the amount of such Sponsor Inflow under clauses (g)(i) or (g)(ii) shall be equal to the fair market value of such proceeds, dividend or distribution (valued as of the date of receipt or, for a Change in Control or Transfer that results in proceeds, as of the consummation of such Change in Control or Transfer) less the reasonably expected costs, if any, of disposition of such proceeds, dividend or distribution, as determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

2


(h) “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Participant’s employer’s existing long-term disability insurance plan or, if at the relevant time there is no such insurance plan in place with respect to Participant, at such time that he or she is unable to perform his or her material job duties for Parent or any of its Affiliates by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as determined by a physician selected by Parent.

(i) “ Good Reason ” means:

(i) for any Participant who on the Merger Closing Date is party to an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Good Reason” definition and that is not superseded by an agreement described in clause (ii), “Good Reason” shall have the meaning assigned to it in such agreement;

(ii) for any Participant who after the Merger Closing Date enters into an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Good Reason” definition, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning assigned to it in such agreement; and

(iii) for any Participant who at no time on or after the Merger Closing Date is party to an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Good Reason” definition, “Good Reason” means the occurrence, without Participant’s consent, of either of the following events: (A) a material reduction in the amount of Participant’s base salary or bonus opportunity (unless such reduction applies generally to similarly situated employees of Parent and its Affiliates) or (B) a change in Participant’s place of work to a location more than 50 miles from his or her prior place of work; provided that Participant must give reasonably detailed written notice to Parent of the event alleged to constitute Good Reason within 30 days after the first occurrence of such event, Parent must fail to cure such event during the 30 days after Parent’s receipt of such notice, and Participant must resign his or her employment within 30 days after the end of such cure period.

(j) “ Initial IPO Period ” means the period (i) beginning on the earlier of (x) the fifth anniversary of the Merger Closing Date or (y) the date that the Sponsors collectively hold a number of Shares that is not more than 30% of the number of Shares that the Sponsors collectively held as of the Merger Closing Date and (ii) ending on the seventh anniversary of the Merger Closing Date; provided that, if either of the Sponsors is required by applicable law or regulation to Transfer the Shares held by such Sponsor other than to an Affiliate of such Sponsor, the applicable date for purposes of clause (i)(y) shall be the date that the other Sponsor holds not more than 30% of the number of Shares that such Sponsor held as of the Merger Closing Date.

(k) “ Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering, after the Merger Closing Date, of Shares pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, other than any such offering that is registered on Form S-4 under the Securities Act (unless such offering registered on Form S-4 results in the issuance of Shares to the public that are listed on a national securities exchange).

(l) “ Late IPO Period ” means the period beginning on the seventh anniversary of the Merger Closing Date and ending on the 91 st day after the seventh anniversary of the Merger Closing Date.

(m) “ Merger ” means the transaction entered into pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 17, 2012, by and between Parent, Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc. and the Company.

 

3


(n) “ Merger Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Merger.

(o) “ Multiple of Invested Capital Return ” means the quotient obtained by dividing (i) all Sponsor Outflows by (ii) all Sponsor Inflows. The Multiple of Invested Capital Return shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(p) “ Performance Condition ” means, as applicable, the Sale Performance Condition or the IPO Performance Condition.

(q) “ Readily Marketable Securitie s” means securities (i) issued by an issuer with a market capitalization equal to or greater than $1,000,000,000; (ii) that are of a class of securities listed on a major national or international stock exchange; (iii) that in the aggregate, the holder thereof holds not more than 25% of the outstanding securities of such class; and (iv) that are or were issued to the holder thereof in a transaction registered under the Securities Act, the resale of which by the holder thereof is registered under the Securities Act, or such securities are registrable upon demand under the Securities Act and are or become otherwise freely tradable by the holder thereof without restriction under applicable law.

(r) “ Sale Date ” means each date on which a Sponsor Inflow or Sponsor Outflow shall occur, which with respect to securities received by the Sponsors that are not Readily Marketable Securities shall include the date that the securities either (i) become Readily Marketable Securities or (ii) are treated as Deemed Inflows.

(s) “ Sponsor Inflows ” means, as of any date, without duplication, the aggregate of all cash, cash equivalents, Readily Marketable Securities and Deemed Inflows received by the Sponsors (and their Affiliates) from the Merger Closing Date to (and including) such date with respect to their ownership of securities of Parent, including any proceeds (so long as such proceeds constitute cash, cash equivalents, Readily Marketable Securities or Deemed Inflows) from the sale of securities of Parent by the Sponsors, whether by way of merger, stock sale or otherwise, and from cash dividends and other cash distributions made by Parent with respect to securities of Parent, but excluding (i) customary Directors’ fees and expense reimbursements, (ii) management, transaction or consulting fees approved by the Board and (iii) any consideration received from a Sponsor (or any of its Affiliates) from the other Sponsor (or any of its Affiliates). For avoidance of doubt, in each case Sponsor Inflows will be determined on a net basis, after giving effect to any vesting of Performance Vesting Options that may result from receipt of such Sponsor Inflows, which may require an iterative calculation.

(t) “ Sponsor Outflows ” means, without duplication, the aggregate of the cash purchase price or contribution made by the Sponsors and their Affiliates (on a cumulative basis) with respect to or in exchange for all of the securities of Parent acquired by the Sponsors from the Merger Closing Date through the applicable Sale Date, but excluding any consideration paid by a Sponsor (or any of its Affiliates) to the other Sponsor (or any of its Affiliates).

(u) “ Transfer ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . This Agreement and the Option granted hereby are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

4


ARTICLE 2.

GRANT OF OPTION

2.1 Grant of Option . In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to Parent or any of its Affiliates and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), Parent grants to Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of the aggregate number of Shares set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 12.2 of the Plan. The Option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

2.2 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price per Share for the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice.

2.3 Consideration to Parent; No Right to Continued Employment . In consideration of the grant of the Option by Parent, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to Parent or any of its Affiliates. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of Parent or any of its Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of Parent and its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between Parent or any of its Affiliates and Participant.

ARTICLE 3.

VESTING AND EXERCISABILITY OF OPTION

3.1 Service Condition . The Service Condition will be satisfied for 20% of the Option on the first anniversary of the Vesting Start Date and for an additional 5% of the Option on the last Business Day of each subsequent full calendar quarter, in each case subject to Participant’s continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

3.2 Performance Condition . The Performance Condition will be satisfied at the times and in the amounts that the Sale Performance Condition or the IPO Performance Condition is satisfied, as specified in this Section 3.2.

(a) Sale Performance Condition .

(i) If on any Sale Date (x) the Multiple of Invested Capital Return is at least 2.0 and (y) the Cash-on-Cash Return is at least (A) 15%, the Sale Performance Condition will be satisfied for 20% of the Performance Vesting Options, or (B) 25%, the Sale Performance Condition will be satisfied for 100% of the Performance Vesting Options. If on such Sale Date the Cash-on-Cash Return exceeds 15% and is less than 25%, the percentage of the Performance Vesting Options for which the Sale Performance Condition will be satisfied will be subject to straight-line interpolation between 20% and 100%. For example, if the Cash-on-Cash Return equals 18%, the Sale Performance Condition will be satisfied for 44% of the Performance Vesting Options. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event will the Sale Performance Condition be satisfied for any portion of the Performance Vesting Options if on the applicable Sale Date the Multiple of Invested Capital Return is less than 2.0.

 

5


(ii) Except as set forth in the following sentence, Multiple of Invested Capital Return and the Cash-on-Cash Return will be calculated on an aggregate basis (i.e., such returns will be determined based on all Sponsor Inflows and Sponsor Outflows effected or received by the Sponsors in the aggregate from the Merger Closing Date through such Sale Date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to a Sale Date a Sponsor (including its Affiliates) no longer holds any Shares (A) as a result of a Transfer to the other Sponsor (or an Affiliate of such other Sponsor) or (B) to comply with applicable law or regulation, the level of achievement of the Sale Performance Condition as of such Sale Date will be determined based solely on the Multiple of Invested Capital Return and Cash-on-Cash Return of the Sponsor that continues to hold Shares solely with respect to Shares that are not acquired from the other Sponsor (or any Affiliate of such other Sponsor).

(b) IPO Performance Condition .

(i) Initial IPO Period . If an Initial Public Offering is completed at least 30 trading days prior to the last day of the Initial IPO Period (the portion of the Initial IPO Period ending with such 30 th prior trading day, the “ Initial IPO Window ”), and if during the Initial IPO Period the closing trading price of a Share on the applicable stock market or exchange on which a Share is traded on each of 30 consecutive trading days equals or exceeds (x) the 15% Hurdle, the IPO Performance Condition will be satisfied for 33.3% of the Performance Vesting Options, (y) the 20% Hurdle, the IPO Performance Condition will be satisfied for 66.7% of the Performance Vesting Options, or (z) the 25% Hurdle, the IPO Performance Condition will be satisfied for 100% of the Performance Vesting Options.

(ii) Late IPO Period . If an Initial Public Offering is completed after the fifth anniversary of the Merger Closing Date and at least 30 trading days prior to the last day of the Late IPO Period (the “ Late IPO Window ”), and if during the Late IPO Period the closing trading price of a Share on the applicable stock market or exchange on which a Share is traded on each of 30 consecutive trading days equals or exceeds the Exercise Price Per Share, as accreted at an annual rate of 20% (compounded annually) from the Merger Closing Date to the 30 th such day, the IPO Performance Condition will be satisfied for 100% of the Performance Vesting Options.

(c) Relationship Between Sale Performance Condition and IPO Performance Condition Following Initial Public Offering .

(i) Better of Sale Performance Condition or IPO Performance Condition Applies. If a Sale Date occurs during the Initial IPO Window and/or the Late IPO Window, as applicable, the level of achievement of the Performance Condition as of such date will be measured by reference to the level of achievement as of such Sale Date of whichever of the Sale Performance Condition or the IPO Performance Condition results in a greater level of achievement of the Performance Condition.

(ii) Only Sale Performance Condition Applies . If a Sale Date occurs after the Initial IPO Window and/or the Late IPO Window, as applicable, the level of achievement of the Performance Condition as of such date will be measured solely by reference to the level of achievement of the Sale Performance Condition as of such Sale Date, regardless of whether an Initial Public Offering is completed prior to such Sale Date. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the IPO Performance Condition is satisfied prior to such Sale Date, the Performance Condition will remain satisfied to such extent on and after such Sale Date.

 

6


3.3 Termination of Service . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on Participant’s Termination of Service at any time prior to the date that the Option has been exercised for all of the Shares covered by the Option, the Option will be subject to the terms specified in this Section 3.3.

(a) Death or Disability . On Participant’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability, the Service Vesting Options will become fully vested and exercisable, and the Performance Vesting Options will become vested and exercisable to the extent, if any, that the Performance Condition is satisfied on or prior to the date of such termination.

(b) Without Cause or for Good Reason . On Participant’s Termination of Service by Parent or any of its Affiliates without Cause or by Participant for Good Reason, any unvested portion of the Option will be forfeited without any payment to Participant.

(c) Without Good Reason . On Participant’s Termination of Service by Participant without Good Reason, any unvested Service Vesting Options and any unexercised Performance Vesting Options (whether vested or unvested) will be forfeited without any payment to Participant.

(d) For Cause . On Participant’s Termination of Service by Parent or any of its Affiliates for Cause, any unexercised portion of the Option (whether vested or unvested) will be forfeited without any payment to Participant.

3.4 Change in Control . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on a Change in Control at any time prior to the date that the Option has been exercised for all of the Shares covered by the Option, the Service Condition will be fully satisfied, the Service Vesting Options will become fully vested and exercisable, and the Performance Vesting Options will become vested and exercisable to the extent, if any, that the Performance Condition is satisfied prior to, or as a result of, such Change in Control.

3.5 Expiration of Option . The Option to the extent vested may be exercised until the first to occur of the following:

(a) the Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice, which date is the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

(b) the first anniversary of Participant’s Termination of Service due to death or Disability;

(c) 30 days after Participant’s Termination of Service (i) by Parent or any of its Affiliates without Cause, (ii) by Participant for Good Reason or (iii) for Service Vesting Options, by Participant without Good Reason; or

(d) the date of Participant’s Termination of Service (i) by Parent or any of its Affiliates for Cause or (ii) for Performance Vesting Options, by Participant without Good Reason.

 

7


ARTICLE 4.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

4.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.5, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any Person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

4.2 Partial Exercise . Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.5; provided , however , the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

4.3 Manner of Exercise . The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of Parent (or any third party administrator or other Person designated by Parent), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.5:

(a) If such exercise is prior to an Initial Public Offering, the delivery of a notice of intent to exercise the Option at such time and in such form as specified by the Administrator stating that Participant, or such other individual eligible to exercise the Option under Section 4.1, desires to exercise the Option;

(b) An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;

(c) The receipt by Parent of full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be made by deduction from other compensation payable to Participant or in such other form of consideration permitted under Section 4.4;

(d) An executed Stockholders’ Agreement, joinder thereto or such other documents as Parent may require evidencing an agreement to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, if required under Section 4.5;

(e) If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act at the time the Option is exercised, unless waived by Parent, an Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C ;

(f) Any other written representations as may be required in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act or any other applicable law, rule or regulation; and

(g) If the Option or portion thereof is exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any Person other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such Person to exercise the Option.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, Parent will have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by jurisdiction and which may be subject to change from time to time.

 

8


4.4 Method of Payment . Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) Cash or check;

(b) Surrender or delivery of Shares (including, without limitation, by Parent’s withholding Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences to Parent and having a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; or

(c) Following an Initial Public Offering, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale directly to Parent in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to Parent at such time as may be required by Parent, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale.

4.5 Restrictions on Shares . Participant hereby agrees that if the Option is exercised prior to an Initial Public Offering or Change in Control, the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of Shares and the right of Parent to repurchase Shares. As a condition to exercise of the Option, Participant shall execute such documents as Parent may request agreeing to be bound by the Stockholders’ Agreement.

4.6 Conditions to Issuance of Shares . The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have previously been reacquired by Parent. Such Shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. Parent shall not be required to issue or deliver any Shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, or portion thereof, prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a) Acceptance for listing of such Shares on all stock exchanges on which such Shares are then listed;

(b) Completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

(c) Obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator, in its absolute discretion, determines to be necessary or advisable;

(d) Receipt by Parent of full payment for such Shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4;

(e) Participant’s executing and returning to Parent the Stockholders’ Agreement under Section 4.5; and

 

9


(f) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

In the event any of the foregoing applies, any Shares that would otherwise have been delivered shall be delivered on the earlier of (i) the first date such limitation no longer applies and (ii) the last date such Shares may be delivered without violating Code Section 409A.

4.7 Rights as Stockholder . Participant shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of Parent, including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to dividends, in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by Parent and held of record by such Participant (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of Parent or of a duly authorized transfer agent of Parent). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12.2 of the Plan.

ARTICLE 5.

OTHER PROVISIONS

5.1 Administration . The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, Parent and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement or the Option.

5.2 Option Not Transferable . Subject to Section 4.1, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be available to pay, perform, satisfy or discharge the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means, whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

5.3 Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of the Option contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

5.4 Adjustments Upon Specified Events . The Administrator may accelerate the vesting of the Option in such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, may determine. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Shares contemplated by Section 12.2 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such Shares), the Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments as the Administrator deems appropriate in the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise price of the Option and the kind of securities that may be issued upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 12.2 of the Plan.

 

10


5.5 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Parent shall be addressed to Parent in care of the Secretary of Parent at Parent’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on Parent’s records. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.5 either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice that is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the Person entitled to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 4.1 by written notice under this Section 5.5. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by overnight carrier or certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

5.6 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

5.7 Governing Law . The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

5.8 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and all other applicable securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

5.9 Amendments, Suspension and Termination . To the extent permitted by the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board; provided that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of the Grant Notice or this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.

5.10 Successors and Assigns . Parent may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Parent. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 5.2, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

5.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

11


5.12 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of Parent and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

5.13 Section 409A . The Option granted hereby is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other Person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

5.14 Limitation on Participant’s Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of Parent as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of Parent with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

5.15 No Additional Benefits . The Plan and the benefits offered under the Plan are provided by Parent on an entirely discretionary basis, and the Plan creates no vested rights. Neither the Option nor this Agreement confers upon Participant any benefit other than as specifically set forth in this Agreement and the Plan. Participant understands and agrees that the benefits offered under the this Agreement and the Plan are not part of Participant’s salary and that receipt of the Option does not entitle Participant to any future benefits under the Plan or any other plan or program of Parent. The award of the Option is not part of Participant’s normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service or bonus payments, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits, or similar payments.

5.16 Data Privacy . By acceptance of the Option, Participant consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this paragraph. Participant understands that Parent and its Affiliates hold some personal information about Participant, including Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, tax identification number or other employee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in Parent, details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (collectively, “ Data ”), for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan. Participant further understands that Parent and its Affiliates will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Option and Participant’s participation in the Plan, and that Parent and any of its Affiliates may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting Parent in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that these recipients may be located in the United States and elsewhere. Participant authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering, and managing the Option and Participant’s participation

 

12


in the Plan, including any transfer of Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on Participant’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. Participant understands and further authorizes Parent and each of its Affiliates to keep Data in Participant’s personnel file. Participant also understands that he or she may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to Data, or withdraw the consents herein by contacting Parent in writing. However, withdrawal of Participant’s consent may affect Participant’s ability to exercise the Option and to participate in the Plan.

 

13


EXHIBIT B

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                      , spouse of                      , have read and approve the foregoing TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. Stock Option Agreement (as amended from time to time the “ Agreement ”). In consideration of issuing to my spouse the shares of the common stock of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in the Agreement or any shares of common stock par value $0.01 per share of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

 

Dated:                      , 2012      
  Signature of Spouse


EXHIBIT C

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT:    «First_Name» «Last_Name»   
COMPANY:    TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.   
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK   
AMOUNT:   

 

  
DATE :   

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to Parent the following:

1. Participant is aware of Parent’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about Parent to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

2. Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that Parent is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to Parent and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.

3. Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event Parent becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require), the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about Parent, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.


In the event that Parent does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by Parent or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of Parent, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

4. Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Participant:
   
Date:                          , 20             


EXHIBIT D

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION COPY

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 30, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                   Page  

ARTICLE I

   DEFINITIONS      1   
  Section 1.1.       Definitions      1   
  Section 1.2.       General Interpretive Principles      8   

ARTICLE II

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      8   
  Section 2.1.       Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders      8   
  Section 2.2.       Entitlement of the Parent and the Stockholders to Rely on Representations and Warranties      9   
  Section 2.3.       Representations and Warranties of the Parent      9   

ARTICLE III

   MANAGEMENT      10   
 

Section 3.1.

      Composition of the Board of Directors      10   
 

Section 3.2.

      Matters Requiring Requisite Consent      12   
  Section 3.3.       Additional Management Provisions      15   

ARTICLE IV

   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS      15   
 

Section 4.1.

      General Restrictions on Transfers      15   
 

Section 4.2.

      Permitted Transferees      18   
 

Section 4.3.

      Drag-Along Rights      18   

ARTICLE V

   REGISTRATION RIGHTS      21   

ARTICLE VI

   ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES      21   
 

Section 6.1.

      Financial Statements and Reports; Inspection      21   
 

Section 6.2.

      Additional VCOC Rights      22   
 

Section 6.3.

      Further Assurances      22   
 

Section 6.4.

      Legend on Share Certificates      22   
 

Section 6.5.

      No Promotion      23   
 

Section 6.6.

      Exculpation Among Investors      23   
 

Section 6.7.

      No Fiduciary Duty; Investment Banking Services      23   
 

Section 6.8.

      Obligation to Update Investors      24   
 

Section 6.9.

      Logo of the Parent and its Subsidiaries      24   
 

Section 6.10.

      Regulatory Matters      24   
 

Section 6.11.

      Expenses      25   
  Section 6.12.       Indemnity and Liability      26   
 

Section 6.13.

      Compliance Covenants      27   
 

Section 6.14.

      Confidentiality      29   
 

Section 6.15.

      Certain Other Matters      30   

ARTICLE VII

   ADDITIONAL PARTIES      31   
 

Section 7.1.

      Additional Parties      31   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                   Page  

ARTICLE VIII

   MISCELLANEOUS      31   
 

Section 8.1.

      Freedom to Pursue Opportunities      31   
 

Section 8.2.

      Entire Agreement      32   
 

Section 8.3.

      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      32   
 

Section 8.4.

      Obligations; Remedies      33   
 

Section 8.5.

      Consent of the Investors      34   
 

Section 8.6.

      Amendment and Waiver      34   
 

Section 8.7.

      Binding Effect      34   
 

Section 8.8.

      Termination      34   
 

Section 8.9.

      Non-Recourse      35   
 

Section 8.10.

      Notices      35   
 

Section 8.11.

      Severability      36   
 

Section 8.12.

      Headings      37   
 

Section 8.13.

      No Third Party Beneficiaries      37   
 

Section 8.14.

      Recapitalizations; Exchanges, Etc.      37   
 

Section 8.15.

      Securities Issued by the Parent      37   
 

Section 8.16.

      Counterparts      37   

Exhibit A – Form of Joinder to Major Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit B – Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit C – Form of Director & Officer Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit D – Management Rights Letter

Schedule A – Shares of Parent

Schedule B – Form Compliance Certificate

 

ii


MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 30, 2012, among (i) TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”); (ii) the Advent Investor (as hereinafter defined) and (iii) the GS Investors (as hereinafter defined, and together with the Advent Investor, the “ Investors ”), and any other Person who becomes a party hereto pursuant to Article VIII (each a “ Stockholder ” and, collectively, the “ Stockholders ”).

WHEREAS, the Parent, Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), TransUnion Corp. (the “ Company ”) and solely with respect to Article 11 only, MDCPVI TU Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as the Stockholder Representative, are parties to that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall thereupon cease and the Company shall be the surviving corporation in the Merger and a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of the Parent;

WHEREAS, immediately prior hereto the Investors entered into Subscription Agreements to purchase Shares;

WHEREAS, after the Merger, the Parent will be the sole and exclusive owner of the shares of all common stock of the Company;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations with respect to their ownership of Shares after consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Adverse Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(g) .

Advent Investor ” means Advent-TransUnion Acquisition Limited Partnership.


Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and (b), solely with respect to Section 4.1 (i), a director or executive officer of such Person or of any Person identified in clause (a) above. The term “ control, ” as used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlled ” and “ controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Investors shall be considered Affiliates of (x) any portfolio operating company in which the Investors or any of their investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment, (y) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or (z) each other. When such term is used in the context of a Regulatory Concern, it shall have the meaning ascribed to it by any applicable Law with respect to such Regulatory Concern.

Agreement ” means this Major Stockholders’ Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or modified.

Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Stock Incentive Plan of any type of equity award (including Options) as the committee formed to administer the Stock Incentive Plan in its discretion deems appropriate.

Banking Regulations ” means all federal, state and foreign Laws applicable to banks, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and Affiliates, including without limitation, the Bank Holding Company Act, the Federal Reserve Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Beneficial ownership ” and “ beneficially own ” and similar terms have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no Stockholder shall be deemed to beneficially own any securities of the Parent held by any other Stockholder solely by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this definition which shall be deemed to be read for this purpose without the proviso hereto).

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Parent.

Board Observer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d) .

Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or one on which banks are authorized by law to be closed in New York, New York.

Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all, of the assets of the Parent or the Company to any “ person ” or “ group ” (as such terms are defined in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any of the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, or any group or persons that includes any of the Investors or their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Permitted Holders ”); or

 

2


(b) any person or group, other than one or more of the Permitted Holders, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or the Company (or any entity which controls the Parent or Company, or which is a successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or the Company), including by way of merger, recapitalization, reorganization, redemption, issuance of capital stock, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise; or

(c) a merger of the Parent or the Company with or into another Person (other than one or more of the Permitted Holders) in which the voting shareholders of the Parent or the Company immediately prior to such merger cease to hold at least 50% of the voting shares of the Parent or the Company (or the surviving corporation or ultimate parent) immediately following such merger;

provided that , in each case under clause (a), (b) or (c), no Change in Control shall occur unless the Permitted Holders in such transaction cease to have the ability, without the approval of any Person who is not a Permitted Holder, to elect more members of the Board of Directors of the Parent (or the resulting entity) than any other shareholder or group of affiliated shareholders, and in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to include any transaction effected for the purpose of (i) changing, directly or indirectly, the form of organization or the organizational structure of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) contributing assets or equity to entities controlled by the Parent (or owned by the Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Parent).

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code shall include a reference to any successor provision thereto.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Consumer Disclosures ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13(b) .

Coordination Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b) .

Drag-Along Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(f).

Drag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

Drag-Along Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

Drag-Along Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

Drag-Along Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

Encumbrance ” means any charge, claim, community or other marital property interest, right of first option, right of first refusal, mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance.

 

3


ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(f).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Option Plan.

Financial Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(b) .

GS Investors ” means GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., Spartan Shield Holdings, GS Capital Partners Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, MBD 2011 Holding, L.P., Opportunity Partners Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all outstanding obligations for senior debt and subordinated debt and any other outstanding obligation for borrowed money, including that evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other instruments (and including all outstanding principal, prepayment premiums, if any, and accrued interest, fees and expenses related thereto), (b) any outstanding obligations under capital leases and purchase money obligations, (c) any amounts owed with respect to drawn letters of credit, (d) all obligations under interest rate or currency swap transactions, and (e) any outstanding guarantees of obligations of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12 .

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12 .

Independent Director ” means a member of the Board not employed by the Parent, any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates.

Initial Ownership Interest ” means, with respect to any Investor, the number of Share Equivalents held by such Investor as of the date hereof.

Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ” means the first underwritten Public Offering.

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Investor Director Designee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

Joinder Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a) .

 

4


Key Individuals ” means certain key Persons associated with the Company or the Parent, other than an Investor, who is or becomes a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement and is a holder of Share Equivalents or Options.

Lapse Date ” means the date that the Transfer Restriction Period ends.

Law, ” with respect to any Person, means (a) all provisions of all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates or orders of any governmental authority applicable to such Person or any of its assets or property or to which such Person or any of its assets or property is subject, including, without limitation, Banking Regulations, and (b) all judgments, injunctions, orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions in which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its assets or properties is or may be bound or subject.

Management Agreement ” means that certain Management Agreement between the Parent and the Investors, dated as of the date hereof.

Management Rollover Letter ” means that certain Letter from the Parent to those Initial Key Investors listed on the signature pages thereto, regarding investment by such persons with proceeds from the transactions contemplated by the Merger.

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Merger Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Options ” means any options to purchase Shares granted to any Key Individual pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.

Ownership Percentage ” means, with respect to an Investor, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents (a) owned by the GS Investors (together with their Affiliates) or the Advent Investor (together with their Affiliates), as the case may be, and (b) over which the GS Investors (together with their Affiliates) or the Advent Investor (together with their Affiliates), as the case may be, retains voting control (without regard to this Agreement), and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by all holders of Shares and Share Equivalents.

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Permitted Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Change in Control ”.

Permitted Transferee ” means with respect to any Investor, any Affiliate of such Investor (including, with respect to the Advent Investor, (i) Mr. Harry Gambill and (ii) any of the following funds and their Affiliates: Advent International GPE VI Limited Partnership,

 

5


Advent International GPE VI-A Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-B Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-C Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-D Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-E Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-F Limited Partnership, Advent International GPE VI-G Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI 2008 Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI 2009 Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI 2010 Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE VI-A Limited Partnership, and Advent Partners GPE VI-A 2010 Limited Partnership.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or any other entity of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Plan Asset Regulations ” means the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, or any successor regulations.

Pro Rata Portion ” means a number of Share Equivalents determined by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by the Drag-Along Stockholder by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents proposed to be Transferred by the Selling Stockholders to the Drag-Along Buyer and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by the Selling Stockholder.

Proprietary Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 .

Public Offering ” means any public offering and sale of equity securities of the Parent or any successor to the Parent for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

Regulatory Concern ” means any set of facts or circumstances in which any GS Investor’s ownership of securities issued by the Parent (a) gives rise to a violation of Banking Regulations by such GS Investor or any of its Affiliates, or gives rise to a reasonable belief by such GS Investor that such a violation is likely to occur or (b) gives rise to a limitation in Law (solely with respect to the Banking Regulations) that will impair the ability of such GS Investor or any of its Affiliates to conduct its business or gives rise to a reasonable belief by such GS Investor that such a limitation is likely to arise.

Reimbursable Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(b) .

Requisite Consent ” means the written consent of each Investor that has not Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than seventy-five percent (75%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates).

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation).

 

6


Sale ” means a Transfer for value and the terms “ Sell ” and “ Sold ” shall have correlative meanings.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent and the other signatories party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Selling Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a) .

Share Equivalents ” means (a) Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Shares received upon exercise of Options, and vested Awards) and (b) the number of Shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any security (including any Awards) that is currently exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for, on any such date of determination, Shares without payment to the Parent of any additional consideration.

Shares ” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Parent.

Stock Incentive Plan ” means the TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan, effective as of a date shortly after the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Subscription Agreements ” means those certain Stock Subscription Agreements, dated on or prior to the date hereof by and between the Parent and the Investors.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any party, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which such party (or another Subsidiary of such party) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more that 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity, (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity or (c) a general or managing partnership interest in such entity.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Share Equivalents, a direct or indirect transfer (including through one or more transfers), sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of such Share Equivalents, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of Law; provided , that a Transfer shall not include any direct or indirect transfer (including through one or more transfers), sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of Share Equivalents as a result of any

 

7


direct or indirect transfer (including through one or more transfers), sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of an interest in The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or Advent International Corporation, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of Law.

Transferred ”, “ Transferring ” and “ Transferee ” shall each have a correlative meaning to the term “ Transfer.

Transfer Restriction Period ” means the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the lapse of any lock-up that may be required to be entered into by the managing underwriters of an Initial Public Offering or (ii) a Change in Control.

Unwinding Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b) .

VCOC Investor ” means GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P.

Section 1.2. General Interpretive Principles . The name assigned to this Agreement and the section captions used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning, construction or effect hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the terms “ hereof, ” “ herein ” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, and references herein to Articles or Sections refer to Articles or Sections of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the words, “ include, ” “ includes ” and “ including, ” when used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “ without limitation. ” The terms “ dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean United States dollars. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Shares underlying unexercised options that have been issued by the Parent shall not be deemed “ outstanding ” for any purposes in this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders . Each Stockholder, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Parent, and each other Stockholder that on the date hereof:

(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Stockholder and, assuming the due execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

8


(b) The execution, delivery and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both: (i) violate the provisions of any Law, rule or regulation applicable to such Stockholder or his or her properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to such Stockholder or his or her properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, agreement or instrument to which such Stockholder is a party or by which such Stockholder or his or her properties or assets are bound.

(c) Such Stockholder (i) understands that no public market now exists for the Shares and there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Shares and (ii) understands that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Shares or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, Shares must be held indefinitely.

Section 2.2. Entitlement of the Parent and the Stockholders to Rely on Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Section 2.1 may be relied upon by the Parent, and by the other Stockholders, in connection with the entering into of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, each Stockholder agrees to give the Parent prompt written notice in the event that any representation of such Stockholder contained in Section 2.1 ceases to be true at any time following the date hereof.

Section 2.3. Representations and Warranties of the Parent . The Parent hereby represents and warrants to the Stockholders that as of the date of this Agreement:

(a) It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action;

(b) This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Parent and constitutes a legal and binding obligation of the Parent, enforceable against the Parent in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of general applicability;

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by the Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any provision of Law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Parent is subject, (ii) violate any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Parent or (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach or default under, any term or condition of the Parent’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Parent is a party or by which it is bound; and

 

9


(d) The Parent has issued the Shares listed on Schedule A hereto, and such Shares are the only Shares outstanding as of the date specified on Schedule A hereto.

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Composition of the Board of Directors .

(a) The Board shall consist of nine (9) directors and may be increased or decreased in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Subject to the provisions of this Article III , the Board shall consist of (i) three (3) directors designated by the GS Investors or their Affiliates, (ii) three (3) directors designated by the Advent Investor or their Affiliates (any director designated by the GS Investors or the Advent Investor, an “ Investor Director Designee ”), (iii) the chief executive officer (or equivalent) of the Company and (v) two (2) Independent Directors designated jointly by the GS Investors and the Advent Investor. The right of an Investor to designate the directors shall be subject to the following:

(i) If an Investor Transfers (through one or more Transfers) more than seventy-five percent (75%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates), such Investor shall only be entitled to designate one (1) director for appointment to the Board; and

(ii) If an Investor Transfers (through one or more Transfers) more than ninety percent (90%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates), such Investor shall not be entitled to designate any directors for appointment to the Board.

(b) As of the date hereof, the directors designated for appointment to the Board (i) by the GS Investors shall be Sumit Rajpal ( with the remaining two designee slots vacant as of the date hereof), and (ii) by the Advent Investor shall be Christopher Egan, Christopher Pike and Steven Tadler.

(c) So long as each Investor is entitled to designate at least one (1) director for appointment to the Board pursuant to Section 3.1(a) above, the Investors may, with the written consent of each Investor that has not Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than ninety percent (90%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates), jointly designate one or more Independent Directors to the Board at any time. Such Investors (referenced in the immediately preceding sentence), acting jointly, may immediately remove any Independent Director, as well as fill vacancies that remain open by not designating an Independent Director initially or that are created by reason of death, removal or resignation of any such Independent Director.

(d) In addition to any rights the Investors may have pursuant to Section 6.2 , so long as the VCOC Investor beneficially owns at least five percent (5%) of its Initial Ownership Interest, and to the extent necessary for the Investor’s investment in the Share Equivalents to

 

10


qualify as a “venture capital investment” under the Plan Asset Regulations, the VCOC Investor shall be permitted to designate one non-voting observer to the Board (a “ Board Observer ”) and any committee thereof and the board of directors or any committee thereof of any Subsidiary, who shall have the right to attend and observe, but not vote at, meetings of the Board and any committee thereof or the board of directors or any committee thereof of any Subsidiary, as applicable.

(e) Except as provided in Section 3.1(a) , if the number of directors that an Investor has the right to designate to the Board is decreased pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(i ) or Section 3.1(a)(ii), then the relevant director designees of such Investor shall automatically be removed from the Board without any further action of any party hereto, the number of members of the Board shall be reduced accordingly, and such Investor shall be immediately required to take any and all actions necessary or appropriate to cooperate in ensuring such outcome. Except as provided above, each Investor shall have the sole and exclusive right to immediately appoint and remove its respective designees to the Board, as well as the exclusive right to fill vacancies that remain open by not designating a director initially or that are created by reason of death, removal or resignation of such designees.

(f) Decisions of the Board shall require the approval of at least one director designated by each of the Investors that has not Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than seventy-five percent (75%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates). A quorum of the Board shall consist of a majority of the members of the Board and the presence of at least one Investor Director Designee for each of the Investors that has not Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than seventy-five percent (75%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates). The chairman of the Board shall be selected by Requisite Consent, and such chairman shall have such duties and authority as agreed in the Requisite Consent. The parties hereto agree to cause the Parent’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or equivalent constituent documents to be consistent with the foregoing.

(g) The Parent shall, and each Investor shall use its reasonable best efforts to, cause the Board to maintain the following committees: (i) an Audit Committee, (ii) a Compensation Committee and (iii) any other committee as approved by Requisite Consent; provided , that the appointment of a committee and/or the delegation of board authority to a committee may be accomplished only with Requisite Consent. Each Stockholder having the right to appoint an Investor Director Designee shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, have the right to representation on each committee; provided , that such Stockholder may, within its sole discretion, decide not to designate any of its Investor Director Designees to serve on one or more committees.

(h) To the extent elected by any Investor, the Parent and the Stockholders shall take all actions necessary (i) to cause the Persons constituting the Board to be designated as members of the board of directors of any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries; (ii) to cause the Persons designated as Board Observers to be designated as non-voting observers to the board of directors of the Parent and any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries and any committees thereof for so long as the

 

11


VCOC Investor is entitled to appoint a Board Observer pursuant to Section 3.1(d) hereof; and (iii) to cause the terms of Section 3.1(d) and Section 3.1(f) to be applied in respect of the boards of directors (and all committees thereof) of Parent and any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything that may be permitted pursuant to the constituent documents of the Parent or any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, no Person shall take any action with respect to the Parent or any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries that would be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(i) The Parent and its Subsidiaries shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board or the board of directors of any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, and any committees thereof, including without limitation travel, lodging and meal expenses.

(j) The Parent and its Subsidiaries shall obtain customary director and officer indemnity insurance on commercially reasonable terms which insurance shall cover each member of the Board and the members of each board of directors of each of the Parent’s Subsidiaries. The Parent and its Subsidiaries shall enter into director and officer indemnification agreements substantially in the form attached at Exhibit C hereto, with each of the Investor’s designees on any board.

Section 3.2. Matters Requiring Requisite Consent . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 , the Parent shall not take, and shall not cause or permit any of the Parent’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries, to take, or commit to take, any of the following actions without prior written Requisite Consent (which consent may, for the avoidance of doubt, but subject in all respects to the provisos at the end of this Section 3.1 , be deemed given (i) on behalf of the GS Investors by a director designated by the GS Investors pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement or (ii) on behalf of the Advent Investor by a director designated by the Advent Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement):

(a) the appointment of the chairman of the Board;

(b) the appointment of, or the approval of the retention, termination or change (including a change in responsibilities or material compensation) of any of the following officers of the Parent or the Company: the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Executive Vice President of IT, the General Counsel, or the President of any of the following segments of the Company’s business - US Information Systems, International and Interactive;

(c) the approval of its annual budget (including operating and capital plans), business plan and any related material business policies, and any material amendments and deviations from any of the foregoing resulting from management decisions (including in particular with respect to (i) any individual capital expenditure of $1,000,000 in excess of the amount budgeted for such individual capital expenditure, (ii) aggregate capital expenditures of $5,000,000 in excess of the budget for all capital expenditures or (iii) any overrun from an annual operating plan of $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all operating expenditures); provided that, if the Requisite Consent is not obtained for any such budget, business plan, amendment or material deviation, the business plan or annual budget of the Company that most recently received the Requisite Consent shall remain in effect as the business plan or annual budget until the next business plan or annual budget obtains the Requisite Consent;

 

12


(d) incurring any Indebtedness, assuming, guaranteeing, endorsing or otherwise as an accommodation becoming responsible for the obligations of another person in excess of $5,000,000, other than ordinary course drawdowns under the Company’s revolver and any such action by the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary, on the one hand, and another wholly owned Subsidiary or the Company, on the other, or making an amendment to the maturity date, aggregate principal amount, interest rate or other material terms of existing Indebtedness in excess of such amount;

(e) making (i) any loan, advance or capital contribution to (A) any person in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 (other than (1) advances in the ordinary course of business for services rendered and (2) loans permissible under the exceptions to Section 3.1(d)) or (B) any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than advances for routine business or travel expenses) or (ii) any voluntary prepayments of existing Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $5,000,000, other than ordinary course prepayments under the Company’s revolver;

(f) (i) entering into any joint venture involving (A) an investment or contribution in excess of $1 million or (B) the entry into a new geographic or product market, or (ii) modifying the terms of any such joint venture in any respect that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(g) any authorization or issuance of equity securities or instruments convertible into equity, excluding (i) issuance of any Shares in respect of any options issued under any equity incentive plan already approved pursuant to Section 3.2(h) hereof and (ii) issuances by (A) wholly owned Subsidiaries to the Company or another wholly owned Subsidiary or (B) joint ventures or non-wholly owned Subsidiaries to the extent that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has control over such issuance;

(h) the authorization of an equity incentive plan and the number of shares reserved thereunder and any material change to such plan, including any change to the number of reserved shares or interests;

(i) a Change in Control of the Parent or the Company;

(j) acquisitions (whether of stock or assets) or disposition outside the ordinary course of business of assets in each case in a transaction or series of related transactions (A) valued in excess of $5,000,000 or (B) that involves the acquisition of publicly traded securities or of a Person that has, or that involves the assumption by the Company or any Subsidiary of, an unfunded pension obligation;

(k) any IPO (and any material decision relating thereto);

 

13


(l) entering into, or the amendment or waiver in any material respect of, any contract that is or will be material to the Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, including without limitation, any agreement that restricts the ability of the Parent, the Company or any Affiliate of the Parent or the Company to compete in any business or any agreement that would grant registration rights to any party, other than customary piggyback registration rights granted to management;

(m) the settlement of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding (A) involving amounts in excess of $1,000,000, (B) or which has had or could have an adverse reputational impact on the Advent Investor, the GS Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, (C) of a criminal nature or involving injunctive relief that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (D) that results in the entry into a memorandum of understanding, consent decree or similar agreement, arrangement or understanding with a Governmental Authority;

(n) the dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy, recapitalization or reorganization of the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent;

(o) the repurchase or redemption of any securities of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, declaration or payment of cash or other dividend or any other distribution on the capital stock of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than in shares of common stock of the Parent, and other than dividends or other distributions by a wholly-owned subsidiary to the Parent (subject to customary carve-outs such as employee stock repurchases, etc.);

(p) changing the number of directors of the Parent or the Company (other than automatic decreases pursuant to the sell-down provisions set forth herein);

(q) any transactions with any holder of Shares or Share Equivalents or other Affiliate, other than the Management Agreement (but including any fees charged pursuant to Section 2 of the Management Agreement);

(r) appointing or removing the independent auditors;

(s) appointing outside corporate legal counsel in connection with any matter or transaction that is strategic in nature or otherwise material to the Company and its Subsidiaries or any of the Company’s stockholders;

(t) any waiver or amendment of the charter or by-laws or similar constituent documents, other than ordinary course amendments of the foregoing that would be immaterial to each of the GS Investors and the Advent Investor; and

(u) any material change to the nature of the business of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, including the entry into any new lines of business or discontinuations of any existing line of business.

 

14


provided that it is understood and agreed that (x) the Requisite Consent requirement set forth in this Section 3.1 shall be deemed, for all purposes under this Agreement and applicable law, to have be exercised by each of the GS Investors and the Advent Investor as stockholders of the Company and not by the Investor Designees, notwithstanding the lead-in to this Section 3.1 permitting such designees to exercise these rights on behalf of each of the GS Investors and the Advent Investor and (y) at any meeting of the Board at which there is matter for consideration that requires the Requisite Consent to be given pursuant to this Section 3.1 , there shall be an express acknowledgement at such meeting that the matter requires stockholder approval under this Section.

Section 3.3. Additional Management Provisions .

(a) To the extent permitted by antitrust, competition or any other applicable Law, each Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that the Investor Director Designees may share confidential, non-public information about the Parent and any of its Subsidiaries with the Investors and the Investors’ Affiliates and representatives.

(b) The Investors shall create a coordination committee (the “ Coordination Committee ”), which shall not be a committee of the Board, and will maintain such committee for so long as required pursuant to Section 4.1(c) or until disbanded with the written consent of each Investor. During the period following a Public Offering, the Coordination Committee shall, as provided in Section 4.1(c) , facilitate coordination of (i) dispositions by the Investors pursuant to the Registration Right Agreement and/or Rule 144 of any securities of the Parent, its Subsidiaries or their successors held by the Investors, or (ii) any distributions of any securities of the Parent, its Subsidiaries or their successors by any Investor to its investors. Each Investor shall be permitted to designate one representative (who may, but need not, be a director of the Parent) to participate on the Coordination Committee, and shall be permitted to remove and replace such designee from time to time. The procedures governing the conduct of the Coordination Committee shall be established from time to time by the written consent of each Investor.

Section 3.4. VCOC Rights . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained herein, so long as the VCOC Investor, directly or indirectly, holds any Share Equivalents, the VCOC Investor shall have the right to individually exercise the rights granted to the GS Investors pursuant to this Article III . For the avoidance of doubt, all other provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted and applied consistently with this Section 3.4 .

ARTICLE IV

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 4.1. General Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) No Stockholder may Transfer any of its Share Equivalents prior to the end of the Transfer Restriction Period without first obtaining Requisite Consent thereto; provided , that such prohibition shall not apply to Transfers (i) to Permitted Transferees in accordance with

 

15


Section 4.2 , (ii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 4.3 or (iii) pursuant to Section 4.1(g) , or (iv) required by applicable Law, regulation or any order of a court or governmental agency. After the Transfer Restriction Period, a Stockholder may Transfer its Share Equivalents only in accordance with, and subject to the applicable provisions of, this Article IV . The parties hereto acknowledge that the limitations on Transfers of Share Equivalents set forth in this Article IV are reasonable and are in addition to any restrictions set forth in Article V or imposed by applicable Law.

(b) After a Public Offering, so long as the Investors in aggregate beneficially own at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Shares, an Investor wishing to (i) Transfer any common stock of the Parent or any successor to the Parent pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or otherwise, or (ii) distribute any common stock of the Parent or any successor to the Parent to such Investor’s investors, shall consult with the Coordination Committee prior to taking such action or entering into any definitive agreement with respect to such action, and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any adverse impact to any other Investor in respect of such Transfer or distribution.

(c) Prior to a Public Offering, any Transferee of Share Equivalents (including Affiliates of any Stockholder) shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering such documents as may be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, to make such Person a party thereto, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as provided in Section 3.1(a) , no Transferee (other than an Affiliate of a Stockholder admitted pursuant to Section 4.2 ) shall acquire any of the rights provided in Article III hereof by reason of a Transfer without Requisite Consent.

(d) Any purported Transfer of Share Equivalents, other than in accordance with this Agreement, shall be null and void, and the Parent shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose and shall not reflect in its records any change in record ownership of Share Equivalents pursuant to any such Transfer.

(e) No Stockholder shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to any Share Equivalents or enter into any agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to any Share Equivalents inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with other Key Individuals or holders of Share Equivalents who are not parties to this Agreement), including agreements or arrangements with respect to the acquisition, disposition or voting (if applicable) of any Share Equivalents.

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions of Article IV , except in connection with a Drag-Along Transfer, in no event shall any Stockholder knowingly Transfer any of its Share Equivalents, whether during or after the Transfer Restriction Period, to any Person (including an Affiliate) reasonably determined by the written consent of each Investor that has not Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than ninety percent (90%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates) to be (i) a

 

16


competitor of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise adverse to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) a strategic investor (any Person described in sub-sections (i) or (ii), an “ Adverse Person ”); provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Stockholder Transferring Share Equivalents to the public following a Public Offering (x) in a registered public offering or (y) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act shall not be deemed to have “ knowingly ” Transferred Share Equivalents to an Adverse Person for purposes of this Section 4.1(f) . In addition, no Stockholder shall be entitled to Transfer any Share Equivalents or any other rights under this Agreement (including to an Affiliate) at any time unless the Investors are reasonably satisfied that such Transfer would not:

(i) violate the Securities Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “ Blue Sky ” laws applicable to the Parent or the Share Equivalents;

(ii) cause the Parent to become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act;

(iii) cause the Parent to become subject to the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Securities Act; or

(iv) be a non-exempt “ prohibited transaction ” under ERISA or the Code or cause all or any portion of the assets of the Parent to constitute “ plan assets ” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

(g) In the event that any GS Investor reasonably determines that it has a Regulatory Concern, each of the Parent and the Advent Investor agree to take such actions as are reasonably requested by such GS Investor in order (A) to effectuate and facilitate any Transfer by such GS Investor of any Shares of the Parent then held by such GS Investor to any Affiliate of such GS Investor or any third party reasonably acceptable to the Parent and the Advent Investor; provided , however , that any such transfer must be made in accordance with applicable United States federal and state securities Laws and all regulatory requirements to which the Parent is then subject, (B) to permit such GS Investor (or any of its Affiliates) to exchange all or any portion of the voting securities then held by such Person on a share-for-share basis for shares of a class or series of non-voting securities of the Parent, which non-voting securities shall be identical in all material respects to such voting securities (provided that such non-voting securities may be of a different class or series of stock than the voting securities then held by the GS Investor), except that such new securities shall be non-voting and shall be convertible into voting securities on such terms as are requested by such GS Investor in light of regulatory considerations then prevailing and reasonably acceptable to the Parent, or (C) otherwise restructure its investment in a manner that is reasonably acceptable to the Parent and the Advent Investor. If any GS Investor elects to Transfer Shares in order to avoid a Regulatory Concern to an Affiliate, such Affiliate shall enter into such mutually acceptable agreements as such Affiliate may reasonably request in order to assist such Affiliate in complying with Laws to which it is then subject. Simultaneously with the consummation of any transfer described above, the applicable GS Investor will cause the Affiliate transferee to execute a joinder to this Agreement pursuant to which such Affiliate transferee will agree to be bound by all of the rights, obligations and other terms of this Agreement. Any such Affiliate transferee will be deemed a “ Permitted Transferee ” hereunder.

 

17


(h) Except as provided in Article V and subject to Section 4.3(k) hereof, any Stockholder that proposes to Transfer Share Equivalents in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof shall be responsible for any expenses incurred by the Parent in connection with such Transfer.

Section 4.2. Permitted Transferees .

(a) Subject to Section 4.1(e) and Section 4.1(g) , any Stockholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Share Equivalents to a Permitted Transferee without the consent of any Person, so long as such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Joinder Agreement ”). Such Stockholder must give prior written notice to the Parent of any proposed Transfer to a Permitted Transferee, including the identity of such proposed Permitted Transferee and such other information reasonably requested by the Parent to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Parent shall be entitled to condition any such Transfer on receipt of an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Parent that such Transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) If, while a Permitted Transferee holds any Share Equivalents, a Permitted Transferee ceases to qualify as a Permitted Transferee in relation to the initial transferor Stockholder from whom or which such Permitted Transferee or any previous Permitted Transferee of such initial transferor Stockholder received such Share Equivalents or becomes an Adverse Person (an “ Unwinding Event ”), then the relevant initial transferor Stockholder:

(i) shall forthwith notify the Investors and the Parent of the pending occurrence of such Unwinding Event; and

(ii) shall take all actions necessary prior to such Unwinding Event to effect a Transfer of all the Share Equivalents held by the relevant Permitted Transferee either back to such Stockholder or, pursuant to this Section 4.2 , to another Person which qualifies as a Permitted Transferee of such initial transferring Stockholder.

Section 4.3. Drag-Along Rights .

(a) At any time prior to an IPO, in connection with a Change of Control approved by Requisite Consent pursuant to Section 3.2(i) , the Investors (together, the “ Selling Stockholders ”) may exercise drag-along rights in accordance with the terms, conditions and procedures set forth herein (the “ Drag-Along Transfer ”).

(b) The Selling Stockholders shall promptly give written notice (a “ Drag-Along Notice ”) to each other Stockholder and each Key Individual (together, the “ Drag-Along Stockholders ” and each, a “ Drag-Along Stockholder ”) not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of the Drag-Along Transfer of any election by the Selling Stockholder to exercise

 

18


their drag-along rights under this Section 4.3 , setting forth the name of the Transferee, the total number of Share Equivalents proposed to be Transferred by the Selling Stockholders, the proposed amount and form of consideration for such Share Equivalents, and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Transfer. Such notice shall also specify the number of Share Equivalents such Drag-Along Stockholder shall be required to transfer, up to such Drag-Along Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of Share Equivalents. With respect to any Shares for which a Drag-Along Stockholder holds vested and exercisable but unexercised Options, to the extent that such Shares are to be sold pursuant to this Section 4.3 , the price per Share shall be reduced by the exercise price of such Options. Any transfer of Share Equivalents by a Drag-Along Stockholder pursuant to the terms hereof shall be at the price per Share Equivalent specified in the Drag-Along Notice and all Stockholders shall receive the same form of consideration in connection with a Drag-Along Transfer.

(c) Each Drag-Along Stockholder must agree (i) to make the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements as made by the Selling Stockholders in connection with the Drag-Along Transfer (other than any non-competition or similar agreements or covenants that would bind the Drag-Along Stockholder or its Affiliates), and (ii) to the same terms and conditions to the transfer as the Selling Stockholders agree. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, all such representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by each Selling Stockholder and Drag-Along Stockholder severally and not jointly and any liability for breach of any representations and warranties related to the Parent (which shall exclude, for the sake of clarity, all representations and indemnities concerning such Selling Stockholder’s title to its Share Equivalents and authority, power and right to enter into and consummate the Transfer without contravention of any law or agreement which representations and warranties shall be personal to such Selling Stockholder and also several and not joint)) shall be allocated among each Selling Stockholder and Drag-Along Stockholder pro rata based on the relative number of Share Equivalents Transferred by each of them, and the aggregate amount of liability for each such Selling Stockholder and Drag-Along Stockholder shall not exceed the U.S. dollar value of the total consideration to be paid by the Transferee to such Selling Stockholder or Drag-Along Stockholder, respectively. If the Investors are transferring less than all of the Share Equivalents held by the Investors, then each Key Individual will transfer a number of Share Equivalents and/or Options (as may be provided in a Drag-Along Notice by the applicable Investors, in their sole discretion) equal to the product of the following: (x) the number of Share Equivalents (including any Shares issued in respect of exercised Options or issuable upon the exercise of Options to the extent such Options are then vested and exercisable) and/or Options beneficially owned by such Key Individual multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents being transferred by the Investors and the denominator of which equals the aggregate number of Share Equivalents beneficially owned by the Investors.

(d) All Stockholders shall cooperate in, and shall take all actions that the Selling Stockholders deem reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate the Drag-Along Transfer, including, without limitation, as applicable, (i) voting their respective Share Equivalents (or executing and delivering any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of the Drag-Along Transfer and all actions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Selling

 

19


Stockholders in connection with the Drag-Along Transfer, including voting to approve a Drag-Along Transfer if such Drag-Along Transfer is structured as a merger or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Transfer, (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiving any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with the Drag-Along Transfer, (iii) entering into agreements with the Drag-Along Buyer on terms substantially identical to those (if any) entered into between the Drag-Along Buyer and the Selling Stockholders, and (iv) selling such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Share Equivalents being sold.

(e) Solely for purposes of Section 4.3(c) and Section 4.3(d) and in order to secure the performance of each Drag-Along Stockholder’s obligations under Section 4.3(c) and Section 4.3(d), each Drag-Along Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints each of the Selling Stockholders as the attorney-in-fact and proxy of such Drag-Along Stockholder (with full power of substitution) to vote, provide a written consent or take any other action with respect to its Shareholder Equivalents as described in this paragraph, which proxy shall become effective immediately and without further action by such Drag-Along Stockholder upon receipt by it or by the Selling Stockholders (and delivery to such Drag-Along Stockholder) of a signed letter of intent or other commitment from a qualified Drag Along Transfer Person to pursue a Drag Along Transfer based on specific terms and conditions outlined in such letter of intent or other commitment, including, without limitation, a final purchase price or purchase price formula or other definitive consideration. Such proxy shall be irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and each Drag-Along Stockholder shall take such further action and execute such other instruments as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of this proxy and hereby revoke any proxy previously granted by it with respect to the matters set forth in Section 4.3(c) and Section 4.3(d) with respect to the Share Equivalents owned by such Drag-Along Stockholder.

(f) If any Drag-Along Stockholder fails to transfer the Share Equivalents to be sold pursuant to this Section 4.3 to the applicable acquirer of such Share Equivalents (the “ Drag-Along Buyer ”), the Selling Stockholders may, at their option, in addition to all other remedies they may have, deposit the purchase price (including any promissory note constituting all or any portion thereof) for such Share Equivalents with any national bank or trust company having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million (the “ Escrow Agent ”), and thereupon all of such Drag-Along Stockholder’s rights in and to such Share Equivalents shall terminate. Thereafter, upon delivery to the Parent by such Drag-Along Stockholder of appropriate documentation evidencing the transfer of such Share Equivalents to the Drag-Along Buyer, the Selling Stockholders shall instruct the Escrow Agent to deliver the purchase price (without any interest from the date of the closing to the date of such delivery, any such interest to accrue to the Parent) to such Drag-Along Stockholder.

(g) In connection with a Drag-Along Transfer, if requested by a majority of the members of the Board, the Parent will promptly engage, on customary terms (including customary indemnification from the Parent), a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Selling Stockholders to provide financial advisory services to the Parent, the Selling Stockholders and the other Stockholders, and the Companies shall pay the fees and expenses of such investment banking firm.

 

20


(h) In connection with a Drag-Along Transfer, the Parent will, if applicable, enter into a definitive agreement with the proposed transferee(s) providing for such Transfer and make and agree to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities and other similar agreements that are reasonable and customary for negotiated transactions of the type contemplated by such Transfer.

(i) The Parent agrees to cooperate with any Stockholder and any proposed transferee, and their respective advisors, to facilitate and effect any Drag-Along Transfer and, upon the request of any Selling Stockholder, subject to any proposed transferee executing a reasonably satisfactory confidentiality agreement with the Parent, the Parent will, and will cause its and its Subsidiaries’ employees and personnel to, use its and their reasonable best efforts to facilitate and support any due diligence process being undertaken in connection with such proposed Drag-Along Transfer.

(j) The Parent and the Stockholders will cooperate in the obtaining of all governmental and third-party approvals and consents reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate such Drag-Along Transfer.

(k) All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Stockholders or the Parent in connection with any proposed Drag-Along Transfer (whether or not consummated), including all attorneys fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions, shall be paid by the Parent.

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Parent shall grant to each of the Stockholders and certain members of senior management of the Parent or its Subsidiaries the registration rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement in Exhibit B hereto.

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

Section 6.1. Financial Statements and Reports; Inspection .

(a) The Parent shall provide to the Investors and any of their Permitted Transferees which beneficially owns at least 2% of the outstanding Shares: (i) (A) monthly financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, (B) a reasonably detailed description of any investment, including the material terms thereof, made by the Parent during such month on behalf of itself no later than thirty (30) days following the applicable month end, (C) quarterly financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries no later than forty-five (45) days following

 

21


the applicable quarter end, and (D) unaudited annual financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries no later than sixty (60) days following the applicable fiscal year end, and, if requested by an Investor, audited financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries within ninety (90) days following the applicable fiscal year end, (ii) to the extent not included in the preceding clause (i), the information required to be provided to VCOC Entities pursuant to Section 6.2 ; and (iii) such other information as may reasonably be requested by an Investor or as is otherwise required by Law; provided , that each such Investor or Permitted Transferee agrees to (x) hold any information regarding the Parent or its Subsidiaries received pursuant to this Agreement and the information rights in this Section 6.1(a) in confidence in accordance with Section 6.14 below, (y) not divulge any such information to any third party, and (z) not use such information, except in connection with monitoring his, her or its investment in the Parent or to the extent such information is publicly available.

(b) The Parent shall permit each Stockholder to visit and inspect the properties of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, including their corporate and financial records, and to discuss their business and finances with officers of the Parent and its Subsidiaries. The Parent shall be required to provide full access to the GS Investors, the Advent Investor and their respective representatives to all the books and records of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, including without limitation the right to examine and audit any of such books and records and to make copies therefrom.

Section 6.2. Additional VCOC Rights . For so long as the VCOC Investor, directly or indirectly, continues to hold any Share Equivalents, without limitation or prejudice of any of the rights provided to the Stockholders hereunder, the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall provide the VCOC Investor with all information and access rights necessary to qualify the VCOC Investor’s investment in the Share Equivalents as a “venture capital investment” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, and the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall enter into a customary VCOC management rights letter in the form of Exhibit D hereto.

Section 6.3. Further Assurances . From time to time, at the reasonable request of any other party hereto and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take all such further action as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 6.4. Legend on Share Certificates .

(a) The certificates representing the Share Equivalents shall include an endorsement typed conspicuously thereon of the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

22


IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED AS OF APRIL 30, 2012 (AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME) AND MAY NOT BE VOTED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT.”

In the event that any Share Equivalents shall become freely tradable under the securities Laws, the Parent shall, upon the written request of the holder thereof, issue to such holder a new certificate representing such Share Equivalents without the first paragraph of the legend required by this Section 6.4 . In the event that any Share Equivalents shall cease to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Parent shall, upon the request of the holder thereof, issue to such holder a new certificate representing such Share Equivalents without the second paragraph of the legend required by this Section 6.4 .

(b) All certificates for Share Equivalents hereafter issued, whether upon transfer or original issue, shall be endorsed with a like legend.

Section 6.5. No Promotion . The Parent agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable Affiliate of the GS Investors or the applicable Affiliate of the Advent Investor, as the case may be, in each instance, (a) use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise the name of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Advent International Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates, or any partner or employee of any such Affiliates, nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by Goldman, Sachs & Co., Advent International Corporation, or any of their respective Affiliates, or (b) represent, directly or indirectly, that any product or any service provided by the Parent has been approved or endorsed by Goldman, Sachs & Co., Advent International Corporation, or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 6.6. Exculpation Among Investors . Each Stockholder acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm or corporation, other than the Parent and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Parent. Each Stockholder agrees that no Investor nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Investor shall be liable to any other Investor for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares.

Section 6.7. No Fiduciary Duty; Investment Banking Services . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall create a fiduciary duty of Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates or Advent International Corporation or any of its Affiliates to the Parent or the Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or any actions or omissions by representatives of Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates or

 

23


Advent International Corporation or any of its Affiliates in whatever capacity, including as a director or observer to the Board, it is understood that Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates or Advent International Corporation or any of its Affiliates is not acting as a financial advisor, agent or underwriter to the Parent or any of its Affiliates or otherwise on behalf of the Parent or any of its Affiliates unless retained to provide such services pursuant to a separate written agreement.

Section 6.8. Obligation to Update Investors . The Parent shall keep the Investors informed, on a current basis, of any events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any tax (other than ordinary course communications which could not reasonably be expected to be material to the Parent), criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and shall reasonably cooperate with the Investors, their members and their respective Affiliates in an effort to avoid or mitigate any cost or regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action (including by reviewing written submissions in advance, attending meetings with authorities and coordinating and providing assistance in meeting with regulators).

Section 6.9. Logo of the Parent and its Subsidiaries . The Parent grants the Investors permission to use the Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ names and logos in the Investors’ or their respective Affiliates’ marketing materials. The Investors or their respective Affiliate, as applicable, shall include a trademark attribution notice giving notice of the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ ownership of its trademarks in the marketing materials in which the Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ names and logos appear.

Section 6.10. Regulatory Matters .

(a) Each Investor hereby agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to supply and provide information that is accurate in all material respects to any governmental authority requesting such information in connection with filings or notifications relating to any acquisition, disposition and change of control transaction (including by way of merger, consolidation, tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise) involving the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if any governmental authority requests the disclosure of personal financial information of any person (“ Financial Information ”); or (ii) if necessary for an Investor to comply with or to avoid a potential violation of (A) any applicable Law or regulation or (B) any order of a court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over such Investor, then, in each case, either Investor shall be entitled to restructure its investment structure relating to such transaction (including potentially altering or reducing voting or governance rights of one or more acquisition vehicles) so long as such restructuring (x) is designed in such a manner as to have a reasonable likelihood of causing the governmental authority to withdraw its request for Financial Information or ensuring compliance with or avoiding the potential violation of the applicable Law, regulation or court or governmental agency order, as the case may be, (y) is not reasonably likely to adversely impact any other Investor in any manner, including, without limitation, increasing any other Investor’s regulatory filing requirements, and (z) is not reasonably likely to adversely impact the timing of the closing of such transaction or the likelihood of receipt of the requisite regulatory approvals in any manner.

 

24


Section 6.11. Expenses . The Parent will pay (or cause to be paid) to an Investor (or an Affiliate thereof) on demand all Reimbursable Expenses whether incurred prior to or following the date of this Agreement; provided , however , notwithstanding the foregoing, the Advent Investor shall be solely responsible for payment of the fees and expenses of Evercore Partners L.L.C. and Harry Gambill (the “ Fees ”) as follows: (a) the Advent Investor will pay in the aggregate to the Parent for the purchase of its Shares pursuant to their Subscription Agreement an additional amount equal to the Fees over the amount that the GS Investors have funded in the aggregate to purchase their Shares pursuant to their Subscription Agreement and (b) for the sake of clarity, in no event will additional Shares be issued for the incremental capital contribution by the Advent Investor that is described in clause (a), but rather such Investors will just pay a higher amount per Share than the GS Investors and each of the Advent Investor, on the one hand, and the GS Investors, on the other, will hold an equal number of such Shares on the date hereof. As used herein, “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means, subject to the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of, and any amounts paid in respect of indemnities in favor of, any attorneys, accountants, consultants and other third parties engaged to represent the Parent and/or the Investors collectively) incurred by such Investor or an Affiliate thereof following the consummation of the Merger (i) on behalf of the Parent or for the benefit of the Investors collectively, (ii) in connection with any services provided by such Investor or its Affiliates to the Parent or any of its Affiliates from time to time or (iii) in connection with such Investor’s enforcement of rights or taking of actions under this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, the constitutive documents of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any transaction or agreement to which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is a party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investors and Parent are entering into the Management Agreement, the terms of which shall govern any expenses incurred therewith.

 

25


Section 6.12. Indemnity and Liability.

(a) Parent hereby indemnifies and agrees to exonerate and hold each of the Investors and each of its respective shareholders, members, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees, representatives, and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees, representatives, and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”), each of whom is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement and may specifically enforce Parent’s obligations hereunder, free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and expenses or any other amounts in connection therewith, including without limitation all actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, arising out of, or in any way relating to (i) the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (ii) operations of, or services provided by, any Investor to Parent or any member of the Company Group from time to time (including but not limited to under the Management Agreement), (iii) this Agreement, except for any breach of this Agreement by such Investor or such Investor’s respective Indemnitee, or (iv) any claim, cause of action or suit against the Investor or any Indemnitee solely by reason of the Investor’s status as a stockholder of the Company and which arises out of or relates to actions, liabilities or losses of the Company or its Subsidiaries, but not including any Indemnified Liabilities arising from or primarily related to such Indemnitee’s willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, Parent hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. For purposes of this Section 6.12 , none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by Parent, then such payments shall be repaid by such Indemnitee to Parent.

(b) Any Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to participate in such defense, and in any action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding in which Parent, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party, on the other hand, is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the expense of Parent and to control its own defense of such action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between Parent, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that would make such separate representation advisable. Parent agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the applicable Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, suit, investigation, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is a party thereto or has been threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the applicable Indemnified Party and each other Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, suit, investigation, action or proceeding.

 

26


(c) The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. Parent hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any Indemnitee under this Agreement are primary and any obligation of any Investor (or any affiliate thereof (other than Parent)) to provide advancement or indemnification for the same Indemnified Liabilities (including all interest, assessment and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Indemnified Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), and if any Investor (or any affiliate thereof other than Parent) pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, bylaws or charter) with any Indemnitee, then (i) such Investor shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment, and (ii) Parent shall reimburse such Investor (or such other affiliate) for the payments actually made. Parent hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (and covenants and agrees not to exercise, and to cause each member of the Company Group not to exercise), any claims or rights that Parent may now have or hereafter acquire against any Indemnitee (in any capacity) that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of Parent’s obligations under this Agreement or under any indemnification obligation (whether pursuant to any other contract, any organizational document or otherwise), including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Indemnitee against any Indemnitee, whether such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute, common law or otherwise, including any right to claim, take or receive from any Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, any payment or security or other credit support on account of such claim, remedy or right. None of the Indemnitees will be liable to Parent or any member of the Company Group for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute willful misconduct.

Section 6.13. Compliance Covenants . For so long as the GS Investors (together with any Affiliates) are deemed to control the Parent for purposes of any Banking Regulation, the parties hereto agree as follows:

(a) Policies and Procedures . As promptly as reasonably practicable after the date hereof, the Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, establish, maintain and enforce policies and procedures for compliance with (i) the policies and procedures of the GS Investors and their Affiliates, and (ii) any other Laws applicable to the Parent or its Subsidiaries. The foregoing policies and procedures shall be acceptable in form and substance to the GS Investors and their Affiliates. The GS Investors shall be entitled to require implementation of, or revisions to, the Parent policies and procedures at any time.

 

27


(b) Parent Consumer Disclosure . Upon request of the GS Investors, the Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to the GS Investors copies of all marketing materials, terms and conditions, website disclosures, and any other document that includes legal disclosure relating to consumers (collectively, “ Consumer Disclosures ”). The Parent shall revise the Consumer Disclosures at any time upon the request of the GS Investors.

(c) Consent Requirements . The Parent shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, without the prior affirmative written approval of the GS Investors expand the nature of the activities of the Parent or its Subsidiaries (including entering into new lines of business) beyond the nature of activities conducted as of the date hereof.

(d) Obligation to Update GS Investors . The Parent shall provide the GS Investors with prompt written notice of, and copies of any available documents related to:

(i) Any criminal or regulatory investigation, proceeding or other action involving the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ii) Any event or occurrence with respect to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that would, or could reasonably be expected to, result in adverse legal, regulatory or reputational consequences for the Parent, its Subsidiaries or the GS Investors and their Affiliates;

(iii) Any violation or breach of any policy or procedure set forth in Section 6.13(a) hereof;

(iv) Any violation of any policies or standard procedures regarding customer interactions or discipline of personnel; and

(v) Any regulatory, legal or internal control deficiencies at the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries noted by the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the GS Investors and their Affiliates, the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, whether as a result of an internal or external audit, in a report of regular examination by a Governmental Entity or otherwise.

(e) The Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, take all actions that the GS Investors may reasonably request to cause any legal, regulatory or internal control deficiencies and violations of policies and procedures to be promptly remedied.

(f) The Parent shall not, and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock, of any bank or other depositary institution.

(g) The Parent shall reasonably cooperate with the GS Investors, their members and their respective Affiliates in an effort to avoid or mitigate any cost or criminal, legal or regulatory consequences to the GS Investors and their Affiliates that might arise from any such investigation, proceeding, other action, event, occurrence, violation, or breach described in Section 6.13(a) (including by permitting representatives of the GS Investors to review written submissions in advance, attend meetings with authorities and coordinate and provide assistance in meeting with regulators).

 

28


(h) Access to Information and Personnel; Regulatory Examinations . The Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide the GS Investors or the Advent Investor, or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the GS Investors and their Affiliates or the Parent full access to all books, records, policies and procedures, internal audit and compliance reports, and to officers, personnel, accountants, counsel and other representatives of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, whether located in the U.S. or outside the U.S., including without limitation the right to audit any of such books, records, policies and procedures, and reports and to make copies therefrom. The Parent shall provide the GS Investors or the Advent Investor with access to any materials viewed by any governmental authority if requested by the GS Investors or the Advent Investor.

(i) Annual Compliance Certificate . The Parent shall prepare and deliver to the GS Investors and Advent Investor a compliance certificate, in the form attached hereto as Schedule B , within one (1) month after the end of each calendar year. The GS Investors may amend the form of compliance certificate from time to time.

Section 6.14. Confidentiality . Each Stockholder shall maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (“ Proprietary Information ”) using the same standard of care, but in no event less than reasonable care, as it applies to its own confidential information, except (i) for any Proprietary Information which is publicly available (other than as a result of dissemination by such Stockholder) or a matter of public knowledge generally, (ii) if the release of such Proprietary Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, following delivery of prior written notice to the Parent (to the extent permitted under applicable Law), or (iii) for Proprietary Information that was known to such Stockholder prior to its disclosure by the Parent, or becomes known by such Stockholder, in each case on a non-confidential basis, without, to such Stockholders’ knowledge, breach of any third party’s confidentiality obligations. Each Stockholder further acknowledges and agrees that it shall not disclose any Proprietary Information to any Person, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, partners, agents, counsel, investment advisers or other representatives (all such persons being collectively referred to as “ Representatives ”) in the normal course of the performance of their duties or to any financial institution providing credit to such Stockholder;

(ii) to any Person to whom such Stockholder is contemplating a Transfer of its Share Equivalents; provided that such Transfer would not be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement and such potential transferee is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement consistent with the provisions hereof;

 

29


(iii) to any regulatory authority to which the Stockholder or any of its Affiliates is subject or with which it has regular dealings in connection with a general regulatory inquiry not specifically targeted at the Company; provided that to the extent legally permissible and practicable, the Stockholder give prior notice of such disclosure to the Company, and provided further , that such authority is advised of the confidential nature of such information;

(iv) to the extent related to the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including all materials of any kind, such as opinions or other tax analyses that the Parent, its Affiliates or its Representatives have provided to such Shareholder relating to such tax treatment and tax structure); provided that the foregoing does not constitute an authorization to disclose the identity of any existing or future party to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or their Affiliates or Representatives, or, except to the extent relating to such tax structure or tax treatment, any specific pricing terms or commercial or financial information; or

(v) if the prior written consent of the Board shall have been obtained.

Nothing contained herein shall prevent the use (subject, to the extent possible, to a protective order) of Proprietary Information in connection with the assertion or defense of any claim by or against the Parent or any Stockholder.

Section 6.15. Certain Other Matters.

(a) Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding containing any provision or covenant that purports to, or could reasonably be expected to, limit in any respect the ability of any Investor or any of their respective Affiliates or portfolio companies to (i) sell any products or services of or to any other Person or in any geographic region, (ii) engage in any line of business, (iii) compete with or obtain products or services from any Person or (iv) provide products or services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the consent requirements set forth in Section 3.2(q) of this Agreement).

(b) From and after the date hereof, neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, without the prior written consent of the relevant Investor, (i) use in advertising, publicity, or otherwise the name of such Investor or any of its Affiliates, or any partner or employee of such Investor or any of its Affiliates, nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof owned by such Investor or any of its Affiliates, or (ii) represent, directly or indirectly, that any product or any service provided by the Parent or any Subsidiary has been approved or endorsed by any Investor or any of such Investor’s Affiliates.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement, other than the confidentiality provisions contained herein, shall in any way limit any Affiliate or portfolio company of any Investor from engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset

 

30


management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall not apply to any Share Equivalents acquired by any of Affiliates of the GSCP Investor following the IPO in the ordinary course of such Affiliates other businesses and other than for investment purposes.

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL PARTIES

Section 7.1. Additional Parties . Additional parties may be added to and be bound by and receive the benefits afforded by this Agreement upon the signing and delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by the Parent and the acceptance thereof by such additional parties and, to the extent permitted by Section 8.6 , amendments may be effected to this Agreement reflecting such rights and obligations, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, of such party as the Investors and such party may agree.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1. Freedom to Pursue Opportunities .

(a) The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) each of the Investors, their respective Affiliates and associated funds, including directors and officers of the Parent, has the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or stockholder of any other Person, including those lines of business deemed to be competing with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) none of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any Stockholder shall have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Investor, its Affiliates and associated funds, including directors and officers of the Parent, or the income or profits derived therefrom; (iii) each of the Investors, their respective Affiliates and associated funds, including directors and officers of the Parent, may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) in the event that an Investor, director or officer of the Parent, any of such Investor’s respective Affiliates or associated funds acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be an opportunity for the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Stockholder, such Investor, director or officer of the Parent, such Investor’s Affiliates or associated funds shall have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such opportunity to the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, any other Stockholder, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, any other Stockholder (and their respective Affiliates) for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Investor,

 

31


Affiliate, associated fund, director or officer directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Stockholder. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 8.1 shall not apply to any directors of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are not also Investor Director Designees. For the avoidance of doubt, any actions taken, directly or indirectly, by any publicly traded Controlled Affiliate (or any of its officers, directors or employees) of an Investor shall not be deemed to be an action taken by such Investor.

(b) Each Stockholder (for itself and on behalf of the Parent) hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, acknowledges and agrees that, (i) in the event of any conflict of interest between the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Stockholder, on the other hand, such Stockholder (or the Investor Director Designees appointed by such Stockholder acting in their capacity as a director) may act in such Stockholder’s best interest and (ii) no Stockholder (or the Investor Director Designees appointed by such Stockholder acting in their capacity as a director), shall be obligated (A) to reveal to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries confidential information belonging to or relating to the business of such Stockholder or (B) to recommend or take any action in its capacity as such Stockholder or Investor Director Designee, as the case may be, that prefers the interest of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries over the interest of such Stockholder or Investor Director Designee, as the case may be.

Section 8.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Registration Rights Agreement at Exhibit B hereto, the Subscription Agreements, the Management Agreement and all of the other exhibits, annexes and schedules hereto and thereto constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the parties as to restrictions on the transferability of Shares and the other matters covered herein and therein and supersede and replace any prior understanding, agreement between the parties as to restrictions on the transferability of Shares and the other matters covered herein and therein and supersede and replace any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case, written or oral, of any and every nature with respect thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any document executed or delivered to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the by-laws of any company, this Agreement shall govern as among the parties hereto.

Section 8.3. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within such State.

(b) Any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether in contract or tort) seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be heard and determined in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware), and each of the

 

32


parties hereto hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding) and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding in any such court or that any such claim, action, suit or proceeding that is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(c) Subject to applicable Law, process in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing and subject to applicable Law, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 8.10 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIM, ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, TO THE EXTENT NO PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND RELEASES TO THE OTHER ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 8.3 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 8.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 8.4. Obligations; Remedies . The Parent and the Stockholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, costs of enforcement) and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement, and that the Parent or any Stockholder may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by Law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative. All obligations hereunder shall be satisfied in full without set-off, defense or counterclaim.

 

33


Section 8.5. Consent of the Investors . If any consent, approval or action of the Investors is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the Investors at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time, unless this Agreement provides for more specific consent requirements of the Investors with respect to such consent, approval or action.

Section 8.6. Amendment and Waiver .

(a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended at any time and from time to time only by the written consent of each Investor that has not Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than ninety percent (90%) of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Investors and Transfers to Affiliates); provided that any amendment, modification or waiver that disproportionately and adversely affects any Investor that has Transferred more than 90% of its Initial Ownership Interest as compared to any other Investor shall also require the written consent of such adversely affected Investor. If requested by the Investors, the Parent agrees to execute and deliver any amendments to this Agreement to the extent so requested by the Investors in connection with the addition of (i) a transferee of Share Equivalents or Options or (ii) a recipient of any newly-issued Share Equivalents or Options as a party hereto; provided that such amendments are in compliance with the provisos set forth in the immediately foregoing sentence. Any amendment, modification or waiver effected in accordance with the foregoing shall be effective and binding on the Parent.

(b) Any failure by any party at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, or single or partial enforcement of any rights, powers or remedies conferred by this Agreement, shall not be construed a waiver of such provision or any other provisions hereof, or preclude any other or further exercise thereof.

Section 8.7. Binding Effect . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties’ successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 8.8. Termination . This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (i) a Change in Control; (ii) written agreement of the Investors who hold Shares at such time; (iii) except for the Registration Rights Agreement, Exhibit D hereto and Sections 3.1(d) , 3.3(b) , 4.1(b) , 6.2 , 6.4 through 6.15 and this Article VIII upon an IPO; or (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Parent. In the event of any termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 8.8 , this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no further force or effect (except for the Sections enumerated in the preceding sentence as surviving and this Article VIII ) and there shall be no liability on the part of any parties hereto or their respective officers or directors, except as provided in this Article VIII . Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

 

34


Section 8.9. Non-Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that certain of the Investors may be partnerships or limited liability companies, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement, the Parent and each Stockholder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no Person (other than the parties hereto) has any obligations hereunder, and that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any the former, current and future equity holders, controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners or assignees of the Stockholders or any former, current or future stockholder, controlling person, director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, member, manager, Affiliate, agent or assignee of any of the foregoing, as such for any obligation of any Stockholder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

Section 8.10. Notices . Any and all notices, designations, offers, acceptances or other communications provided for herein shall be given (a) when delivered personally by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when sent by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission), (c) when received or rejected by the addressee if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (d) one Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt):

(w) if to the Parent, to:

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

c/o TransUnion Corp.

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attention: Siddharth N. Mehta, President and Chief Executive Officer

Attention: John W. Blenke, Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Facsimile No.: (312) 466-7706

 

35


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to each of the GS Investor and the Advent Investor as specified in sub-parts (x) and (y) below;

(x) if to the GS Investor, to:

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282-2198

Attention: Sumit Rajpal

Facsimile: 212-357-5505

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: John Amorosi

Facsimile: (212) 701-5010

(y) if to the Advent Investor, to:

Advent International Corp.

75 State Street, 29th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attn: Christopher Egan and James Westra

Facsimile No.: (617) 951-0568

with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

100 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Marilyn French

Facsimile: (617) 772-8333

and, (z) in the case of the Investors, to such party’s address appearing on the stock books of the Parent or to such other address as may be designated by such party in writing to the Parent. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by facsimile, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient, and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on any day.

Section 8.11. Severability . If any portion of this Agreement shall be declared void or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, then, so long as no party is deprived of the benefits of this Agreement in any material respect, such portion shall be deemed severable from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in all respects valid and enforceable.

 

36


Section 8.12. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereto.

Section 8.13. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors, and, except as provided in Sections 6.12 and 8.9 , nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 8.14. Recapitalizations; Exchanges, Etc . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Shares, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Parent or any successor or assign of the Parent (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Shares, by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, stock issuance, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Section 8.15. Securities Issued by the Parent . Prior to the Parent’s IPO, the Parent shall not issue any Shares or Share Equivalents to any Person not a party to this Agreement, unless such Person has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1 . Any issuance of Shares or Share Equivalents by the Parent in violation of this Section 8.15 shall be null and void ab initio and neither the Parent nor any transfer agent shall give effect in the Parent’s stock records to such attempted issuance. The foregoing provisions shall not in any case be applicable to (a) any issuance or Transfer of Shares made to underwriters in connection with an underwritten Public Offering of such Shares on a firm commitment basis registered under the 1933 Act, (b) any issuance or Transfer of Shares that is conducted publicly through one or more registered broker dealers over a stock exchange or interdealer quotation service where the Shares are listed or quoted, or (c) any issuance or Transfer of Shares in connection with a Drag-Along Transfer.

Section 8.16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute a single instrument. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 8.16 .

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.

By:

 

GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C.

its General Partner

By:

  /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   Vice President

 

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.

By:

 

GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.

its General Partner

By:

  /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPARTANSHIELD HOLDINGS

By:

 

GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund,

L.P., its General Partner

 

By: GSCP VI Offshore Advisors,

L.L.C., its General Partner

By:

  /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


ADVENT-TRANSUNION ACQUISITION

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By:  Advent-TransUnion GP LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Michael Ristaino
  Name: Michael Ristaino
  Title: President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JOINDER TO MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Major Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of                      ,              (the “ Major Stockholders’ Agreement ”) among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and certain other persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to and a “ Stockholder ” under the Major Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Stockholder from whom it has acquired Share Equivalents (to the extent permitted by the Major Stockholders’ Agreement) as if it had executed the Major Stockholders’ Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date:                                   , 20     

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
  Address for Notices:    
       
       

JOINDER TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


AGREED ON THIS          day of              , 20      :

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

JOINDER TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

EXHIBITS TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF DIRECTOR & OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

EXHIBITS TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


Exhibit D

Management Rights Letter

[Date]

GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P.

[ADDRESS OF VCOC FUND]

Dear Sirs:

This letter agreement (the “ Letter Agreement ”) will confirm our agreement that, in connection with your investment in TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “ Company ”), GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P. (“ Investor ”) will be entitled to the following contractual management rights relating to the Company (collectively, the “ Management Rights ”):

 

  1. If at any time Investor has the right to appoint a Board Observer (as defined in the Major Stockholders Agreement of the Company dated                       , 2012 (the “ MSA ”) pursuant to Section 3.1(d) of the MSA, such Board Observer of the Investor shall be (i) provided by the Company with all notices of meetings, consents, minutes and other written materials that are provided to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Company Board ”) or any committee thereof or the board of directors of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or any committee thereof at the same time as such materials are provided to the Company Board, such subsidiary board or any such committee, as applicable, (ii) entitled to attend all meetings of the Company Board, any subsidiary board and any committee thereof and (iii) entitled to participate in discussions at all such meetings; provided that the Board Observer may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company Board or any subsidiary board, as applicable, determines in good faith, upon advice of counsel, that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege. Reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Observer for the purposes of attending Company Board or subsidiary board (or committee) meetings and conducting other Company or subsidiary business will be paid by the Company.

 

  2. Investor shall be entitled to consult with and advise management of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on significant business issues of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries will meet regularly during each year with representatives of Investor (the “ Representatives ”) at the Company’s or such subsidiary’s facilities, as applicable, (or, at the Investor’s sole discretion, by telephone) at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice, including to review progress in achieving said plans.

EXHIBITS TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


  3. Investor may inspect the books and records and facilities and properties of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s or any such subsidiary’s financial conditions and operations, provided that access to privileged information need not be provided.

 

  4. Investor agrees, and shall cause each of its Representatives to agree, that any confidential information provided to or learned by it in connection with the exercise of Investor’s Management Rights under this Letter Agreement shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in the Investment Agreement.

This Letter Agreement shall remain in effect until (a) such time as Investor no longer owns, directly or indirectly, any Share Equivalents. The confidentiality obligations referenced herein will survive any such termination.

The rights set forth in this Letter Agreement are intended to satisfy the requirement of contractual management rights for purposes of qualifying Investor’s interests in the Company as venture capital investments for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations (as defined in the MSA), and in the event that, after the date hereof, as a result of any change in applicable law or regulation or a judicial or administrative interpretation of applicable law or regulation, it is determined that such rights are not satisfactory for such purpose, Investor and the Company shall reasonably cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory management rights which satisfy such regulations.

*        *        *         *        *

EXHIBITS TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


Very truly yours,
TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

AGREED AND ACCEPTED THIS

     day of                      , 2012

 

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.
By:     
Name:  
Title:  

EXHIBITS TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

SHARES OF PARENT

 

Holder

   Shares Owned  

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P.

     21,182,997.114   

GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P.

     5,824,963.252   

SpartanShield Holdings

     27,272,115.533   

Advent-TransUnion Acquisition Limited Partnership

     54,240,628.883   

Harry Gambill

     39,447.016   

John Blenke

     79,430.8037   

Al Hamood

     102,638.2191   

Jeff Hellinga

     125,638.4835   

Andrew Knight

     69,624.9063   

Mary Krupka

     43,314.6688   

Mark Marinko

     76,212.5888   

Siddharth (N.) Bobby Mehta

     595,909.8842   

Mohit Kapoor

     47,078.6481   

EXHIBITS TO TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE B

Form Compliance Certificate

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[Date]

Reference is made to the Major Stockholders’ Agreement among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. (the “ Parent ”), the GS Investors, the Advent Investor, and the Stockholders, dated as of [          ], 2012] (the “ Major Stockholders’ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement.

I,                              , [Chief Executive Officer/Chief Financial Officer/Head of Compliance/General Counsel] of the Company, do hereby certify, on behalf of the Company and not in my individual capacity, as follows:

The Company has, and the Company has caused its Subsidiaries to have, in [ insert the most recently completed calendar year ] performed and complied in all material respects with the obligations and covenants applicable to the Company in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement, including compliance with the provisions of Section 6.13 .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate as of the date first set forth above.

 

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title: [To be executed by Chief

Executive Officer, Chief Financial

Officer, Head of Compliance, or

General Counsel]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSUNION MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

Dated as of April 30, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                   Page  

ARTICLE I

   DEFINITIONS      2   
  Section 1.1.       Definitions      2   
  Section 1.2.       General Interpretive Principles      9   

ARICLE II

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      10   
  Section 2.1.       Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders      10   
  Section 2.2.       Entitlement of the Parent; Sponsor Investors and the Stockholders to Rely on Representations and Warranties      11   
  Section 2.3.       Representations and Warranties of the Parent      11   

ARTICLE III

   TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS      11   
 

Section 3.1.

      General Restrictions on Transfers      11   
 

Section 3.2.

      Permitted Transferees      14   
  Section 3.3.       Drag-Along Rights      14   
 

Section 3.4.

      Tag-Along Rights      17   

ARTICLE IV

   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF KEY INDIVIDUALS      18   
 

Section 4.1.

      General      18   
 

Section 4.2.

      Call Option      18   

ARTICLE V

   ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES      19   
 

Section 5.1.

      Further Assurances      19   
 

Section 5.2.

      Restrictive Covenants      19   
 

Section 5.3.

      Legend on Share Certificates      20   
 

Section 5.4.

      Restriction on Employee Equity Program      21   
 

Section 5.5.

      Voting Agreement      21   
 

Section 5.6.

      No Fiduciary Duty; Investment Banking Services      21   
 

Section 5.7.

      Confidentiality      21   

ARTICLE VI

   ADDITIONAL PARTIES      22   
 

Section 6.1.

      Additional Parties      22   

ARTICLE VII

   MISCELLANEOUS      22   
 

Section 7.1.

      Freedom to Pursue Opportunities      22   
 

Section 7.2.

      Entire Agreement      23   
  Section 7.3.       Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      23   
 

Section 7.4.

      Obligations; Remedies      26   
 

Section 7.5.

      Consent of the Sponsor Investors and Key Individuals      26   
 

Section 7.6.

      Amendment and Waiver      26   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

                   Page  
 

Section 7.7.

      Binding Effect      27   
 

Section 7.8.

      Termination      27   
  Section 7.9.       Non-Recourse      27   
 

Section 7.10.

      Notices      28   
 

Section 7.11.

      Severability      29   
 

Section 7.12.

      Headings      29   
 

Section 7.13.

      No Third Party Beneficiaries      29   
 

Section 7.14.

      Recapitalizations; Exchanges, Etc.      29   
 

Section 7.15.

      Counterparts      29   

Exhibit A – Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit B – Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

ii


STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, this “ Agreement ”) is made as of April 30, 2012, among (i) TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”); (ii) the members of the management of Parent or of TransUnion Corp. (the “ Company ”) or other key Persons associated with the Company or the Parent and that are signatories hereto (the “ Initial Key Individuals ”), (iii) any other Person who becomes a party hereto pursuant to Article VI (each a “ Stockholder ” and, collectively, with the Initial Key Individuals, the “ Stockholders ”); and (iv) for purposes of Section 3.3 , Section 3.4 and Articles IV and VII only, the GS Investors and the Advent Investor (each as herein defined) (together, the “ Sponsor Investors ”).

WHEREAS, the Parent, Spartan Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), the Company and solely with respect to Article 11 only, MDCPVI TU Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as the Stockholder Representative, are parties to that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall thereupon cease and the Company shall be the surviving corporation in the Merger and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Parent;

WHEREAS, immediately prior hereto certain Initial Key Individuals entered into a Rollover Letter Agreement with Parent pursuant to which they purchased Shares (such shares, the “ Rollover Shares ”) and signed a joinder to this Agreement;

WHEREAS, after the Merger, the Parent will be the sole and exclusive owner of the shares of all common stock of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Parent has adopted the TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. 2012 Management Equity Plan, effective as of a date shortly after the date hereof, as amended from time to time (the “ Stock Incentive Plan ”);

WHEREAS, the Parent and certain Initial Key Individuals have entered into written agreements (each an “ Option Agreement ”) setting forth the terms and conditions of Options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan;

WHEREAS, as a condition for the right of the Initial Key Individuals to purchase Shares and/or to receive grants of or exercise Options, and pursuant to the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan and the Option Agreements, each of the Initial Key Individuals is obligated to become a party to this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations with respect to their ownership of Shares and Options after consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Option Agreements.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b)(i) .

Adverse Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(g) .

Advent Investor ” means Advent-TransUnion Acquisition Limited Partnership.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and (b), solely with respect to Section 3.1 (i), a director or executive officer of such Person or of any Person identified in clause (a) above. The term “ control ,” as used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) none of the Investors shall be considered Affiliates of (x) any portfolio operating company in which the Investors or any of their investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment, (y) Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or (z) each other and (2) neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be considered an Affiliate of any Stockholder.

Agreement ” means this Stockholders’ Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or modified.

Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Stock Incentive Plan of any type of equity award (including Options) as the committee formed to administer the Stock Incentive Plan in its discretion deems appropriate.

Banking Regulations ” means all federal, state and foreign Laws applicable to banks, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and Affiliates, including without limitation, the Bank Holding Company Act, the Federal Reserve Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Beneficial ownership ” and “ beneficially own ” and similar terms have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no Stockholder shall be deemed to beneficially own any securities of the Parent held by any other Stockholder solely by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this definition which shall be deemed to be read for this purpose without the proviso hereto).

 

2


Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Parent.

Business Day ” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or one on which banks are authorized by law to be closed in New York, New York.

Call ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Call Date ” means the date during the applicable Repurchase Period with respect to which the Parent has notified a Key Individual of the Parent’s exercise of a Call with respect to all or a portion of such Key Individual’s Share Equivalents.

Call Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 .

Call Shares Price ” means, (a) with respect to any Rollover Shares held by any Key Individual or his or her Permitted Transferee, a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Call Shares as of the Call Date unless the employment of such Key Individual was terminated for Cause (in which case the price shall be the lower of (x) the Fair Market Value of such Rollover Shares as of the Call Date and (y) the amount that such Key Individual paid for such Rollover Shares (i.e., cost), and (b) with respect to any Call Shares (other than the Rollover Shares) held by any Key Individual or his or her Permitted Transferee, (i) with respect to any Call exercised in connection with a termination of such Key Individual’s employment for Cause, a price equal to the lower of (x) the Fair Market Value of such Call Shares as of the Call Date and (y) the amount that such Key Individual or such Permitted Transferee paid for such Call Shares (i.e., cost), or (ii) with respect to any Call exercised in connection with a termination of such Key Individual’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, a price equal to the Fair Market Value of such Call Shares as of the Call Date.

Cause ” with respect to a Key Individual’s termination of employment with the Parent and its Subsidiaries means (a) for any Key Individual who on the date of this Agreement is party to an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that contains a “Cause” definition and that is not superseded by an agreement described in clause (b), “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to it in such agreement; (b) for any Participant who after the date enters into an employment or severance agreement with Parent or any of its Affiliates that contains a “Cause” definition, “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to it in such agreement; or (c) for any other Key Individual, any of the following as determined by the Board in its good faith discretion: (i) the Key Individual’s breach of the terms of any employment or severance agreement to which the Key Individual is a party with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) if the Key Individual has no such agreement, the Key Individual’s breach of the terms of the Key Individual’s employment (including, without limitation, the material policies of the Parent or any of its Affiliates, as applicable); (iii) the Key Individual’s willful failure or refusal to perform the Key Individual’s material duties for the Parent or any of its Affiliates, as applicable; (iv) the Key Individual’s insubordination or disregard of the legal directives of the board of directors or senior management of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

3


as applicable, which are not inconsistent with the scope, ethics and nature of the Key Individual’s duties and responsibilities; (v) the Key Individual’s engaging in misconduct that has a material and adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Parent or any of its Affiliates; (vi) the Key Individual’s commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Parent or any of its Affiliates; or (vii) the Key Individual’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving fraud or misrepresentation; provided , however , that Cause shall not be deemed to exist under any of the foregoing clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) unless the Key Individual has been given reasonably detailed written notice of the grounds for such Cause and, if curable, the Key Individual has not effected a cure within twenty (20) days after the date of receipt of such notice. If the Board reasonably believes that Cause may exist, the Parent or any of its Affiliates may suspend the Key Individual with pay pending the Board’s determination as to whether Cause in fact exists.

Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all, of the assets of the Parent or the Company to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any of the Sponsor Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, or any group or persons that includes any of the Sponsor Investors or their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ Permitted Holders ”); or

(b) any person or group, other than one or more of the Permitted Holders, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent or the Company (or any entity which controls the Parent or Company, or which is a successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or the Company), including by way of merger, recapitalization, reorganization, redemption, issuance of capital stock, consolidation, tender or exchange offer or otherwise; or

(c) a merger of the Parent or the Company with or into another Person other than one or more of the Permitted Holders in which the voting stockholders of the Parent or the Company immediately prior to such merger cease to hold at least 50% of the voting shares of the Parent or the Company (or the surviving corporation or ultimate parent) immediately following such merger;

provided that , in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to include any transaction effected for the purpose of (i) changing, directly or indirectly, the form of organization or the organizational structure of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) contributing assets or equity to entities controlled by the Parent (or owned by the Parent in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Parent).

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b)(ii) .

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code shall include a reference to any successor provision thereto.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

4


De Minimis Continuing Investor ” means a Sponsor Investor that has Transferred (through one or more Transfers) more than ninety percent (90%), but less than one hundred percent (100%), of its Initial Ownership Interest (excluding both pro rata Transfers agreed to by the Sponsor Investors, as well as Transfers to Affiliates).

Determination Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b)(i) .

Drag-Along Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(e).

Drag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Drag-Along Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Drag-Along Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Electing Call Sponsor Investors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

Encumbrance ” means any charge, claim, community or other marital property interest, right of first option, right of first refusal, mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(e).

Escrow Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Option Plan.

GS Investors ” means GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., Spartan Shield Holdings, GS Capital Partners Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, MBD 2011 Holding, L.P., Opportunity Partners Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P.

Initial Key Individuals ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Initial Ownership Interest ” means, with respect to any Stockholder or Sponsor Investor, the number of Share Equivalents held by such Stockholder or Sponsor Investor, as applicable, as of the date hereof or the date such Person first becomes a holder of Shares or Share Equivalents.

Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ” means the first underwritten Public Offering.

 

5


Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Joinder Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

Key Individual ” means each of the Initial Key Individuals specified in the preamble and each additional Person, other than an Investor, who becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Article VI hereof as a holder of Share Equivalents.

Lapse Date ” means the date that the Transfer Restriction Period ends.

Law ,” with respect to any Person, means (a) all provisions of all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates or orders of any governmental authority applicable to such Person or any of its assets or property or to which such Person or any of its assets or property is subject, and (b) all judgments, injunctions, orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions in which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its assets or properties is or may be bound or subject.

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Merger Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Option Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Options ” means any options to purchase Shares granted to any Key Individual pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.

Ownership Percentage ” means, with respect to any Stockholder or Sponsor Investor, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents (a) owned by the applicable Sponsor Investor (together with its Affiliates) or the applicable Stockholder, as the case may be, and (b) over which the applicable Sponsor Investor (together with its Affiliates) or the applicable Stockholder, as the case may be, retains voting control (without regard to this Agreement), and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by all the holders of Shares and Share Equivalents.

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Participating Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b) .

Permitted Holders ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Change in Control”.

Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Stockholder, (a) any parent, grandparent, sibling or child (including any adopted sibling or child) of such Key Individual, or any spouse or former spouse of such Key Individual, (b) any trust established solely for the

 

6


benefit of (x) such Key Individual and/or (y) any of the Persons set forth in the foregoing clause (a), (c) any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, foundation or other Person (i) with respect to which all of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests are beneficially owned solely by (x) such Key Individual and/or (y) any of the Persons set forth in the foregoing clause (a) and (ii) with respect to which such Key Individual (unless such Key Individual has died or become Disabled) is the majority stockholder (if a corporation), the sole or managing member (if a limited liability company), the sole general partner (if a limited partnership) or otherwise has the sole power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies, directly or indirectly, of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (if any other type of Person) or (d) any other transferee treated as a “family member” for purposes of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Parent and certain of the parties hereto.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or any other entity of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Pro Rata Portion ” means a number of Share Equivalents determined by multiplying (a) the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by the Drag-Along Stockholder by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents proposed to be Transferred by the applicable Sponsor Investors to the Drag-Along Buyer and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by the applicable Sponsor Investors.

Proprietary Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7 .

Public Offering ” means any public offering and sale of equity securities of the Parent or any successor to the Parent for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

Regulatory Concern ” means any set of facts or circumstances in which any GS Investor’s ownership of securities issued by the Parent (a) gives rise to the need, or the reasonably anticipated need, for the GS Investor or any of its Affiliates to take action in relation to such ownership to come into compliance with Banking Regulations or (b) gives rise to a limitation in Law (solely with respect to the Banking Regulations) that will impair the ability of such GS Investor or any of its Affiliates to conduct its business or gives rise to a reasonable belief by such GS Investor that such a limitation is likely to arise.

Relative Ownership Percentage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Repurchase Period ” means, for any Call Shares held by a Key Individual or his or her Permitted Transferee as of such Key Individual’s Termination Date, the period beginning on such Termination Date and ending 195 days after such Termination Date; provided that, for any Call Shares received by a Key Individual or his or her Permitted Transferee on exercise of an Option, the Repurchase Period shall end 195 days after the later of such Termination Date and the applicable exercise date.

 

7


Request for Arbitration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b)(i) .

Restricted Securities ” means (a) Shares or Awards issued pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan that are subject to vesting requirements set forth in the Stock Incentive Plan, including any grant letter or agreement, or are otherwise subject to forfeiture and (b) any unvested, or vested but out-of-the-money, Options and the Shares subject thereto.

Rollover Letter Agreement ” means the Rollover Letter Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Parent and the Initial Key Investors.

Rollover Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation).

Sale ” means a Transfer for value and the terms “Sell” and “Sold” shall have correlative meanings.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Share Equivalents ” means (a) Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Shares received upon exercise of Options, and vested Awards) and (b) the number of Shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any security (including any Awards) that is currently exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for, on any such date of determination, Shares without payment to the Parent of any additional consideration (other than the exercise price). In no instance shall Restricted Securities be considered Share Equivalents.

Shares ” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Parent.

Sponsor Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Stock Incentive Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Stockholder ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any party, any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which such party (or another Subsidiary of such party) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more that 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity, (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity or (c) a general or managing partnership interest in such entity.

 

8


Tag Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c) .

Tag Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(c) .

Tag-Along Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

Termination Date ” means the date of termination of a Key Individual’s employment with the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Share Equivalents, a direct or indirect transfer (including through one or more transfers), sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of such Share Equivalents, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of Law; provided , that a Transfer shall not include any direct or indirect transfer (including through one or more transfers), sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of Share Equivalents as a result of any direct or indirect transfer (including through one or more transfers), sale, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or other disposition of an interest in The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or Advent International Corporation, including the grant of an option or other right, whether directly or indirectly, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of Law.

Transferred ”, “ Transferring ” and “ Transferee ” shall each have a correlative meaning to the term “ Transfer .”

Transferring Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a) .

Transfer Percentage ” means, with respect to any Person, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Share Equivalents proposed to be Transferred by such Person (and its Permitted Transferees) and the denominator of which is the total number of Share Equivalents held by such Person (and its Permitted Transferees).

Transfer Restriction Period ” means the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the lapse of any lock-up that may be required to be entered into by the managing underwriters of an Initial Public Offering (without limiting in any way Section 3.1(b) hereof) or (ii) a Change in Control.

Unwinding Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b) .

Section 1.2. General Interpretive Principles . The name assigned to this Agreement and the section captions used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning, construction or effect hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the terms “hereof,” “herein” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole, and references herein to Articles or Sections refer to Articles or Sections of this Agreement. For purposes of

 

9


this Agreement, the words, “include,” “includes” and “including,” when used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “dollars” and “$” shall mean United States dollars. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Shares underlying unexercised options that have been issued by the Parent shall not be deemed “outstanding” for any purposes in this Agreement. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders . Each Stockholder, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Parent and each other Stockholder and the Sponsor Investors that on the date hereof:

(a) Such Stockholder is competent to, and has sufficient capacity to, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform such Stockholder’s obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder and, assuming the due execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other parties hereto, this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and the consummation by such Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or both: (i) violate the provisions of any Law, rule or regulation applicable to such Stockholder or his or her properties or assets; (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order or award of any court, governmental or quasi-governmental agency or arbitrator applicable to such Stockholder or his or her properties or assets; or (iii) result in any breach of any terms or conditions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, agreement or instrument to which such Stockholder is a party or by which such Stockholder or his or her properties or assets are bound.

(c) Such Stockholder (i) understands that no public market now exists for the Shares or the Options and there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Shares or the Options and (ii) understands that neither the Shares nor the Options may be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Shares or the Options or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, Shares and the Options must be held indefinitely.

 

10


Section 2.2. Entitlement of the Parent; Sponsor Investors and the Stockholders to Rely on Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Section 2.1 may be relied upon by the Parent, the Sponsor Investors, and by the other Stockholders, in connection with the entering into of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, each Stockholder agrees to give the Parent prompt written notice in the event that any representation of such Stockholder contained in Section 2.1 ceases to be true at any time following the date hereof.

Section 2.3. Representations and Warranties of the Parent . The Parent hereby represents and warrants to the Stockholders that as of the date of this Agreement:

(a) It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action;

(b) This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Parent and constitutes a legal and binding obligation of the Parent, enforceable against the Parent in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and other similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of general applicability; and

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by the Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, (i) violate any provision of Law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Parent is subject, (ii) violate any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Parent or (iii) conflict with, or result in a breach or default under, any term or condition of the Parent’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which the Parent is a party or by which it is bound.

ARTICLE III

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 3.1. General Restrictions on Transfers .

(a) Before an IPO, no Stockholder may Transfer any of its Share Equivalents, except (i) to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 3.2 , (ii) pursuant to, or consequent upon, the exercise of the drag-along rights set forth in Section 3.3 or the Tag Rights set forth in Section 3.4 , (iii) as required by applicable Law, regulation or any order of a court or governmental agency or (iv) in accordance with the Pledge Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that the limitations on Transfers of Share Equivalents set forth in this Article III are reasonable and are in addition to any restrictions set forth in Article IV or imposed by applicable Law.

 

11


(b) Following an IPO, and subject to this Section 3.1 , in addition to Transfers to Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 3.2 and in addition to any Transfers permitted in and under Section 2.03 of the Registration Rights Agreement or Rule 701(g)(3) of the Securities Act or other applicable exemption from or registration under the securities laws, each Stockholder may Transfer Share Equivalents to the extent permitted under this Section 3.1(b) . Any such Transfers must not violate whatever customary management stock ownership guidelines are adopted in connection with or after an IPO or the black-out or lock-up periods provided under Section 2.04 of the Registration Rights Agreement or set forth in any lock-up agreement entered into in connection with any offering effected under the Registration Rights Agreement. In no event, however, may any Transfer by any Key Individual result in the Relative Ownership Percentage (as defined below) of the Share Equivalents owned by such Stockholder immediately following the effective time of such Transfer (the “ Determination Time ”) being less than the Relative Ownership Percentage of the Share Equivalents owned by the Sponsor Investors immediately following the Determination Time. For purposes of this Section 3.1(b) , “ Relative Ownership Percentage ” means:

(i) with respect to the Share Equivalents held by a Stockholder, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (A) the numerator of which is the number of Share Equivalents owned by such Stockholder immediately following the Determination Time and (B) the denominator of which is the sum of (x) the number of Share Equivalents owned by such Stockholder immediately following an IPO and (y) the number of Share Equivalents owned by such Key Individual that were not Share Equivalents immediately following an IPO but that have subsequently become Share Equivalents, and

(ii) with respect to Share Equivalents owned by the Sponsor Investors, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (A) the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents owned by the Sponsor Investors immediately following the Determination Time and (B) the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents owned by the Sponsor Investors immediately following an IPO.

(c) Any Stockholder wishing to Transfer Share Equivalents pursuant to Section 3.1(b) shall be entitled to obtain prior to such Transfer, and rely upon, a statement from the Parent of the number of Share Equivalents that such Stockholder may Transfer pursuant to Section 3.1(b) .

(d) Any Transferee of Share Equivalents (including Affiliates of any Stockholder) shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering such documents as may be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, to make such Person a party hereto, including the joinder set forth on Exhibit A hereto, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Stockholder for all purposes of this Agreement; provided , that, following a Public Offering, no Transferee of Share Equivalents or equity securities of the Registering Entity, as the case may be, shall be required to become a party to this Agreement if such Transferee acquired such Share Equivalents or equity securities in a sale to the public (i) in a registered public offering or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

12


(e) Any purported Transfer of Share Equivalents by a Stockholder, other than in accordance with this Agreement, shall be null and void, and the Parent shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose and shall not reflect in its records any change in record ownership of Share Equivalents pursuant to any such Transfer.

(f) No Stockholder shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to any Share Equivalents or enter into any agreements or arrangements of any kind with any Person with respect to any Share Equivalents inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with other Key Individuals or holders of Share Equivalents who are not parties to this Agreement), including agreements or arrangements with respect to the acquisition, disposition or voting (if applicable) of any Share Equivalents, nor shall any Key Individual act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other persons in connection with the acquisition, disposition or voting (if applicable) of any Share Equivalents in any manner that is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) Notwithstanding any provisions of Article III, except in connection with a Drag-Along Transfer, in no event shall any Stockholder knowingly Transfer any of its Share Equivalents to any Person (including an Affiliate) reasonably determined by the written consent of each of the Sponsor Investors that is not a De Minimis Continuing Investor to be (i) a competitor of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise adverse to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any strategic investor ( i.e., any investor, other than a private equity investor, a hedge fund investor or an investor whose principal business is investing in securities) (any Person described in sub-sections (i) or (ii), an “ Adverse Person ”); provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Stockholder Transferring Share Equivalents to the public following a Public Offering (x) in a registered public offering or (y) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act shall not be deemed to have “knowingly” Transferred Share Equivalents to an Adverse Person for purposes of this Section 3.1(h) . In addition, no Stockholder shall be entitled to Transfer any Share Equivalents or any other rights under this Agreement (including to an Affiliate) at any time unless the Sponsor Investors are reasonably satisfied that such Transfer would not:

(i) violate the Securities Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “Blue Sky” laws applicable to the Parent or the Share Equivalents;

(ii) cause the Parent to become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act;

(iii) cause the Parent to become subject to the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Securities Act; or

(iv) be a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under ERISA or the Code or cause all or any portion of the assets of the Parent to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

13


(h) Except as provided in Article IV hereof, any Stockholder that proposes to Transfer Share Equivalents in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof shall be responsible for any expenses incurred by the Parent in connection with such Transfer.

Section 3.2. Permitted Transferees .

(a) Subject to Section 3.1(e) and Section 3.1(g) , any Stockholder may at any time Transfer any or all of its Share Equivalents to a Permitted Transferee without the consent of any Person, so long as such Permitted Transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement by executing a joinder agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Joinder Agreement ”). Such Stockholder must give prior written notice to the Parent of any proposed Transfer to a Permitted Transferee, including the identity of such proposed Permitted Transferee and such other information reasonably requested by the Parent to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Parent shall be entitled to condition any such Transfer on receipt of an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Parent that such Transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) If, while a Permitted Transferee holds any Share Equivalents, a Permitted Transferee ceases to qualify as a Permitted Transferee in relation to the initial transferor Stockholder from whom or which such Permitted Transferee or any previous Permitted Transferee of such initial transferor Stockholder received such Share Equivalents or becomes an Adverse Person (an “ Unwinding Event ”), then the relevant initial transferor Stockholder:

(i) shall forthwith notify the Sponsor Investors and the Parent of the pending occurrence of such Unwinding Event; and

(ii) shall take all actions necessary prior to such Unwinding Event to effect a Transfer of all the Share Equivalents held by the relevant Permitted Transferee either back to such Stockholder or, pursuant to this Section 3.2 , to another Person which qualifies as a Permitted Transferee of such initial transferring Stockholder.

Section 3.3. Drag-Along Rights .

(a) In the event the Board (subject to any required consent of the Sponsor Investors) or the Sponsor Investors (acting collectively) elect to exercise drag-along rights in accordance with the terms, conditions and procedures set forth herein (a “ Drag-Along Transfer ”) in connection with a Change of Control, the Sponsor Investors shall promptly give written notice (a “ Drag-Along Notice ”) to each Stockholder (each, a “ Drag-Along Stockholder ”) not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of the Drag-Along Transfer of any election by the Sponsor Investors to exercise their drag-along rights under this Section 3.3 , setting forth the name of the Transferee, the total number of Share Equivalents proposed to be Transferred by the Sponsor Investors, the proposed amount and form of consideration for such Share Equivalents, and all other material terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Transfer. Such notice shall also specify the number of Share Equivalents such Drag-Along Stockholder shall be required to transfer, up to such Drag-Along Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of Share Equivalents. With respect to any Shares subject to vested and exercisable but unexercised Options, to the extent that

 

14


such Shares are to be sold pursuant to this Section 3.3 , the price per Share shall be reduced by the exercise price of such Options. Any transfer of Share Equivalents by a Drag-Along Stockholder pursuant to the terms hereof shall be at the price per Share Equivalent specified in the Drag-Along Notice (which must be no less than the price per Share Equivalent to be received by the Sponsor Investors selling in connection with the Change in Control) and all Stockholders shall receive the same form and per Share Equivalent amount of consideration in connection with a Drag-Along Transfer.

(b) No Drag-Along Stockholder shall be required to make any representations or warranties in connection with such Drag-Along Transfer, except as to (i) good and valid title to the Shares being Transferred; (ii) the absence of liens, with respect to the Shares being Transferred; (iii) its valid existence and good standing (if applicable); (iv) the legal capacity and authority for, and validity, binding effect and enforceability of (as against such Drag-Along Stockholder), any agreement entered into by such Drag-Along Stockholder in connection with the Drag-Along Transfer of such Shares; (v) all required consents and approvals to the Drag-Along Transfer of such Shares having been obtained (excluding securities laws); and (vi) the fact that no broker’s commission or finder’s fee is payable by the Drag-Along Stockholder as a result of the Drag-Along Stockholder’s conduct in connection with a Drag-Along Transfer. All such representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements shall be made by each of the Drag-Along Stockholders severally and not jointly, any indemnifications provided by the Drag-Along Stockholders will be on a several basis (pro rata based upon proportion of aggregate transaction consideration received) and not a joint basis (other than to the extent secured by an escrow fund, holdback or other similar mechanism), and the indemnification obligations of any Drag-Along Stockholder will be limited to the consideration received by such Drag-Along Stockholder; provided that, for the sake of clarity, in no event shall this Section 3.3(b) limit or affect the ability of Parent to provide representations and warranties in connection with any Drag-Along Transfer and for the proceeds of such Drag-Along Transfer to be used (whether pursuant to an escrow fund, holdback or other similar mechanism) to stand behind the indemnification obligations of Parent in respect of a breach of any such representations and warranties. If the Sponsor Investors are transferring less than all of the Share Equivalents held by the Sponsor Investors, then each Drag-Along Stockholder will transfer a number of Share Equivalents and/or Options (as may be provided in a Drag-Along Notice by the applicable Sponsor Investors, in their sole discretion) equal to the product of the following: (x) the number of Share Equivalents (including any Shares issued in respect of exercised Options or issuable upon the exercise of Options to the extent such Options are then vested and exercisable) and/or Options beneficially owned by such Drag-Along Stockholder multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Share Equivalents being transferred by the Sponsor Investors and the denominator of which equals the aggregate number of Share Equivalents beneficially owned by the Sponsor Investors.

(c) All Drag-Along Stockholders shall cooperate in, and shall take all actions that the Sponsor Investors deem reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate the Drag-Along Transfer, including, without limitation, as applicable, (i) voting their respective Share Equivalents (or executing and delivering any written consents in lieu thereof) in favor of the Drag-Along Transfer and all actions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Sponsor Investors in connection with the Drag-Along Transfer, including voting to approve a Drag-Along Transfer

 

15


if such Drag-Along Transfer is structured as a merger or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent, and against any action or proposal that may prevent, hinder or impede the consummation of the Drag-Along Transfer, (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiving any dissenters’ or appraisal rights to which they may be entitled in connection with the Drag-Along Transfer, (iii) entering into agreements with the Drag-Along Buyer on terms substantially identical to those (if any) entered into between the Drag-Along Buyer and the Sponsor Investors, and (iv) selling such Drag-Along Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Share Equivalents being sold.

(d) Solely for purposes of Section 3.3(c) and Section 3.3(d) and in order to secure the performance of each Drag-Along Stockholder’s obligations under Section 3.3(c) and Section 3.3(d), each Drag-Along Stockholder hereby irrevocably appoints each of the Sponsor Investors as the attorney-in-fact and proxy of such Drag-Along Stockholder (with full power of substitution) to vote, provide a written consent or take any other action with respect to its Stockholder Equivalents as described in this paragraph, which proxy shall become effective immediately and without further action by such Drag-Along Stockholder upon receipt by it or by the Sponsor Investors (and delivery to such Drag-Along Stockholder) of a signed letter of intent or other commitment from a qualified Drag Along Transfer Person to pursue a Drag Along Transfer based on specific terms and conditions outlined in such letter of intent or other commitment, including, without limitation, a final purchase price or purchase price formula or other definitive consideration. Such proxy shall be irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and each Drag-Along Stockholder shall take such further action and execute such other instruments as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of this proxy and hereby revoke any proxy previously granted by it with respect to the matters set forth in Section 3.3(c) and Section 3.3(d) with respect to the Share Equivalents owned by such Drag-Along Stockholder.

(e) If any Drag-Along Stockholder fails to transfer the Share Equivalents to be sold pursuant to this Section 3.3 to the applicable acquirer of such Share Equivalents (the “ Drag-Along Buyer ”), the Sponsor Investors may, at their option, in addition to all other remedies they may have, deposit the purchase price (including any promissory note constituting all or any portion thereof) for such Share Equivalents with any national bank or trust company having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $500 million (the “ Escrow Agent ”), and thereupon all of such Drag-Along Stockholder’s rights in and to such Share Equivalents shall terminate. Thereafter, upon delivery to the Parent by such Drag-Along Stockholder of appropriate documentation evidencing the transfer of such Share Equivalents to the Drag-Along Buyer, the Sponsor Investors shall instruct the Escrow Agent to deliver the purchase price (without any interest from the date of the closing to the date of such delivery, any such interest to accrue to the Parent) to such Drag-Along Stockholder.

(f) In connection with a Drag-Along Transfer, the Parent will, if applicable, enter into a definitive agreement with the proposed transferee(s) providing for such Transfer and make and agree to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities and other similar agreements that are reasonable and customary for negotiated transactions of the type contemplated by such Transfer.

 

16


(g) The Parent and the Drag-Along Stockholders will cooperate in the obtaining of all governmental and third-party approvals and consents reasonably necessary or desirable to consummate such Drag-Along Transfer.

(h) All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Drag-Along Stockholders or the Parent in connection with any proposed Drag-Along Transfer (whether or not consummated), including all attorneys fees and charges, all accounting fees and charges and all finders, brokerage or investment banking fees, charges or commissions, shall be paid by the Parent.

(i) This Section 3.3 shall terminate, and be of no further force or effect, on and after the consummation of an IPO.

Section 3.4. Tag-Along Rights .

(a) If a Sponsor Investor (the “ Transferring Investor ”) proposes to Transfer any Share Equivalents to one or more Persons (other than another Sponsor Investor or any of its Permitted Transferees or those of another Sponsor Investor), then the Stockholders shall have the right to participate in such Transfer on a pro rata basis (such that each Stockholder’s Transfer Percentage is equal to the Transferring Investor’s Transfer Percentage), on the same terms, conditions and equivalent type and amount of consideration payable per Share Equivalent (a “ Tag-Along Sale ”); provided , however, that the Key Individuals may not participate in (i) any Transfer in an IPO or (ii) any Transfer by a GS Investor to the extent such Transfer occurs as a result of a Regulatory Concern.

(b) In the event that a Stockholder exercises his or her rights pursuant to this Section 3.4 (a “ Participating Stockholder ”), (i) each Participating Stockholder will not be obligated to pay more than his or her pro rata share of transaction expenses incurred (based on the proportion of the aggregate transaction consideration received) in connection with such Tag-Along Sale to the extent that such expenses are incurred for the benefit of all Participating Stockholders and are not otherwise paid by the Parent or the proposed purchaser (expenses incurred by or on behalf of a Participating Stockholder for his or her sole benefit not being considered expenses incurred for the benefit of all Participating Stockholders), (ii) each Participating Stockholder shall make all representations or warranties in connection with such Transfer as made by the Transferring Investor, and (iii) subject to the preceding clause (ii), any indemnifications provided by the Participating Stockholders will be on a several basis (pro rata based upon proportion of aggregate transaction consideration received) and not a joint basis with the Transferring Investor (other than to the extent secured by an escrow fund, holdback or other similar mechanism).

(c) Any Sponsor Investor that proposes to engage in a Tag-Along Sale shall notify the Parent in writing of such proposed transaction no less than thirty (30) days prior to the contemplated consummation date of the Tag-Along Sale (the “ Tag Notice ”), and the Parent shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days thereafter) furnish such Tag Notice to each Stockholder. Such Tag Notice shall set forth: (i) a description of the Tag-Along Sale, (ii) the name of the proposed purchaser, and (iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration and

 

17


terms and conditions of payment offered by the proposed purchaser. Each Stockholder will have the right, upon written notice to the Parent, delivered within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Tag Notice to participate in the Tag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions thereof (such participation rights being hereinafter referred to as “ Tag Rights ”). In the event a Stockholder fails to notify the Parent of such Stockholder’s intent to exercise such Tag Rights within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of a Tag Notice, such Stockholder will be deemed to have elected not to exercise such Tag Rights, and shall forfeit such Tag Rights, solely with respect to the Tag-Along Sale contemplated by such Tag Notice.

(d) This Section 3.4 shall terminate, and be of no further force or effect, on and after the consummation of the IPO.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF KEY INDIVIDUALS

Section 4.1. General . For the purpose of providing each Key Individual with a market for her or her Share Equivalents, if any Key Individual’s employment with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate for any reason (including, for the avoidance of doubt, by such Key Individual’s resignation), the Parent (and, to the extent provided in this Article IV, the Sponsor Investors) shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Share Equivalents held by such Key Individual or his or her Permitted Transferee or any of their respective Permitted Transferees (“ Call Shares ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Article IV (a “ Call ”). The right of the Parent (or, to the extent permitted by this Article IV, the Sponsor Investors) to effect a Call, as set forth in this Article IV, shall terminate upon the Lapse Date.

Section 4.2. Call Option .

(a) If a Key Individual’s employment with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall terminate for any reason, the Parent shall have the right, but not the obligation, by written notice to such Key Individual or his or her Permitted Transferee, at any time during the Repurchase Period, to Call all or a portion of the Call Shares at the Call Shares Price.

(b) The Parent shall have the option to assign its right to purchase all or any portion of the Call Shares hereunder to the Sponsor Investors pro rata in proportion to the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by any Sponsor Investor with respect to the aggregate number of Share Equivalents held by all Sponsor Investors and the Sponsor Investors may exercise the Parent’s rights under this Article IV in the same manner in which the Parent could exercise such rights. In the event that the Parent determines that it will assign its right to purchase Call Shares under this Section 4.2 , it shall give the Sponsor Investors written notice of the number of Call Shares, the Call Shares Price and the terms and conditions of the proposed sale. Each Sponsor Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase up to its pro rata share of such Call Shares, for the Call Shares Price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice, by giving written notice to the Parent stating therein the quantity of Call Shares to be purchased up to such Sponsor Investor’s pro rata share. If any Sponsor Investor fails to agree to purchase its full pro rata share within such twenty

 

18


(20) day period, the Parent will give the Sponsor Investors who did so agree (the “ Electing Call Sponsor Investors ”) notice of the number of Call Shares not subscribed for. The Electing Call Sponsor Investors shall have ten (10) days from the date of such second notice to agree to purchase their pro rata share (or such greater amount as the Electing Call Sponsor Investors agree upon) of all or any part of the Call Shares not purchased by such other Sponsor Investors.

(c) Upon the exercise of a Call with respect to any Call Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 : (i) the Parent or Sponsor Investors, as applicable, shall, on the Call Date, purchase such Call Shares from the applicable Key Individual and/or his or her Permitted Transferees, as applicable, for the applicable Call Shares Price and (ii) such Key Individual and/or Permitted Transferees, as applicable, shall, simultaneously therewith, transfer such Call Shares to the Parent or Sponsor Investors, as applicable, free and clear of all Encumbrances, by delivering to the Parent stock certificates for such Call Shares, duly endorsed in blank with appropriate transfer tax stamps affixed. The Call Shares Price shall be payable by the Parent or Sponsor Investors, as applicable, in cash or, if the Parent is prohibited from paying cash under any financing arrangement, (i) by note payable in installments of up to five (5) years, bearing interest at the prime lending rate in effect as of the date of purchase (which the Parent will repay on an accelerated basis, prior to the scheduled maturity dates, if permitted under the applicable financing arrangements unless the Board affirmatively determines in good faith that such repayment would adversely affect the Parent’s ability to satisfy future cash flow needs, provided that Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to carve out of any applicable financing arrangements entered into after the date hereof the ability to pay cash with respect to Call Shares), or (ii) by delaying the exercise of the Call until such financing restrictions lapse. All of the parties to a Call transaction shall execute and deliver such additional documents as are otherwise reasonably necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

ARTICLE V

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

Section 5.1. Further Assurances . From time to time, at the reasonable request of any other party hereto and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take all such further action as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.2. Restrictive Covenants . In the event that a Key Individual is subject to any restrictive covenants, including covenants in respect of solicitation, hiring, competition, interference and disparagement, pursuant to the terms of any Option, Share Equivalents or any other award granted under a Stock Incentive Plan, that, by its terms, applies to the Shares issued under such award, such Key Individual specifically affirms and acknowledges such covenants.

 

19


Section 5.3. Legend on Share Certificates .

(a) The certificates representing the Share Equivalents shall include an endorsement typed conspicuously thereon of the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, RESOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS REGISTERED OR EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED AS OF APRIL 30, 2012 (AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME) AND MAY NOT BE VOTED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT.”

In the event that any Share Equivalents shall become freely tradable under the securities Laws, the Parent shall, upon the written request of the holder thereof, issue to such holder a new certificate representing such Share Equivalents without the first paragraph of the legend required by this Section 5.3 . In the event that any Share Equivalents shall cease to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Parent shall, upon the request of the holder thereof, issue to such holder a new certificate representing such Share Equivalents without the second paragraph of the legend required by this Section 5.3 .

(b) All certificates for Share Equivalents hereafter issued, whether upon transfer or original issue, shall be endorsed with a like legend.

(c) Each Key Individual agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Share Equivalents, to deliver such certificate(s) to the Secretary of the Parent or other designee of the Parent (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Parent agrees to provide such Key Individual with a photocopy of such stock certificate(s) upon such Key Individual’s request. The Key Individual and the Parent agree that the Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless the Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of the Escrow Holder under this Agreement. The Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

20


Section 5.4. Restriction on Employee Equity Program . Without the prior written consent of the Sponsor Investors, prior to an Initial Public Offering, the Parent shall not issue any Options or other equity grants or awards under a Stock Incentive Plan or any other employee equity program unless such Options, grants or other awards are subject to the terms and provisions of this Stockholders’ Agreement.

Section 5.5. Voting Agreement . Until the occurrence of the Lapse Date, each Key Individual hereby irrevocably appoints the Parent as the attorney-in-fact and proxy of such Key Individual (with full power of substitution) to vote, provide a written consent or take any other action with respect to all matters in the same proportion as the Shares held by the Sponsor Investors are voted on with respect to all such matters; provided , however , that this Section 5.5 shall not apply with respect to any vote or consent to amend or modify this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.6 . Each Key Individual intends this proxy to be, and it shall be, irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and each Key Individual shall take such further action and execute such other instruments as may be necessary to effectuate the intent of this proxy.

Section 5.6. No Fiduciary Duty; Investment Banking Services . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement shall create a fiduciary duty of Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates or Advent International Corporation or any of its Affiliates to the Parent or the Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or any actions or omissions by representatives of Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates or Advent International Corporation or any of its Affiliates in whatever capacity, including as a director or observer to the Board, it is understood that Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any of its Affiliates or Advent International Corporation or any of its Affiliates is not acting as a financial advisor, agent or underwriter to the Parent or any of its Affiliates or otherwise on behalf of the Parent or any of its Affiliates unless retained to provide such services pursuant to a separate written agreement.

Section 5.7. Confidentiality . Each Stockholder shall maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (“ Proprietary Information ”) using the same standard of care, but in no event less than reasonable care, as it applies to its own confidential information, except (i) for any Proprietary Information which is publicly available (other than as a result of dissemination by such Stockholder) or a matter of public knowledge generally, (ii) if the release of such Proprietary Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, following delivery of prior written notice to the Parent (to the extent permitted under applicable Law), or (iii) for Proprietary Information that was known to such Stockholder prior to its disclosure by the Parent, or becomes known by such Stockholder, in each case on a non-confidential basis, without, to such Stockholders’ knowledge, breach of any third party’s confidentiality obligations.

 

21


ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL PARTIES

Section 6.1. Additional Parties . Additional parties may be added to and be bound by and receive the benefits afforded by this Agreement upon the signing and delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by the Parent and the acceptance thereof by such additional parties and, to the extent permitted by Section 7.6 , amendments may be effected to this Agreement reflecting such rights and obligations, consistent with the terms of this Agreement, of such party as the Sponsor Investors and such party may agree.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Freedom to Pursue Opportunities .

(a) The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) each of the Sponsor Investors, their respective Affiliates and associated funds, including directors and officers of the Parent, has the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or stockholder of any other Person, including those lines of business deemed to be competing with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) none of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any Stockholder shall have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Sponsor Investor, its Affiliates and associated funds, including directors and officers of the Parent, or the income or profits derived therefrom; (iii) each of the Sponsor Investors, their respective Affiliates and associated funds, including directors and officers of the Parent, may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and (v) in the event that a Sponsor Investor, director or officer of the Parent, any of such Sponsor Investor’s respective Affiliates or associated funds acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be an opportunity for the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Stockholder, such Sponsor Investor, director or officer of the Parent, such Sponsor Investor’s Affiliates or associated funds shall have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such opportunity to the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, any other Stockholder, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, any other Stockholder (and their respective Affiliates) for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Sponsor Investor, Affiliate, associated fund, director or officer directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person, or does not present such opportunity to the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Stockholder. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.1 shall not apply to any directors of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are not appointed by a Sponsor Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, any actions taken, directly or indirectly, by any publicly traded Controlled Affiliate (or any of its officers, directors or employees) of a Sponsor Investor shall not be deemed to be an action taken by such Sponsor Investor.

 

22


(b) Each Stockholder (for itself and on behalf of the Parent) hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, acknowledges and agrees that, (i) in the event of any conflict of interest between the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Sponsor Investor, on the other hand, such Sponsor Investor (or any director appointed by such Sponsor Investor acting in their capacity as a director) may act in such Sponsor Investor’s best interest and (ii) no Sponsor Investor (or any director appointed by such Sponsor Investor acting in their capacity as a director), shall be obligated (A) to reveal to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries confidential information belonging to or relating to the business of such Sponsor Investor or (B) to recommend or take any action in its capacity as such Sponsor Investor or director appointed by a Sponsor Investor, as the case may be, that prefers the interest of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries over the interest of such Sponsor Investor or director appointed by a Sponsor Investor, as the case may be.

Section 7.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Registration Rights Agreement at Exhibit B hereto, the Rollover Letter Agreement and all of the other exhibits, annexes and schedules hereto and thereto constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the parties as to restrictions on the transferability of Share Equivalents and Options and the other matters covered herein and therein and supersede and replace any prior understanding, agreement or statement of intent, in each case, written or oral, of any and every nature with respect thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any document executed or delivered to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the by-laws of any company, this Agreement shall govern as among the parties hereto.

Section 7.3. Governing Law; Arbitration; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within such State.

(b) Any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether in contract or tort) seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, Section 3.3 of this Agreement or the transactions, rights or obligations contemplated by such section shall be heard and determined in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and any state appellate court therefrom within the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware), and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding) and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such claim, action, suit or proceeding in any such court or that any such claim, action, suit or proceeding that is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

23


(c) Subject to applicable Law, process in any such claim, action, suit or proceeding contemplated by Section 7.3(b) may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing and subject to applicable Law, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 7.10 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH CLAIM, ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, TO THE EXTENT NO PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND RELEASES TO THE OTHER ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SEEK A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 7.3 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 7.3 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(d) Arbitration .

(i) Any and all disputes, controversies or claims (other than those contemplated by Section 7.3(b)) (each a “ Dispute ”) arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute regarding its arbitrability, validity or termination, or the performance or breach thereof, shall be exclusively and finally settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”). Any party may initiate arbitration by notice to the other party (a “ Request for Arbitration ”). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA rules governing commercial arbitration in effect at the time of the arbitration, except as they may be modified by the provisions of this Agreement. The place of the arbitration shall be Chicago, Illinois. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator appointed by the Stockholder involved in the applicable Dispute (or, if the Company or multiple Stockholders are involved in such Dispute, by the Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares held by all such Stockholders) from a list of at least five (5) individuals who are independent and qualified to serve as an arbitrator submitted by the Parent within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Request for Arbitration. Such appointment shall be made by such Stockholder or Stockholders within ten (10) days after receipt of the list of qualified individuals from the Parent. In the event the Parent fails to send a list of at least five (5) qualified individuals to serve as arbitrator to such Stockholder or Stockholders within such fifteen-day time period, then such Stockholder or Stockholders shall appoint such arbitrator within twenty-five (25) days from the Request for Arbitration. In the event such Stockholder or Stockholders fail to appoint a person to serve as arbitrator from the list of at least five (5) qualified individuals within ten (10) days after its receipt of such list from the Parent, the Parent shall appoint one of the individuals from such

 

24


list to serve as arbitrator within five (5) days after the expiration of such ten (10) day period. Any individual will be qualified to serve as an arbitrator if he or she shall be an individual who has no material business relationship, directly or indirectly, with any of the parties to the action and who has at least ten (10) years of experience in the practice of law with experience in executive compensation matters. The arbitration shall commence within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the arbitrator; the arbitration shall be completed within sixty (60) days of commencement, and the arbitrator’s award shall be made within thirty (30) days following such completion. The parties may agree to extend the time limits specified in the foregoing sentence.

(ii) The arbitrator will apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the State of Delaware without reference to its internal conflicts of laws principles, and will be without power to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator will render an award and a written opinion in support thereof. Such award shall include the costs related to the arbitration and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The arbitrator also has the authority to grant provisional remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, and to award specific performance. The arbitrator may entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party, applying the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and may rule upon any claim or counterclaim, or any portion thereof (a “ Claim ”), without holding an evidentiary hearing, if, after affording the parties an opportunity to present written submission and documentary evidence, the arbitrator concludes that there is no material issue of fact and that the Claim may be determined as a matter of law. The parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any rights to appeal, or to review of, any arbitrator’s award by any court. The arbitrator’s award shall be final and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the courts of Cook County, Illinois. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may seek injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction without first pursuing resolution of the dispute as provided above. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the courts of the State of Illinois and of the United States sitting in Chicago, Illinois in connection with any such proceeding, and waives any objection based on forum non conveniens. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE AN ARBITRATOR’S DECISION OR AWARD PURSUANT TO SECTION 7.3(b)(i) OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(iii) The parties agree to maintain confidentiality as to all aspects of the arbitration, except as may be required by applicable law, regulations or court order, or to maintain or satisfy any suitability requirements for any license by any state, federal or other regulatory authority or body, including professional societies and organizations; provided, that nothing herein shall prevent a party from disclosing information regarding the arbitration for purposes of enforcing the award. The parties further agree to obtain the arbitrator’s agreement to preserve the confidentiality of the arbitration.

 

25


Section 7.4. Obligations; Remedies . The Parent and the Stockholders shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, costs of enforcement) and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement, and that the Parent or any Stockholder may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by Law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative. All obligations hereunder shall be satisfied in full without set-off, defense or counterclaim. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto agrees not to assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential (including damages based on lost profits or diminution in value) or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, or in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 7.5. Consent of the Sponsor Investors and Key Individuals .

(a) If any consent, approval or action of the Sponsor Investors is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the Sponsor Investors at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time, unless this Agreement provides for more specific consent requirements of the Sponsor Investors with respect to such consent, approval or action.

(b) If any consent, approval or action of a Key Individual is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held at such time by such Key Individual and his or her Permitted Transferees provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time, unless this Agreement provides for more specific consent requirements of the Key Individuals with respect to such consent, approval or action.

Section 7.6. Amendment and Waiver .

(a) The parties hereto may not amend, modify or supplement this Agreement except pursuant to a written instrument making specific reference to this Agreement that identifies itself as an amendment, modification or supplement to this Agreement and that is executed by the Parent; provided, however, that (i) no such amendment, modification or supplement to this Agreement that adversely affects the rights and obligations of the Stockholders shall be effective unless executed by the Stockholders holding at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the outstanding Shares then held by the Stockholders and (ii) no such amendment,

 

26


modification or supplement to this Agreement that disproportionately and adversely affects any Stockholder as compared to the other Stockholders shall be effective against such Stockholder unless executed by such Stockholder; and provided, further , that any amendment of this Agreement shall require the consent of each of the Sponsor Investors that is not a De Minimis Continuing Investor. After a Sponsor Investor becomes a De Minimis Continuing Investor, any amendment of this Agreement which adversely affects the rights or obligations of a Sponsor Investor disproportionately to the other Stockholders shall not be effective unless consented to by the Sponsor Investor so effected.

(b) The parties hereto may not waive any provision of this Agreement except pursuant to a written instrument signed by the party or parties hereto against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party hereto, constitutes a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any provision of this Agreement. The waiver by any party hereto of any provision of this Agreement is effective only in the instance and only for the purpose that it is given and does not operate and is not to be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such provision or as a waiver of any other provision.

(c) Any failure by any party at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, or single or partial enforcement of any rights, powers or remedies conferred by this Agreement, shall not be construed a waiver of such provision or any other provisions hereof, or preclude any other or further exercise thereof.

Section 7.7. Binding Effect . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties’ successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 7.8. Termination . This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (i) a Change in Control; or (ii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be relieved from liability for any willful breach of this Agreement.

Section 7.9. Non-Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that certain of the Sponsor Investors may be partnerships or limited liability companies, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement, the Parent and each Stockholder covenant, agree and acknowledge that no Person (other than the parties hereto) has any obligations hereunder, and that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any the former, current and future equity holders, controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners or assignees of the Stockholders or any former, current or future

 

27


stockholder, controlling person, director, officer, employee, general or limited partner, member, manager, Affiliate, agent or assignee of any of the foregoing, as such for any obligation of any Stockholder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

Section 7.10. Notices . Any and all notices, designations, offers, acceptances or other communications provided for herein shall be given (a) when delivered personally by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when sent by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission), (c) when received or rejected by the addressee if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (d) one Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt):

(x) if to the Parent, to:

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

c/o TransUnion Corp.

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attention: Siddharth N. Mehta, President and Chief Executive Officer

Attention: John W. Blenke, Executive Vice President, Corporate General Counsel and

Corporate Secretary

Facsimile No.: (312) 466-7706

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282-2198

Attention: Sumit Rajpal

Facsimile: 212-357-5505

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: John Amorosi

Facsimile: (212) 701-5010

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Advent International Corp.

75 State Street, 29th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attn: Christopher Egan and James Westra

Facsimile No.: (617) 951-0568

 

28


with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

100 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Marilyn French

Facsimile: (617) 772-8333

and, (y) in the case of any Key Individual or the Sponsor Investors, to such party’s address appearing on the stock books of the Parent or to such other address as may be designated by such party in writing to the Parent. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by facsimile, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient, and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on any day.

Section 7.11. Severability . If any portion of this Agreement shall be declared void or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, then, so long as no party is deprived of the benefits of this Agreement in any material respect, such portion shall be deemed severable from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in all respects valid and enforceable.

Section 7.12. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereto.

Section 7.13. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors, and, except as provided in Section 7.9 , nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.14. Recapitalizations; Exchanges, Etc . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Shares, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Parent or any successor or assign of the Parent (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Shares, by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, stock issuance, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

Section 7.15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute a single instrument. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 7.15 .

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


Solely with respect to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and

Articles IV and VII:

 

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.
By:  

GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C.

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   Vice President

 

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL, L.P.
By:  

GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPARTANSHIELD HOLDINGS
By:  

GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P.,

its General Partner

By: GSCP VI Offshore Advisors, L.L.C.,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:   Sumit Rajpal
  Title:   Vice-President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


Solely with respect to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 and

Articles IV and VII:

 

ADVENT-TRANSUNION ACQUISITION

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: Advent-TransUnion GP LLC,

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Michael Ristaino
  Name:   Michael Ristaino
  Title:   President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


INITIAL KEY INDIVIDUALS:
/s/ John W. Blenke
Name:   John W. Blenke

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Samuel Allen Hamood
Name:   Samuel Allen Hamood

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Jeffrey J. Hellinga
Name:   Jeffrey J. Hellinga

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Andrew Knight
Name:   Andrew Knight

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Mary K. Krupka
Name:   Mary K. Krupka

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Mark W. Marinko
Name:   Mark W. Marinko

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Siddharth N. Mehta
Name:   Siddharth N. Mehta

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


/s/ Mohit Kapoor
Name:   Mohit Kapoor

 

Address:    
 
 
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    

SIGNATURE PAGE TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF JOINDER TO STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of [                          ,              ] (the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”) among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. and certain other persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to and a “Stockholder” under the Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Stockholder from whom it has acquired Share Equivalents (to the extent permitted by the Stockholders’ Agreement) as if it had executed the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date:                           , 20         

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
  Address for Notices:    
   
   

AGREED ON THIS [              ] day of [              ], 20              :

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

JOINDER TO TRANSUNION STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

T RANS U NION H OLDING C OMPANY , I NC .

A ND THE S TOCKHOLDERS OF T RANS U NION H OLDING C OMPANY , I NC . S IGNATORIES H ERETO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

Article I

   DEFINITIONS      1   

Section 1.01.

   Defined Terms      1   

Section 1.02.

   Other Interpretive Provisions      6   

Article II

   REGISTRATION RIGHTS      6   

Section 2.01.

   Demand Registration      6   

Section 2.02.

   Shelf Registration      9   

Section 2.03.

   Piggyback Registration      11   

Section 2.04.

   Black-out Periods      12   

Section 2.05.

   Registration Procedures      14   

Section 2.06.

   Underwritten Offerings      19   

Section 2.07.

   No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights; Transfer Restrictions Under the Major Stockholders’ Agreement and Stockholders’ Agreement      21   

Section 2.08.

   Registration Expenses      21   

Section 2.09.

   Indemnification      22   

Section 2.10.

   Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S      25   

Article III

   MISCELLANEOUS      25   

Section 3.01.

   Term      25   

Section 3.02.

   Existing Registration Statements      25   

Section 3.03.

   Other Activities      26   

Section 3.04.

   Injunctive Relief      26   

Section 3.05.

   Attorneys’ Fees      26   

Section 3.06.

   Notices      26   

Section 3.07.

   Amendment      27   

Section 3.08.

   Successors, Assigns and Transferees      27   

Section 3.09.

   Binding Effect      28   

Section 3.10.

   Third Parties      28   

Section 3.11.

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      28   

Section 3.12.

   Severability      30   

Section 3.13.

   Counterparts      30   

Section 3.14.

   Headings      30   

 

i


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 30, 2012, by and among TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Issuer ”), the Advent Investors (as hereinafter defined), the GS Investors (as hereinafter defined, and together with the Advent Investors, the “ Investors ”), the other signatories hereto who execute an agreement to bound to this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto (together with their respective Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Management Stockholders’ Agreement), the “ Key Individuals ”) and any other Person who becomes a party hereto.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Holders (as defined below) own Registrable Securities (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth certain registration rights applicable to the Registrable Securities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(b)(i) .

Advent Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities that is an Affiliate of Advent International Corp.

Advent Investor ” means Advent-TransUnion Acquisition Limited Partnership.

Adverse Disclosure ” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the Board’s good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Issuer, (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or report filed with the SEC by the Issuer to make such Registration Statement or report not materially misleading; (ii) would not be required to be made at or prior to the time of filing of such Registration Statement or report but for the filing of such Registration Statement or report; and (iii) the Issuer has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

 

1


Table of Contents

Affiliate ” has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act; provided , that no Holder shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries for purposes of this Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) .

Board ” means the board of directors of the Issuer.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York are required or authorized by law to be closed.

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(b)(ii) .

Common Share Equivalents ” means securities (including, without limitation, warrants) exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Common Shares.

Common Shares ” means the shares of common stock of the Issuer, and any securities into which such shares of common stock shall have been changed or any securities resulting from any reclassification or recapitalization of such shares of common stock.

Demand Notice ” has the meaning set forth in  Section 2.01(e) .

Demand Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(d) .

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

Demand Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a)(ii) .

Demand Suspension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(f) .

Demanding Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(b)(i) .

Effectiveness Date ” means the date on which Holders are no longer subject to any underwriter’s lock-up or other similar contractual restriction on the sale of Registrable Securities (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Major Stockholders’ Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement) in connection with the Issuer’s IPO.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

2


Table of Contents

GS Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities that is an Affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

GS Investor ” means GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., Spartan Shield Holdings, GS Capital Partners Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, MBD 2011 Holding, L.P. and Opportunity Partners Offshore-B Co-Invest AIV, L.P.

Holder ” means any GS Holder, any Advent Holder, the Key Individuals or any other holder of Registrable Securities who is a party hereto or who succeeds to rights hereunder pursuant to Section 3.08 .

Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ” means the first Public Offering.

Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offering of the Registrable Securities.

Issuer Public Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a) .

Issuer Shares ” means Common Shares and Common Share Equivalents.

Key Individual ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Long-Form Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

Loss ” or “ Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) .

Material Adverse Change ” means (a) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States; (b) the declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States; (c) a material outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or a change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions; and (d) any event, change, circumstance or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, results of operations or prospects of the Issuer and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Major Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Major Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer and the Investors, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

3


Table of Contents

Participating Holder ” means, with respect to any Registration, any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

Permitted Transferees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08 .

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or any other entity of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a) .

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Public Offering ” means any public offering and sale of equity securities of the Parent or the Company or any successor to the Company for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

Registrable Securities ” means any Issuer Shares held by any Holder and any securities held by any Holder that may be issued or distributed or be issuable in respect of any Issuer Shares by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction; provided , that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement; (b) such Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act); (c) such Registrable Securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting transfer under the Securities Act shall have been delivered by the Issuer and such securities may be publicly resold without Registration under the Securities Act; or (d) with respect to Registrable Securities held by an Investor, the Holder thereof, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns less than 2% (two percent) of the Registrable Securities that are outstanding at such time and such Holder and its Affiliates are able to dispose of all of their Registrable Securities in any 90-day period pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act).

Registration ” means a registration with the SEC of the Issuer’s securities for offer and sale to the public under a Registration Statement. The terms “ Register ” and “ Registered ” shall have a correlative meaning.

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08 .

 

4


Table of Contents

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Issuer filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

Request for Arbitration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(b)(i) .

Requisite Consent ” has the meaning set forth in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Shelf Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c).

Shelf Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b) .

Shelf Registration ” means a Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.02 .

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement of the Issuer filed with the SEC on either (i) Form S-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act) (including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or (ii) if the Issuer is not permitted to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, an evergreen Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act), in each case for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering the Registrable Securities, as applicable.

Shelf Suspension ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d) .

Short-Form Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer and the other signatories party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

5


Table of Contents

Underwritten Offering ” means a Registration in which securities of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

WKSI ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions. (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof.

(b) The words “ hereof ”, “ herein ”, “ hereunder ” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and any subsection, Section, Exhibit, Schedule and Annex references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The term “ including ” is not limiting and means “ including without limitation .”

(d) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(e) Whenever the context requires, any pronouns used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms.

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.01. Demand Registration .

(a) Demand by the Investors .

(i) If, at any time after the Effectiveness Date, there is no currently effective Shelf Registration Statement on file with the SEC then, except as provided in Section 2.02(a) , (x) an Investor or Investors holding, directly or indirectly, together with their respective Affiliates in the aggregate, not less than ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding may make a written request to the Issuer for Registration (specifying that such request is being made pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) ) of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Investor on Form S-1 or any similar long-form Registration Statement (a “ Long-Form Registration Statement ”), or (y) any Investor may make a written request to the Issuer for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Investor on Form S-3 or any similar short-form Registration Statement (a “ Short-Form Registration Statement ”) if the Issuer is qualified to use such short form. Any such requested Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Demand Registration ,” and any Investor requesting such Demand Registration shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Demanding Investor .” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the kind and aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be Registered and the intended methods of disposition thereof.

 

6


Table of Contents

(ii) Within (i) ninety (90) days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (ii) thirty (30) days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, the Issuer shall file a Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration (a “ Demand Registration Statement ”), and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to promptly become effective under the Securities Act and to qualify under the “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder or any underwriter, if any, reasonably requests.

(b) Limitation on Demand Registrations . The Demanding Investors shall have the right to request an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations and Short-Form Registrations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) each of the Advent Investors, on the one hand, and the GS Investors, on the other hand, may request no more than two (2) Demand Registrations in any one hundred eighty (180)-day period without Requisite Consent, and (ii) in no event shall the Issuer be required to effect more than four (4) Demand Registrations in any twelve (12)-month period. Any Demand Registration requested must be for a firm Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities with an expected value of at least $10,000,000.

(c) Demand Withdrawal . A Demanding Investor and any other Holder that has requested its Registrable Securities be included in a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.01(e) may withdraw all or any portion of its Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon receipt of a notice to such effect from the Demanding Investor with respect to all of the Registrable Securities included by such Investor in such Demand Registration, the Issuer shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement and such Registration nonetheless shall be deemed a Demand Registration with respect to the Demanding Investor for purposes of Section 2.01(b) unless (i) the withdrawing Demanding Investor shall have paid or reimbursed the Issuer for its pro rata share of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by the Issuer in connection with the Registration of such Demanding Investor’s withdrawn Registrable Securities (based on the number of securities the Demanding Investor sought to Register, as compared to the total number of securities included on such Demand Registration Statement) or (ii) the withdrawal is made following the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change or because the Registration would require the Issuer to make an Adverse Disclosure.

(d) Effective Registration . The Issuer shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration if the Demand Registration Statement has become effective and remains effective for not less than one hundred eighty (180) days (or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or if such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “ Demand Period ”). No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected if (i) during the Demand Period such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court or (ii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by the Demanding Investor.

 

7


Table of Contents

(e) Demand Notice . Promptly upon receipt of any request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter), the Issuer shall deliver a written notice (a “ Demand Notice ”) of any such Registration request to all other Holders, and subject to Sections 2.01(f) and 2.01(h) , the Issuer shall include in such Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities with respect to which the Issuer has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) Business Days after the date that the Demand Notice has been delivered. All requests made pursuant to this Section 2.01(e) shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be Registered and the intended method of distribution of such securities.

(f) Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration . If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement at any time would require the Issuer to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Issuer may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Demand Registration Statement (a “ Demand Suspension ”); provided , that the Issuer shall not be permitted to exercise a Demand Suspension or Shelf Suspension (as defined in Section 2.02(d) ) (i) more than once during any twelve (12)-month period or (ii) for a period exceeding thirty (30) days on any one occasion. In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses in connection with any sale or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Issuer shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the Holders may reasonably request. The Issuer shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Issuer for the Demand Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Demanding Investor.

(g) Underwritten Offering . If a Demanding Investor so requests, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and such Demanding Investor shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering; provided , that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the other Investor.

(h) Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration (or, in the case of a Demand Registration not being underwritten, the Demanding Investors), advise the Board in writing that, in its or their reasonable opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the

 

8


Table of Contents

market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall be allocated, (i) first, pro rata among the GS Holders, the Advent Holders (in each case, including any Demanding Investor) and the Key Individuals that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such GS Holder, Advent Holder and/or Key Individuals, (ii) second, pro rata among the other Holders that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such other Holder; provided , that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner, and (iii) third, and only if all the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) have been included, the number of securities that the Issuer proposes to include in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters (or the Investors, as the case may be) can be sold without having such adverse effect.

(i) In the event any Holder requests to participate in a Registration pursuant to this Section 2.01 in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the Registration shall provide for resale by such partners or members, if requested by the Holder.

SECTION 2.02. Shelf Registration .

(a) Filing . After the Effectiveness Date, as promptly as practicable following the earlier of (A) a request by an Investor or Investors holding, directly or indirectly, together with their respective Affiliates in the aggregate, not less than ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding or (B) the date upon which the Issuer becomes a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “ WKSI ”), the Issuer shall file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement, which, for the avoidance of doubt, would be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “ Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ”) for a WKSI in the case of clause (B), relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and, as promptly as practicable thereafter, shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act. If, on the date of any such request, the Issuer does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, the provisions of this Section 2.02 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 2.01 shall apply instead.

(b) Continued Effectiveness . The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) and (ii) the date as of which each of the Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder (such period of effectiveness, the “ Shelf Period ”).

 

9


Table of Contents

Subject to Section 2.02(d) , the Issuer shall not be deemed to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if the Issuer voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in Holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law. The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective. If the Issuer does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Issuer agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year the Issuer shall refile an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Issuer is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Issuer determines that it is not a WKSI, the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

(c) Shelf Notice . Promptly upon receipt of any request to file a Shelf Registration Statement (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter), the Issuer shall deliver a written notice (a “ Shelf Notice ”) of any such request to all other Holders specifying the amount of Registrable Securities to be Registered.

(d) Suspension of Registration . If the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement at any time would require the Issuer to make an Adverse Disclosure, the Issuer may, upon giving at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of such action to the Holders, suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Suspension ”); provided , that the Issuer shall not be permitted to exercise a Shelf Suspension or Demand Suspension (i) more than one time during any twelve (12)-month period, or (ii) for a period exceeding thirty (30) days on any one occasion. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Issuer shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the Holders may reasonably request. The Issuer shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Issuer for the Shelf Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Investors.

(e) Underwritten Offering . If an Investor or Investors holding, directly or indirectly, together with their respective Affiliates in the aggregate, not less than five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding so elect, an offering of Registrable Securities

 

10


Table of Contents

pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and the Issuer shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose, such Investor shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer such offering; provided , that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer and the other Investors. The provisions of Section 2.01(h) shall apply to any underwritten offering pursuant to this Section 2.02(e) .

SECTION 2.03. Piggyback Registration .

(a) Participation . Subject to Section 2.03(e), if the Issuer at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 ; (ii) a Registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms; or (iii) a Registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Issuer pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement) (an “ Issuer Public Sale ”), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than forty-five (45) days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement), the Issuer shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders, and such notice shall offer the Holders the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), and the Board shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer such offering if this is a primary offering initiated by the Issuer (and not a Demanding Investor). Subject to Section 2.03(b) , the Issuer shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested to be included therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by such Holders of any such notice; provided , that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration, the Issuer shall determine for any reason not to Register or to delay Registration of such securities, the Issuer shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Investors to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01 , and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay Registering, in the absence of a request for a Demand Registration, shall be permitted to delay Registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in Registering such other securities. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be underwritten, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Issuer shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, then each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Issuer shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis.

 

11


Table of Contents

(b) Priority of Piggyback Registration . If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Issuer and the Holders of Registrable Securities in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) allocated in accordance with Section 2.01(h) if such Registration was initiated pursuant to Section 2.01 or (ii) (A) first, 100% of the securities proposed to be sold in such Registration by the Issuer, (B) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (ii)(A) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect, with such number to be allocated pro rata among the GS Holders, the Advent Holders and (subject to Section 2.03(e)) the Key Individuals that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided , that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among such remaining requesting Holders in like manner, and (C) third, only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii)(B) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration.

(c) Withdrawal . Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw all or part of its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration by giving written notice to the Issuer of its request to withdraw; provided , that (i) such request must be made in writing prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and (ii) such withdrawal shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal, a Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in the Piggyback Registration as to which such withdrawal was made.

(d) No Effect on Demand Registrations . No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 2.01 and Section 2.02 or shall relieve the Issuer of its obligations under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 .

(e) Limitation on Piggyback Rights of Key Individuals . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the managing underwriter determines that the participation of any of the Key Individuals in a proposed Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.03 would reasonably be expected to be harmful to such offering (including with respect to any of the price, timing, distribution or anticipated demand in respect of such offerings), then such Key Individuals (s) may not participate in such offering and shall not be entitled to exercise their rights under this Section 2.03 to effect a Piggyback Registration.

SECTION 2.04. Black-out Periods .

(a) Black-out Periods for Holders . In the event of an Issuer Public Sale of the Issuer’s equity securities in an Underwritten Offering, the Holders agree, if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in such Underwritten Offering, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Registrable Securities (except, in each case, as part of the applicable Registration, if permitted) that are the same as or similar to those being Registered in connection with such Issuer Public Sale, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Registrable Securities, during the period beginning seven (7) days before and ending one

 

12


Table of Contents

hundred eighty (180) days (in the event of the Issuer’s IPO) or ninety (90) days (in the event of any other Issuer Public Sale) (or, in either case, such lesser period as may be permitted for all Holders by the Issuer or such managing underwriter or underwriters) after the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration to the extent timely notified in writing by the Issuer or the managing underwriter or underwriters; provided , that such restrictions shall not apply to (i) securities acquired in the public market subsequent to the IPO, (ii) distributions-in-kind to a Holder’s partners or members and (iii) transfers to Affiliates or Permitted Transferees but only if such Affiliates or Permitted Transferees agree to be bound by the restrictions herein.

(b) Black-out Period for the Issuer and Others . In the case of a Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 for an Underwritten Offering, the Issuer and the Holders agree, if requested by the Investors or the managing underwriter or underwriters with respect to such Registration, not to effect any public sale or distribution of any securities that are the same as or similar to those being Registered, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period beginning seven (7) days before and ending ninety (90) days (or such lesser period as may be permitted for the Issuer and all Holders by the Investors or such managing underwriter or underwriters) after the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Registration (or, in the case of an offering under a Shelf Registration Statement, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement in connection therewith), to the extent timely notified in writing by the Investors or the managing underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may effect a public sale or distribution of securities of the type described above and during the periods described above if such sale or distribution is made pursuant to Registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or as part of any Registration of securities for offering and sale to employees or directors of the Issuer pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement. The Issuer agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from each holder of restricted securities of the Issuer which securities are the same as or similar to the Registrable Securities being Registered, or any restricted securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, an agreement not to effect any public sale or distribution of such securities during any such period referred to in this paragraph, except as part of any such Registration, if permitted. Without limiting the foregoing (but subject to Section 2.07 ), if after the date hereof the Issuer grants any Person (other than a Holder) any rights to demand or participate in a Registration, the Issuer agrees that the agreement with respect thereto shall include such Person’s agreement to comply with any black-out period required by this Section as if it were a Holder hereunder.

 

13


Table of Contents

SECTION 2.05. Registration Procedures .

(a) In connection with the Issuer’s Registration obligations under Section 2.01 , Section 2.02 and Section 2.03 , the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Issuer shall:

(i) prepare the required Registration Statement including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and to Participating Holders, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters and such Holders and their respective counsel and (y) except in the case of a Registration under Section 2.03 , not file any Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which the Investors or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than thirty (30) days after a request for a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration on Form S-3 or ninety (90) days after a request for a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration on Form S-1) file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, including all exhibits and financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements or amendments to the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be (x) reasonably requested by a participating Investor, (y) reasonably requested by any other Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(iv) notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Issuer (a) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus, any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (b) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, such Prospectus, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (c) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (d) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Issuer in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, and (e) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

14


Table of Contents

(v) promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Issuer becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, Prospectus (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, when taken together with the related Prospectus, omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus, any preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

(vi) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order or notice preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

(vii) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Investors agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;

(viii) furnish to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

(ix) deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder

 

15


Table of Contents

or underwriter, it being understood that the Issuer consents to the use of such Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

(x) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective, use its reasonable best efforts to Register or qualify, and cooperate with the Participating Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the Registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any Participating Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such Registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 2.01(d) or Section 2.02(b) , whichever is applicable; provided , that the Issuer shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xi) cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

(xii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xiii) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(xiv) make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary underwritten public offerings;

(xv) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as the Investors or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

16


Table of Contents

(xvi) obtain for delivery to the Participating Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Issuer dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

(xvii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to the Issuer and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Participating Holders, a cold comfort letter from the Issuer’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

(xviii) cooperate with each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(xix) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(xx) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(xxi) use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Issuer’s securities are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Issuer’s securities are then quoted;

(xxii) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by each Participating Holder, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any Participating Holder or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer, and cause all of the its officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Issuer and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility; provided , that any such Person gaining access to information regarding the Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(xxii) shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure or use any information regarding the Issuer that it determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless

 

17


Table of Contents

(w) the release of such information is requested or required (by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process), (x) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has knowledge, (y) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Issuer or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person; and

(xxiii) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Issuer to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto;

(xxiv) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act;

(xxv) take all reasonable action to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Registration covered by Section 2.01 , Section 2.02 or Section 2.03 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

(xxvi) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

(b) If the Issuer files any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer agrees that it shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

(c) The Issuer may require each Participating Holder to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request in writing and the Issuer may exclude from such Registration the Registrable Securities of any Participating Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Participating Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Issuer and to cooperate with the Issuer at the Issuer’s expense as reasonably necessary to enable the Issuer to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18


Table of Contents

(d) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.05(a)(v) , such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(v) , or until such Holder is advised in writing by the Issuer that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto and if so directed by the Issuer, such Holder shall deliver to the Issuer (at the Issuer’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Issuer shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Issuer that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed.

(e) If any Registration Statement or comparable statement under the “Blue Sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance satisfactory to such Holder and the Issuer, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Issuer’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Issuer, as advised by counsel, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any “Blue Sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

(f) Holders may seek to Register different types of Registrable Securities simultaneously, and the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration and sale in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition specified by such Holders.

SECTION 2.06. Underwritten Offerings .

(a) Demand and Shelf Registrations . If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering requested by the Investors pursuant to a Registration under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 , the Issuer shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Issuer, the participating Investors and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Issuer and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.09 . The Participating Holders shall cooperate with the Issuer, at the Issuer’s expense, in the negotiation of such underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Issuer regarding the form thereof. Such Holders shall be parties to such underwriting agreement, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and

 

19


Table of Contents

warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Issuer to and for the benefit of such Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders. No such Holders shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Issuer or the underwriters, other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representations required to be made by such Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

(b) Piggyback Registrations . If the Issuer proposes to Register any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 2.03 and such securities are to be distributed in an Underwritten Offering through one or more underwriters, the Issuer shall, if requested by any Holder pursuant to Section 2.03 and subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(b) , use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Issuer to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration. The Participating Holders shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Issuer and such underwriters, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Issuer to and for the benefit of such Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Holders. Any such Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to, or agreements with the Issuer or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities and such Holder’s intended method of distribution or any other representations required to be made by such Holder under applicable law, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Holder shall not exceed such Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

(c) Participation in Underwritten Registrations . Subject to provisions of Section 2.06(a) and Section 2.06(b) above, no Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

(d) Price and Underwriting Discounts . In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 , the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Demanding Investor(s) (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the Investor(s) selling Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement). In addition, in the case of any Underwritten Offering under Section 2.01 , Section 2.02 or Section 2.03 , each of the Holders may, subject to any limitations on withdrawal contained in Section 2.01 , Section 2.02 or Section 2.03 , withdraw all or part of their request to participate in such Registration after being advised of such price, discount and other terms and shall not be required to enter into any agreements or documentation that would require otherwise.

 

20


Table of Contents

SECTION 2.07. No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights; Transfer Restrictions Under the Major Stockholders’ Agreement and Stockholders’ Agreement . The Issuer shall not hereafter enter into, and is not currently a party to, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders under this Agreement. Without Requisite Consent, the Issuer shall not enter into any agreement granting registration or similar rights to any Person. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all rights granted to a Holder under this Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, including any obligation set forth therein, or contemplated thereby, relating to the Coordination Committee (as defined in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement) and the restrictions on Transfers (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) following an IPO with respect to the Key Individuals.

SECTION 2.08. Registration Expenses . Except as expressly provided herein, all expenses incident to the Issuer’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement shall be paid by the Issuer, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC or FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “Blue Sky” laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses and Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and of all independent certified public accountants of the Issuer (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Issuer so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel selected by the Demanding Investor (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, each Investor selling Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement), (ix) all reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel for each Holder participating in such Registration (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, each Holder selling Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with the preparation of any legal opinions requested by the underwriters, (x) all fees and expenses of accountants selected by the Demanding Investor (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the Holder selling Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement), (xi) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xii) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Issuer in connection with any Registration, (xiii) all of the Issuer’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (xiv) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging. All such expenses are referred to herein as “ Registration Expenses .” The Issuer shall not be required to pay underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

21


Table of Contents

SECTION 2.09. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification by the Issuer . The Issuer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each Holder, each member, limited or general partner thereof, each member, limited or general partner of each such member, limited or general partner, each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, employees, advisors, and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries including, without limitation, reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or (iii) any actions or inactions or proceedings in respect of the foregoing whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto; provided , that the Issuer shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party (A) to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof or (B) to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission in a preliminary Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, if a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) that would have cured the defect was furnished to the indemnified party from whom the Person asserting the claim giving rise to such Loss purchased Registrable Securities at least five (5) days prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person and a copy of such Prospectus (as amended and supplemented) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such indemnified party to such Person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Issuer may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Issuer shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

 

22


Table of Contents

(b) Indemnification by the Participating Holders . Each Participating Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Issuer, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Issuer (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto), or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Holder to the Issuer specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim. In no event shall the liability of such Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation less any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.09(d) . The Issuer shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to information furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus or Registration Statement.

(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided , that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after receipt of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (C) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (D) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action without the consent of the

 

23


Table of Contents

indemnified party. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of such indemnified party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 2.09(c) , in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

(d) Contribution . If for any reason the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.09 is unavailable to an indemnified party (other than as a result of exceptions contained in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.09 ) or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Issuer, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.09(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.09(d) . No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Section 2.09(a) and Section 2.09(b) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.09(d) , in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer, a Participating Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation less

 

24


Table of Contents

any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.09(b). If indemnification is available under this Section 2.09 , the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Section 2.09(a) and Section 2.09(b) hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 2.09(d) . The remedies provided for in this Section 2.09 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

SECTION 2.10. Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S . The Issuer covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Issuer is not required to file such reports, it will, upon Requisite Consent, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act), and it will take any such further action as reasonably requested upon Requisite Consent, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holders to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such rules or regulations may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of a Holder, the Issuer will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.01. Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the later of the expiration of the Shelf Period and such time as there are no Registrable Securities, except for the provisions of Section 2.09 and Section 2.10 and all of this Article III, which shall survive any such termination.

SECTION 3.02. Existing Registration Statements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to applicable law and regulation, the Issuer may satisfy any obligation hereunder to file a Registration Statement or to have a Registration Statement become effective by a specified date by designating, by notice to the Holders, a Registration Statement that previously has been filed with the SEC or become effective, as the case may be, as the relevant Registration Statement for purposes of satisfying such obligation, and all references to any such obligation shall be construed accordingly; provided , that such previously filed Registration Statement may be amended to add the number of Registrable Securities, and, to the extent necessary, to identify as selling stockholders those Holders demanding the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent this Agreement refers to the filing or effectiveness of other Registration Statements by or at a specified time and the Issuer has, in lieu of then filing such Registration Statements or having such Registration Statements become effective, designated a previously filed or effective Registration Statement as the relevant Registration Statement for such purposes in accordance with the preceding sentence, such references shall be construed to refer to such designated Registration Statement.

 

25


Table of Contents

SECTION 3.03. Other Activities . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall in any way limit a Holder or any of its Affiliates from engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.

SECTION 3.04. Injunctive Relief . It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

SECTION 3.05. Attorneys’ Fees . In any action or proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the successful party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

SECTION 3.06. Notices . Any and all notices, designations, offers, acceptances or other communications provided for herein shall be given (a) when delivered personally by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when sent by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission), (c) when received or rejected by the addressee if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (d) one Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt):

if to the Issuer, to:

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

c/o TransUnion Corp.

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois 60661

Attention: Siddharth N. Mehta, President and Chief Executive Officer

Attention: John W. Blenke, Executive Vice President, Corporate General

Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Facsimile No.: (312) 466-7706

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to each of the GS Investor and the Advent Investors as specified below.

if to the GS Investor, to:

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street

 

26


Table of Contents

New York, New York 10282-2198

Attention: Sumit Rajpal

Facsimile: 212-357-5505

Email: sumit.rajpal@gs.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: John Amorosi

Facsimile: (212) 701-5010

if to the Advent Investors, to:

Advent International Corp.

75 State Street, 29 th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attn: Christopher Egan and James Westra

Facsimile No.: (617) 951-0568

with a copy (which shall not constitute written notice) to:

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

100 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Marilyn French

Facsimile: (617) 772-8333

If to any other Holder who becomes party to this agreement on or after the date hereof, to the address on the counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Holder.

SECTION 3.07. Amendment . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended if, and only if, such amendment is in writing and signed by the Investors; provided , that (a) any amendment that would have a disproportionate material adverse effect on a Holder relative to the other Holders shall require the written consent of that Holder, (b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Key Individuals under this Agreement shall require the written consent of holders of at least two-thirds (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities then held by all Key Individuals, provided that any such amendment that has a disproportionate adverse effect on the rights of any Key Individual under this Agreement as compared to other Key Individuals shall require the written consent of such Key Individual, and (c) this Section 3.07 may not be amended without the prior written consent of all of the Holders.

SECTION 3.08. Successors, Assigns and Transferees . Each party may assign all or a portion of its rights hereunder to any Person to which such party transfers its ownership of all or any of its Registrable Securities and any Person that acquires Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms, as applicable, of the Major Stockholders’ Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement or to any of their respective Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement or Stockholders’ Agreement, as applicable) (collectively, “ Permitted Transferees ”).

 

27


Table of Contents

SECTION 3.09. Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

SECTION 3.10. Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person not a party hereto (other than each other Person entitled to indemnity or contribution under Section 2.09 ) any right, remedy or claim under or by virtue of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.11. Governing Law; Arbitration; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely within such State.

(b) Arbitration .

(i) Any and all disputes, controversies or claims (each a “ Dispute ”) arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute regarding its arbitrability, validity or termination, or the performance or breach thereof, shall be exclusively and finally settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”). Any party may initiate arbitration by notice to the other party (a “ Request for Arbitration ”). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA rules governing commercial arbitration in effect at the time of the arbitration, except as they may be modified by the provisions of this Agreement. The place of the arbitration shall be Chicago, Illinois. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator appointed by the Holder involved in the applicable Dispute (or, if Parent or multiple Holders are involved in such Dispute, by the Holders holding a majority of the Shares held by all such Holders) from a list of at least five (5) individuals who are independent and qualified to serve as an arbitrator submitted by the Parent within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Request for Arbitration. Such appointment shall be made by such Holder or Holders within ten (10) days after receipt of the list of qualified individuals from the Parent. In the event the Parent fails to send a list of at least five (5) qualified individuals to serve as arbitrator to such Holder or Holders within such fifteen-day time period, then such Holder or Holders shall appoint such arbitrator within twenty-five (25) days from the Request for Arbitration. In the event such Holder or Holders fail to appoint a person to serve as arbitrator from the list of at least five (5) qualified individuals within ten (10) days after its receipt of such list from the Parent, the Parent shall appoint one of the individuals from such list to serve as arbitrator within five (5) days after the expiration of such ten (10) day period. Any individual will be qualified to serve as an arbitrator if he or she shall be an

 

28


Table of Contents

individual who has no material business relationship, directly or indirectly, with any of the parties to the action and who has at least ten (10) years of experience in the practice of law with experience in executive compensation matters. The arbitration shall commence within thirty (30) days after the appointment of the arbitrator; the arbitration shall be completed within sixty (60) days of commencement; and the arbitrator’s award shall be made within thirty (30) days following such completion. The parties may agree to extend the time limits specified in the foregoing sentence.

(ii) The arbitrator will apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the State of Delaware without reference to its internal conflicts of laws principles, and will be without power to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator will render an award and a written opinion in support thereof. Such award shall include the costs related to the arbitration and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses to the prevailing party. The arbitrator also has the authority to grant provisional remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief, and to award specific performance. The arbitrator may entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party, applying the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, and may rule upon any claim or counterclaim, or any portion thereof (a “ Claim ”), without holding an evidentiary hearing, if, after affording the parties an opportunity to present written submission and documentary evidence, the arbitrator concludes that there is no material issue of fact and that the Claim may be determined as a matter of law. The parties waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any rights to appeal, or to review of, any arbitrator’s award by any court. The arbitrator’s award shall be final and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the courts of Cook County, Illinois. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may seek injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction without first pursuing resolution of the dispute as provided above. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the courts of the State of Illinois and of the United States sitting in Chicago, Illinois in connection with any such proceeding, and waives any objection based on forum non conveniens. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE AN ARBITRATOR’S DECISION OR AWARD PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.11(b)(i) OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(iii) The parties agree to maintain confidentiality as to all aspects of the arbitration, except as may be required by applicable law, regulations or court order, or to maintain or satisfy any suitability requirements for any license by any state, federal or other regulatory authority or body, including professional societies and organizations; provided, that nothing herein shall prevent a party from disclosing information regarding the arbitration for purposes of enforcing the award. The parties further agree to obtain the arbitrator’s agreement to preserve the confidentiality of the arbitration.

 

29


Table of Contents

SECTION 3.12. Severability . If any portion of this Agreement shall be declared void or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, then, so long as no party is deprived of the benefits of this Agreement in any material respect, such portion shall be deemed severable from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in all respects valid and enforceable.

SECTION 3.13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 3.13 .

SECTION 3.14. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereto.

[REMAINDER INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

30


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

[ Signature Pages Follow. ]

 

31


Table of Contents
TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.
By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:  Sumit Rajpal
  Title:    President


Table of Contents
GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI FUND, L.P.
By:  

GSCP VI Advisors, L.L.C.

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:  Sumit Rajpal
  Title:    Vice President

GS CAPITAL PARTNERS VI PARALLEL,

L.P.

By:  

GS Advisors VI, L.L.C.

its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:  Sumit Rajpal
  Title:    Vice President
SPARTANSHIELD HOLDINGS
By:  

GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund,

L.P., its General Partner

By: GSCP VI Offshore Advisors,

L.L.C., its General Partner

By:   /s/ Sumit Rajpal
  Name:  Sumit Rajpal
  Title:    Vice-President

 

33


Table of Contents
ADVENT-TRANSUNION ACQUISITION LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   Advent-TransUnion GP LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Michael Ristaino
Name:   Michael Ristaino
Title:   President


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                      , 2012

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written above by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) among TransUnion Holdings Company, Inc. and the other persons listed on the signature pages thereto. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the respective meanings of ascribed to such terms in the Management Shareholders Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Key Individual” thereunder as if it had executed the Registration Rights Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

   
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
Facsimile:


Table of Contents

AGREED ON THIS [          ] day of [          ], 20      :

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

By:

   
 

Name:

 

Title:

Exhibit 10.6

DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Director Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), made and entered into as of the 30th day of April, 2012, by and between TransUnion Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.

WHEREAS, the Bylaws of the Company provide that the Company shall indemnify and advance expenses to all directors and officers of the Company in the manner set forth therein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for limitation of liability for directors. In addition, Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”) . The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification.

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.


WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s shareholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future.

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the charter and bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s charter and bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Change of Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Major Stockholders’ Agreement.

Continuing Director ” means (i) each director on the Board on the date hereof or (ii) any new director whose designation was so approved in accordance with the Major Stockholders’ Agreement on the date hereof.

Corporate Status ” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise.

 

2


Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs (including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with (i) prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or (ii) establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Company’s organizational documents, any other contracts, applicable law or otherwise. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals; provided that references to “Indemnitee” shall include, in addition to Indemnitee, Advent International Corporation and its respective affiliates and the respective direct and indirect managers, members, shareholders, partners, officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates of each of the foregoing to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such entity or person incurs liability in connection with a Proceeding that is derivative of the services provided by the natural person identified in the introduction to this Agreement as a director of the Company.

Indemnitee-Related Entities” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, its subsidiaries or any other person controlled by the Company or its subsidiaries) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company or any other company controlled by the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

3


Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither currently is, nor in the five years previous to its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities ” means any losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties or amounts paid in settlement).

Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, derivative action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative, including any appeal therefrom, and whether instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or other proceeding hereinabove listed in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of any Corporate Status of Indemnitee, or by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while serving in any Corporate Status.

Major Stockholders’ Agreement ” means the Major Stockholders’ Agreement of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, among the parties thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement:

References to “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the

 

4


request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, then Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Reference to “including” shall mean “including, without limitation,” regardless of whether the words “without limitation” actually appear, references to the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection or other subdivision.

ARTICLE 2

S ERVICES B Y I NDEMNITEE

Section 2.01 . Services By Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, for so long as Indemnitee is duly designated or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed.

ARTICLE 3

I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01 . General. (a) The Company hereby agrees to and shall indemnify Indemnitee and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all Expenses and Liabilities, in either case, incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 3.01 shall apply (i) in respect of Indemnitee’s past, present and future service in any Corporate Status and (ii) regardless of whether Indemnitee is serving in any Corporate Status at the time any such Expense or Liability is incurred.

 

5


For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the DGCL, or the corresponding provision of any successor statute, and

(ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

(b) Witness Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, such Intemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

(c) Expenses as a Party Where Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 3.02 . Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and unless Indemnitee ultimately is successful on the merits with respect to any such claim, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the

 

6


Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(b) except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01(e), prior to a Change of Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee (other than any cross claim or counterclaim asserted by the Indemnitee), including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

ARTICLE 4

A DVANCEMENT O F E XPENSES ; D EFENSE OF C LAIMS

Section 4.01 . Advances. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of each statement requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such amounts and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.

Section 4.02 . Repayment of Advances or Other Expenses. Indemnitee agrees that Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for all Expenses advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.01, in the event and only to the extent that it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses.

Section 4.03 . Defense of Claims. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without

 

7


Indemnitee’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Indemnitee shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on the Company without the Company’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 5

P ROCEDURES F OR N OTIFICATION OF AND D ETERMINATION OF E NTITLEMENT T O

I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01 . Notification; Request For Indemnification. (a) As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice that he is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding or of any other matter in respect of which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, Indemnitee shall provide to the Company written notice thereof, including the nature of and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise.

(b) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therewith such information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder. Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and applicable law.

Section 5.02 . Determination of Entitlement. (a) Where there has been a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b), then as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than 60 days) after final disposition of the relevant Proceeding, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the

 

8


person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification).

(b) If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ii), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i)(C) (or if Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company in which case the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5.02(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

9


(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel serving under this Agreement.

Section 5.03. Presumptions and Burdens of Proof; Effect of Certain Proceedings . (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by any person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5.02 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within the sixty (60) day period referred to in Section 5.02(a), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

10


(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is in good faith reliance on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 5.03(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

R EMEDIES OF I NDEMNITEE

Section 6.01. Adjudication or Arbitration . (a) In the event of any dispute between Indemnitee and the Company hereunder as to entitlement to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (including where (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement, (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, (iv) no determination as to entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and no payment of indemnification is made within ten (10) days after entitlement is deemed to have been determined pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8.04 of this Agreement, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement. Alternatively, in such case, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that

 

11


adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.01, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 4.02 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company (or otherwise for the enforcement, interpretation or defense of his or her rights) under this Agreement or any other agreement, including any other indemnification, contribution or advancement agreement, or any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, contribution, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

12


ARTICLE 7

D IRECTORS AND O FFICERS ’ L IABILITY I NSURANCE

Section 7.01 . D&O Liability Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance (“ D&O Liability Insurance ”) with reputable insurance companies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company in their capacities as such (and for any capacity in which any director of the Company serves any other Enterprise at the request of the Company), in respect of acts or omissions occurring while serving in such capacity, on terms with respect to coverage and amount (including with respect to the payment of Expenses) that are customary for a company of this size and industry.

Section 7.02 . Evidence of Coverage. Upon request by Indemnitee, the Company shall provide copies of all policies of D&O Liability Insurance obtained and maintained in accordance with Section 7.01 of this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any changes in such insurance coverage.

ARTICLE 8

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01 . Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled to under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

Section 8.02 . Insurance and Subrogation. (a) Indemnitee shall be covered by the Company’s D&O Liability Insurance in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice of a claim hereunder, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The failure or refusal of any such insurer to pay any such amount shall not affect or impair the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

 

13


(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement except for payments made by Indemnitee–Related Entities, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has actually received such payment under any Company insurance policy. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Indemnitee-Related Entities to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent not prohibited by (and not merely to the extent affirmatively permitted by) applicable law and as required by the terms of this Agreement (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Indemnitee-Related Entities, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Indemnitee-Related Entities from any and all claims against the Indemnitee-Related Entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Indemnitee-Related Entities on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any advancement or payment on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and take all action reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including, without limitation, execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8.02, are entitled to enforce this Section 8.02 as though each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities were a party to this Agreement.

 

14


Section 8.03 The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, other than an Indemnitee-Related Entity, shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise.

Section 8.04 . Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 8.05 . Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit, restrict or reduce any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission, or any event occurring, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision (i)permits greater indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s organizational documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change or (ii) limits rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in effect prior to such change shall remain in full force and effect to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 8.06 . Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

15


Section 8.07 . Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement, provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 8.08 . Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 8.09 . Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission). All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. The address for notice to a party is as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as any party shall have given by written notice to the other party as provided above.

Section 8.10 . Binding Effect. (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company,

 

16


spouses, heirs, and executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all, or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(c) The indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person.

Section 8.11 . Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause or action cased upon, arising out of, or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement), shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

Section 8.12 . Consent to Jurisdiction. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 8.13 . Headings. The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

Section 8.14 . Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

17


Section 8.15 . Use of Certain Terms. As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection, or other subdivision. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

TRANSUNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

By:

   
  Name:
  Title:

c/o Goldman Sachs Capital Partners VI
Fund, L.P.

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

Attn: Sumit Rajpal

 

and

c/o Advent International Corp.

75 State Street, 29 th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attn: Chris Egan

With a copy to:

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attn: John D. Amorosi

Facsimile No.: (212) 701-5010


INDEMNITEE
   

Address:

Facsimile:

 

With a copy to:

 

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

Exhibit 12.1

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.     TransUnion Corp. Historical  
     Historical     Pro Forma        

(in millions)

   March 31,
2012
    March 31,
2012
    2011     March 31,
2012
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Fixed Charges :

                  

Interest Expense

     1.5        43.9        176.1        30.7        126.4        90.1        4.0        0.9        1.2   

Interest capitalized (on internally developed software)

     —          0.2        0.6        0.2        0.6        0.3        —          —          —     

Amortized loan costs not recorded as interest expense

     —          0.3        1.3        0.3        1.6        2.7        0.3        —          —     

Estimate of interest expense within rental expense

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

     1.5        44.4        178.0        31.2        128.6        93.1        4.3        0.9        1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings :

                  

Income from continuing operations before tax

     (8.5     (9.7     (71.1     32.4        67.1        83.0        205.7        209.9        289.1   

Less income of noncontrolling interests

     —          (1.9     (8.0     (1.9     (8.0     (8.3     (8.1     (9.2     (7.5

Less income from equity investees

     —          (3.1     (11.4     (3.1     (11.4     (8.4     (5.3     (6.6     (2.4

Plus fixed charges

     1.5        44.4        178.0        31.2        128.6        93.1        4.3        0.9        1.2   

Plus amortization of capitalized interest

     —          0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3        —          —          —          —     

Dividends from equity method investees

     —          0.3        8.0        0.3        8.0        4.9        4.1        4.4        3.2   

Less interest capitalized

     —          (0.2     (0.6     (0.2     (0.6     (0.3     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earnings

     (7.0     30.0        95.2        58.9        184.0        164.0        200.7        199.4        283.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     (4.7     0.7        0.5        1.9        1.4        1.8        46.7        221.6        236.3   

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

TransUnion Corp.

   DE

Trans Union International Inc.

   DE

Source USA Insurance Agency, Inc.

   IL

TransUnion International Holdings LLC

   DE

TransUnion HealthCare LLC

   DE

Diversified Data Development Corporation

   CA

Financial Healthcare Systems, LLC

   CO

TransUnion Teledata LLC

   OR

Decision Systems, Inc.

   GA

TransUnion Exchange Corporation

   CA

TransUnion Reverse Exchange Corporation

   DE

TransUnion Intelligence LLC

   NV

TransUnion Rental Screening Solutions, Inc.

   DE

Credit Retriever LLC

   DE

Verifacts LLC

   DE

INSDEC LLC

   DE

TransUnion Consumer Solutions LLC

   DE

Trans Union Content Solutions LLC

   DE

TransUnion Interactive, Inc.

   DE

Title Insurance Services Corporation

   SC

Trans Union LLC

   DE

TransUnion Corp.

   DE

TransUnion Marketing Solutions, Inc.

   IL

Trans Union Real Estate Services, Inc.

   DE

Visionary Systems, Inc.

   GA

Worthknowing, Inc.

   GA

TransUnion Financing Corporation

   DE

ITC Botswana (Pty) Ltd.

   Botswana

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Botswana

Collection Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Botswana

Crivo Sistemas em Informatica S.A.

   Brazil

Moussoro Participacoes Ltda.

   Brazil

Signada Partipacoes Ltda

   Brazil

Trans Union of Canada, Inc.

   Canada

Trans Union Chile, S.A.

   Chile

Databusiness S.A.

   Chile

TransUnion Information Technology (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

   China

TransUnion Colombia Ltda.

   Colombia

Trans Union Costa Rica, TUCR, S.A.

   Costa Rica

Centro de Informacion y Estudios Estrategicos Empresariales S.A.

   Dominican Rep.

TransUnion S.A.

   Dominican Rep.

Centro de Operaciones y Servicios de Informacion Estrategica, S.A.

   Dominican Rep.

TransUnion El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.

   El Salvador

Trans Union Guatemala, S.A.

   Guatemala

Soluciones de Informatica de Centroamerica (SICE), S.A.

   Guatemala

Trans Union Honduras Buro de Credito, S.A.

   Honduras

TransUnion Limited

   Hong Kong

TransUnion Asia Ltd.

   Hong Kong

TransUnion Information Services Limited

   Hong Kong

Credit Information Services Limited

   Hong Kong

Trans Union Software Services Private Limited

   India

Trans Union (Israel) Ltd.

   Israel


Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

TransUnion Jamaica Limited

   Jamaica

TransUnion Kenya Limited

   Kenya

Credit Reference Bureau (Holdings) Limited

   Kenya

Regional Data Systems Limited

   Kenya

Credit Information Systems Company Limited

   Kenya

Collection Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Kenya

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Kenya

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Malawi

Collection Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Malawi

STS Vail Beheeren Administracion S. DE. R.L. DE C.V.

   Mexico

TransUnion Soluciones de Informacion, S de R.L de C.V.

   Mexico

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Mozambique

TransUnion Credit Bureau Namibia (Pty) Ltd.

   Namibia

Beheer en Beleggingsmaatchapij Stivaco B.V.

   Netherlands

Vail Systemen Groep, B.V.

   Netherlands

TransUnion Netherlands I, B.V.

   Netherlands

TransUnion Netherlands II, B.V.

   Netherlands

TransUnion Nicaragua, S.A.

   Nicaragua

Trans Union Central America, S.A.

   Panama

TransUnion Information Solutions, Inc.

   Philippines

Trans Union de Puerto Rico, Inc.

   Puerto Rico

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Rwanda

Collection Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Rwanda

TransUnion Credit Bureau (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

ITC Recoveries (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion HPI (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

Campbell’s Consumer Enquiry (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

SA Legal Contractors (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

Elabadia Investment (Proprietary) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion Mead & McGrouther (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

Eastvaal Credit Bureau (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

Greyling’s Credit Control (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion Analytic and Decision Services (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

ITC Trace Team (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

ITC MarketMap (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion CGS (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion Auto Information Solutions

   South Africa

Autolocator (Pty) Ltd.

   South Africa

TransUnion ITC (Pty) Ltd.

   Swaziland

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Tanzania

Collection Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Tanzania

Credit Reporting Services Limited

   Trinidad & Tobago

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Uganda

TransUnion Company of Vietnam Ltd.

   Vietnam

Credit Reference Bureau Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Zambia

Collection Africa (Pty) Ltd.

   Zambia

Trans Union (Private) Ltd.

   Zimbabwe

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 17, 2012, except for Note 1, for which the date is July 31, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule included in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and the related Prospectus of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. for the registration of $605,000,000 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Chicago, Illinois

July 31, 2012

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated July 31, 2012 with respect to the financial statements included in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and the related Prospectus of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc. for the registration of $600,000,000 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018 of TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Chicago, Illinois

July 31, 2012

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

A National Banking Association   94-1347393

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

101 North Phillips Avenue Sioux

Falls, South Dakota

  57104
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Wells Fargo & Company

Law Department, Trust Section

MAC N9305-175

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17 th Floor

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   61-1678417

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

555 West Adams Street

Chicago, Illinois

  60661
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 


Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Treasury Department

Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

San Francisco, California 94120

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

  The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

Item 15. Foreign Trustee.           Not applicable.

Item 16. List of Exhibits .           List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

  Exhibit 1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*

 

  Exhibit 2. A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**

 

  Exhibit 3. See Exhibit 2

 

  Exhibit 4. Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***

 

  Exhibit 5. Not applicable.

 

  Exhibit 6. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

 

  Exhibit 7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

  Exhibit 8. Not applicable.

 

  Exhibit 9. Not applicable.


* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of file number 333-130784-06.
** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of file number 022-28721.
*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Chicago and State of Illinois on the 30th day of July, 2012.

 

      WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 

/s/ Gregory S. Clarke

 

Gregory S. Clarke

 

Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

July 30, 2012

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

      Very truly yours,
 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

/s/ Gregory S. Clarke

 

Gregory S. Clarke

Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association

of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business March 31, 2012, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.

 

              Dollar Amounts
In Millions
 

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

      $ 17,216   

Interest-bearing balances

        49,902   

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        0   

Available-for-sale securities

        204,705   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

        834   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        24,346   

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        28,995   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     710,355      

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     15,934      

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        694,421   

Trading Assets

        50,280   

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        7,788   

Other real estate owned

        4,449   

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        579   

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

        106   

Intangible assets

     

Goodwill

        21,276   

Other intangible assets

        23,076   

Other assets

        53,844   
     

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 1,181,817   
     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

      $ 852,986   

Noninterest-bearing

     223,944      

Interest-bearing

     629,042      

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

        66,906   

Noninterest-bearing

     2,118      

Interest-bearing

     64,788      

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

        10,453   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        11,665   


       Dollar Amounts
In Millions
 

Trading liabilities

     20,434   

Other borrowed money
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     38,145   

Subordinated notes and debentures

     18,384   

Other liabilities

     37,006   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,055,979   

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0   

Common stock

     519   

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     99,458   

Retained earnings

     19,264   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     5,478   

Other equity capital components

     0   
  

 

 

 

Total bank equity capital

     124,719   

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

     1,119   
  

 

 

 

Total equity capital

     125,838   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, and equity capital

   $ 1,181,817   
  

 

 

 

I, Timothy J. Sloan, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared

in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge

and belief.

Timothy J. Sloan

EVP & CFO

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us

and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate

Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

John Stumpf                                         Directors

Avid Modjtabai

Michael Loughlin

Exhibit 99.1

Form of

Letter of Transmittal

to Tender for Exchange

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

of

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated                 , 2012

 

The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless extended (the “expiration date”).

The exchange agent for the exchange offer is:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

By registered mail or certified

mail:

   By regular mail or overnight

courier:

   By hand:

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

MAC—N9303-121

Corporate Trust Operations

P.O. Box 1517

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517

   Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

MAC—N9303-121

Corporate Trust Operations

Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55479

   Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

Northstar East Building—

12 th floor

Corporate Trust Services

608 Second Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

 

Facsimile (eligible institutions only): (612) 667-6282

Telephone inquiries: (800) 344-5128

Delivery of this letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this letter of transmittal via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery of this letter of transmittal. Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated                     , 2012, of Trans Union Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), which, together with this letter of transmittal, constitute the Issuer’s offer to exchange up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its new 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B (the “exchange notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding unregistered 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “outstanding notes”). Exchange notes may be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

If you desire to exchange your outstanding notes for an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of exchange notes, you must validly tender (and not validly withdraw) your existing notes to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

You must sign this letter of transmittal where indicated below. Please read the instructions set forth below carefully before completing this letter of transmittal.


You must complete this letter of transmittal if:

 

   

you are forwarding certificates representing the Issuer’s outstanding notes with this letter; or

 

   

unless an agent’s message is used, you are tendering such notes by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the exchange agent at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under the heading “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.”

You must complete, execute and deliver this letter of transmittal to indicate the action you desire to take with respect to the exchange offer.

If you are tendering your outstanding notes by book-entry transfer to the exchange agent’s account at DTC, you may execute the tender though the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), for which the exchange offer is eligible. DTC participants that are tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer must transmit their acceptance through ATOP to DTC, which will edit and verify the acceptance and send an agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance.

In order to properly complete this letter of transmittal, you must:

 

   

complete the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes;”

 

   

if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance Instructions and Special Delivery Instructions;

 

   

sign the letter of transmittal; and

 

   

complete an IRS Form W-9 (or, if applicable, an appropriate IRS Form W-8).

If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer and:

 

   

certificates representing such notes are not immediately available;

 

   

time will not permit this letter of transmittal, certificates representing such notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date; or

 

   

the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, you may nevertheless tender such notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if you follow the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the prospectus under “Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” are followed.

See Instruction 1 below.

 

2


Please read the entire letter of transmittal, including the instructions, and the prospectus carefully before completing this letter of transmittal or checking any box below. You must follow the instructions included with this letter of transmittal. Please direct questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the prospectus and this letter of transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and related documents to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, at the address and telephone number set forth on the cover page of this letter of transmittal. See Instruction 11 below.

List below the outstanding notes to which this letter of transmittal relates. If the space provided is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amounts at maturity on a separately executed schedule and affix the schedule to this letter of transmittal. Tenders of outstanding notes will be accepted only in principal amounts at maturity equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Description of Outstanding Notes
Name(s) and address(es) of registered holder(s)
(please fill in)
  Series and certificate
number(s)*
  Aggregate principal
amount at maturity
represented**
  Principal amount at
maturity  tendered**
             
             
             
             
             
Total principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes        

*  Need not be completed if you are delivering by book-entry transfer (see below).

**  Unless otherwise indicated in the column “Principal Amount at Maturity Tendered” and subject to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, you will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount at maturity represented by each note listed above and delivered to the exchange agent. See Instruction 4.

 

3


Please read this entire letter of transmittal carefully before completing the boxes below

 

¨

  Check here if you are enclosing certificates for tendered outstanding notes with this letter of transmittal.

¨

  Check here if you are delivering tendered outstanding notes by book-entry transfer made to the account maintained by the exchange agent with DTC and complete the following:

 

 

Name of tendering institution: 

 

 

 

Account number with DTC: 

 

 

 

Transaction code number: 

 

 

 

¨

  Check here and enclose a photocopy of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery if you are delivering tendered outstanding notes pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery previously sent to the exchange agent and complete the following:

 

 

Name(s) of registered holder(s): 

 

 

 

Window ticket number(s) (if any): 

 

 

 

Date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: 

 

 

 

Name of eligible institution that guaranteed delivery: 

 

 

 

If delivered by book-entry transfer, complete the following: 

 
 

Name of tendering institution: 

 

 

 

Account number at DTC: 

 

 

 

Transaction code number: 

 

 

 

¨

  Please fill in your name and address below if you are a broker-dealer and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the prospectus and 10 additional copies of any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

 

Name: 

 

 

 

Address: 

 

 

 

Area code and telephone number: 

 

 

Note: signatures must be provided below

 

4


Please read the accompanying instructions carefully

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to Trans Union Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the principal amount at maturity of the Issuer’s 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “outstanding notes”) described above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the outstanding notes tendered herewith, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to such outstanding notes.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the exchange agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer and as trustee under the indenture relating to the outstanding notes) with respect to such tendered outstanding notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the prospectus, to (1) deliver certificates representing such tendered outstanding notes, or transfer ownership of such notes, on the account books maintained by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and to deliver all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuer upon receipt by the exchange agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the exchange notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon the acceptance by the Issuer of such outstanding notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, (2) receive all benefits and otherwise to exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such outstanding notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, and (3) present such outstanding notes for transfer, and transfer such outstanding notes, on the relevant security register.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (1) owns the outstanding notes tendered and is entitled to tender such notes, and (2) has full power and authority to tender, sell, exchange, assign and transfer the outstanding notes and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered outstanding notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Issuer will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to the tendered outstanding notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction or proxy of any kind. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered outstanding notes or to transfer ownership of such notes on the account books maintained by DTC. The undersigned has read and agrees to all of the terms of the exchange offer, as described in the prospectus and this letter of transmittal.

The undersigned understands that tenders of the outstanding notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and in the instructions to this letter of transmittal will, upon the Issuer’s acceptance of the outstanding notes for exchange, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer.

The exchange offer is subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer—Conditions.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuer) as more particularly set forth in the prospectus, the Issuer may not be required to exchange any of the outstanding notes tendered by this letter of transmittal and, in such event, the outstanding notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

Unless a box under the heading “Special Issuance Instructions” is checked, by tendering outstanding notes and executing this letter of transmittal, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that:

(1) the undersigned or any beneficial owner of the outstanding notes is acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned (or such other beneficial owner);

(2) at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;

 

5


(3) at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;

(4) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act, of the Issuer (and upon request by the Issuer, the undersigned or such beneficial owner will deliver to the Issuer a legal opinion confirming it is not such an affiliate);

(5) the undersigned and each beneficial owner acknowledges and agrees that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or is participating in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes, must comply with the registration and delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the exchange notes or interests therein acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) set forth in certain no-action letters;

(6) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is a broker-dealer tendering outstanding notes acquired from the Issuer for the account of such broker-dealer; and

(7) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person or entity who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

The undersigned may, if and only if unable to make all of the representations and warranties contained in clauses (1)-(7) above , elect to have its outstanding notes registered in the shelf registration described in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2012, by and among the Issuer, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the Purchasers named therein, in the form filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Such election may be made by checking a box under “Special Issuance Instructions” below. By making such election, the undersigned agrees, as a holder of restricted securities participating in a shelf registration, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and all other Electing Holders (as defined therein) and/or Market Makers of Registrable Securities (as defined therein) included in such shelf registration statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (1) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the shelf registration statement filed with respect to such outstanding notes or the prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (2) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein based on information relating to the undersigned furnished to the Issuer in writing by or on behalf of the undersigned expressly for use therein. Any such indemnification shall be governed by the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions regarding notice, retention of counsel, contribution and payment of expenses set forth therein. The above summary of the indemnification provision of the Registration Rights Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Rights Agreement.

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, it represents that the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes, however, by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer and outstanding notes held for its own account were not acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, such outstanding notes cannot be exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer.

 

6


All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall not be affected by, and shall survive the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

Tendered outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, or on such later date or time to which the Issuer may extend the exchange offer.

Unless otherwise indicated herein under the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, exchange notes, and outstanding notes not tendered or accepted for exchange, will be issued in the name of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, exchange notes, and outstanding notes not tendered or accepted for exchange, will be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned. In the case of a book-entry delivery of exchange notes, the exchange agent will credit the account maintained by DTC with any outstanding notes not tendered. The undersigned recognizes that the Issuer has no obligation pursuant to the “Special Issuance Instructions” to transfer any outstanding notes from the name of the registered holder thereof if the Issuer does not accept for exchange any of the principal amount at maturity of such outstanding notes so tendered.

The exchange notes will bear interest from the date of original issuance of the outstanding notes or, if interest has already been paid on the outstanding notes, from the date interest was most recently paid. Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the exchange notes.

 

7


Please sign here

(to be completed by all tendering holders of outstanding notes)

 

This letter of transmittal must be signed by the registered holder(s) of outstanding notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for outstanding notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this letter of transmittal, including such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as may be required by the Issuer or the trustee for the outstanding notes to comply with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the outstanding notes. If the signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the exchange agent of such person’s authority to so act. See Instruction 5 below. If the signature appearing below is not of the registered holder(s) of the outstanding notes, then the registered holder(s) must sign a valid power of attorney.

 

   
   
Signature(s) of holder(s) or authorized signatory
Dated:       
Name(s):     

 

Capacity:     
Address:     
 
(Zip code)
Area code and telephone no.:     
Guarantee of Signature(s)
(If required—see Instructions 2 and 5 below)
Certain signatures must be guaranteed by a signature guarantor
 
(Name of signature guarantor guaranteeing signatures)
 
(Address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of firm)
 
(Authorized signature)
 
(Printed name)
 
(Title)
Dated:       

 

 

8


Special Issuance Instructions

(See Instructions 4 through 7)

To be completed ONLY if (1) certificates for outstanding notes in a principal amount at maturity not tendered are to be issued in the name of, or exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer are to be issued in the name of, someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this letter of transmittal or issued to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” within this letter of transmittal, (2) outstanding notes not tendered, but represented by certificates tendered by this letter of transmittal, are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above or (3) exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer are to be issued by book-entry transfer to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated above.

 

Issue:

 

¨

  exchange notes, to:

¨

  outstanding notes, to:

Name(s)

   

Address

   
Telephone number:    
 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 

DTC account number:      

 

Special Delivery Instructions

(See Instructions 4 Through 7)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for outstanding notes in a principal amount at maturity not tendered, or exchange notes, are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose name(s) appear(s) within this letter of transmittal to an address different from that shown in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” within this letter of transmittal.

 

Deliver:

 

¨

 

exchange notes, to:

¨

 

outstanding notes, to:

Name(s) 

   

Address

   

Telephone number:

 

 

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

Is this a permanent address change? (check one box)

 

¨  Yes     ¨   No

 

 

 

9


Instructions to Letter of Transmittal

(Forming part of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer)

1.     Delivery of this letter of transmittal and outstanding notes.     This letter of transmittal is to be completed by holders of outstanding notes if certificates representing such outstanding notes are to be forwarded herewith, or, unless an agent’s message is used, if tender is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by DTC, pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering”. For a holder to properly tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by these Instructions, or a properly transmitted agent’s message in the case of a book entry transfer, must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the expiration date, and either (1) certificates representing such outstanding notes must be received by the exchange agent at its address, or (2) such outstanding notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the prospectus under “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and a book-entry confirmation must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date. A holder who desires to tender outstanding notes and who cannot comply with procedures set forth herein for tender on a timely basis or whose outstanding notes are not immediately available must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures discussed below.

The method of delivery of this letter of transmittal, the outstanding notes and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder and delivery will be deemed to be made only when actually received by the exchange agent. Instead of delivery by mail, holders should use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow for sufficient time to ensure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration of the exchange offer and proper insurance should be obtained. Holders may request their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to effect these transactions for such holder. Holders should not send any outstanding note, letter of transmittal or other required document to the Issuer.

If a holder desires to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer and (1) certificates representing such outstanding notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit such holder’s letter of transmittal, certificates representing such outstanding notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer (including delivery of an agent’s message) cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, such holder may nevertheless tender such outstanding notes with the effect that such tender will be deemed to have been received on or prior to the expiration date if the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under “Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures are followed. Pursuant to such procedures, (1) the tender must be made by or through an eligible guarantor institution (as defined below), (2) prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from an eligible guarantor institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Issuer herewith, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery and (3) the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or confirmation of book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC as described in the prospectus, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the expiration date.

As used herein and in the prospectus, an “eligible guarantor institution” is an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the registrar for the notes, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, or STAMP, or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the registrar for the notes in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act.

2.     Guarantee of signatures.     Signatures on this letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by a member of or participant in STAMP, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program or by an eligible guarantor institution unless the outstanding notes tendered hereby are tendered (1) by a registered holder of outstanding notes (or by a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of such outstanding notes) who has signed this letter of transmittal and who has not completed any of the boxes entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions,” on the letter of transmittal, or (2) for the account of an eligible

 

10


guarantor institution. If the outstanding notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of the letter of transmittal or if outstanding notes not tendered are to be returned to, or are to be issued to the order of, a person other than the registered holder or if outstanding notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder, then the signature on this letter of transmittal accompanying the tendered outstanding notes must be guaranteed as described above. Beneficial owners whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee must contact such broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee if they desire to tender outstanding notes. See “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering,” in the prospectus.

3.     Withdrawal of tenders.     Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes to be effective, a notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date at its address set forth on the cover of this letter of transmittal or a holder must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s ATOP. Any such notice of withdrawal must be in writing and (1) specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, (2) identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of the outstanding notes, or, in the case of outstanding notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited (3) be signed by the holder of such outstanding notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which such outstanding notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee with respect to the outstanding notes register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (4) specify the name in which any such outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person depositing the outstanding notes to be withdrawn. If the outstanding notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon written notice of such withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected.

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Issuer, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no exchange notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered but that are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder without cost to the holder promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Neither the Issuer, any affiliates of the Issuer, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give any notification of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification.

4.     Partial tenders.     Tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be accepted only in principal amounts at maturity equal to $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If less than the entire principal amount at maturity of any outstanding notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the principal amount at maturity tendered in the last column of the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes” herein. The entire principal amount at maturity represented by the certificates for all outstanding notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount at maturity of all outstanding notes held by the holder is not tendered, new certificates for the principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes not tendered and exchange notes issued in exchange for any outstanding notes tendered and accepted will be sent (or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, returned by credit to the account at DTC designated herein) to the holder unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this letter of transmittal (see Instruction 6), as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

5.     Signature on this letter of transmittal; bond powers and endorsements; guarantee of signatures.     If this letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the outstanding notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of certificates without alteration, enlargement or change whatsoever. If this letter of transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC whose name is shown as the owner of the outstanding notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing the owner of the outstanding notes.

 

11


If any of the outstanding notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this letter of transmittal.

If any tendered outstanding notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many copies of this letter of transmittal and any necessary accompanying documents as there are different names in which certificates are held.

If this letter of transmittal is signed by the holder, and the certificates for any principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes not tendered are to be issued (or if any principal amount at maturity of outstanding notes that is not tendered is to be reissued or returned) to or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, credited to the account of DTC of the registered holder, and exchange notes exchanged for outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer are to be issued to the order of the registered holder, then the registered holder need not endorse any certificates for tendered outstanding notes nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case (including if this letter of transmittal is not signed by the registered holder), the registered holder must either properly endorse the certificates for outstanding notes tendered or transmit a separate properly completed bond power with this letter of transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on such outstanding notes, and, with respect to a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of outstanding notes, exactly as the name(s) of the participant(s) appear(s) on such security position listing), with the signature on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by a signature guarantor or an eligible guarantor institution, unless such certificates or bond powers are executed by an eligible guarantor institution, and must also be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the trustee for the outstanding notes may require in accordance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the outstanding notes. See Instruction 2.

Endorsements on certificates for outstanding notes and signatures on bond powers provided in accordance with this Instruction 5 by registered holders not executing this letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution. See Instruction 2.

If this letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the exchange agent, in its sole discretion, of their authority so to act must be submitted with this letter of transmittal.

6.     Special issuance and special delivery instructions.     Tendering holders should indicate in the applicable box or boxes the name and address to which outstanding notes for principal amounts at maturity not tendered or exchange notes exchanged for outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the holder signing this letter of transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer-identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering by book-entry transfer may request that outstanding notes not exchanged be credited to such accounted maintained at DTC as such holder may designate. If no instructions are given, outstanding notes not tendered will be returned to the registered holder of the outstanding notes tendered. For holders of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer, outstanding notes not tendered will be returned by crediting the account at DTC designated above.

7. Taxpayer identification number; Form W-9 and Form W-8. U.S. persons should use the Form W-9. If you are a foreign person (or a domestic disregarded entity that has a foreign owner), do not use the Form W-9. Instead use the appropriate IRS Form W-8.

Under the U.S. federal income tax laws, payments that may be made by the Issuers with respect to the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%). In order to avoid such backup withholding, the Issuers or the paying agent must have received a complete executed substitute or IRS Form W-9 from each tendering holder (or other payee) that is a U.S. person.

 

12


If a Form W-9 has not previously been provided, a U.S. person should complete and sign the Form W-9 included at the end of this letter of transmittal, provide the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) or indicate that such holder is awaiting a TIN and certify, under penalties of perjury, that

 

  (a)   the TIN provided is correct or that such holder is awaiting a TIN;

 

  (b)   that the holder is not subject to backup withholding because

 

  (i)   the holder is exempt from backup withholding ;

 

  (ii)   the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends ; or

 

  (iii)   the IRS has notified the holder that the holder is no longer subject to backup withholding; and

 

  (c)   the holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

If a holder has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding, it must cross out item (2) of Part II in the Certification box of the Form W-9, unless such holder has since been notified by the IRS that it is no longer subject to backup withholding. In general, if a holder is an individual, the TIN is the social security number of such individual. If the exchange agent or the Issuers are not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the IRS in addition to backup withholding.

The holder (other than a foreign holder, as described below,) is required to give the TIN (e.g. the social security number or employer identification number) of the person who will be the record holder of the exchange notes. If such holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for one, or intends to apply for one in the near future, such holder should write “Applied For” in the space provided for the TIN in Part I of the Form W-9 and sign and date the Form W-9. If “Applied For” is written in Part I, the Issuers (or the paying agent under the indenture governing the exchange notes) may begin and continue backup withholding during the sixty-day period following the date of the Form W-9. In such case, if the holder furnishes the exchange agent or the Issuers with his or her TIN within sixty days after the date of the Form W-9, the Issuers (or the paying agent) shall remit such amounts withheld during the sixty-day period to the holder and no further amounts shall be withheld from payments made to the holder thereafter. However, if the holder fails to furnish the exchange agent or the Issuers with his or her TIN within such sixty-day period, the Issuers (or the paying agent) shall remit such previously withheld amounts to the IRS as backup withholding, and payments made to the record holder of the exchange notes shall be subject to backup withholding; such withheld amounts shall be remitted to the IRS as backup withholding until the holder furnishes his or her TIN to the exchange agent or the Issuers.

Certain holders (including, among others, certain holders that are not U.S. persons or U.S. resident aliens (“Exempt Holders”)) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. To avoid erroneous backup withholding, each Exempt Holder (other than an Exempt Holder that is a foreign person (“Foreign Holder”)) who has not previously provided a Form W-9 should enter the Exempt Holder’s name, address, status and TIN on the face of the Form W-9 and check the “Exempt Payee” box in the line following the “Business name/disregarded entity name” line on the Form W-9, and sign, date and return the Form W-9 to the exchange agent with this letter of transmittal. See the enclosed Form W-9 for additional instructions. A Foreign Holder should not complete the Form W-9. In order for a Foreign Holder to qualify as an exempt recipient, such holder must have previously provided or submitted a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8EXP, IRS Form W-8IMY or other applicable IRS form, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that person’s exempt status. Such forms can be obtained from the exchange agent.

For further information concerning backup withholding and instructions for completing the Form W-9 (including how to obtain a TIN if you do not have one and how to complete the Form W-9 if the exchange notes are registered in more than one name), consult the enclosed Form W-9. Failure to submit a Form W-9 prior to the exchange will not, by itself, cause outstanding notes to be deemed invalidly tendered for exchange, but may result in a holder being subject to backup withholding on payments made with respect to the exchange notes. Backup withholding is not an additional U.S. federal income tax. Rather, the amount of tax withheld will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding if the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

13


All holders should consult the “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” section of the prospectus.

8.     Transfer taxes.     Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes on the exchange. If, however, exchange notes are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the outstanding notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of the outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer, then the amount of any transfer tax (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of the transfer taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

9.     Mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed outstanding notes.     If any certificate representing outstanding notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the holder should promptly contact the exchange agent at the address indicated above. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate. This letter of transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed certificates have been followed.

10.     Irregularities.     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of any tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the procedures described in the prospectus and the form and validity of all documents will be determined by the Issuer, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Issuer reserves the absolute right, in their sole and absolute discretion, to reject any or all tenders of any outstanding notes they determine not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of the Issuer’s counsel, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the absolute right, in their sole discretion subject to applicable law, to waive or amend any of the conditions of the exchange offer for all holders of outstanding notes or to waive any defects or irregularities of tender for any outstanding notes. The Issuer’s interpretations of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including, without limitation, the instructions in this letter of transmittal) shall be final and binding. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Unless waived, any irregularities in connection with tenders must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Each tendering holder, by execution of a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender. Tenders of such outstanding notes shall not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless such holders have otherwise provided herein, promptly following the expiration date. None of the Issuer, any of its affiliates, the exchange agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in such tenders or will incur any liability to holders for failure to give such notification.

11.     Requests for assistance or additional copies.     Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the prospectus, this letter of transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the exchange agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the exchange offer.

Important:    this letter of transmittal or a facsimile thereof (together with certificates for outstanding notes or a book-entry-confirmation and all other required documents) or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the exchange agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

To be completed by all holders that are U.S. persons (including U.S. resident aliens) who have not previously submitted a valid Form W-9. (See Instruction 7)

 

14


Print or type

See Specific Instructions on page 2.

 

        

Form W-9

(Rev. December 2011)

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

  

Request for Taxpayer

Identification Number and Certification

 

Give Form to the requester. Do not
send to the IRS.

Name (as shown on your income tax return)

 

Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above

 

Check appropriate box for
federal tax classification:

  ¨  

Individual/

sole proprietor

 

  ¨  

C Corporation

 

  ¨  

S Corporation

 

  ¨  

Partnership

 

  ¨  

Trust/estate

 

           

¨ Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation, P=partnership)

 

     Ø                                              ¨  

Exempt
payee

 

¨ Other (see instructions)   Ø   

 

                                           

 

Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)

Requester’s name and address (optional)

 

City, state, and ZIP code

 

List account number(s) here (optional)

 

 

 

Part I    Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

 

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on the “Name” line to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3.

 

Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose number to enter.

                 
 

Social security number

                               
 
 

Employer identification number

                                 
Part II    Certification

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

1.   The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

2.   I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

 

3.   I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below).

Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 4.

 

Sign
Here
   Signature of
U.S. person  
Ø
     Date   Ø

General Instructions

Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.

Purpose of Form

A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) to report, for example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA.

Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the requester) and, when applicable, to:

1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued),

2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or

3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income.

Note. If a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.

Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are:

· An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien,

· A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States,

· An estate (other than a foreign estate), or

· A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).

Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax on any foreign partners’ share of income from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, a partnership is required to presume that a partner is a foreign person, and pay the withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid withholding on your share of partnership income.

 

 

 

 

Cat. No. 10231X

Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011)

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011)

Page  2

 

 

The person who gives Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States is in the following cases:

· The U.S. owner of a disregarded entity and not the entity,

· The U.S. grantor or other owner of a grantor trust and not the trust, and

· The U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.

Foreign person. If you are a foreign person, do not use Form W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 (see Publication 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities).

Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes.

If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items:

1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.

2. The treaty article addressing the income.

3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions.

4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.

5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the treaty article.

Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to support that exemption.

If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8.

What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS a percentage of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup withholding.

You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.

Payments you receive will be subject to backup withholding if:

1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester,

2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II instructions on page 3 for details),

3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,

4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or

5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened after 1983 only).

Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See the instructions below and the separate Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9.

Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.

Updating Your Information

You must provide updated information to any person to whom you claimed to be an exempt payee if you are no longer an exempt payee and anticipate receiving reportable payments in the future from this person. For example, you may need to provide updated information if you are a C corporation that elects to be an S corporation, or if you no longer are tax exempt. In addition, you must furnish a new Form W-9 if the name or TIN changes for the account, for example, if the grantor of a grantor trust dies.

Penalties

Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

Specific Instructions

Name

If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on your income tax return. However, if you have changed your last name, for instance, due to marriage without informing the Social Security Administration of the name change, enter your first name, the last name shown on your social security card, and your new last name.

If the account is in joint names, list first, and then circle, the name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of the form.

Sole proprietor. Enter your individual name as shown on your income tax return on the “Name” line. You may enter your business, trade, or “doing business as (DBA)” name on the “Business name/disregarded entity name” line.

Partnership, C Corporation, or S Corporation. Enter the entity’s name on the “Name” line and any business, trade, or “doing business as (DBA) name” on the “Business name/disregarded entity name” line.

Disregarded entity. Enter the owner’s name on the “Name” line. The name of the entity entered on the “Name” line should never be a disregarded entity. The name on the “Name” line must be the name shown on the income tax return on which the income will be reported. For example, if a foreign LLC that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal tax purposes has a domestic owner, the domestic owner’s name is required to be provided on the “Name” line. If the direct owner of the entity is also a disregarded entity, enter the first owner that is not disregarded for federal tax purposes. Enter the disregarded entity’s name on the “Business name/disregarded entity name” line. If the owner of the disregarded entity is a foreign person, you must complete an appropriate Form W-8.

Note. Check the appropriate box for the federal tax classification of the person whose name is entered on the “Name” line (Individual/sole proprietor, Partnership, C Corporation, S Corporation, Trust/estate).

Limited Liability Company (LLC). If the person identified on the “Name” line is an LLC, check the “Limited liability company” box only and enter the appropriate code for the tax classification in the space provided. If you are an LLC that is treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes, enter “P” for partnership. If you are an LLC that has filed a Form 8832 or a Form 2553 to be taxed as a corporation, enter “C” for C corporation or “S” for S corporation. If you are an LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under Regulation section 301.7701-3 (except for employment and excise tax), do not check the LLC box unless the owner of the LLC (required to be identified on the “Name” line) is another LLC that is not disregarded for federal tax purposes. If the LLC is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, enter the appropriate tax classification of the owner identified on the “Name” line.

 

 

 

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011)

Page  3

 

 

Other entities. Enter your business name as shown on required federal tax documents on the “Name” line. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name/ disregarded entity name” line.

Exempt Payee

If you are exempt from backup withholding, enter your name as described above and check the appropriate box for your status, then check the “Exempt payee” box in the line following the “Business name/ disregarded entity name,” sign and date the form.

Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends.

Note. If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.

The following payees are exempt from backup withholding:

1. An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2),

2. The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities,

3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities,

4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities, or

5. An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

6. A corporation,

7. A foreign central bank of issue,

8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States,

9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission,

10. A real estate investment trust,

11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940,

12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a),

13. A financial institution,

14. A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian, or

15. A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.

The following chart shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 15.

 

IF the payment is for . . .  

THEN the payment is exempt

for . . .

Interest and dividend payments   All exempt payees except for 9
Broker transactions   Exempt payees 1 through 5 and 7 through 13. Also, C corporations.
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends   Exempt payees 1 through 5
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over $5,000 1   Generally, exempt payees 1 through 7 2

 

1  

See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.

 

2

However, the following payments made to a corporation and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys’ fees, gross proceeds paid to an attorney, and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency.

 

Part I. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below.

If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN.

If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner (see Limited Liability Company (LLC) on page 2), enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN.

Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name and TIN combinations.

How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov . You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting IRS.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676) .

If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the requester.

Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.

Caution: A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.

Part II. Certification

To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if item 1, below, and items 4 and 5 on page 4 indicate otherwise.

For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign (when required). In the case of a disregarded entity, the person identified on the “Name” line must sign. Exempt payees, see Exempt Payee on page 3.

Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in items 1 through 3, below, and items 4 and 5 on page 4.

1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form.

3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You may cross out item 2 of the certification.

4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services, payments to certain fishing boat crew members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys (including payments to corporations).

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2011)

Page  4

 

 

5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

What Name and Number To Give the Requester

 

For this type of account:   Give name and SSN of:
  1.     

Individual

  The individual
  2.      Two or more individuals (joint account)   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account 1
  3.      Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)   The minor 2
  4.     

a.   The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)

  The grantor-trustee 1
 

b.   So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law

  The actual owner 1
  5.      Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual   The owner 3
  6.      Grantor trust filing under Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 1 (see Regulation section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i)(A))   The grantor *
For this type of account:   Give name and EIN of:
  7.      Disregarded entity not owned by an individual   The owner
  8.      A valid trust, estate, or pension trust   Legal entity 4
  9.      Corporation or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832 or Form 2553   The corporation
  10.      Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization   The organization
  11.      Partnership or multi-member LLC   The partnership
  12.      A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee
  13.      Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments   The public entity
  14.      Grantor trust filing under the Form 1041 Filing Method or the Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 2 (see Regulation section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i)(B))   The trust

 

1

List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.

 

2  

Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.

 

3

You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the “Business name/disregarded entity” name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.

 

4

List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.

*Note. Grantor also must provide a Form W-9 to trustee of trust.

Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft

Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information such as your name, social security number (SSN), or other identifying information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund.

To reduce your risk:

· Protect your SSN,

· Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and

· Be careful when choosing a tax preparer.

If your tax records are affected by identity theft and you receive a notice from the IRS, respond right away to the name and phone number printed on the IRS notice or letter.

If your tax records are not currently affected by identity theft but you think you are at risk due to a lost or stolen purse or wallet, questionable credit card activity or credit report, contact the IRS Identity Theft Hotline at 1-800-908-4490 or submit Form 14039.

For more information, see Publication 4535, Identity Theft Prevention and Victim Assistance.

Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059.

Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft.

The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts.

If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this message to phishing@irs.gov . You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS property to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: spam@uce.gov or contact them at www.ftc.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT (1-877-438-4338).

Visit IRS.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce your risk.

 

 

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons (including federal agencies) who are required to file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, or certain other income paid to you; mortgage interest you paid; the acquisition or abandonment of secured property; the cancellation of debt; or contributions you made to an IRA, Archer MSA, or HSA. The person collecting this form uses the information on the form to file information returns with the IRS, reporting the above information. Routine uses of this information include giving it to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions for use in administering their laws. The information also may be disclosed to other countries under a treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce civil and criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Under section 3406, payers must generally withhold a percentage of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply for providing false or fraudulent information.

 

Exhibit 99.2

Form of

Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

to Tender for Exchange

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

of

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated                     , 2012

 

The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                 , 2012, unless extended (the “expiration date”).

The exchange agent for the exchange offer is:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

By registered mail or certified mail:

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

MAC - N9303-121

Corporate Trust Operations

P.O. Box 1517

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517

 

By regular mail or overnight courier:

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

MAC - N9303-121

Corporate Trust Operations

Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

By hand:

Wells Fargo Bank,

National Association

Northstar East Building –

12 th floor

Corporate Trust Services

608 Second Avenue South

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Facsimile (eligible institutions only): (612) 667-6282

Telephone inquiries: (800) 344-5128

This notice of guaranteed delivery, or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be used to accept the exchange offer (as defined below) if (1) certificates for the Issuer’s (as defined below) 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “outstanding notes”) are not immediately available, (2) outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal, and all other required documents cannot be delivered to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date or (3) the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to the expiration date. This notice of guaranteed delivery may be transmitted by facsimile or delivered by mail, hand, or overnight courier to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date. See “Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the prospectus.

Transmission of this notice of guaranteed delivery via facsimile to a number other than as set forth above or delivery of this notice of guaranteed delivery to an address other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

This notice of guaranteed delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If an “eligible guarantor institution” is required to guarantee a signature on a letter of transmittal pursuant to the instructions therein, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box in the letter of transmittal.


Please read the accompanying instructions carefully

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Trans Union Holding Company, Inc. (the “Issuer”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” The undersigned hereby authorizes the exchange agent to deliver this notice of guaranteed delivery to the Issuer with respect to the outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer.

The undersigned understands that tenders of the outstanding notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The undersigned also understands that tenders of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. For a withdrawal of a tender of outstanding notes to be effective, it must be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the prospectus under “Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

The undersigned understands that the exchange of any exchange notes for outstanding notes will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of (1) the certificates of the tendered outstanding notes, in proper form for transfer (or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company), and (2) a letter of transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantees, together with any other documents required by the letter of transmittal (or a properly transmitted agent’s message), within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the execution hereof.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this notice of guaranteed delivery shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this notice of guaranteed delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

 

2


Please sign and complete

 

   

  X                                                                                       

  Date:                                                                              
   

  X                                                                                       

  Address:                                                                        

Signature(s) of registered holder(s) or authorized signatory

  Area code and telephone no.:                                      
   
 Name(s) of registered holder(s):    
   

 

   
   
 Series and principal amount of outstanding notes  tendered*:   If outstanding notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer, provide information below:
   

 

  Name of tendering institution:                                   
   

 Certificate no.(s) of outstanding notes (if available):

  Depository account no. with DTC:                            
   

 

 

  Transaction code number:                                          

 *  Must be in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

   

Do not send outstanding notes with this form. Outstanding notes should be sent to the exchange agent together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or properly transmitted agent’s message.

 

This notice of guaranteed delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for outstanding notes or on a security position listing as the owner of outstanding notes, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

 

Please print name(s) and address(es)

 

 Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                          

 

                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

 Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                          

 

 Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                     

 

                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

                                                                                                                                                                                          

 
 

 

3


The guarantee below must be completed

Guarantee

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the registrar for the outstanding notes, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, or STAMP, or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the registrar for the outstanding notes in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees that the outstanding notes to be tendered hereby are in proper form for transfer (pursuant to the procedures set forth in the prospectus under “Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures”), and that the exchange agent will receive (a) such outstanding notes, or a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, and (b) a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution hereof.

The eligible guarantor institution that completes this form must communicate the guarantee to the exchange agent and must deliver the letter of transmittal, or a properly transmitted agent’s message, and outstanding notes, or a book-entry confirmation in the case of a book-entry transfer, to the exchange agent within the time period described above. Failure to do so could result in a financial loss to such eligible guarantor institution.

Name of firm:                                                                                                                                                                     

Authorized signature:                                                                                                                                                         

Title:                                                                                                                                                                                   

Address:                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Area code and telephone number:                                                                                                                                    

Dated:                                                          

 

4

Exhibit 99.3

Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Exchange Offer for

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

 

  The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     ,   2012, unless extended (the “expiration date”).
 

, 2012

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus dated                     , 2012 (the “prospectus”) and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the “exchange offer”), up to $600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our new 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B (the “exchange notes”). Each exchange note has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). We are offering to exchange the exchange notes for any and all of our outstanding 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “outstanding notes”), which we issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

As set forth in the prospectus, the terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes. Outstanding notes may be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The exchange offer is subject to certain conditions. See “Exchange Offer—Conditions” in the prospectus.

Enclosed herewith for your information and forwarding to your clients are copies of the following documents:

 

  1. the prospectus, dated                     , 2012;

 

  2. the letter of transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients (facsimile copies of the letter of transmittal may be used to tender outstanding notes);

 

  3. a form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold outstanding notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the exchange offer; and

 

  4. a notice of guaranteed delivery.

Your prompt action is requested. Please note the exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless extended. Please furnish copies of the enclosed materials to those of your clients for whom you hold outstanding notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee as quickly as possible.


In all cases, exchanges of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent (as defined in the prospectus) of (1) certificates representing such outstanding notes, or a book-entry confirmation (as defined in the prospectus), as the case may be, (2) the letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, or an agent’s message (as defined in the prospectus), and (c) any other required documents.

Holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes and (1) whose outstanding notes are not immediately available, (2) who cannot deliver their outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or an agent’s message and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012 (unless extended), or (3) who cannot comply with the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer prior 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012 (unless extended), must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under the caption “Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the prospectus.

We are not making the exchange offer to, nor will we accept tenders from or on behalf of, holders of outstanding notes residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the acceptance of tenders would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons for soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, upon request, reimburse you for customary clerical and mailing expenses incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients. We will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of outstanding notes to us, except as otherwise provided in instruction 8 of the letter of transmittal.

Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the exchange offer or for copies of the prospectus and letter of transmittal may be directed to the exchange agent at its numbers and address set forth in the prospectus.

 

Very truly yours,
TRANS UNION HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

Nothing contained in this letter or in the enclosed documents shall constitute you or any other person our agent or the agent of any of our affiliates, or authorize you or any other person to make any statements or use any document on behalf of any of us in connection with the exchange offer other than the enclosed documents and the statements contained therein.

Exhibit 99.4

Form of

Instruction to Registered Holders and DTC Participants

from Beneficial Owners of

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

of

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus, dated                     , 2012, of Trans Union Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and the accompanying letter of transmittal, that together constitute the Issuer’s offer to exchange up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its new 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B (the “exchange notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of its outstanding unregistered 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “outstanding notes”). Outstanding notes may be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or book-entry transfer facility participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the exchange offer with respect to the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal.

The aggregate face amount of the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount) :

$                     of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A

With respect to the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

 

  ¨  

To tender all of the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

  ¨  

To tender the following outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of outstanding notes to be tendered, if any) :

$                     of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A

 

  ¨  

not to tender any outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties and agreements contained in the letter of transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that:

(1) the undersigned or any beneficial owner of the outstanding notes is acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned (or such other beneficial owner);


(2) at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;

(3) at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;

(4) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is an “affiliate,” as such term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act, of the Issuer (and upon request by the Issuer, the undersigned or such beneficial owner will deliver to the Issuer a legal opinion confirming it is not such an affiliate);

(5) the undersigned and each beneficial owner acknowledges and agrees that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or is participating in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes, must comply with the registration and delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the exchange notes or interests therein acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) set forth in certain no-action letters;

(6) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner is a broker-dealer tendering outstanding notes acquired from the Issuer for the account of such broker-dealer; and

(7) the undersigned is not acting on behalf of any person or entity who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

The undersigned acknowledges that if an executed copy of this letter of transmittal is returned, the entire principal amount of outstanding notes held for the undersigned’s account will be tendered unless otherwise specified above.


The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned (1) owns the outstanding notes tendered and is entitled to tender such notes, and (2) has full power and authority to tender, sell, exchange, assign and transfer the outstanding notes and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered outstanding notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Issuer will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to the tendered outstanding notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim or right or restriction or proxy of any kind.

Sign here

 

Name of beneficial owner(s) (please print):                                                                                                                 

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                                   
Address:                                                                                                                                                                         
Telephone number:                                                                                                                                                       
Taxpayer Identification Number or Social Security Number:                                                                                     
Date:                                                                                                                                                                               

Exhibit 99.5

Form of Letter to Clients

TransUnion Holding Company, Inc.

Exchange Offer for

9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

 

The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012 unless extended (the “expiration date”).

                    , 2012

To our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a prospectus dated                     , 2012 (the “prospectus”) and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the “exchange offer”) relating to the offer by Trans Union Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), to exchange up to $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its new 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series B (the “exchange notes”). Each exchange note has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Issuer is offering to exchange the exchange notes for any and all of their outstanding 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018, Series A (the “outstanding notes”), which they issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

As set forth in the prospectus, the terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes will not apply to the exchange notes. Outstanding notes may be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Outstanding notes may be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

We are forwarding the enclosed material to you as the beneficial owner of outstanding notes held by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. Only we may tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer as the registered holder, if you so instruct us. Therefore, the Issuer urges beneficial owners of outstanding notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such holder promptly if they wish to exchange outstanding notes in the exchange offer.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to exchange any or all outstanding notes held by us for your account or benefit pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal. We urge you to read carefully the prospectus and the letter of transmittal before instructing us to exchange your outstanding notes.

You should forward instructions to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to exchange outstanding notes on your behalf before the exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless extended. A tender of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration time, which is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, or the latest time to which the exchange offer is extended.


We call your attention to the following:

(1) The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2012, unless extended. Outstanding notes may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the prospectus, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

(2) The exchange offer is for the exchange of $2,000 principal amount of exchange notes, and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, for each $2,000 principal amount of outstanding notes, and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. An aggregate principal amount of $600,000,000 of outstanding notes was outstanding as of the date of the prospectus.

(3) The exchange offer is subject to certain conditions. See “Exchange Offer—Conditions” in the prospectus.

(4) The Issuer has agreed to pay certain of the expenses of the exchange offer. It will pay any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of outstanding notes from the tendering holder to the Issuer, except as provided in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal. See “Exchange Offer—Fees and Expenses” in the prospectus and instruction 8 of the letter of transmittal.

(5) Based on an interpretation of the Securities Act by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Issuer believes that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as:

 

  (a) You are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

  (b) You are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

  (c) You are not an “affiliate” of the Issuer; and

 

  (d) You are not a broker-dealer that acquired any of its outstanding notes directly from the Issuer.

The Issuer is not making the exchange offer to, nor will it accept tenders from or on behalf of, holders of outstanding notes residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the acceptance of tenders would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.

If you wish us to tender any or all of your outstanding notes held by us for your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the attached instruction form entitled “Instruction to Registered Holders and DTC Participants From Beneficial Owner of 9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018.”

The accompanying letter of transmittal is furnished to you for informational purposes only and may not be used by you to exchange outstanding notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.


Instructions

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the material enclosed with and referred to in your letter relating to the exchange offer of the Issuer.

This will instruct you to tender for exchange the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes indicated below (or, if no aggregate principal amount is indicated below, all outstanding notes) held by you for the account or benefit of the undersigned, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus and the letter of transmittal.

 

 

Aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes to be tendered for exchange:*

$                                                  9.625%/10.375% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2018

 

*I (we) understand that if I (we) sign this instruction form without indicating an aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes in the space above, all outstanding notes held by you for my (our) account will be tendered for exchange.

 

           
Signature(s)    

 

   

 

Name(s) (please print)    

 

   

 

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number(s)    

 

   
Capacity (full title), if signing in a fiduciary or representative capacity    

 

   
Telephone (include area code)    

 

   

 

   

 

   
Address (include zip code)    

 

   
Date